FY2024AnnualRepLnT IAR24
FY2024AnnualRepLnT IAR24
CHAIRMAN AND
MANAGING DIRECTOR’S
STATEMENT
S. N. Subrahmanyan
Dear Shareholders
India stands tall as an oasis of opportunity amidst global turmoil and supply chain disruptions. The Government’s
continuous efforts towards strengthening the domestic economy through enhanced annual outlays for capital
spending, policy shifts towards improving the ease of doing business and creation of a world-class digital
infrastructure and payments platform have all contributed towards fuelling an annual GDP growth rate of minimum
7% for the last three years, and over 8% in the year under review. The motif of ‘Aatmanirbharta’ (self-reliance) pursued
through innovative schemes like the Production Linked Incentive (PLI) scheme to provide an impetus to manufacturing,
the Start-Up India scheme to create an ecosystem for entrepreneurship in digital and technology ventures and the
creation of the National Infrastructure Pipeline have set a strong foundation to propel the realisation of a Viksit Bharat
with a USD 35 trillion economy size by 2047.
During the year under review, your Company has benefitted from all the positive policy interventions and that is
evident from the Company’s stellar financial performance.
Group Businesses the 1.8 GWp Sudair Solar PV plant in 3. Services (IT, Engineering, Digital,
Saudi Arabia, a gas compression facility and Financial):
Your Company’s journey has been
in Algeria, contributed to blue hydrogen Your Company’s listed arms continue to
one of resilience, innovation, and
infrastructure in Rotterdam, Netherlands play pivotal roles, creating shareholder
unwavering commitment to excellence.
among various other projects. value:
The diverse business portfolio comprises
of: 2. Hi-Tech Manufacturing (Heavy LTIMindtree: India’s 6th largest IT player
1. EPC Projects (Construction & Engineering and Precision is a beacon of IT innovation, bridging
Energy): Engineering & Systems): physical and digital realms.
L&T’s expertise in executing large- Your Company’s Heavy Engineering L&T Technology Services (LTTS):
scale EPC projects is unparalleled. division remains a global leader, India’s leading Engineering and
Your Company’s indelible stamp of supplying bespoke industrial equipment. Technology Services company provides
excellence graces iconic bridges, L&T is at the forefront of adapting cutting-edge ER&D solutions globally.
hydrocarbon facilities, large solar fields, to Industry 4.0 techniques, ensuring
and infrastructure across India and efficiency and quality. L&T Finance (LTF): Empowers millions
beyond. of lives with diverse financial products in
The Precision Engineering & Systems the retail sector.
Notable recent achievements include
the Mumbai Trans Harbour Link business focusses on indigenous Your Company’s digital ventures,
(MTHL), Mumbai Coastal Road Phase design and has proudly contributed include L&T-SuFin (an integrated B2B
1, and Shree Ram Mandir Ayodhya. to India’s lunar programme through marketplace), L&T Cloudfiniti (end-
Internationally, your Company delivered Chandrayaan-3. to-end data center and cloud services),
01
CMD’s
Statement
L&T Semiconductor Technologies international order wins in Hydrocarbon also concluded monetisation of a
(focussed on fabless chip design), and Infrastructure businesses. A large, commercial property. Going forward,
and L&T Edutech (bridging industry- growing and diversified Order Book of a combination of improved operations,
academia skills gaps), showcase your ¢ 4,75,809 crore as on March 31, 2024, capital restructuring, support from the
Company’s adaptability and foresight. with a growth of 20% over the previous State Government and Transit Oriented
year, provides clear revenue visibility in Development (TOD) monetisation will
4. Other Businesses:
the medium term. turn the Metro asset value accretive.
L&T Realty: Crafts integrated spaces,
residential complexes, and commercial Revenues clocked in at ¢ 2,21,113 In FY 2023-24, your Company
hubs. More than 50 million sq.ft. crore, while Profit After Tax reached outperformed the Nifty 50 growth
of properties are currently under ¢ 13,059 crore, registering a 21% index, achieving a stupendous growth
development. Your Company’s accolades and 25% growth respectively. of 77% compared to the index’s 29%.
such as ‘Best Realty Brand 2024’, ‘Iconic A combination of improved productivity
Developer for the year 2023-24’ affirm and reduced capital intensity, including It gives me immense pleasure to
its commitment to quality. return of capital to the shareholders inform you that the Board of Directors
during the year in the form of your of the Company has recommended
Construction and Mining Machinery: Company’s first Share Buyback a final dividend of ¢ 28/- per share
Your Company’s in-house Product programme, has resulted in improved for FY 2023-24, in addition to the
Development Centre drives cost- return ratios as well. special dividend of ¢ 6/- per share paid
effective solutions, with over 40,000 during the year, thus making the total
active machines in the market. Your Company continues to focus dividend ¢ 34/- per share.
on shareholder value creation by
Others: A global leader in tyre curing divesting non-core assets, capturing
machinery, your Company is the #1 cost efficiencies, and leveraging Tech-tonic Shifts
Off-the-Road tyre curing machinery technology for productivity gains.
manufacturer in the world. L&T’s valves A strategically diversified business Your Company had embarked on a
operate across 61 countries, which portfolio, geographical diversification, a journey to leverage technology for
is a sheer testament to the product healthy balance sheet and strong order making progress which is sustainable,
reliability. book are definite markers to long-term well ahead of its global peers. The
L&T’s legacy continues to shape value creation. journey which began long back with
industries worldwide. Together, your exploring how manual activities in the
In line with its stated strategy to grow
Company continues to build a stronger various businesses could get digitalised,
the core and exit from concessions, your
L&T—one that transcends boundaries ultimately paid rich dividends during
Company
and leaves a lasting mark on generations the COVID pandemic. As India’s leading
is pleased
to follow. infrastructure player, L&T was one of
to inform
the first to realise the importance of
Group Performance Review you that on
digitalisation and began its digital
April 10,
This year, your Company crossed acceleration journey as early as
2024, it has
a historic milestone: annual Group 2016. The proactive move to invest in
successfully concluded the divestment
Order Inflow digital technology and in Industrial
of its 51% stake in L&T Infrastructure
surpassed Internet of Things (IIoT) to automate
Development Projects Limited, a joint
¢ 3 lakh crore, the manufacturing processes paid off
venture having multiple toll road
and registered when remote working became the
concessions and a power transmission
an impressive norm during the pandemic-induced
line. For Hyderabad Metro, in addition
31% growth lockdowns. Thus, when it comes to
to receiving financial assistance
year-on-year. digital initiatives, your Company has
from the Government of Telangana
This was achieved on the back of major consistently been a trend-setter and has
during the year, your Company has
constantly led the path in adapting to
paradigm shifts.
shaped a more sustainable growth path RFID for material tracking. CCTV-
for your Company. enabled image and video analytics
are constantly helping to track raw
Digital Governance - Today, your materials at project sites and assess
Company leverages a vast array of worker productivity and identify their
technologies across its various verticals, training needs.
including AI, ML, VR/AR, Cloud, Big
Data & Analytics, Drones, GPS, Hi-tech Manufacturing - Your
RFID & QR Codes, LiDAR, BIM, Company’s Precision Engineering &
IoT, 3D printing. Adoption of more Systems business has been integral to
frontier technologies like advanced the development of India’s aerospace
sensors, embedded software and industry right from the beginning
robotics is in progress. Your Company and has been a trusted partner
has digitally connected over 15,000 of ISRO for over five decades.
assets across its global projects and During the year under review, your
manufacturing bases to a central IoT Company played pivotal roles in
platform. This generates a wealth the successful soft-landing of
of data, which is being leveraged by Chandrayaan-3’s Vikram Lander near
advanced analytics to optimise asset the south pole of the Moon and in
utilisation and resource planning, the successful take-off of Aditya
L-1, India’s first solar mission. In both L&T-SuFin: Your Company has created
ensuring maximum efficiency.
missions, your Company manufactured a digital marketplace, L&T-SuFin, to
mission-critical launch segments, enable e-commerce for MSMEs involved
antennae, radars and tracking systems, in construction and industrial products,
and even had its team stationed at and also provides financial and logistical
ISRO’s Sriharikota launchpad for systems support. It has onboarded more than
integration. 42,000 sellers with a catalogue of more
than 5 lakh Stock Keeping Units (SKUs)
For both Projects and Manufacturing,
in 49 categories and has crossed a
the creation of digital twins has
Gross Merchandise Value (GMV) of over
Projects - Under project execution, accelerated the delivery process by
substantially crunching timelines for ¢ 2,700 crore since inception.
technologies like LiDAR and drone-
based photometry have substantially designing, modelling and testing, L&T EduTech: To bridge the skill gap,
improved the planning accuracy (as thereby enhancing quality and your Company has developed L&T
evident in projects like the creation of efficiency, and making the work EduTech in collaboration with education
a 4.6 km tunnel under Tungareshwar environment safer. institutes, corporations, channel
Wildlife Sanctuary as part of the Surya The Central Eye - With a 24x7 partners and government agencies.
Water Supply Project in Maharashtra monitoring system in place, real-time Aimed at higher education students
and for the aerial survey of a total of visibility of all the data on a one-stop and working professionals, this platform
1 lakh hectares of cultivable command dashboard allows the management to provides high-quality hybrid education
area under the Parwati Micro Lift take instant reviews of the progress of and facilitates skill upgradation in niche
Irrigation Project in Madhya Pradesh). core engineering and IT domains. More
work anywhere within the L&T universe
During the year under review, L&T than 4.2 lakh campus recruitments
and make timely and objective data-
Construction made news by completing have been carried out, and over
driven decisions.
in just 45 days, India’s first 3D 66,000 students and faculty members
concrete printed post office building Immersive experience in the form of have been trained, along with 16,000
in Bengaluru, Karnataka. While the simulated walk-throughs is also allowing working professionals on the platform,
technology has been approved by the L&T Realty to convert more potential as on March 2024.
Building Materials and Technology customers into actual ones.
Promotion Council (BMTPC), the Taking note of the evolving trends in
structural design of the post office has Keeping in mind the requirements
a digital world and its ramifications,
been validated by IIT Madras. Your of a digital future, your Company
your Company is also incubating and
Company built the Ayodhya Ram Temple has created platforms to promote
scaling up new-age businesses like
in Uttar Pradesh with utmost fidelity e-commerce solutions in two areas
data centers and semiconductor chip
to the intricate design, using advanced important for Viksit Bharat.
design.
03
CMD’s
Statement
To sum up, with all the thought Its IT arm, LTIMindtree launched certified.
leadership that your Company has Canvas.ai, an enterprise-ready AI Through
demonstrated so far in delivering global platform guaranteeing a 40-50% their design,
solutions by leveraging technology, it reduction in app modernisation and construction
is essentially a technology company cloud migration efforts. By jumpstarting and
– shaped, driven, and powered by GenAI capabilities for customers, operations,
technology, with engineering at its Canvas.ai is poised to disrupt the Green
core. industry. Buildings help reduce carbon emissions,
energy and waste, and also conserve
Tech-celerating Sustainable Worldover, the importance of embracing
water. In FY 2023-24, your Company
Progress sustainable practices gained traction.
created Green Buildings infrastructure of
How countries and organisations gear
The year witnessed a dual disruption. up to make sustainability central to their 14.8 million sq.ft. (and cumulatively 42
Generative Artificial Intelligence growth models in order to confront million sq.ft. over last five years).
(GenAI) emerged as a game-changer, climate change is bound to have an
and the severity of climate change Clean Mobility - Your Company is
impact on global macroeconomics. an active participant in clean mobility
became undeniable. All of your
Company’s AI and GenAI initiatives Recognising the environmental through execution of mass transit
leverage the strength of good data. impact of its actions, your Company’s systems offering faster, affordable
From co-pilot enabling efficient note- commitment to responsible corporate and greener modes of transport. In
taking in meetings, to using GenAI governance extends beyond shareholder this cause, your Company completed
in tendering, generating technical value creation, prioritising the well-being electrification of more than 3,400 track
queries, identifying contractual risks, of the world and the communities it km in FY 2023-24.
and creating centralised alerts for every serves.
Clean Energy - Your Company is
project site globally, your Company has in the business of building Clean
By championing Technology, Green
been adapting to the GenAI wave in an
practices, and Corporate Social Energy projects supporting the global
innovative way.
Responsibility (CSR), your Company megatrend towards low/no carbon
Leveraging AI for Tomorrow – Your is well-positioned to navigate this energy generation. This includes
Company recognises the power of evolving landscape and contribute renewable energy plants, primarily solar
AI across the entire project lifecycle, to a sustainable future. and hydro, as well as nuclear power
from contract management to design plants.
to execution and operation and Going Green
The Renewables business group offers
maintenance. To fuel this innovation,
comprehensive EPC services globally
Your Company has launched a Building of climate-friendly infrastructure
for GW-scale Solar PV, Energy Storage,
collaborative platform. This initiative is likely to be the next big global
Microgrid, and Hybrid Renewable
connects aspiring data scientists trend, and that can open up massive
Projects. This expertise allows your
with domain experts and technology possibilities for your Company globally.
Company to handle diverse module
champions. Together, this team will Aligned to its sustainability vision
technologies, mounting structures, and
develop cutting-edge future-proof ‘For A Better World’, your Company
storage types, a capability offered by
solutions. has developed strong capability in
very few players.
executing projects for its customers
Digitised Recruitment – Technology
in Clean Energy, Clean Mobility, Solar Power - 5.8 GWp constructed
is also playing an important role in
Water and Sanitation, Green Infra globally, with an additional 12 GWp
onboarding of workers. Your Company
and other areas. Collectively termed as under
has created a digital skill inventory
‘Green Business’, such projects help in execution. In
tool named Worker Induction & Skill
lowering carbon emissions, improving FY 2023-24,
Assessment (WISA), where around
water availability, recycling and reuse, your Company
5 million workers have been
scaling up energy efficiency, reducing commissioned
categorised as per 300 plus skill sets of
air pollution, and enhancing resource 2.2 GWp of
the National Skill Development Council
conservation. solar capacity.
(NSDC). WISA helps managers track the
location of each worker, gauge their Green Buildings - Your Company is Hydel Power - 3.5 GW constructed,
daily productivity, and suggest training in the business of constructing green with 6.2 GW under execution (including
to upgrade their skills. buildings which are LEED/IGBC/GRIHA- storage).
Nuclear Power - 6.2 GW constructed, globally renowned energy sector experts Your Company believes in the following
with 6.8 GW under execution. to provide expertise and strategic maxim – ‘We have inherited this earth
guidance on technology trends in green from our ancestors, we cannot afford
Your Company contributes to the
energy, analyse the evolving global to borrow it from our children too’. It
mitigation of carbon footprint through
policy framework in this space, evaluate is a collective responsibility to leave a
the production of equipment for
emerging business models, and advise habitable planet for future generations,
renewable diesel and bio-fuel and
on possible collaborations. and thus we must refrain from
through emission control technologies
irresponsible use of natural resources.
such as flue gas desulphurisation, which L&T Energy Green Tech, a wholly
Your Company is not only translating
removes sulphur dioxide (SO2) from the owned subsidiary of your Company,
this belief into action for itself, it is also
exhaust flue gases of fossil fuel-based has a strategic vision to develop Green
helping others to do the same.
power plants. Hydrogen and Green Ammonia plants
in India, catering to both domestic
Conscious Execution - Your Company Social Initiatives &
consumption and international markets.
strives to ensure that during project Community Service
For domestic operations, your Company
execution stage too, environmentally
has entered into a Joint Venture (JV) Your Company is a firm believer in
sustainable measures are undertaken,
agreement with Indian Oil Corporation fostering inclusive growth and in
which are in sync with local ecological
Ltd. and ReNew, a move aimed at building long term relationships with all
conditions.
spearheading India’s growing Green stakeholders based on mutual trust and
Taking care of Ecology - The actions Hydrogen sector. respect. Thus,
span from translocation of coral patches your Company
Your Company created a major
and development of marine biodiversity identifies itself
benchmark for ‘Make in India’ during
plan in Mumbai Costal Road Project to in spirit and
the year under review. It commissioned
preservation and planting of mangroves deed with the
its first indigenously manufactured
at Mumbai Ahmedabad High Speed Rail members of
1 MW Hydrogen Electrolyser
Package. the community wherever it operates.
(expandable to 2 MW) at its Green
Your Company has undertaken CSR
Selection of Materials - Your Hydrogen Plant. L&T Electrolysers plans
initiatives, which have benefitted more
Company promotes the use of low- to leverage its upcoming giga-scale
than 16 lakh people.
carbon materials such as fly ash and facility in Hazira to meet the growing
granular blast furnace slag to blend demand for green hydrogen, maximise During the year under review, your
with cement at its construction sites. product localisation through an Company has carried forward that
This results in concrete with lesser enhanced local supply chain, and serve tradition, and focussed on initiatives
embodied carbon, which is good for export markets as well. pertaining to health, education, skill
the environment and a great way for development and water & sanitation.
Towards the goal of becoming Carbon
safe disposal of fly ash. Share of fly
Neutral by 2040, your Company has
ash and granular blast furnace slag in
reduced energy intensity by 16% and
cementitious materials stood at 14% in
emission intensity by 12%, during
FY 2023-24.
the year under review. This was
achieved mainly by diesel consumption
optimisation through digitalisation,
switching from diesel-powered
equipment to grid electricity or low
carbon fuel. In addition, your Company
is working to increase renewable energy
sourcing. Options like on-site ground
mounted Solar and Renewable Open
Overall, the Green Business Access are being implemented across
contributed 50% to the revenue of manufacturing and office locations.
the Company on standalone basis in
These initiatives underscore your
FY 2023-24.
Company’s commitment to driving
Green Energy Business - During the sustainable development and
year under review, your Company has facilitating the global transition
constituted a Green Energy Council with towards clean energy solutions.
05
CMD’s
Statement
Your Company planted 4 million firmly committed to protecting lives At the Group level, apart from the 62%
saplings globally. Your Company’s of every employee both on-site and in domestic share in the total Order Book,
Integrated Community Development office as every life matters. the Middle East is the other significant
Programme (ICDP), initiated 10 years source of orders, accounting for 35%,
With safety-first approach, the image
ago, has helped in building resilience while the rest of the world accounts for
and video analytics have enabled your
in rural communities, especially in the balance 3%.
Company to maintain a strict vigil
remote water-scarce locations of
to spot violations of safety protocols In revenue terms at the Group level,
Maharashtra, Tamil Nadu, and
and instant alerts are generated to apart from the share of 57% generated
Rajasthan, covering an area of
inform the concerned site managers. from India (mostly from EPC), USA
~43,091 hectares (the size of over
Use of robotics has helped in making and Europe jointly account for 17% of
57,000 soccer fields). Furthermore,
previously hazardous operations the revenues (generated mostly from
a total of 10,974 youth completed
accident-free. Use of VR, AR and Mixed technology businesses), the Middle East
various courses at the nine
Reality HoloLens has provided an edge accounts for 22% (generated from EPC),
Construction Skill Training Institutes
in training your Company’s manpower and the balance 4% is generated from
(CSTIs) and the five sub-centres.
to handle specialised equipment and the rest of the world.
Over the years, communities have seen
in also getting accustomed to working
tangible and durable benefits from your As part of its due diligence exercise,
in unfamiliar terrains and challenging
Company’s presence. Change cannot your Company carries out extensive
situations.
happen overnight, but with every step, analysis of sovereign and client financial
your Company gets closer to the social Your Company is also making innovative strength at the time of bidding for
goals it has set for itself. use of technology to improve safety projects. As per the MEED (Middle East
practices. Your Company has groomed Economic Digest) February 2024 report,
Governance & Ethics more than 500 safety champions L&T was the top contractor in terms
Your Company believes responsible who have benefitted from digital of projects awarded in Saudi Arabia
corporate governance is the foundation training on safety protocol and then in 2023.
for long-term success. Committed spread the lessons learnt among their
to the highest ethical standards in all peer and linguistic groups. People Power
business dealings, fostering transparency Your Company is what it is today
International Business
and accountability throughout the because of its people. Your
organisation, your Company’s robust In today’s VUCA (Volatility, Uncertainty,
Company’s eight decades of success
governance framework ensures Complexity and Ambiguity) world,
is attributable to the dedication,
compliance with regulations and global the key to mitigate geopolitical risk is
hard work and accomplishments of
best practices. through geographical diversification.
every member of Team L&T. Your
While India, the Middle East, Africa
Workplace Safety Company’s people policies revolve
and ASEAN are the active markets
around the core principles
Safety remains a paramount concern for for your Company’s EPC businesses,
of onboarding the
the leadership team. This commitment Hi-Tech Manufacturing is a healthy
right talent, providing
is reflected in your Company’s mix of local and international
them with a conducive
‘Mission Zero Harm’ principle and exposure. Financial Services, on the
work environment,
the ‘L.I.F.E.’ (Live Injury-Free Everyday) other hand, is largely domestic on
nurturing talent, i.e.
Framework. Leading by example to the retail side, whereas IT Services and
offering opportunities
ensure a safe working environment Technology Services are predominantly
for learning and self-
for all employees and stakeholders, international,
development, empowering
allocating significant resources and with Americas
them by encouraging
assigning clear responsibilities is a and Europe
collaboration and
top priority. Your Company takes full being the
innovation, recognising,
responsibility for this and has thoroughly primary
rewarding, and celebrating
investigated all incidents. Enhanced geographies.
achievements, facilitating career
supervision, more frequent safety This policy
transition and mobility, as well as
briefings, expert consultations for high- of aiming
promoting gender diversity. For the
risk projects, and stronger engagement for wider geographical dispersal aids
second consecutive year, your
with subcontractors are some of broad-basing your Company’s portfolio,
Company has been recognised as a
the initiatives that has been further continues to yield positive results, and
Great Place to Work (GPTW).
strengthened. Your Company remains de-risks exposure to a particular region.
Your Company’s commitment to excel Customer Centricity My special thanks to all our shareholders
extends beyond traditional training Your Company’s relentless efforts for the trust you have reposed in us. You
methods. Your Company offers a to stay ahead of the competition by remain an invaluable pillar of strength,
multitude of online digital platforms investing in frontier technologies and and I look forward to your continued
with rich content on self-improvement delivering excellent governance are support in our journey towards
courses, accessible to all employees. ultimately aimed at enhanced customer achieving higher levels of excellence.
During the year under review, a delight through improved performance, For nearly eight decades, your
staggering 36 lakh learning hours were better solutions and completing Company has served as a cornerstone
clocked by nearly 42,000 employees on projects on time and within budget. of India’s infrastructure and industrial
these various platforms – both online The unwavering commitment to the development. The unwavering
and offline. customers remains your Company’s commitment to ‘Building India’ is deeply
Your Company’s transformation to a guiding force as it is well aware that embedded in the DNA of every L&T-ite.
technology powerhouse and creation there can be no better advertisement Your Company is not merely present
of a team of digital natives has been of one’s capabilities than a satisfied and in core sectors of the economy; it is
possible because of the employees’ delighted customer. consciously structured to anticipate and
willingness to embrace change, and the Conclusion swiftly respond to the nation’s evolving
emergence of numerous young digital needs.
Among the transformational shifts
champions deserves a special mention in
happening throughout the world, Your Company takes immense pride
this transformation.
your Company is well-positioned to in being the architect behind many of
Diversity, Equity & Inclusion ride the waves and reap the rewards. India’s most iconic landmarks and critical
Its proven expertise in building world- infrastructure projects. From grand
Your Company’s transformation into class infrastructure and EPC projects
a tech-driven conglomerate has a structures like the Statue of Unity to the
across multiple sectors, readiness to intricate engineering marvels powering
direct bearing on its Diversity, Equity participate in the energy transition
& Inclusion (DEI) quotient. There is India’s space missions, your Company
opportunities, proven capabilities in consistently strives to deliver projects
empirical evidence on how women Hi-Tech Manufacturing and Services, and
participation in both engineering and that not only serve a purpose but also
its emphasis on leveraging technology inspire national pride. Your Company’s
non-engineering roles has translated to deliver top-quality output, place
into improvements in efficiency across commitment extends beyond brick
your Company in a sweet spot to take and mortar, fostering innovation
operations. With several exclusive advantage of the opportunities as
career-assisting schemes for females and and technological advancements,
they unfold. Further, all the businesses continuously pushing boundaries to
installation of women-friendly facilities are aligned with the larger goals of
in the offices, your Company is on ensure India remains at the forefront of
transitioning into a cleaner, greener global progress.
course to achieve its Lakshya target of economy.
women employees comprising 10% of This dedication to excellence has earned
the total employee strength by 2026. I would like to thank our employees, our your Company the reputation as a
customers, supply chain partners, and Nation-builder, instrumental in shaping
During the year under review, the Government for their contributions,
your Company has hired 1,766 the landscape of a new, modern
directly and indirectly, to our growth. I and aspiring India. L&T BUILDS THE
female employees. Female also thank my fellow Board members for
employees comprised 8.1% of your THINGS THAT MAKES INDIA PROUD.
their invaluable support in guiding the
Company’s employee strength as on Company through volatile times when
March 31, 2024. there are multiple variables at play. Jai Hind!
07
CONTENTS
01 CORPORATE OVERVIEW
09 Company Information
11 Executive Committee (Ecom)
12 Group Business Structure
14 L&T Nationwide Network & Global Presence
16 10 year highlights
SHAREHOLDER’S SATISFACTION
661 SURVEY FORM - 2023-24
COMPANY INFORMATION
MR. A. M. NAIK
Chairman Emeritus
MR. P R RAMESH
Independent Director
Registered Office
L&T House, Ballard Estate, Mumbai - 400 001
Auditors
M/s. Deloitte Haskins & Sells LLP
09
Corporate Management Integrated Statutory Financial
Overview Discussion and Analysis Report Reports Statements
S. N. Subrahmanyan
Chairman & Managing Director
11
Group
Business Structure
GROUP STRUCTURE
EPC Projects
GROUP
GROUP
GROUP
GROUPBUSINESS
GROUP STRUCTURE
STRUCTURE
GROUP
STRUCTURE
STRUCTURE
STRUCTURE STRUCTURE
Infrastructure
Projects
Energy
Projects
EPC Projects
Sthaladipti Saha Subramanian Sarma C
GROUP STRUCTURE
Infrastructure
Buildings & Factories
Projects Energy
Energy
- Hydrocarbon
Projects
EPC Projects
EPC
EPC EPC Projects
Projects
EPC Projects
Projects
Sthaladipti Saha
S. V. Desai Subramanian
Satish Palekar
Sarma
Infrastructure
Infrastructure
Infrastructure
Infrastructure Energy Energy
Infrastructure EnergyEnergyEnergy
Buildings
Heavy
Projects Civil & Factories
Infrastructure
Projects Projects
Projects Energy
Projects
Projects Projects
- Projects
Hydrocarbon
Projects
Energy - Power Projects
EPC Projects
SthaladiptiSthaladipti
T.Saha
Madhava Sthaladipti
SthaladiptiSaha
S. V. Desai Saha
Das Saha Saha
Sthaladipti
Subramanian SarmaSubramanian
Subramanian
Satish
Derek
Subramanian SarmaSarma Sarma
Subramanian
Palekar
M. Shah
Sarma
S. V. Desai E. V.
S. P.
T. Madhava S.
S.Desai
Sajit
Sthaladipti V. Desai
V. Desai
Saha
Das S. V.Satish
Desai Palekar
Satish
Satish
Derek M.
Subramanian Satish
Palekar
Shah
SarmaPalekar
Palekar
Satish Palekar
Power
Heavy CivilWater
Heavy Transmission
Heavy
Infrastructure
Heavy
&Civil
BuildingsCivil Civil & Civil Energy
Infrastructure
Infrastructure
Effluent Infrastructure
Heavy
Treatment
& Factories -Energy
Infrastructure
Power -- Green
Energy - Mfg
Energy &
-Energy
Power Power - Power
Energy
Energy Hydrocarbon
- Power
Distribution Development
EPC Projects
T. MadhavaT.Shrinath
Das
T.
E. V.
S.
MadhavaT. Rao
Madhava
P.DesaiMadhava
SajitDasDas Das
T. Madhava
DerekDas
M. Shah
Derek
Satish
Derek Derek
M. M.
Shah
Palekar
M. Shah ShahM. Shah
Derek
Infrastructure
Power Transmission
Power
Power &Power
TransmissionTransmission
Transmission
Power
& &Energy&- Green
Transmission Energy
&Energy
Energy &Energy
Mfg- Green -Energy
- Green
MfgGreen
& &-Mfg
Mfg & Mfg &
Green
Water
Heavy &Civil
Effluent
Transportation Treatment
Infrastructure
Infrastructure Energy - Power
Projects Distribution
DistributionDistribution
Distribution Distribution
Development Projects Development
Development
Development Development
E. P. Sajit
T.T. E. P.
Sthaladipti
Kumaresan
Shrinath
Madhava E.
E. Sajit
P.Rao
Saha
DasP. Sajit
Sajit E. P. Sajit Subramanian
Derek M. Shah
Sarma
Shrinath Rao
T. E.
Shrinath
S. V. Shrinath
Shrinath
Sajit
Kumaresan Rao Rao
RaoRaoShrinath
P.Desai Satish Palekar
Transportation
Water Transportation
Transportation
Transportation
Infrastructure
Minerals
Heavy &Civil
Effluent Metals Infrastructure
&Infrastructure
Transportation
Infrastructure
Treatment
Infrastructure Infrastructure
Energy - Power
T. Kumaresan
T.T. T.Rao
Kumaresan Kumaresan
T. Kumaresan
Shrinath
Madhava Das T. Kumaresan Derek M. Shah
Minerals Power
& Transmission
Minerals
Metals &Minerals
Minerals
Transportation Metals && Metals& Metals
& Metals
Minerals
Infrastructure Energy - Green Mfg &
Distribution Development
T. E. P. Sajit
Kumaresan
Minerals
Water & Metals
& Effluent Treatment
Shrinath Rao
Transportation Infrastructure
S.
S. N.
N. Subrahmanyan
S. N. Subrahmanyan
Subrahmanyan
S. N.
Chairman
Chairman Chairman Subrahmanyan
& Managing&
& Managing
Director Director
Managing Director
S. N. Subrahmanyan
Chairman & Managing Director
S. N. Subrahmanyan
Chairman & Managing Director
S. N. Subrahmanyan IT
Chairman
Hi-Tech &Manufacturing
Managing Director
Hi-Tech Manufacturing
Hi-Tech Manufacturing IT && Technology
IT & Technology Services Services
Technology Services
Chairman
Hi-Tech&Manufacturing
Managing Director IT & Technology Services
Hi-Tech Manufacturing IT & Technology Services
Debashis Chatterjee
Anil V. Parab Debashis Chatterjee
Debashis Chatterjee
AnilHi-Tech Manufacturing
V. Parab Anil V. Parab IT & Technology Services
Debashis Chatterjee
Anil V. Parab
Hi-Tech
Heavy
Manufacturing
Heavy Engineering
Engineering and
IT & Technology
LTIMindtree
Debashis
Services
Chatterjee
Heavy EngineeringAnilEngineering
Heavy V. Parab LTIMindtree LTIMindtree
Anil V.Valves
L&TEngineering
Heavy Parab LTIMindtree
Debashis Chatterjee
Heavy
Anil Engineering
V. Parab LTIMindtree
Debashis Chatterjee
Amit Chadha
Arun Ramchandani Amit ChadhaAmit Chadha
Arun Ramchandani
Arun
HeavyRamchandani
Engineering LTIMindtree
Arun Ramchandani Amit Chadha
Precision
HeavyEngineering
Engineeringand LTIMindtree
L&T Technology Services
Precision Engineering
Precision
Arunand Engineering
Ramchandani and L&T TechnologyL&T Amit Chadha
Services
Technology Services
Systems
PrecisionSystems
Engineering and
Systems Arun Ramchandani L&T Technology
Amit Chadha Services
PrecisionSystems
Engineering and L&T Technology
Amit Chadha Services
Arun Ramchandani
Development
Precision Systems Projects
Engineering and Digital Services &
Development Development
Projects Projects L&TDigital
Digital Services Technology
& Services
Services &
Precision Systems
Engineering and E-Commerce
Digital Platforms
Services &
Development Projects E-Commerce Platforms
E-Commerce
L&T Technology Platforms
Services
Systems E-Commerce
Digital Platforms
L&TServices
Sufin &
Development Projects L&T Sufin L&T -Sufin
L&T-SuFin
K. V. B Reddy E-Commerce
Digital
L&T Platforms
Services
Sufin &
K. V. Development
B ReddyK. V. B Reddy Projects L&T EduTech
K. V. B Reddy L&T EduTech L&T
E-Commerce
Digital EduTech
Platforms
Services
Development Projects Sufin &
L&TEduTech
L&T
Hyderabad Metro L&T Cloudfiniti
E-Commerce Platforms
Hyderabad Metro K. V. B Reddy
Hyderabad Metro L&T Cloudfiniti L&TL&T
Cloudfiniti
Sufin
L&TCloudfiniti
L&T EduTech
Hyderabad Metro
K. V. B Reddy L&T Semiconductor
L&TEduTech
Sufin
L&T Semiconductor
L&TL&T
Semiconductor
Hyderabad
K. V. B Metro
Reddy L&T
L&T Cloudfiniti
Technologies
Semiconductor
S. K. Narang Technologies Technologies
L&TCloudfiniti
EduTech
S. K. Narang S. K. Narang L&T
L&TTechnologies
Semiconductor
Hyderabad Metro
S. K. Narang
Hyderabad Metro L&T
L&T Cloudfiniti
Technologies
Semiconductor
Financial Financial Services
Nabha Power
S. K. Limited
Narang
Nabha Power Limited
Nabha Power Limited Financial
Services Services
L&TTechnologies
Semiconductor
Nabha Power
S. K. Limited
Narang Financial Services
Technologies
Nabha Power
S. K. Limited
Narang Financial
SudiptaServices
Roy
Other
Other Businesses
Other Businesses
Businesses
Nabha Power Limited Sudipta Roy Sudipta Roy
Financial Services
Sudipta Roy
Other Businesses
Nabha Power Limited Financial Services
L&T Finance
Other Businesses L&T Finance Sudipta Roy
L&T Finance
Anupam Kumar L&T Finance
Anupam Kumar
Anupam Kumar Sudipta Roy
Other Businesses
Anupam Kumar L&T Finance
Sudipta Roy
Other Businesses
L&T
Anupam Realty
Kumar L&T Finance
L&T Realty L&T Realty
L&T Realty
Anupam Kumar L&T Finance
L&T
Anupam Realty
Kumar
Arvind Garg
Arvind Garg Arvind Garg
L&T Realty
Arvind Garg
Construction, Mining,
L&T Realty
Construction,Construction,
Mining,
Construction,
Arvind Mining, and
Mining,
Garg
and Industrial
Construction,
Industrial Machinery
Mining,
Machinery
and Industrial and
Machinery
Industrial Machinery
Arvind Garg
and Industrial Machinery
Construction, Mining,
Arvind
Rubber Garg
Processing
and Industrial Machinery
Construction, Mining,
Machinery
and Industrial Machinery
Construction, Mining,
Hydraulics
and Industrial Machinery
13
Network
NATIONWIDE
NETWORK
GLOBAL
NETWORK
Offices
Engineering & Construction Projects
Manufacturing/Fabrication Facilities
15
10 Year
Highlights
10 Year
Highlights
STANDALONE FINANCIALS-
10 YEAR HIGHLIGHTS
Standalone Financials-10 Year Highlights
v crore
IndAS [12] IGAAP [12]
Description 2023-24 2022-23 2021-22 2020-21 2019-20 2018-19 2017-18 2016-17 2015-16 2014-15
[9] [10]
Balance Sheet
Net worth 64416 71528 67114 61738 52175 50048 49174 46013 42135 37085
Borrowings 22540 18151 20298 24474 25785 11990 10561 10558 13924 12936
Capital employed 86956 89679 87412 86212 77960 62038 59735 56571 56059 50021
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIALS-
Consolidated Financials-10 Year Highlights
10 YEAR HIGHLIGHTS
v crore
Ind AS [11] IGAAP [11]
Particulars
2023-24 2022-23 2021-22 2020-21 2019-20 2018-19 2017-18 2016-17 2015-16 2014-15
Balance Sheet
Net worth attributable to the Owners
of the Company 86359 89326 82408 75869 66723 62375 54904 50217 44180 40909
Non-controlling interest 16190 14241 12966 12052 9521 6826 5201 3564 2893 4999
Borrowings 114040 118513 123468 132605 141007 125555 107524 93954 88135 90571
Capital employed 216589 222080 218842 220525 217251 194756 167629 147735 135208 136479
17
MANAGEMENT
DISCUSSION AND
ANALYSIS
Economy
Indian Economy Global Economy
The Financial Year 2023-24 remained a mixed bag of The global economy has been in better shape
opportunities and challenges. On one hand, domestic than anticipated at the start of the year, having
activity exhibited resilience on the back of strong domestic demonstrated some signs of growth, as reflected
demand, whilst on the other, global geopolitical uncertainty in the various high-frequency indicators. However,
continued to impact inflation, interest rates, and the elevated debt levels and continuing geopolitical
supply chain. hostilities aggravate risks to global growth and
Amidst global headwinds, the Indian economy has inflation outlook in the medium-term.
displayed strength and has grown by 8.2% for FY 2023-24, The US economy has shown elasticity so far, but
mainly driven by sustained investment through an inflation being higher than expected has postponed
infrastructure-driven policy by the government. Better rate cuts by the Fed. The US Presidential election
capacity utilisation in the manufacturing sector, buoyancy in November is expected to contribute to the
in auto and real estate, healthy corporate balance sheets, economic volatility. Further, the UK and Europe
strong credit momentum, higher tax collections, and economies are still fragile. Also, concerns about the
acceptable levels of inflation are aptly aiding the growth real estate bubble in China could further dampen
prospects of the Indian economy. economic revitalisation.
India’s growth story momentum is likely to continue in The medium-term outlook has worsened for many
the next fiscal year with sustained strength in domestic developing economies amid slowing growth, sluggish
demand, easing of inflationary pressures, focussed fiscal global trade, and tighter financial conditions.
outlay by the government, and a strong manufacturing Additionally, the volatility in crude oil prices and the
revival. However, due to the general elections in India, ongoing shipping disruptions through the Red Sea
public CapEx could witness a temporary slowdown in the may further pose challenges to global supply chains
very near-term. and aid inflation.
While private industrial capital spending has been measured The Middle East region is also feeling the pressure on
in FY 2023-24, it is expected to pick up in the next fiscal account of the Israel conflict. An escalation or spread
year with the ongoing global supply chain diversification of the conflict beyond Gaza and Israel, as well as an
trends and investors’ response to the government’s intensification of the disruptions in the Red Sea, could
Production Linked Incentive (PLI) scheme to boost key have an economic impact on the region. Structural
targeted manufacturing industries. reforms remain critical to boosting growth in the
However, headwinds from geopolitical tensions, Middle East region by way of diversification into clean
volatility in international financial markets, geoeconomic energy and other industrial sectors besides oil.
fragmentation, continuing sea route trade disruptions, Despite all the turmoil, India is on track to become
and extreme weather events pose risks to the otherwise the third-largest economy by 2027, overtaking Japan
optimistic outlook. India, given its structural reforms, and Germany. It is also the fastest-growing large
strengthening physical and digital infrastructure, as well economy with the tailwinds of young demographics,
as upbeat business and consumer confidence, is in a improving institutional strength and strong
better position to overcome these multiple challenges governance.
and emerge stronger.
19
Economy and
Business Strategy
Business Model
Value creation is enabled through a portfolio comprising:
EPC Projects
EPC Projects focus on the proven core competencies of conceptualising, designing, executing, and
commissioning large, complex projects in the areas of mobility infrastructure, power transmission and
distribution, water and irrigation infrastructure, buildings and factories, metals and mining, energy
generation & storage solutions, oil & gas, and energy transition.
Hi-Tech Manufacturing
Hi-Tech Manufacturing focusses on custom-designed and built equipment catering to process plants
for various sectors (including nuclear), precision engineering and systems for the defence & aerospace
sectors, electrolysers for hydrogen production, industrial and bulk material handling, construction
machinery and mining equipment, and industrial valves.
Services
The Services businesses cater to sectors of IT (through LTIMindtree), Engineering R&D (through
LTTS), financial services (through L&T Finance), real estate development (through L&T Realty), B2B
E-commerce (through L&T-SuFin), skilling and assessment (through L&T EduTech), data/cloud services
(through L&T-Cloudfiniti) and fabless chip design (through L&T Semiconductor Technologies).
In the past, the Group had made investments in concession projects such as Toll Roads, Airports, Ports, Hyderabad Metro, and
power generation (Nabha Power). However, in recent years, the focus has been on reducing its exposure to such public-private
partnerships (PPPs) through divestment. Further, the Group recently concluded its divestment of the 51% holding in L&T
Infrastructure Development Projects Limited, an intermediate Holdco for Roads and Transmission Line concession.
The Group’s businesses and offerings are closely linked to global megatrends.
Digital Transformation
Big Data, AI/ML, AR/VR, 5G, Cloud, Cyber Security (LTIM, LTTS)
Automation, Industry 4.0, Digital Engineering (LTIM, LTTS)
Chip design (LTSCT)
Data Storage and Computing (L&T-Cloudfiniti)
Platforms (L&T-SuFin, L&T EduTech)
Technology and services offerings to transform businesses across various domains
21
Economy and
Business Strategy
Portfolio Strategy
The portfolio strategy aims to pursue growth by de-risking revenue streams, exploring new
adjacencies, and improving profitability with the aim of creating value for all stakeholders:
IT Services business, with a focus on the Americas and Europe, is currently witnessing some sectorial headwinds. This,
however, has been balanced by robust growth in the EPC Projects and Hi-Tech Manufacturing portfolio, aided by Infra
CapEx-led focus in India and oil & gas investments in the Middle East, reflecting the resilience of the portfolio strategy.
Strategic Objectives
ROE Growth
SO-V Enabling business sustainability through a high focus on ESG and stakeholder value creation
Strategic Enablers
Financial resources to enable growth of the businesses and strong financial health
SE-3
to facilitate access to capital markets, when required
SE-4 Talent and leadership pipeline to drive business continuity and growth
SE-5 Capability development through R&D, absorption of new technologies and partnerships
23
Economy and
Business Strategy
SO-II à Growth of digital & In FY 2023-24, L&T-Cloudfiniti (Business offering linked to data
Scaling up digital and e-commerce businesses centers and related services) saw its operations start at the Panvel
e-commerce businesses Data Center with ~1.4 MW capacity. The business is also in the
process of launching its Kancheepuram Data Center with 30
MW capacity in the near-term. Further, two new data centers
in Mahape, Navi Mumbai and Whitefield, Bangalore, are under
active consideration.
L&T Semiconductor Technologies was incorporated in FY 2023-24
with an initial focus on a fabless design approach.
L&T-SuFin and L&T EduTech have continued to grow
during FY 2023-24.
SO-III à Size of Green Business The Group increased the share of Green Business to ` 634 billion,
Developing business à New Business or which is 50% of standalone revenues in FY 2023-24 (as compared
offerings to ride the Business offerings to 37% in FY 2022-23).
Energy Transition wave developed The Group invested ~` 110 crore during FY 2023-24 in the Green
Business against the overall commitment of ~` 500 crore.
The Group has instituted a Green Hydrogen Council comprising
stalwarts from academia and business to provide guidance in
building a global green energy business. In parallel, it has also
joined The Hydrogen Council, a CEO-led coalition of 140+ MNCs
for advancing Hydrogen in the global energy transition and
energy mix.
The Group progressed towards electrolyser manufacturing by
making the first indigenously manufactured electrolyser.
SO-IV à Businesses Divestment The entire stake in L&T IDPL (a joint venture with investments in
Divestment of non-core road projects and a power transmission asset) was divested on
businesses April 10, 2024.
The Group continues to actively pursue divestments from other
non-core assets and is also exploring various alternatives to de-risk
the current exposure in Hyderabad Metro.
SO-V à Metrics linked to ESG For details, refer to the following in the Integrated Report section:
Enabling business performance are based à Natural Capital
on materiality. e.g.
sustainability through
- Carbon Footprint
à Social and Relationship Capital
a high focus on ESG
and stakeholder value - Resource à Human Capital
creation consumption
- LTIFR
- Training hours
Risk Management Framework Legal and contractual risks are also thoroughly reviewed
at the pre-bid stage to ensure that these stay within the
Risk Management includes identification, measurement, Company’s overall risk appetite.
and mitigation of risks. This includes judgements on Supply Chain Risks - These risks have risen due to the
the probability as well as severity of risk events. The volatile geopolitical environment, especially in the Middle
Company has a 3-pronged approach to Risk Management East. These are being closely monitored. While they are
– Operational, Tactical, and Strategic. These risks, at the not likely to have a significant impact on operations in the
level of individual projects as well as the portfolio level, short-term, the long-term persistence of these challenges
are managed by robust processes, including statutorily may result in adverse outcomes. Despite this, commodity-
mandated and various other internal processes. The Risk related inflation has remained subdued, with the overall
Management framework involves Business Heads and Risk environment for commodity prices remaining manageable.
Teams at various businesses working in close coordination
with the Company-level teams. In addition to project- Cyber Security - The Company has a Cyber Security
level risks, risks arising from Corporate Functions such Assurance Framework encompassing Processes & Standards
as IT (including Cyber Security) and HR are also mapped and Technology. These risks are monitored/managed
and mitigated appropriately. The overall aim of the Risk at the level of individual businesses/domains as well as
Management function is to improve project outcomes, and by various Committees, including the Company’s Risk
thereby, aid financial performance. Management Committee.
The Chief Risk Officer closely monitors the overall Climate Change - Climate change increases the impact
Risk Management Process, which includes Project Pre- and likelihood of some physical risks, which could lead
Bid, Execution, and Close-out Risk Reviews. Further, to execution disruption and losses. These risks manifest
significant risks are presented to the Company’s Risk both as acute physical risks, e.g., extreme weather
Management Committee (twice a year) as well as the conditions, heavy precipitation, etc., as well as chronic
Apex Risk Management Committee, which lays down the physical risks, e.g., higher ambient temperatures, increase
essential guardrails such as Country Risk exposures, etc. in sea levels, etc. While business operations typically face
The outcomes/learnings of Risk Reviews are captured in a higher impact of such risks, now even assets and the
the ERM system, which helps track project-related and built environment are increasingly facing such threats. The
portfolio-related risks. Efforts are being made to use AI on Company’s major business segments, i.e., EPC projects and
the system to produce actionable insights. Hi-Tech Manufacturing, are exposed to such physical risks
from climate change, requiring risk mitigation strategies.
Efforts are being undertaken to absorb risk-related Some of the major challenges are:
learnings from an individual business and spread across
the Company using forums such as ‘Annual Risk Awards’ i. Increasing frequency and intensity of extreme
and regular meetings of Business Level Risk Heads. These weather events or natural calamities pose significant
initiatives help in the dissemination of learnings across threats to safety as well as the availability and
the Company, with respect to Specific Risks, Clients, utilisation of resources
Geographies, etc. Apart from internal learnings, efforts ii. Extremely high daytime temperatures pose a danger to
are also made to absorb best practices from outside the the health and safety of the workforce, which, in turn,
Company by participating in industry bodies/forums, etc. impacts productivity
25
Risk Management
Framework
at the bidding stage and during the execution stage. Risks from Energy Transition - The current megatrend
Manufacturing facilities also undertake such assessments of Energy Transition is fundamentally reshaping several
on a periodic basis. The Company has adopted and industries across the globe. This affects the businesses at
implemented Environment Management Systems the operational level by increasing ‘green specifications’
based on ISO 14001 and Occupational Health & Safety in tenders, building codes, etc. It has also facilitated
Management Systems based on ISO 45001. This helps not opportunities such as Green EPC in the Middle East,
only in meeting regulatory compliance, but also improves domestic Pump Hydro Storage Projects (PSP), new business
operational performance by identifying and addressing areas such as Green Hydrogen/Electrolyser manufacturing,
business operations risks. and more Transmission & Distribution opportunities due
Monsoon preparedness plans, cover plans for the to evacuation requirements/grid reconfiguration for
protection of equipment (covering, tying down, or other renewables. However, risks could arise from the potential
suitable arrangements), backup for power/fuel, human failure of any of these new initiatives.
safety, and plans for restoring normal operations, e.g., The Company also sees significant business opportunities
dewatering arrangements are a standard requirement now from energy transition linked to the decarbonisation of
for all projects. For dealing with periods of extremely high the energy sector. These are in areas of renewable energy
temperature, measures are taken to reschedule the work- (solar, hydel), clean energy (nuclear, natural gas), renewable
rest cycle, additional measures are taken for shelters and fuels (green diesel), green hydrogen, battery energy
hydration of the workforce, and awareness sessions and storage, offshore wind, etc.
advisories are organised to apprise the workforce of risks, Talent Risks - The large volume of projects underway
reporting issues, and preventive measures to be taken. in India, as well as in key markets like Saudi Arabia, has
increased the demand for key skill sets. As such, talent
Tactical and Strategic Risks risks are likely to persist, given the focus on CapEx by
For the Projects Business, the risks arising from high debt both the Central and State Governments of India, as well
levels in various emerging markets (Asia/Africa) have to as Saudi Arabia’s ongoing plan to diversify its economy
be addressed while bidding for/executing projects in these away from oil.
regions. This is done using an appropriate approval matrix
for Country Risk and focussing on multilaterally funded Overall, the Company strives to maintain its robust
projects to mitigate sovereign risk. Risk Management Process, which is far ahead of the
statutory stipulation. Despite this, tail risks (potential large
Both Manufacturing and Projects businesses have faced impact from a very low probability event) can manifest
additional risks due to the ongoing geopolitical tensions themselves and will need to be appropriately managed
and a shifting Sanctions regime. Appropriate measures, when they arise.
such as end-to-end Sanction checks, are in place to
manage these risks. Apart from Sanctions, every country’s Financial Risks
foreign policy can also impact business to some extent. This Financial risk management is governed by the Risk
year, post-election outcomes (in India and overseas) are Management Framework and Policy approved by the
additional risks to be mitigated when required. Company’s Audit Committee under the guidance of
Technology/Business Model Risks - Changes in the Board. Financial risks in each business portfolio are
technologies/business models can affect the performance collated, measured, and managed by the Corporate
of clients and thus impact the type of projects that Finance Department.
the Company executes. As such, the Company closely The global economy proved to be resilient in 2023 despite
monitors these changes with respect to its clients. Trends high inflation, significantly tight monetary policy, supply
in Business Model changes for the EPC business (e.g. the chain disruptions, volatile commodity prices, and a
trends towards localisation, reduced site work/greater fragile Chinese economy. However, 2024 is likely to have
modularisation, and digitalisation) are also tracked. comparatively slower growth due to the lagged impacts of
Concentration Risks - The increase in the order book monetary policy tightening. Political and geopolitical risks
share of the Middle East has increased the concentration will be more pronounced in 2024, with an election-packed
risk. This risk is monitored regularly at various levels and events calendar. More than 60 countries, representing half
suitably mitigated by measures such as rigorous Sovereign the world’s population, will go to the polls in 2024. For
Analysis and Client Financial Strength reviews. G10, the main event is likely to be the US election. Inflation
Business Continuity Plan (BCP) - The Company has dynamics will look quite similar across developed and
a process by which BCPs for various risk scenarios are emerging economies, as most countries are experiencing
prepared and tested. BCPs are reviewed at several levels gradual disinflation driven by the dissipating effects of
and updated suitably, keeping in mind project/portfolio supply-side shocks combined with tightening financial
level changes in the Order Book. conditions. Disinflation in goods is proving to be faster than
in services, but as it continues normalising, it is expected There is a broad consensus on economic stability over the
that the Fed & ECB would start their easing cycles by the short- to medium-term post-general election results, which
middle of 2024. is positive for the continuation of the reform agenda and
With oil prices expected to be in a range of USD 80-90 per the structural outlook for the Indian economy. One can
barrel, the Middle Eastern countries are likely to continue also expect fiscal consolidation to pick up pace, with the
their investments in the energy transition journey. The centre’s fiscal deficit likely to narrow to 5.1% of GDP in FY
Company had a record order inflow from the Middle 2024-25 and finally to 4.5% of GDP in FY 2025-26, as per
East in FY 2023-24 in the hydrocarbon and renewable the medium-term macro framework.
segments, and the positive momentum may continue in India's foreign exchange reserves stood at an all-time high
FY 2024-25 as well. of USD 646 billion as of March 29, 2024. The relative
The Indian economy has exhibited remarkable resilience. stability of the INR reflects India’s sound macroeconomic
Output has expanded at a faster pace compared to major fundamentals, financial stability and improvements in the
economies in 2023, and the outlook remains positive in external position. The slowing trajectory of inflation and
the medium-term. The country is on track to emerge as the improving CAD position would also allow the RBI to ease
third largest economy in the world within this decade after rates, maybe towards the end of the financial year.
overtaking the United Kingdom to become the fifth-largest Foreign Exchange and Commodity Price Risks
in the world on a nominal GDP (USD) basis last year. An The Company’s businesses are exposed to fluctuations in
expanding growth pie is expected to lift per capita GDP, foreign exchange rates and commodity prices. Additionally,
which trails most emerging market peers at this juncture. it has exposures to foreign currency-denominated
Going by the Government’s CapEx emphasis in the Interim financial assets and liabilities. Net foreign exchange risk
Budget of FY 2024-25, we expect public spending to on revenues, costs, assets, and liabilities are managed
remain strong and consequently, drive growth. Private through a combination of forwards and options wherein the
CapEx could pick up incrementally in FY 2024-25 post- counterparties are regulated banking entities. The financial
general elections, with improvement in capacity utilisation. risks involving commodity prices are managed through a
However, private consumption is likely to remain modest combination of price variation clauses embedded in customer
as the lagged impact of past rate hikes filters through the contracts, hedges in financial markets, and price pass-
real economy. NPAs in the banking system have reduced through arrangements. In the case of contracts with price
sharply. Hence, banks are well-positioned to fund the next variation clauses, the Company may run a Basis Risk between
CapEx cycle. Real GDP growth is likely to average around the actual price of the commodity and the reference indices.
7.0-7.5 % in FY 2024-25.
The disclosure of commodity exposures as required under
Unlike advanced countries, India does not face a big risk clause 9(n) of Part C, Schedule V of the SEBI (Listing
from wage-price inflation, which is supported by the recent Obligations and Disclosure Requirements) Regulations,
trend of moderation in core inflation (currently at 3.5% 2015, in the format specified vide Chapter VI-E of SEBI
vs. 6%+ in 2022). Headline CPI inflation is expected to Master Circular No. SEBI/HO/CFD/PoD2/CIR/P/2023/120
moderate to 4.7% in the calendar year 2024. dated July 11, 2023 is given below:
27
Risk Management
Framework
manufacturing facilities. Domestic International Total Order Inflow: ₹ 3,02,812 crore during the year 2023-24
[Figures in brackets relate to previous year]
The financial services business of the Group, during
the year, also concluded the merger of L&T Finance
L&T Group achieved order inflows of � 3,02,812 crore
Holdings Ltd. and its wholly owned subsidiaries, viz. L&T
during FY 2023-24, registering a growth of 31.4% over
Finance Ltd., L&T Infra Credit Ltd. and L&T Mutual Fund
the previous year. Growth was largely driven by the strong
Trustee Ltd., resulting in the creation of a single lending
investment momentum in the Middle East region, further
entity – L&T Finance Holdings. Further, the name of L&T
complemented by the Government of India’s CapEx push.
Finance Holdings Ltd. has been changed to L&T Finance
The buoyancy in Middle East orders led to an increase in
Ltd. This merger leads to the creation of a simplified
the share of international order inflow to 54% from 38%
'Single Lending Entity' and will create internal synergies,
in the previous year.
superior governance, and newer avenues for growth.
29
Overall Financial
Review
The year witnessed the booking of some noteworthy orders As at March 31, 2024, the order book is at a record
in the Urban Transit space, including another package for level of � 4,75,809 crore, thereby providing a multi-
Mumbai-Ahmedabad High-Speed Rail in the Heavy Civil year revenue visibility for the Group. The infrastructure
business, a few orders in the residential vertical of Buildings segment continues to dominate with a share of 65% of the
& Factories business, multiple renewable energy projects consolidated order book.
from the Middle East under the Power Transmission & The order book registered a growth of 19.8% on a y-o-y
Distribution business, Electrification Work package for basis, mainly with the receipt of some high-value orders
Mumbai-Ahmedabad High-Speed Rail, and a road project during the year. Around 77% of the total order book
in Mumbai in Transportation Infrastructure, a couple of comprises orders received from Indian Central and State
orders in ferrous metal space, a major order from Ministry Governments (including local authorities) and State-owned
of Defence in the Precision Engineering & Systems business, Enterprises (both domestic and international). The private
a mega order in the Offshore vertical, and few ultra-mega sector has marginally declined and has a share of 23% of
orders in the Onshore vertical of the Hydrocarbon business. the total order book as on March 2024, as against 25% as
With higher ordering in the Energy segment primarily on March 2023. Of the domestic order book, 29% of the
due to CapEx acceleration in the Middle East region, the orders are funded by multilateral agencies.
contribution of the Infrastructure segment in the overall The share of the international order book increased
order inflow has decreased to 47% from 51% in the from 28% to 38% on account of the intake of higher
previous year, while continuing to remain the largest international orders during the year.
segment in the Company’s business portfolio.
Order Book Consolidated Revenue from Operations
Order Book Composition
� crore 19.8% � crore
Revenue from Operations
31975 13981
500000 475809 7%, (7%) 3%, (3%) 20.6%
� crore
Infrastructure
397033 Projects
400000 180861 38% 240000
221113
28% 111779
Energy Projects
300000 118189 200000 183341
25%, (18%)
Hi-Tech
95086 43%
200000 Manufacturing
160000
72% 285254 294948 62% 38% 68787
100000 Others
120000 311665
65%, (72%)
0
As at 31-03-2023 As at 31-03-2024 80000
126027 57%
Domestic International Total Order Book: ₹62% 114554
4,75,809 crore as at March 31, 2024
40000 in brackets relate to previous year]
[Figures
0
2022-23 2023-24
Order Book Composition Domestic International
� crore
2024
Total Order Book: ₹ 4,75,809 crore as at March 31, 2024
[Figures in brackets relate to previous year]
100000
80000
60000
40000
20000
0
Infrastructure Energy Hi-Tech IT & Technology Financial Development
Projects Projects Manufacturing Services Services Projects Others
During the year, all the segments registered growth over the previous year, with the Infrastructure segment leading the pack.
Operating Expenses and PBDIT Staff expenses for FY 2023-24 at � 41,171 crore
increased by 10.6% over the previous year, reflecting a
combination of manpower ramp-up and salary revisions.
Although, as a percentage of revenue, it decreased by
� crore Operating Expenses and PBDIT
~170 bps during FY 2023-24, consequent upon higher
250000 revenue. The Group continues to focus on productivity
improvements, digitalisation, and manpower optimisation
23494 across its businesses.
200000
10419
20753 Sales and administration expenses at � 10,419 crore
41171
150000
8758 increased by 19.0% over the previous year. This represents
37214 4.7% of revenue, which is almost in line with the
previous year.
100000
The Group’s operating profit at � 23,494 crore for FY
146029 2023-24 registered a growth of 13.2% y-o-y, largely due to
116615
50000
higher business volumes. The EBITDA margin for the year,
however, declined by 70 bps and is at 10.6%.
0
2022-23 2023-24 The impact of additional execution costs incurred in the
Infrastructure segment and higher provisions on contract
Mfg., Construction & Staff Expenses
Operating Expenses assets and customer receivables impacted the Company’s
Sales, Administration & Operating Profit (PBDIT) overall margin. At the same time, cost savings in projects of
Other Expenses
the Energy segment, higher NIM in Financial Services, and
sale of commercial property along with improved ridership
Manufacturing, Construction and Operating (MCO)
in Hyderabad Metro, partially mitigated the impact.
expenses for FY 2023-24 at � 1,46,029 crore increased
by 25.2% over the previous year. These expenses mainly Depreciation and Amortisation Charge
comprise the cost of construction materials, raw materials
Depreciation and amortisation charges for FY 2023-24
and components, sub-contracting expenses, and interest
increased to � 3,682 crore from � 3,502 crore in the
costs in the Financial Services business. This represents
previous year, registering an increase of 5.1%, mainly
66.0% of revenue as compared to 63.6% in the previous
reflective of higher CapEx spending in recent years.
year, mainly on account of cost overruns encountered in a
few projects and changes in job mix.
31
Overall Financial
Review
The segment-wise PBIT registered improvement over the previous year across all businesses. The PBIT of Development Projects
is higher during the year primarily due to a non-recurring gain on the sale of commercial property in Hyderabad Metro.
in business volumes. During the year, additional funds Power, partly offset by a higher level of borrowing at the
were generated mainly from the divestment of commercial Parent level. At a group level, the gross debt-to-equity ratio
property in Hyderabad Metro, treasury and dividend income decreased to 1.11:1 as at March 31, 2024, from 1.14:1 as
and investment sales. at March 31, 2023. However, the net debt-to-equity ratio
Funds were utilised mainly for repayment of borrowings of marginally increased to 0.64:1 as at March 31, 2024, from
� 4,513 crore, capital expenditure of � 4,210 crore, and 0.62:1 as at March 31, 2023.
payment of dividend of � 4,217 crore. Further, funds were Details of significant changes in key financial ratios along
utilised for the buyback of equity shares � 12,280 crore with explanation:
(including tax and expenses on buyback) and net interest
In compliance with the requirement of SEBI (Listing
payment of � 3,605 crore (attributable to the level of
Obligations and Disclosure Requirements) Regulations,
Borrowing) during FY 2023-24.
2015, the key financial ratios of the Group have been
Consequently, there was a net decrease of � 4,984 crore in provided hereunder along with the explanation only for
the cash balances as of March 31, 2024, compared to the the significant changes, i.e., change of 25% or more as
beginning of the financial year. compared to the previous financial year:
Consolidated Fund Flow Statement � crore Sr. No Particulars FY 2022-23 FY 2023-24 % Growth
Particulars FY 2022-23 FY 2023-24 (i) Gross Debt 1.14 1.11 2.8%
Equity Ratio
Operating Activities 22,777 18,266
(ii) PBDIT as 11.3% 10.6% -6.1%
Net Divestment 2,670 1,000
% of net
Treasury and Dividend 1,767 2,634 revenue
Income
(iii) Net Working 16.1% 12.0% 25.9%
Sale/(Purchase) of (8955) 2739 Capital % of
investments Sales*
(Excluding
ESOP Proceeds (Net) 10 10
Financial
Decrease/(Increase) in cash (2893) 4,984 Services &
balance Corporate)
33
Overall Financial
Review
Brief Summary of Performance at Standalone Level: There was a net increase of � 133 crore in the cash
balances as at March 31, 2024, compared to the beginning
� crore of the year.
Particulars FY 2022-23 FY 2023-24 % Growth
Fund Flow Statement � crore
Order Inflow 1,49,984 1,71,663 14%
Particulars FY 2022-23 FY 2023-24
Share of 20% 35% Operating activities 7,264 8,294
International
Order Inflow Borrowings/(Repayment of (2,027) 4,232
Borrowings)
Revenue 1,10,501 1,26,236 14%
Sale/(Purchase) of Other (2,904) 4,645
Share of 17% 21% investments
International
Revenue Treasury and dividend 3,035 4,690
income
Order Book 3,30,555 3,71,381 12%
ESOP Proceeds 10 10
Share of 15% 23%
International Sources of Funds 5,378 21,871
Order Book
Capital expenditure (Net) 2,236 2,822
PBDIT 9,295 9,685 4%
Net investment/(Divestment) (352) 151
PAT 7,849 9,304 19%
Dividend paid 3,091 4,217
Net Worth 71,528 64,416 (10)%
Interest paid 2,333 2,268
RONW (%) 11.3% 13.7%
Buyback of shares (Including
- 12,280
EPS (in Rs.) 55.85 66.95 buyback expenses and tax)
INFRASTRUCTURE
PROJECTS SEGMENT
Artist’s Impression
The Infrastructure Projects Segment comprises the receipt of some residential as well as IT park orders. The
engineering and construction of: Transportation Infrastructure business registered growth
a) Buildings & Factories with the receipt of a prestigious order for electrification
work in the High-Speed Rail project as well as for a few
b) Transportation Infrastructure
road projects. The Heavy Civil Infrastructure business
c) Heavy Civil Infrastructure registered growth on receipt of a few high-value orders for
d) Power Transmission & Distribution Urban Transportation. Power Transmission & Distribution
e) Water & Effluent Treatment business benefitted from the receipt of multiple orders for
f) Minerals & Metals renewable energy projects. Water & Effluent Treatment
business and Minerals & Metals business registered de-
Financial performance of the segment growth over the previous year due to deferment/delay in
finalisation of orders.
Order Inflow Revenue from Operations and OPM%
The share of international orders for the Infrastructure
� crore
� crore
21.7% segment increased to 38% from 22% in the previous year,
29.8%
150000
180000 with the share of the Middle East in overall international
1785
order inflow for the segment remaining at 93% in line with
150000 142589 120000 114008
the previous year.
117119 87823 33845 30%
120000 54641 38% 90000
22% 26184 Order Inflow 22% 19194
Revenue from Operations and OPM%
90000
60000 � crore
� crore
7.0% 29.8%
60000 21.7% 80163 70%
150000
18000078% 90935 87948 62% 30000 1785
78% 68629
30000
150000 142589 120000 6.2% 114008
0 0
120000 2022-23117119 2023-2454641 2022-23 87823 2023-24 33845 30%
38% 90000
22%Domestic
26184 International 22%
Domestic 19194
International OPM%
90000
60000
7.0% 80163 70%
The Infrastructure
60000 segment secured orders worth
78% 90935 87948
� 1,42,589 crore
30000
in FY 2023-24, higher by 21.7% over 62% 30000 78% 68629
the previous year, with the receipt of multiple orders 6.2%
0
across various
0 sub-segments. During the current year, the
2022-23 2023-24
2022-23 2023-24
Buildings & Factories business registered growth with the
Domestic International Domestic International OPM%
35
Infrastructure
Projects Segment
The Infrastructure segment registered revenue of innovative formwork systems. The business’ commitment to
� 1,14,008 crore for FY 2023-24 – a growth of 29.8% over innovation is further amplified by the mechanised project
the previous year. The growth was mainly driven by the execution, a robust network of seasoned consultants and
ramp-up of execution across multiple project sites. Revenue reliable vendors, and a meticulously digitised project control
from international operations constituted 30% of the total framework. Its talented workforce, adept at navigating
compared to 22% in the previous year. complex challenges, contributes significantly to the
The segment’s operating margin for FY 2023-24 declined realisation of iconic structures both in India and overseas.
to 6.2% from 7.0% in the previous year. The decline is The business is organised into the following Strategic
largely reflective of time and cost overruns in multiple Business Groups (SBGs):
jobs coupled with increased provision on contract assets
and customer receivables. Public Spaces, Airports & Factories SBG:
The funds employed by the segment at � 24,048 crore as This SBG consists of the following three businesses:
on March 31, 2024, registered a decline of 2.2% vis-à-vis à The Public Space business undertakes design & execution
March 31, 2023, mainly on account of improved working of iconic projects like statues, museums, stadia, metro
capital management. stations/depots, convention centres, malls, integrated
multi-modal developments, etc., right from concept to
Buildings & Factories commissioning on an engineering, procurement and
construction (EPC) basis
Overview à The Airports business specialises in designing and
constructing airport terminal buildings, along with their
The Buildings & Factories (B&F) business stands at the
associated service structures. The business also provides
forefront of building urban infrastructure, offering end-
integrated airport system solutions, including baggage-
to-end design-and-build turnkey solutions that seamlessly
handling systems, passenger-flow monitoring, passenger
traverse the entire project lifecycle, from concept to
boarding bridges, visual docking guidance systems, and
commissioning. Its expertise extends across sectors such as
other essential facilities
airports, hospitals, stadia, retail establishments, educational
campuses, IT parks, office towers, data centers, high-rise à The Factories business offers comprehensive EPC solutions
structures, industrial warehouses, test tracks, and other with single-point accountability, catering to the needs of
light factory structures. sectors like automobile plants & test tracks, semiconductor
electronics & solar PV manufacturing, glass & paint
Driving the success of the business are dedicated manufacturing, vaccine manufacturing, warehouses, and
engineering design centres, various competency cells, and FMCG products
37
Infrastructure
Projects Segment
à Assam Cancer Care Foundation, Guwahati & Silchar, Assam Bengaluru spans 1000 sq. feet and was built within an
à AIIMS Guntur, Andhra Pradesh impressive 45 days. The project encompasses the entire
spectrum of construction, including structures, MEP
à Delhi International Airport T1 Expansion and Hyderabad
(mechanical, electrical, and plumbing), and finishes.
International Airport Expansion from GMR Airports
Infrastructure Limited Outlook
à India International Convention & Expo Centre (IICC) Public Spaces: Central Government initiatives such as the
Dwarka, IIT Hyderabad Ph2 and IIT Bhilai projects Target Olympic Podium Scheme (TOPS) and the improved
à Statue Of Oneness in Omkareshwar, Madhya Pradesh scenario in the hospitality industry, contribute to existing
à Kalinga Stadium in Bhubaneshwar, Odisha traction in the Public Spaces business. The business is also
actively tracking the expansions of global retailers like
Other Key Achievements: IKEA. Further, prospects from the Central Government in
The business successfully designed and built the Central Vista projects, Mixed-Use Development, and other
Shri Ram Janmabhoomi Temple and was instrumental in the sports redevelopment projects signal a healthy outlook
timely consecration ceremony of Ram Mandir in Ayodhya, for this business.
Uttar Pradesh. Airports: Supportive Government policies such as UDAN
The construction industry has taken significant strides (Ude Desh ka Aam Nagrik) and the Air Cargo Policy are
towards sustainability. Spearheading this transformation, driving investments in various airport projects. While the
CIDCO Kharkopar, CIDCO Bamandongri, and the CIDCO business envisages an uptick in investments from the
Precast yard at Bamandongri have teamed with the Central Government, large airports/expansions from private
Maharashtra Electricity Board to operate entirely on Airport Operators could be deferred. The business is also
renewable energy sources. These initiatives, in addition looking at opportunities in this sector in the GCC region.
to reducing carbon footprint, also set a precedent for Factories: Backed by schemes like the ‘National Policy
other construction projects to follow suit. Furthermore, on Electronics 2019’, the Electronics and Semiconductor
the Prestige Serenity Project at Bengaluru recently industry is expected to grow significantly in FY 2024-
implemented a Power Purchase Agreement – a first in the 25. Major players are looking to set up manufacturing
construction industry for the use of renewable energy for facilities for batteries and semiconductor chips. With
site operations. These milestones underscore the business’ major automobile players actively expanding their existing
commitment to environmental stewardship. production and venturing into Green Energy vehicles, this
B&F is pioneering 3D concrete printing in India by business is seeing healthy prospects in the medium-term.
constructing the country’s first post office building using
this cutting-edge technology. The Halasuru Post Office in
39
Infrastructure
Projects Segment
Health: Mega healthcare projects are on the rise with With healthy investment opportunities across public and
the Government accelerating healthcare infrastructure private space anticipated in the medium-term across
development across India. The Central Government’s geographies, the business is well-placed to benefit from the
initiative to establish one medical college in each district improved momentum.
(with a population of 10 lakh people +) has led to
competition among state governments and private players Transportation Infrastructure
to develop medical infrastructure. The Government’s
focus is on improving the bed-to-population ratio in order Overview
to align with WHO norms. Further, many large hospital
redevelopment projects are shaping up across the country. L&T’s Transportation Infrastructure business is one of the
leading contractors in India, offering turnkey Design &
Residential: In the Indian residential building sector, Build/EPC solutions with single-point responsibility for
post-COVID, there has been a consistent year-on-year all kinds of transportation infrastructure such as Roads,
increase in project launches and property sales across the Runways, Bridges, Elevated Corridors, Railways, City Infra,
top 7 cities. Simultaneously, the average inventory has Urban Transit, and Airports. The business is divided into
reached an all-time low of 15 months by the end of the two Strategic Business Groups (SBGs), namely, Railways
previous year. This, coupled with improved affordability, Business Group (RBG) and Roads, Bridges & Formations
stable interest rates, and wealth effect, are contributors to (RBF) Business Group.
medium-term growth.
The Railways Business Group (RBG) is subdivided into
IT OS and Data Center Business: The IT OS and Data Mainline Business Unit (MLBU) and Metro Business Unit
Center Business is well-positioned to capitalise on the (MTBU). MLBU addresses EPC construction works in the
growing demand for Data Center construction in India and domains of civil & trackwork, electrification and system
abroad, leveraging its experience, expertise, and strategic integration, including signalling & telecommunication for all
partnerships to tap into this lucrative market segment while Mainline Railway Projects, Dedicated Freight Corridors, Rail
continuing to serve its clients in the commercial and retail Links for Port, Mining and Power Plant facilities, etc. MTBU
segments as well. carries out EPC construction works involving ballastless
International Opportunities: Projects within the GCC trackwork, electrification, and system integration for all
countries present substantial prospects in the international Mass Rapid Transit System Projects and Regional Rapid
markets as well. Notably, Saudi Arabia offers promising Transit Systems in India and abroad.
opportunities in sectors like airports, data centers, and The Roads, Bridges & Formations (RBF) Business Group
stadia. Further, in Oman, the business is focussed on provides EPC Design & Build Construction services. RBF
projects in the hospitality industry, encompassing both comprises a Roads & Runways (R&R) Business Unit,
hotels and hospitals.
a Bridges Business Unit, and a Formations & Structure The Finance Minister, in the interim budget speech of
Business unit (F&S) with projects currently spanning across FY 2024-25, announced the Government’s focus on
India, the UAE, and Mauritius. The R&R business is involved implementing three major railway economic corridors
in the roads sector, viz. associated structures, cross- – Energy, Port Connectivity, and High Traffic Density.
drainage, toll plaza, wayside amenities, etc.; in the airport The budget allocation in the interim budget FY 2024-
sector, viz. construction of complete airside infrastructure 25 saw the largest ever capital expenditure allocation of
(runways, taxiways, aprons, airfield ground lighting, fuel � 2.52 lakh crore in various areas like rolling stock, track
hydrant systems for international airports, both greenfield augmentation works, electrification, passenger amenities,
& brownfield); and to decongest urban areas, it provides High-Speed Rail, and the Dedicated Freight Corridors.
design and construction solutions for elevated corridors. With an emphasis on the introduction of High-Speed and
The Bridges Business deals with the construction of bridges, Semi High-Speed Corridors, Regional Rapid Transport
both in India and overseas, using ingenious and cutting- Systems, Suburban Rail Systems, first & last mile
edge bridge construction techniques like incremental connectivity projects, modernisation of railway stations,
launching, segmental construction, full span, cable stay, implementation of Automatic Train Protection System
precast & pre-stressed concrete, as well as steel & concrete ‘KAVACH’, manufacturing of Vande Bharat trainsets,
composite construction. The F&S business provides and Electric Locomotives, the sector has been abuzz
construction services for all types of railway civil work in with activities, thereby opening up various opportunities
dedicated freight corridors, high-speed rail, and urban for the business.
railway network projects.
The business has Engineering Design Centres located in Roads, Bridges & Formations
Mumbai, Faridabad, and Chennai. It also has a Competency The total budgetary outlay for infrastructure-related
Development Centre at Kancheepuram and a Workmen ministries increased from around � 3.7 lakh crore in
Training Centre at Ahmedabad. FY 2022-23 to � 5 lakh crore in FY 2023-24, offering
investment prospects for the private sector across the
Business Environment various transport sub-segments. The Government has also
set ambitious targets for the transport sector, including the
Railways Business Group
development of a two lakh-km national highway network
The Railway sector has been on a high growth trajectory and expanding airports to 220 by 2025.
for the past few years. The pace of investment has been
at an all-time high with adequate financial support The aviation sector has seen increased activity in the past
from the Government. ten years. The number of airports has doubled to 149
during this period.
41
Infrastructure
Projects Segment
Western Dedicated Freight Corridor (Civil & Track Package 14), Haryana-Uttar Pradesh
à Delhi International Airport (Phase 3A) was inaugurated in years, there has been a thrust for the development of
March 2024 Semi-HSR Corridor projects, for which Track and Systems
à Meerut Aligarh Ghaziabad Road Project in Uttar Pradesh, packages worth � 25,000 crore are expected to be finalised
completed in March 2024 in the next five years.
à Kanpur & Agra Metro Track package 12 TKM from Further, as part of the development of the Regional Rapid
Fatehabad to Jama Masjid was inaugurated for public Transit System (RRTS), civil packages and system tenders in
operation in March 2024 the next round are expected under the four RRTS corridors
being implemented by the National Capital Region
à A portion of EDFC projects CP 304 & CP 305 – 558 TKM
Transport Corporation (NCRTC).
(World Bank funded) was commissioned in March 2024
à Signalling & Telecom STP-17 (JICA funded) – 488 TKM There is continued thrust on building new and expanding
between New Makarpura to New Gholvad in Gujarat was Metro/MRT Systems to facilitate ease of movement and
completed and in commercial operation since March 2024 reduce carbon footprint. Systems orders are expected to be
finalised across four Metros in the upcoming two years. The
Outlook business outlook for the next five years includes 12 new
projects (450 Km) in the Track and Systems domain.
Railways Business Group
As envisaged under the National Infrastructure Pipeline, Roads, Bridges & Formations
Railway investments revolve around improving track The Government of India has identified roads and highways
capacity and freight efficiency, augmenting the speed of as the ‘go to sector’ for spurring infrastructure investment
trains, enhancing safety, and ensuring better connectivity. in India. It is believed that investments in infrastructure
yield a direct multiplier of over 2.5x on the economy and
Indian Railways (IR) has been actively focussing on network
the roads sector in India has presented itself as a priority
expansion in the past few years. In the Interim Union
recipient of these investments. Over the last decade, there
Budget for FY 2024-25, the railways sector has received
has been more than a 50% increase in the total length of
the highest ever CapEx allocation of � 2.6 trillion, with
highways in the country. The Government’s budget support
many projects aimed at capacity augmentation and traffic
for road infrastructure has also rapidly increased, leading to
decongestion in the IR network.
a budget of approximately USD 31.5 billion for FY 2023-24.
The Government is targeting Rail Line Construction of 20
The Ministry of Road Transport and Highways has requested
km/day in FY 2024-25 to add 45,000 Km of rail route in
a budgetary allocation of � 3.25 lakh crore for FY 2024-25,
the next 8 years, with an estimated cost of � 12 lakh crore,
marking a 25% y-o-y increase.
thereby increasing railways share in overall passenger/
freight movement from 25% to 50% by 2030. In recent
43
Infrastructure
Projects Segment
The National Highways Authority of India spent a record Heavy Civil Infrastructure
� 2,07,000 crore in the construction of national highways
in 2023-24, the highest ever capital expenditure so far,
and a jump of 20% compared to � 1,73,000 crore spent in
Overview
2022-23 and � 1,72,000 crore in 2021-22. The Heavy Civil Infrastructure business is a market leader in
EPC projects in the core civil infrastructure segments that
The largest portion of the capital expenditure – equivalent are crucial for the country’s sustainable economic growth
to 24.5% or � 2.7 Tn (USD 33.2 Bn) – has been allocated and development.
to the Ministry of Road Transport and Highways (MoRTH)
in the Interim Budget of FY 2024-25. The Government The business has a strong domestic presence to undertake
increased its allocation to the MoRTH by 2.8% in the FY projects of mega scale and complexity, with an ability to
2024-25 Budget. Higher budgetary allocations will help provide both EPC and turnkey solutions to suit customer
the ministry develop more highways and expressways amid requirements. The domestic market contributes more than
difficulties such as rising interest rates and increasing land 95% of the total revenue of the business.
acquisition costs. Further, the business derives a competitive edge due to
A fair risk sharing between Government and private its dedicated in-house design and technical capabilities,
sectors, as well as an improved dispute resolution competency cells, fabrication facilities, specialised training
mechanism, will encourage public-private participation in centres, and strong resource base consisting of a huge fleet
infrastructure projects. of Plant & Machinery, skilled workforce and a talented pool
of employees.
International Front The business segments include:
While the business continues to focus on neighbouring
a) Urban Transit Infrastructure consisting of Metros, Semi
countries like Bangladesh, it is also strongly examining entry
& High-Speed Rail, Urban tunnels
into ASEAN, the Middle East, and North & East African
countries, where L&T has a strong presence and footprint. b) Nuclear
c) Hydel & Tunnels
Most importantly, the business is targeting only those
d) Ports & Harbours
projects that are funded through secured sources like the
Government of India – Lines of Credit or through Bilateral/ e) Defence Infrastructure
Multilateral funding agencies such as JICA, EBRD, ADB, etc. Urban Transit: As a frontrunner in augmenting urban
transit infrastructure in India, this segment is currently
involved in the construction of various metro rail packages,
both elevated and underground, in Mumbai, Bengaluru,
Chennai, Kolkata, Patna, New Delhi, and in Riyadh, KSA.
The segment is also executing multiple mega packages Ports & Harbours: This sub-segment has extensive
in India’s first High-Speed Rail Corridor, connecting expertise in constructing greenfield ports, shipyard
Mumbai to Ahmedabad. It has deployed the latest high- structures, and seawater intake systems along the
end construction techniques for the construction of country’s coastline. It specialises in offering comprehensive
Full Span Launching Girders, which is a first-of-its-kind construction solutions for various marine infrastructure
being implemented in India. With a view to promoting elements that include breakwaters, berths, jetties, wharfs,
the ‘Aatmanirbhar Bharat’ initiative, in-house fabricated dry docks, and shore protection structures. Currently, the
equipment like Straddle Carrier, Launching Girders, and business has a presence in Tamil Nadu, Kerala, Andhra
Girder Transporter are being used in the construction of this Pradesh, and Maharashtra.
prestigious project. Defence Infrastructure: L&T has established a pre-
The business also undertakes Semi High-Speed Rail eminent position in shoring up the country’s defences.
construction and has successfully completed a portion of The Defence Segment offers single-point EPC solutions,
the Delhi-Meerut RRTS project during the year. from concept to commissioning, for various defence
Hydel & Tunnels: The Hydel sub-segment offers establishment infrastructure facilities in India.
comprehensive turnkey construction solutions for L&T GeoStructure Private Limited, a wholly-owned
hydroelectric dam projects, barrages, pumped storage subsidiary, is a pioneer in the ground engineering space
plants, and complex irrigation projects. Presently, the and is engaged in foundation and ground improvement-
business is executing projects in Madhya Pradesh, Assam, related projects. It has a strong, professional, and
Arunachal Pradesh, Uttarakhand, and Jammu & Kashmir. specialised team with knowledge of design, equipment,
In the Tunnels segment, the business is executing and methods to execute and supervise sophisticated
two major rail tunnel packages connecting Rishikesh- foundation works. The business has expertise in deep
Karnaprayag, Uttarakhand. piling and diaphragm walls, multi-cellular intake wells
for river-linking, marine terminals with berths, jetties,
Nuclear: The Nuclear sub-segment undertakes civil and deep cut-off walls.
construction works for nuclear power plants. It has
expertise in the construction of Pressurised Heavy Water Business Environment
Reactors (PHWRs) and Light Water Reactors (LWRs) The Government is keen on developing core infrastructure
in addition to Natural Draft Cooling Towers (NDCTs). that is crucial for economic advancement, as evidenced
Currently, the business is engaged in the construction of by the enhanced budgetary allocation in the Union
nuclear power plants and associated facilities in Tamil Nadu, Budget. The capital expenditure outlay for the FY 2024-
Maharashtra, and Rajasthan. 25 has increased by 11.1% to � 11.1 trillion, equivalent
to 3.4% of GDP.
45
Infrastructure
Projects Segment
Urban Transit a nuclear power reactor every year. The nuclear power
India’s metro network is expanding at an unprecedented capacity is expected to increase from 7,480 MW to 22,480
pace, with construction work currently in progress covering MW by 2032. Even though large-scale plants remain
about 990 km across various cities. With the focus on the main focus for the country, the Government is also
sustainable development, continual expansion of our exploring options for Small Modular Reactors (SMRs), with
cities, and the realisation of greater first-mile and last-mile effectiveness and feasibility studies and collaboration with
connectivity, India’s metro systems have the necessary other countries.
prioritisation from the Government. With over 12 corridors
Ports & Harbours
proposed in the National Rail Plan, High-Speed Rail projects
are also being prioritised. Newer technology of hyperloop, SagarMala, a flagship programme of the Ministry of
more sustainable high-speed transportation, is also being Ports, Shipping and Waterways, aims to promote port-led
considered in the country, with an MoU being signed development of the country. According to the Ministry,
between India and Switzerland. With the aim of alleviating as many as 800 projects have been identified as a part
city traffic congestion and improving connectivity between of the programme, including Port Modernisation & New
cities, many tunnel projects are also being prioritised Port Development and Port Connectivity Enhancement,
by the Government. which will result in increased capacity and world-class
infrastructure at Indian ports. With Indian regulation
Hydel encouraging private sector involvement in the sector, the
India’s commitment at COP26 held at Glasgow in 2021 was Ministry has identified around 80 Public Private Partnership
for the creation of 500 GW non-fossil power generating (PPP) Projects, valued at � 42,300 crore, set to unfold
capacity by 2030 and the Government is taking steps by FY 2024-25.
to increase investment towards offshore wind, pumped
Defence
storage, hydel power, nuclear power, etc. Pumped
Storage Plant (PSP) projects are considered as one of The Government is focussing on building new capacities
the first priorities amongst all energy storage systems to and upgrading existing defence infrastructure with an
facilitate the achievement of this goal. The Government’s increased budget allocation to the Ministry of Defence. This
prioritisation of mega hydel projects in Northeastern states will lead to the creation of opportunities in various Defence
and J&K also signals a promising business landscape. Infrastructure projects.
Nuclear International
As part of the country’s efforts to achieve a cleaner The business is exploring opportunities in the Middle East
energy transition, Nuclear Power Corporation of India and SAARC countries with prospects visible in the Urban
Limited (NPCIL) is currently on a mission to commission Transit, Ports, and Harbours businesses.
47
Infrastructure
Projects Segment
Mass Transit Systems such as Metro/Metro Lite/Metro Storage, Microgrid, and Hybrid Renewable Projects.
Neo/Personal Rapid Transit System in Tier 1 and Tier 2 There are very few players with such strong experience
cities as an initiative, part of the green mobility drive to and expertise in handling different module technologies,
reduce the country’s carbon footprint in the fight against module mounting structures, and storage types.
climate change. With a strong push towards green energy The business group has accumulated in-depth engineering
initiatives, including favourable policies and incentives, the and construction know-how to execute a vast range of
business has unprecedented opportunities in the Hydro, renewable projects, be it hybrid, floating or linear, with
Nuclear, and Pumped Storage Sectors and an opportunity best-suited technologies for terrain type and tracking. The
to contribute meaningfully to India’s sustainable round-the-clock renewable energy required by emerging
energy transition. load centres such as Data Centers and Green Hydrogen
plants can be effectively provided by the business, with its
Power Transmission & wide-ranging capabilities in Solar PV Plants, Battery Energy
Distribution Storage Systems, Energy Management Systems/SCADA,
Wind Balance of Plant, and grid elements.
Overview The container integration facility at Kancheepuram
L&T’s Power Transmission & Distribution business vertical augments the capabilities of the business with an annual
is a major EPC player, providing technology-focussed, capacity to integrate ~ 400MWh of battery energy storage
end-to-end solutions for enabling access to clean, reliable system with associated intelligent management and control
electricity. It offers integrated EPC services and related systems. In addition to India, the Renewables SBG has
digital solutions, starting from the establishment of Solar a major presence in Saudi Arabia and the United Arab
PV plants to smart & efficient transmission and distribution Emirates.
networks to last-mile electrification. It serves Renewable The Transmission & Distribution (Domestic) business
Energy Developers, Utilities, Industrial, and Infrastructure group caters to various T&D utilities and developers,
customers in 30 countries across the SAARC, ASEAN, the along with the bulk power supply consumers like
Middle East, Africa, North America, and CIS regions. metros, airports etc.
The business is broadly organised into four major groups, The Substation business unit provides turnkey solutions
viz., Renewables SBG, Transmission & Distribution for Extra High Voltage (EHV) air-insulated/gas-insulated
(Domestic) SBG, International Transmission & Distribution substations up to 1200kV, Flexible AC Transmission Systems
Business Units, and the Digital Energy Solutions business. (FACTS) devices such as Static Synchronous Compensator
The Renewables business group is a single-stop EPC (STATCOMs) and Static VAR Compensator (SVCs), Digital
service provider globally for GW-scale Solar PV, Energy Substation related solutions, and EHV cable systems.
The Transmission Line business unit provides complete The Africa business unit has executed several landmark
EPC solutions for overhead transmission lines. It is well projects in Algeria, Egypt, Morocco, Kenya, Ethiopia,
integrated with the digitally driven, sustainability-focussed Tanzania, Uganda, Botswana, Mozambique, and Malawi. It
tower manufacturing units, which have a combined has made further inroads into Western & Northern Africa
capacity to produce more than 1 lakh tonnes of tower with ongoing projects in Guinea, Cameroon, and Tunisia.
components per annum. The Kancheepuram manufacturing With the regional offices strategically located in Nairobi and
facility also houses the world-renowned Tower Testing and Casablanca to serve the vast continent, the business has
Research Station, which provides its design and testing earned a coveted position with a sizeable market share in
services to clientele from 33 countries. the addressable segment.
The Power Distribution business unit has been at the In the ASEAN region, L&T is an established international
forefront of distributing electricity in an efficient manner T&D player, holding a portfolio of prestigious projects
to all, by providing a range of EPC services related to spread across Malaysia, Thailand, Myanmar, and the
urban/rural electrification, augmenting, reforming, and Philippines. The offices in Kuala Lumpur, Bangkok,
strengthening of high voltage and low voltage distribution and Jakarta serve as the touchpoints for the electricity
networks, power quality improvement works, and advanced companies in the region.
distribution management solutions. The Digital Energy Solutions arm of L&T’s Power T&D
The International T&D business units provide the entire business provides electricity-related consulting and digital
spectrum of power T&D-related services in the Middle East, solutions globally through its ‘Spark’ platform, and a
Africa, and ASEAN regions. multitude of software products and solutions. Its cutting-
Over the past three decades, the Middle East business unit edge offerings include hybrid energy management systems,
has earned a strong reputation among the utilities and oil energy storage controllers, substation data platforms,
companies in Saudi Arabia, UAE, Oman, Qatar, Kuwait, power system cyber security needs, etc. Driven by powerful
and Bahrain, having executed several marquee projects. It algorithms and simulations, the solutions offered by this
enjoys an enviable track record and garners a significant unit enable customers across India, the Middle East, and
share of T&D projects awarded every year. the USA to build resilient future-ready systems.
Larsen & Toubro Saudi Arabia LLC (LTSA), a wholly- The Power Transmission & Distribution business vertical
owned subsidiary, provides engineering, construction, aims to provide a green technology path to clean energy
and contracting services in the sphere of transmission & transition in India and abroad while providing customers
distribution in Saudi Arabia. and prosumers with the highest standards of reliability,
availability, and efficiency of power transmission and
distribution networks.
49
Infrastructure
Projects Segment
line packages for renewable energy evacuation provided a à 380kV Substations and Overhead Line packages in
welcome relief. Saudi Arabia
à 275kV Substation and Underground Cable laying order in
Major Achievements Malaysia
51
Infrastructure
Projects Segment
765kV Transmission Line and Substation opportunities, India and at various international geographies. The business
mainly for the purpose of renewable energy evacuation, is recognised for its successful implementation of large-
will continue to provide stable order inflow in the medium- scale projects nationally and globally, delivering clean
term, besides HVDC corridors and Metro Rail projects. From water, sanitation facilities, and efficient treatment processes
select DISCOMs, distribution modernisation opportunities for the community. These efforts not only enhance public
such as Loss Reduction Works and Supervisory Control health and quality of life but also promote economic
and Data Acquisition (SCADA)/Advanced Distribution growth and sustainable development.
Management System (ADMS) packages are expected to The business has a unique Water Technology Centre (WTC)
gain momentum. in Kancheepuram, near Chennai, which has state-of-the-art
The ability to provide a range of advanced physical and laboratories to develop solutions for the ongoing/emerging
digital solutions, including Dynamic Reactive Power challenges in the Water sector.
Compensation, Hybrid Energy Management Systems, and L&T’s Water & Effluent Treatment business is structured into
EV Charging Infrastructure at scale, gives the business an three verticals:
edge over competitors.
(i) Water & Wastewater
The influx of orders coupled with ramped-up execution and
efficient working capital cycle provide a strong ground for (ii) Irrigation, Industrial, and Infrastructure
improved return ratios in the business. (iii) Water International
The Water & Wastewater business vertical provides
Water & Effluent Treatment water solutions to the municipal water sector. In the
potable water arena, it undertakes projects that encompass
Overview sourcing, treatment, transmission, storage, and distribution
L&T’s Water & Effluent Treatment (WET) business is a for the entire value chain, from intake to households. In
technology-driven EPC business dedicated to delivering the municipal wastewater segment, projects involve the
comprehensive solutions in the water space, through best- collection and conveyance of sewage, pumping stations,
in-class project management, technological capabilities, and wastewater treatment, including the treatment of
and treatment process know-how. The business caters to sludge to the highest standards and generation of power.
varied customer segments for municipal water (potable The Irrigation, Industrial, and Infrastructure business
& waste), irrigation, industrial water, desalination, and vertical caters to the needs of the irrigation and industrial
smart water infrastructure by implementing treatment sector by providing a wide variety of water solutions,
plants, storage & pipeline networks for water supply & including mega & micro irrigation, treatment of industrial
wastewater, irrigation, and industrial applications across effluent, plant water systems, and water infrastructure
for smart cities. Desalination projects are also undertaken Major Achievements
by this vertical.
Major Orders Won:
The Water International business vertical focusses on
providing complete water solutions in the markets of à Ballia Water Supply Project, Uttar Pradesh
the Middle East, East Africa, and SAARC (South Asian à Firozabad Water Supply Project, Uttar Pradesh
Association for Regional Cooperation) countries. à AMAALA Utilities Water Package, KSA
53
Infrastructure
Projects Segment
across the industry. The business will focus on strategic Business Environment
planning and improved risk management practices
to counter these challenges. Domestic Business
Currently, India is the second-largest crude steel
Minerals and Metals producer in the world. Domestic steel consumption has
witnessed consistent robust growth, driven by sectors like
infrastructure, automotive, construction, and consumer
Overview goods. In FY 2023-24, the cumulative production of
L&T’s Minerals & Metals (M&M) business offers complete crude steel was above 140 MT, registering a growth
EPC solutions for the Minerals & Metals sector across of 11% on y-o-y basis.
targeted geographies. The business undertakes end-to-
end engineering, procurement, manufacturing, supply, Similarly, India’s annual steel consumption was ~130
construction, erection, and commissioning of projects, MT for FY 2023-24, recording a growth of 8% over the
covering the complete spectrum from mineral processing to previous year. The Government’s impetus on infrastructure
finished metals. development and the ‘Make in India’ initiative have
played a significant role in boosting metal consumption.
The business also offers comprehensive product solutions Improved volumes coupled with better realisations have
with an array of customised Mineral Crushing Equipment helped the metal industry to substantially de-leverage its
and Plants for varied applications, surface miners, material balance sheets and have paved the way for a fresh CapEx
handling, high-speed railway construction equipment, investment cycle.
steel plant machinery, and other custom-made critical
equipment & complex assemblies catering to core industrial The discovery of lithium deposits for the first time in the
sectors including mining, steel, ports, fertilisers, cement, country is likely to fuel industry growth. Further, with the
chemical plants, etc. Central Government approving the lithium mining auction
proposal, private companies will be able to participate in
The complete range of product solutions is backed by such tenders. The same is expected to enhance business
five decades of knowledge & experience, in-house design prospects in the non-ferrous segment as well.
capabilities, and state-of-the-art manufacturing facilities,
providing after-sales product support and value-added With all these positives, major metal manufacturers are in
& cost-effective services to ensure higher uptime. The the process of CapEx expansion, which should augur well
manufacturing centres are in Kansbahal, Odisha and for the business.
Kancheepuram, Tamil Nadu.
55
Infrastructure
Projects Segment
International Business and has successfully secured repeat orders for Surface
Minerals & Metals has found renewed focus in the Middle Miners from African markets, and expects the momentum
East as countries keep funnelling investments to new to continue in the medium-term.
mineral exploration & conversion to metal as part of their The business has some unique solutions in mining and
long-term strategy. Driven by the need to diversify beyond stockyard equipment, which will be pursued across the
oil, investments in mega-to-giga infrastructure projects/ African continent and other international markets as well.
factories are on the anvil as the GCC region is embarking
The demand for core products (like Crushing Systems,
on an actionable road map to exploit its other mineral
Surface Miners, Material Handling Equipment, High-Speed
resources, led by the Kingdom of Saudi Arabia.
Rail Equipment, and Port Cranes) is primarily driven by
The Middle East is emerging as a major transit centre for movement in the following industrial sectors:
setting up low-carbon emission Iron & Steel hubs and is
Cement Sector: The cement segment in India is expected
attracting investments by offering low gas prices, lower
to grow at a CAGR of 5%-6% over the medium-term,
power tariffs, and flexible policies.
with large investments in greenfield and brownfield
New opportunities are expected in aluminium, gold, projects. Major cement players in the country are
phosphate, copper, and new-age minerals as sponsors undertaking ambitious expansion plans to capitalise on
evaluate the likely approach to embark on setting up new this growth potential.
plants, as well as expanding existing facilities to cater to
It is estimated that the Indian cement industry is likely
increasing demand.
to add ~30 MT capacity in FY 2024-25, majorly due
In Africa, investments in Minerals & Metals continue to be to the growth in housing, industrial, commercial and
a mainstay, since many of the countries are rich in a wide infrastructure projects.
variety of valuable minerals/resources. However, challenges
Mining & Steel Sector: The spurt in capacity
around the speed and scale of implementation limit the
augmentation of steel plants and continued augmentation
entry of the business to offer complete services.
of capacities in coal and iron ore to cater to the growing
Product Business steel and power demand have increased the business
potential for Surface Miners and Skid Mounted Coal
The outlook for the Product business is positive, with
Crushers. New investments in coal-based thermal power
the user industry poised for growth, driven by the
plants have also led to an increase in the business potential
Government’s focus on the development of infrastructure
for equipment ranges covering crushers, stacker reclaimers,
and housing construction activities. The business has been
plough feeders, etc.
actively pursuing prospects in select international markets
The current year also witnessed increased order inflow for Major Achievements
Surface Miners, Apron Feeders, Stacker Reclaimers, Wagon
Tipplers, Paddle Feeders, and Coal-Crushing Equipment Major Orders Won:
from the above sectors. The momentum is expected to With increased demand and growth in industrial sectors
continue in the coming years, with promising growth plans domestically, the following are a few highlights &
for the mining and steel players. prestigious orders received:
Construction Sector: Growth in infrastructure projects à New 5 MTPA Blast Furnace at Dolvi, Maharashtra,
drives growth in Aggregate Crushing solutions. Enhanced for JSW Steel
budget allocation for roads and highway projects in à 5 MTPA Steel Melt Shop augmentation at Dolvi,
FY 2024-25 will further ensure tremendous growth Maharashtra, for JSW Steel
opportunities for Aggregate Crushing solutions.
à Upgradation of Blast Furnace ‘G’ at Tata Steel, Jamshedpur
Port Sector: The port segment in India is expected to
experience significant growth due to various Government
à 160 KTPA Zinc Roaster 6 Package at HZL Debari, Rajasthan
initiatives aimed at promoting port-led development, like à A large order from ArcelorMittal Nippon Steel India (AM/
NS) for ten Stacker cum Reclaimers
the SagarMala initiative and Maritime India Vision 2030.
Steady growth of 7% y-o-y basis is evaluated in container à Order from Mahanadi Coalfields Limited (MCL) for six
traffic expected till 2030, with Government and private Surface Miners
players investing in the expansion of container terminals. à Highest-ever orders for twenty Stacker Reclaimers in a year
The business has signed a license agreement with à Limestone crushing plant orders from Adani Cement
Konecranes, Finland, to manufacture and supply à An order for a Crushing Plant from Dalmia Cement
technologically advanced cranes for Indian ports and
shipyards. The business has started the supplies of the
à First 300T Goliath Gantry Crane from Hindustan
Shipyard Limited
first order of ELLs (Electric Level Luffing Cranes) for
Cochin Shipyard Limited in the current year. With good Key Projects Commissioned:
prospects in the pipeline from all major players in Ports
and Shipyards, FY 2024-25 holds good potential for locally
à Inaugurated CHP Dudhichua Phase-III in Madhya Pradesh,
10 MTPA CHP for Bhubaneswari Coal Mining Limited in
manufactured equipment. Odisha, 7.5 MTPA CHP for North Urimari Birsa Coal Mine
in Jharkhand, and 15 MTPA Lajkura Projects in Odisha
à Alumina Refinery Expansion Project at Lanjigarh, Odisha,
has been commissioned
à 1st Slab Caster for Tata Steel at Kalinganagar, Odisha
57
Infrastructure
Projects Segment
ENERGY
PROJECTS
SEGMENT
59
Energy Projects
Segment
Hydrocarbon Business The business caters to clients across the hydrocarbon value
chain through the following business verticals and units:
Overview Offshore
The Company’s Hydrocarbon business provides integrated The Offshore business offers lump sum turnkey EPCIC
‘design and build’ turnkey solutions for the hydrocarbon (Engineering, Procurement, Construction, Installation,
industry across multiple geographies. The business executes and Commissioning) solutions for wellhead platforms,
projects encompassing all functions, such as engineering, riser platforms, process platforms, accommodation
procurement, fabrication, construction, installation, project platforms, subsea pipelines, brownfield developments,
management, and asset life management services. decommissioning projects, deepwater structures, manifolds,
Backed by cutting-edge innovation, the business has as well as transportation and installation services to the
integrated capabilities across the value chain, supported global offshore oil & gas industry.
by in-house Front-End Engineering Design (FEED), The Offshore business has its dedicated comprehensive
project management, procurement, modular fabrication in-house engineering capabilities offering ‘Fit for Purpose’
facilities, Onshore and Offshore construction, installation, engineering solutions, which cover the complete project
and commissioning. life cycle, from concept to commissioning. As a one-stop
Modular fabrication facilities of the business are located solution EPCIC player, it also has in-house fabrication
primarily in India and the Middle East; at Hazira (near facilities which focus on quality and timely dispatches. Own
Surat), Kattupalli (near Chennai), and Sohar in Oman to marine assets comprise a self-propelled heavy-lift-cum-
serve the respective adjacent markets. pipe-lay vessel – LTS 3000 – held through a joint venture
and a wholly-owned pipe-lay barge – LTB 300 – that helps
In India, the Engineering, Procurement, and Project
expedite offshore installations, besides ensuring on-time
Management centres are located in Mumbai and Vadodara.
completion of projects.
Overseas, the business presence is predominantly in the
Middle East—spanning Kuwait, Algeria, Qatar, and the As a contractor of choice for both domestic & international
UAE—with a regional centre of excellence for Engineering markets, the Offshore project management team
and Project Management situated in the Kingdom of Saudi delivers complex offshore projects in a time-bound
Arabia. The business has set up a Piping shop and a Heavy manner with the utmost quality standards in a safe and
Wall Pressure Vessel Manufacturing shop at Jubail Industrial incident-free environment.
Zone to support the KSA In-Kingdom Total Value Add
(IKTVA) services.
Dual Feed Cracker Block Unit (DFCU) for HRRL, Barmer, Rajasthan
61
Energy Projects
Segment
63
Energy Projects
Segment
and piperack modules for a 2.3 MMTPA urea plant for isolation valve (MLIV) stations running parallel to the
Perdaman Chemicals and Fertilisers Pty Ltd existing pipeline corridor
à Order from a prestigious client in the Middle East for
Projects completed
EPC for an ultra-mega Gas Processing Plant consisting
of Inlet Separation Facilities, Booster Compression à Mechanical completion and gas-in achieved for Re-route
System, Amine Gas Recovery Unit, Dehydration Unit, Gas and Condensate Pipeline Midyan Duba Project
Mercury Removal Unit, NGL Recovery Unit, and Sales à Successful completion of Performance Guarantee Test
Gas Compression System in new onshore facilities and Run (PGTR) for all three sites of the South-West Gas Fields
its integration with existing Gas Processing Plants Development (SWGFD) Project, Algeria
à EPCI contract for a new large offshore platform and à Commissioning of New Strategic Gas Export Pipeline
brownfield integration work with existing facilities from a (NSGEP) for KOC, Kuwait
prestigious client in the Middle East à Commissioning of Replacement of Hydraulic ESD Systems
à Contract from Indian Oil Adani Ventures Limited, project for a client in the Middle East
including engineering, procurement, construction, and à Mechanical completion of Replacement of 11 BERRI
commissioning of offsite tankages, bullets, and other Pipelines project for a client in the Middle East
associated facilities on a lumpsum Turnkey basis
à Delivery of Linde Rotterdam HMU (Hydrogen
à Order from Oil & Natural Gas Corporation (ONGC) for Manufacturing Unit) Project
the MHN TCPP PGC BGC Project (MTPBP) off India’s
West Coast for engineering, procurement, construction,
à Construction of Fuel (Hydrogen) and Utility facilities
(Nitrogen/Oxygen) completed at Jubail, KSA for
installation, and commissioning of new Process Gas Air Products
Compressor (PGC) modules at ONGC’s Mumbai High &
Tapti offshore locations, along with the upgrade of existing Significant Initiatives
facilities to enhance production
à EPC contract for an Enclosed Ground-Flare System and Productivity Enhancement
demolition of existing facilities, reducing flame and smoke The business is implementing strategies geared towards
visibility to the nearby ongoing large-scale residential streamlining processes, eliminating redundancies, and
developments from prestigious clients in the Middle East empowering its workforce to maximise productivity.
à Gas Pipeline project from a prestigious client in the Value Engineering
Middle East comprising engineering, procurement,
and construction of two new 56” Pipelines along with Embracing value engineering practices is paramount
associated scraper receivers and launchers and main line to reducing quantities, leading to a competitive
business strategy. Good value engineering entails Middle East underscore a promising market trajectory for
standardisation, templatisation, rework avoidance, surplus the business in the medium-term.
management, and resource optimisation to drive efficiency The Indian government’s focus on the ‘National Coal
and minimise costs. Gasification Mission’ aims to curtail dependence on imports
Digitalisation and Automation by utilising coal to create value-added products, further
supported by an incentive allocation of � 8,500 crore.
Recognising the pivotal role of technology, the business Additionally, initiatives aimed at increasing the share of
is making substantial investments in digitalisation and Gas in India’s energy mix to 15% by 2030, coupled with
automation initiatives. These encompass 4D visualisation, the development of a robust National Gas Grid, present
critical path integration, construction ability simulation, avenues for growth and diversification.
material handling studies, interactive VR simulations, AI/ML-
based video analytics, predictive analytics, and increased For the Offshore industry, the Indian government’s recent
yard automation to enhance operational efficiency focus on enhancing energy security has unlocked 99% of
and accuracy. Generative AI will be used over time to previously restricted areas within India’s Exclusive Economic
enhance productivity. Zone (EEZ) for oil exploration and production (E&P).
Previously, 42% of the EEZ was off-limits, but now only 1%
Smart Procurement remains restricted, presenting significant opportunities.
The business is adopting smarter procurement practices ONGC continues to press ahead with its deepwater
to optimise resource utilisation and enhance cost- exploration and production plans, buoyed by sustained
effectiveness. This involves the implementation of high oil prices. It intends to develop more than 25 offshore
e-procurement platforms, data-driven decision-making facilities and lay more than 1000 Km of subsea pipelines
processes, vendor consolidation, spend analysis, and in the next three years with investments of USD 7.3 billion
fostering strategic supplier partnerships to drive value and spread across both the West and East coasts.
efficiency across the procurement chain.
There is a considerable demand for Value-Added Services
Outlook like Consulting, Shutdown and Turn-around Management,
Performance Improvement, Asset Integrity Services, etc.
The opportunity landscape of India’s refining capacity
currently stands at approximately 250 MMTPA, with With a strategic focus on asset monetisation and value
ongoing additions of 40 MMTPA capacity, coupled with maximisation, coupled with increased capital expenditure
value-added petrochemical units. Anticipated investments in upstream projects, the Middle East region is poised
in Refinery-Petrochemical integration and the pursuit of for growth, especially in the downstream processing of
achieving targeted Net Zero emissions in India and the crude to chemicals.
65
Energy Projects
Segment
New Strategic Gas Export Pipeline for Kuwait Oil Company, Kuwait
The business expects Saudi Aramco to continue its countries like Korea and Taiwan. Offshore Wind is also
investment spending in the medium-term. Due to supply- gaining momentum in India with the announcement
side capacity constraints, which were affecting the of 30 GW capacity by 2030. Government initiatives for
completion schedule of various projects, Saudi Aramco the allocation of offshore wind blocks are setting the
has temporarily paused investment in the increment ecosystem in motion.
programme. Once a few of the ongoing programmes With dynamic market conditions, the business remains
achieve significant progress, the increment CapEx steadfast in its commitment to a customer-centric
programme should be revived. Overall, as per the guidance approach, prioritising innovation, driving sustainable
released by Aramco, even in this revised scenario, there is growth, and fostering competitiveness to achieve the
an increase of up to 20% CapEx growth to USD 58 billion mission of ‘Execution Par Excellence.’
expected for 2024, with 60% of this investment in the
Upstream sector. Financial performance of the business
Qatar Energy intends to boost its LNG production capacity
from the current 77 MTPA to 126 MTPA by 2026 and plans Order Inflow
� crore
to contribute 40% of global LNG demand by 2029. It is
>100%
continuing with expansion under its USD 12 billion North 90000
Field Production Sustainability programme. 80000
70901
OPEC expects an increase in oil demand over the next 70000
two years, which will be met by crude supply from 60000
non-OPEC+ producers. 50000
40000 64140 90%
Commitment to offshore wind energy with the formation 29080
30000
of Offshore Wind Business, the business is participating
20000 64% 18608
in global tenders for key developers. In Global Offshore
Wind Capacity, the European market has renewed 10000
36% 10472 6761 10%
urgency to replace fossil fuels with renewables. There is 0
2022-23 2023-24
a strong demand for renewable energy in the US as well
Domestic International
(Inflation Reduction Act).
Globally, new wind power installations are projected to The Hydrocarbon business achieved order inflows of
exceed 100 GW in 2026, with an additional 680 GW of � 70,901 crore in FY 2023-24, registering a growth of
new capacity expected to be added in the next five years. more than 100% over the previous year with the receipt
Additionally, there are business opportunities in Far East of two ultra-mega orders from Saudi Arabia and a mega
Flue Gas Desulphurisation (FGD) system at India’s first ultra-supercritical thermal power plant, Khargone, Madhya Pradesh
order from the domestic client. The share of international Power Business
orders also improved from 64% in the previous year to
90% in March 2024 with the receipt of ultra-mega orders
in Saudi Arabia.
Overview
L&T is one of the leading EPC players offering turnkey
solutions for both Coal and Gas-based power plants. These
Revenue from Operations and OPM%
solutions encompass every aspect of design, engineering,
� crore 27.1% manufacturing, construction, and project management.
1785 In addition to undertaking turnkey projects, it also offers
35000 equipment and other services for power plants.
30000 26526 The business has developed its own capabilities in
25000 executing large and complex power projects. These include
20868 17143 65%
20000 engineering, state-of-the-art manufacturing facilities, a
9292
45% 10.3%
15000 competent manpower pool, and decades of experience
9.9%
10000 earned in executing large & complex projects within and
5000 55% 11576 9383 35% outside India. The business has a proven track record of
0 delivering complete power plant solutions with scale and
2022-23 2023-24 sophistication to meet India’s growing energy needs.
Domestic International OPM% The business also executes combined cycle and
cogeneration power projects based on LNG, Natural Gas
The Hydrocarbon business recorded revenue of � 26,526 and/or liquid fuel on a turnkey basis. It has an excellent
crore for the year, registering a growth of 27.1% y-o-y, track record in implementing projects for utilities,
due to a pick-up in execution momentum, mainly in the refineries, and Independent Power Producers (IPPs) in India
Offshore vertical of the business. The share of international and overseas. With extensive experience of over three
revenue in FY 2023-24 was higher at 65% of the total decades in executing EPC contracts for Combined Cycle
revenue as compared to 45% in the previous year, with a Power Plants (CCPP) and Cogen plants, the business has
higher opening international order book. numerous references, deploying gas turbines sourced from
The operating margin of the business increased to 10.3% major leading Original Equipment Manufacturers with Gas
from 9.9%, mainly due to cost savings arising out of Turbine (GT) sizes ranging from 30 MW up to the most
improved execution in a few international and domestic advanced GTs to date.
jobs, further aided by the reversal of provisions on the The business has built on its core competencies and
receipt of a favourable arbitration award in a legacy project. capabilities and has emerged as a major player in emission
67
Energy Projects
Segment
control technologies such as Flue-gas Desulphurisation L&T Howden Private Limited, a joint venture with
(FGD) in the Indian thermal power plant industry. It now Howden Holdings B.V, is in the business of regenerative air
has a sizeable presence in the FGD business. preheaters and variable pitch axial fans (equipment, after-
The business has an integrated manufacturing facility at market spares and services) for power plants.
Hazira, Gujarat. It is one of the world’s most advanced L&T-Sargent & Lundy Limited, a joint venture with
facilities, having a manufacturing capacity of 5,000 MW Sargent & Lundy LLC, USA, is engaged in the business of
per annum. providing design, engineering, and project management
The facility manufactures ultra-supercritical/supercritical services for power projects.
boilers, turbines & generators, pulverisers, axial fans and
air preheaters, components of FGD, and electrostatic
Business Environment
precipitators. The business has project management offices The thermal power sector is witnessing a revival after
in Vadodara and various other locations. around three years amidst the continuing transition of
India’s power generation mix. With increasing economic
The business has the following Joint Venture (JV) companies activity, high GDP growth, industrial expansion, and power
within its fold: demand growing to record levels, many utilities are feeling
L&T-MHI Power Boilers Private Limited, a joint venture the need to fast-track the brownfield expansion of their
with Mitsubishi Heavy Industries (MHI), Japan, the world’s existing coal-based thermal power projects.
leading power equipment maker, for the engineering, In FY 2023-24, EPC coal-based power projects with a
designing, manufacturing, erection, and commissioning of cumulative capacity of around 7 GW were awarded.
ultra-supercritical/supercritical boilers up to a single unit of Currently, around 10 GW of projects are in various phases
1,000 MW. of tendering. This establishes that for sustained energy
L&T-MHI Power Turbine Generators Private Limited, a security, thermal power generation is going to co-exist with
joint venture with Mitsubishi Heavy Industries (MHI), Japan renewable energy for a longer period than envisaged – till
and Mitsubishi Electric Corp. (MELCO), for the manufacture India achieves its Net Zero Target by 2070.
of Steam Turbine Generator (STG) equipment of capacity The gas-based power generation sector in India remains
ranging from 660 MW to 1,000 MW. The Company is muted due to high fuel costs despite an improvement
engaged in the engineering, design, manufacture, erection, in the supply and distribution network for natural gas.
and commissioning of ultra-supercritical/supercritical Approximately 24 GW of installed/commissioned gas-
turbines and generators. based power plants in India are idling due to high costs
69
Energy Projects
Segment
Green Hydrogen Plant at L&T’s A. M. Naik Heavy Engineering Complex in Hazira, Gujarat
Green Manufacturing & LTEGL aims to undertake complex and mega projects in the
hydrogen value stream of renewable power, hydrogen, and
Development derivatives (Ammonia, Methanol, DME, etc.) generation,
storage, and transportation infrastructure. LTEGL would
Overview undertake extensive research and development (R&D)
L&T’s Green Energy business affirms the Greener activities through its Technology & Innovation centres
Planet vision by aligning with the initiatives of global and assess the best global technologies, acquire strategic
decarbonisation and the National Green Hydrogen Mission interests, licensing in technologies aligned with green and
(NGHM). It focusses on a green energy portfolio to meet new energy opportunities.
the domestic and global future energy needs while L&T Electrolysers Limited (LTEL), a subsidiary of LTEGL, is
achieving the global climate goals. the manufacturing arm for modular & mass manufacturing
To achieve this vision, L&T Energy Green Tech Limited of smart, efficient, and reliable electrolysers. Electrolysers
(LTEGL), a wholly-owned subsidiary of Larsen & Toubro are hi-tech equipment that use electricity, water, and
Limited, focussing on Green and New Energy transition electrolytes to produce green hydrogen. The units consist
business segments, has been created. The Green Energy of transformers, rectifiers, electrolyser stacks, electrolyser
business shall focus on the entire Green Energy value processing units (EPUs) for gas separation, and purification
stream, including Green Molecules and their derivatives & distillation units (PDUs) for making fuel cell grade
(Hydrogen, Ammonia, Methanol, etc.). hydrogen with 99.999% purity.
The business is centred on three principal business The company will use pressurised, alkaline technology
segments, viz. Manufacturing, EPC, & Development. The under licensing arrangements with its European partner,
Green Manufacturing unit at Hazira (Gujarat) would focus M/s McPhy. The technology does not use noble materials
on end-to-end manufacturing of electrolysers as an OEM and is competitive with a compact modular footprint.
supplier, with value stacking and advanced technologies. These devices have a fast start-up from hot standby to full
The EPC arm would cater to domestic and global projects in load and demonstrate a quick response to intermittent
the Green H2, Derivatives, and Carbon Capture Solutions. renewable energy supply.
The Development division would focus on Integrated GH4India Pvt Ltd, a JV between L&T, ReNew Power, and
Development of Green H2 & Derivatives projects. The IOCL, is formed to develop the nascent green hydrogen
business has incorporated three companies that cater to sector in India. GH4India will focus on developing Green
these three lines of business. Hydrogen & derivatives projects to supply Green Hydrogen
L&T Energy Green Tech Limited (LTEGL) will provide at an industrial scale in a time-bound manner under various
single-point integrated solutions in the hydrogen economy. ownership and operatorship models.
71
Energy Projects
Segment
Electrolyser manufacturing plant at L&T’s A. M. Naik Heavy Engineering Complex in Hazira, Gujarat
à LTEGL and GH4India have received pre-qualifications for international collaborations. Moreover, the development
developing Green Hydrogen & Derivative assets from of hydrogen derivatives such as ammonia, methanol, and
domestic and overseas off-takers synthetic fuels further expands the potential applications
à LTEL has established an Electrochemical Testing Facility at of Green Hydrogen, offering scalable solutions for energy
A. M. Naik Heavy Engineering Complex at Hazira, Gujarat storage, transportation, and industrial processes.
Despite challenges such as cost competitiveness and scaling
Significant Initiatives up production, the global momentum towards a hydrogen
à The R&D Lab is being enhanced, and the New Energy economy is palpable, signalling a transformative shift
Technology Lab is being set up to develop various green & towards sustainable energy systems amidst the pursuit of
sustainable technologies economic growth.
à LTEL has taken definitive steps towards indigenisation by In India, the Green Hydrogen and New Energy Sectors
developing a local supplier ecosystem for electrolysers are poised for significant growth and innovation. As the
à LTEL is establishing a Giga factory with manufacturing country aggressively pursues its renewable energy targets,
automation and Industry 4.0 solutions ensuring the demand for clean and sustainable energy solutions is
productivity, safety, efficiency, and traceability escalating rapidly. Besides, the Government’s commitment
à The Green Energy business is initiating world-class to reducing carbon emissions is evident from various
quality systems per ISO and implementing L&T’s Business announcements around favourable policies and incentives.
Excellence Models at its manufacturing facility NGHM creates a conducive environment for the expansion
of green hydrogen and new energy businesses.
à Set up an advisory ‘L&T Green Energy Council’ (GEC), a
global think-tank comprising eminent thought leaders In addition, India’s vast renewable energy potential,
and experts from various facets of Green Energy, towards particularly in solar and wind power, presents abundant
identification of technology trends, analyse global policy opportunities for Green Hydrogen production through
developments, evaluate emerging business models, and electrolysis. The integration of Green Hydrogen into various
explore collaborations sectors such as industry (especially cement, steel, refineries,
fertilisers, etc.), transportation, and power generation offers
Outlook promising prospects for market penetration and revenue
The global outlook on green hydrogen and its derivatives generation. Additionally, collaborations with government
business seems encouraging and reflects a growing agencies, private enterprises, and research institutions
recognition of its potential to decarbonise industries and will play a crucial role in driving innovation and scaling up
power systems. Most countries that have set ambitious production capacities.
targets towards carbon neutrality are exploiting the However, challenges around financing and regulatory
production of Green Hydrogen from renewable energy complexities need to be addressed to unlock the full
sources. Therefore, Green Hydrogen emerges as a key potential of the Green Hydrogen and New Energy
solution to reduce carbon emissions across various markets in India.
sectors, including transportation, manufacturing, and
Overall, with the right strategies and investments, the
energy generation. Investments in Green Hydrogen
outlook for this sector is highly optimistic, promising a
infrastructure and technology are increasing, mainly driven
substantial contribution to India’s energy transition and
by Government incentives, private sector initiatives, and
sustainable development goals.
73
Hi-Tech
Manufacturing Segment
HI-TECH
MANUFACTURING
SEGMENT
The Hi-Tech Manufacturing Segment comprises: business. The share of international orders decreased to
a) Heavy Engineering Business 16% in the current year from 17% in FY 2022-23.
customer advances on receipt of large orders in the Equipment, LNG/Gas Processing Pressure Vessels and
Precision Engineering & Systems business. The Heavy Heavy Columns
Engineering business also contributed through improved à The Heat Transfer Equipment (HTE) PBU specialises in
customer collections. Molten Salt Reactor System, Ammonia & Urea Exchangers,
High-Pressure Screw Plug Heat Exchangers, Methanol
Heavy Engineering Business Converters, Propylene (PO) Reactors, Vinyl Acetate
Monomer (VAM) Reactors and Fired-Tube Waste Heat
Overview Boiler packages
L&T Heavy Engineering business is a global leader in the à The Process Plant Internals (PPI) PBU specialises in
manufacturing of Engineered-to-Order Hi-Tech Reactors proprietary internals for Reactors and Ammonia Converter
and high-pressure & temperature Heat Exchangers for Baskets, Chemical Vapor Deposition (CVD) reactors for
Refinery, Petrochemicals, Fertiliser, Oil & Gas, and Nuclear polysilicon plants, which are manufactured using materials
Power plants. like Stainless Steel, Duplex/Super Duplex Stainless Steel,
Inconel, Monel, Hastelloy, Titanium, Zirconium, etc.
The A. M. Naik Heavy Engineering complex at Hazira is a
globally benchmarked state-of-the-art, fully integrated, à The Modification, Revamp & Upgrade (MRU) PBU
and digitally-enabled manufacturing complex. Its offers value-added end-to-end solutions for FCC (Fluid
capability spectrum spans across in-house Engineering Catalytic Cracking) revamps, Crude Distillation Unit/
& Technology centres, besides having a highly talented Vacuum Distillation Unit revamps, Multi-Shutdown Facility
team committed to a safe and sustainable work culture. revamps, Urea Reactor Life extension, Coke Drum repairs,
The business is globally recognised for its impeccable Heat Exchanger revamp, Urea energy-saving projects,
track record of timely and quality deliveries while debottlenecking/capacity enhancement of Oil & Gas units,
creating new international benchmarks. The business has and emergency repairs for the process plant industry
implemented extensive digital Industry 4.0 technology in its à The Nuclear PBU specialises in key equipment for
manufacturing & operations. steam supply systems in nuclear power plants. It
The business is organised into the following Product manufactures key components of the nuclear island
Business Units (PBUs): like Steam Generators, End Shields, Pressurisers,
Safety Heat Exchangers, Reactor Header Assemblies,
à The Reactor & Pressure Vessels (RPV) PBU specialises Calandria, End Fittings, etc.
in the fabrication of Hydro-Processing Reactors, Tubular
Reactors, Gasifiers, Ammonia Converters, Urea Reactors, à The Special Fabrication Unit (SFU) fabricates critical
Coke Drums, Fluid Catalytic Cracking (FCC) Reactor – Titanium Piping Spools, complex internals for Gasification
Regenerator system, Oxidation Reactor, Titanium Cladded Plants, Loop Reactors, Primary Quench Exchangers (PQE),
and filter vessels for the petrochemicals sector
75
Hi-Tech
Manufacturing Segment
à The business also has one of the world’s largest Forge Volatility in the cost of input materials and high energy
Shops. L&T Special Steels and Heavy Forgings Private prices are having an impact on the margins of the Forging
Limited (LTSSHF) is a joint venture with the Nuclear business, which are being neutralised partly by stepping
Power Corporation of India Limited (NPCIL). It is one of a up energy conservation. Global forging companies are
kind in Southeast Asia with all the operations for making able to compete better in prices due to relatively lower
heavy forgings under one roof energy costs.
The MRU business secured the largest order from Petro Significant Initiatives
Rabigh, KSA, for Ethane Cracker revamp and HOFCC (High
iRUDRA is an end-to-end digital transformation
Olefin Fluidised Catalytic Cracking Unit) debottlenecking.
programme focussed on enhancing product reliability, cost
This will unlock new opportunities with Aramco JV
competitiveness, and customer & employee experience.
companies in KSA. The MRU business has also secured a
Foundational solutions like plant connectivity, cybersecurity,
number of orders on a nomination basis in the domestic
and middleware, are its strong backbone.
market, including the largest domestic order from Nayara
Energy for Coke Drum replacement. Leveraging LTIMindtree’s iNXT platform for IIoT, 112
critical machines have been connected, enhancing
The business has also successfully and timely delivered the
quality, productivity, and support for the ‘Express Delivery
World’s Heaviest Ammonia Converter for OCI Beaumont,
Programme’.
USA; the World’s Heaviest Coke Drums for Pemex’s Salina
Cruz Refinery, Mexico; and SS Heaviest Removal Column The acceleration of automation initiatives, as mentioned
for Pluto Train 2 Project, Australia. Further, the business below, continued during the year, contributing to
also delivered Loop Rx of the IOCL P-25 project for the first significant improvement in productivity:
time & Titanium spools for Assam Bio-Refinery. à Automated Circumferential Seam Setup Station
The business was granted four patents for its innovative à Robotic External Welding Station
designs and processes. à Overlay UT Automation
The Nuclear business has surpassed its earlier benchmark à AI-Based UT & Visual Inspection
of 36 months to manufacture Steam Generators in 33
months. The business has also qualified to manufacture Outlook
the forgings for Framatome’s Pressuriser Design for In the domestic market, the Union Cabinet approved
the first time. a viability gap funding scheme for Coal Gasification
LTSSHF team has completed 16 out of the 24 sets of projects in January 2024 and multiple mega projects in the
forgings for Nuclear Steam Generators; 70% delivery of refinery and petrochemicals sector. The business expects
the critical forgings for a prestigious strategic programme; a continuation of large-scale private projects in solar
India’s biggest Pelton Runner Forging (~49 MT) for Idukki photovoltaic Giga Factories and petrochemical segments.
Hydro project in Kerala, and 1st set of Titanium Forgings for Climate change is expected to provide sustainable growth
the country’s strategic programme named ‘Samudrayaan – in view of the demand for renewable diesel and biodiesel
India’s Deep Ocean Mission’. plants (which are more eco-friendly) and enforcement of
clean fuel standards – Renewable Energy Directive (RED)
II, Renewable Fuel Standard (RFS), and Low Carbon Fuel
77
Hi-Tech
Manufacturing Segment
Coke drums each weighing 450 MT for Numaligarh Refinery Limited, Assam
Standard (LCFS) in developed countries. Oil-to-Chemicals The digital as well as the various organisational excellence
projects drive growth in the petrochemicals sector initiatives of the business are expected to result in improved
(especially in Asia) and LNG sector (especially in the USA productivity and higher value creation on a medium to
and the Middle East). long-term basis.
The MRU business expects sustainable increased demand Financial performance of the business
and a stronger foothold in GCC for energy efficiency,
emission reduction, and crude-to-chemical projects.
COP28 has been a historic event for the nuclear energy Order Inflow � crore
� crore
sector. India plans to triple its nuclear power generation 7.7% 5000
5000
capacity to 22.5 GWe by 2031. NITI Aayog and the
Department of Atomic Energy (DAE) are exploring the 4000 3916 4000
3637
possibility of repurposing retiring thermal power plants
with small modular nuclear reactors. Anushakti Vidhyut 3000 3000
2247 57%
Nigam Limited (ASHVINI), a JV between NTPC and NPCIL, 48% 1758
will focus on fast-track construction of 6 X 700 MWe 2000 2000
Pressurised Heavy Water Reactor (PHWRs) as a part of the
1000 1669 43% 1000
Fleet Programme in support of climate change and towards 52% 1879
achieving Net Zero emissions target.
0 0
The business is targeting special projects like Laser 2022-23 2023-24
Interferometer Gravitational-Wave Observatory (LIGO) Domestic International
and Medical Isotope Reactors. A successful historical track
record in the Fusion Reactor project (ITER) has opened The Heavy Engineering business recorded an order inflow
new business opportunities for the ITER organisation. The of � 3,916 crore for the year ending March 31, 2024,
business is well poised to benefit from the momentum in higher by 7.7% as compared to the previous year, mainly
the nuclear sector. due to the receipt of a high-value international order in
The business remains positive in its outlook for order the Modification, Revamp & Upgradation (MRU) business.
prospects despite as many as 60+ countries, including many The share of international orders increased to 57% in the
in India and the European Union, going into elections, current year from 48% in the previous year.
which may lead to a lot of uncertainties in decision-making
on upcoming prospects.
Naval vessel RFA Argus from Royal Fleet Auxiliary (RFA) UK, for repairs at L&T Shipbuilding’s Kattupalli Shipyard, Tamil Nadu
79
Hi-Tech
Manufacturing Segment
segments with a focus on indigenous design and emphasis Systems at Powai, Talegaon, Hazira, and Coimbatore, as
on creating Indian Intellectual Property (IP). well as Design & Engineering Centres for Underwater
The business is structured to provide direction to various Platforms and Warships at Powai and Chennai.
segments of operations, as under: Since its inception, the business has built a portfolio of
à Marine Platforms, Equipment, and Systems wide-ranging, indigenously designed and developed
products, systems, solutions, platforms, and technologies.
à Land Platforms, Equipment, and Systems
The business has indigenously conceptualised, engineered,
à Aerospace Systems built, and supplied over 250 systems and products,
The business is headquartered in Powai, Mumbai and its with more than 50 of them having been delivered in
operations extend across India. It also includes R&D centres, serial production mode. The business model is uniquely
Product Design & Engineering Centres, and the following differentiated through its focus on in-house technology and
dedicated production centres: product development, innovation for serial production, and
mature and equated partnerships with domestic as well as
à A. M. Naik Heavy Engineering Complex at Hazira (near
global majors, both in the government and private sectors.
Surat) for manufacturing, integration, and testing of
Besides the supplies, the business offerings also include
armoured & allied land platforms and hulls, as well as
providing support during installation, commissioning, field
pressure-proof structures for underwater platforms
evaluation trials, through-life support, and obsolescence
à The shipyard at Kattupalli (near Chennai) caters to new management. These capabilities enable the business to
builds and repair of marine platforms maintain its market leadership position amongst the private
à Strategic Systems Complex for weapon launch systems, sector defence industry and be future-ready, given the
sensors, engineering equipment and control systems at Government’s push for higher indigenisation and autonomy
Talegaon (near Pune) through the ‘Aatmanirbhar Bharat Abhiyan’.
à Precision Manufacturing & Systems Complex (PMSC) for L&T’s participation in the defence sector stems from its
aerospace systems manufacturing, equipped with Centres ethos of being a builder of the Indian nation. Various
of Excellence for Advanced Composites and Additive sustainability and risk assessors of defence-related
Manufacturing at Coimbatore businesses do recognise the right of countries to defend
à Strategic Electronics Centre at Bengaluru themselves and the need to develop & produce defence-
related products to fulfil security, peacekeeping, and
These work centres are complemented by R&D Centres at
humanitarian needs. This is well-acknowledged in the
Powai and Bengaluru, and Product Design, Development
current era of multiple regional conflicts where nations
& Engineering Centres for Armoured Platforms & Weapon
have increased their spending on defence to be able to be
Systems, Sensors, Engineering Equipment and Aerospace
equipped for self-defence and ensure national security.
It is noteworthy that the business’ sole customer & à Electronics Products and Systems: This segment will
regulator, the Indian Government, is committed to non- design, develop, and realise critical hardware and
proliferation under the ‘Weapons of Mass Destruction application software that would have wide applications
and their Delivery Systems (Prohibition of Unlawful across industries
Activities) Act, 2005’. India is also a signatory to the
Missile Technology Control Regime (MTCR), a multilateral Business Environment
export control regime, and a party to the Wassenaar With the Government of India initiating substantive policy
Arrangement – a voluntary export control regime that limits reforms in the past years and allocating higher budgets
the destabilising proliferation of sensitive technologies. for indigenous defence acquisition, the macro picture has
Further, India has voluntarily adopted a ‘No First Use’ improved for this sector. In FY 2023-24, Acceptance of
(NFU) Policy (PIB notification dated January 4, 2003) that is Necessity (AoNs), which would trigger capital acquisition
enshrined in the commitments of the Cabinet Committee worth ~ � 3.6 trillion, has been accorded, of which greater
on Security (CCS). India’s application to join the Nuclear than 80% of this acquisition will be from Indian industries.
Suppliers Group (NSG) in 2016 is also under discussion.
The defence supply chain ecosystem continues to witness
The Company recognises the need to act responsibly in
challenges on account of geopolitical dynamics. The
carrying out its business related to the defence sector,
prevailing wars and increased NATO spending have caused
implement internal controls and stay committed to
the overloading of global OEM capacities, mainly in the
respecting human rights.
European region. The volatile geopolitical situation has also
While maintaining its position as a leading player in provided a new perspective on the impact of emerging
the Indian Defence Sector, the business does not and disruptive technologies and their deployment in
manufacture any explosives or ammunition of any combat. However, in this segment, the company has
kind, including cluster munitions or antipersonnel developed a robust and resilient supply chain over the
landmines or nuclear weapons or components for years, with self-reliance as the primary focus and in-
such munitions. The business also does not customise house design capabilities. The business is also constantly
any delivery systems for such munitions. developing and diversifying its supply chain with an
Leveraging its prowess in technology development emphasis on indigenisation to assure autonomy to the
for about four decades, the business is incubating the Indian Armed Forces.
following new business segments in FY 2024-25: On the Aerospace front, the opening of the sector in 2020
à Precision Products: This segment will manufacture and the Indian Space Policy 2023 provide opportunities
precision products that are characterised by their to the private sector for participation in end-to-end space
adherence to high reliability and critical specifications
81
Hi-Tech
Manufacturing Segment
activities, from building launch vehicles and satellites to à Award of a supply order to develop and trial evaluate
downstream space data collection and dissemination. The Tactical Communication System to serve as a mobile
launch services segment is also emerging as a business communication backbone for the Indian Army under a
opportunity for the Indian Industry with the potential 70% Government Funded Make-I scheme
transfer of technology of ISRO’s Small Satellite Launch à Develop and realise Air Independent Propulsion (AIP)
Vehicle, which the company targets to operationalise energy modules for retro-fitment in the Indian Navy’s
on the back of industrialising the production of Polar Project P75 Kalvari class diesel-electric submarines
Satellite Launch Vehicle (PSLV) for which the Company
has teamed-up with Hindustan Aeronautics through a à Accord of Technical Evaluation Clearance for the bid
for Indian Navy’s Project P75-I for the acquisition of 6
consortium. The launch of the first industry-built PSLV is
diesel-electric submarines with AIP under the strategic
expected in calendar year 2024. Today, the business is
partnership model, in association with Navantia of Spain
involved in the assembly and integration of launch vehicles
for ISRO to build in-house capability to position and à Delivering mission-critical flight hardware for ISRO’s
eventually begin to offer ‘Launch on Demand’ services as a Chandrayaan-3, Aditya-L1 Mission, and Human
business model. Spaceflight Gaganyaan Programme
à New benchmarks were established by all work centres in
Major Achievements terms of accelerated realisation of systems and equipment
During the year, the business has achieved multiple (serial production category) by deploying Industry 4.0
successes, uniquely reaffirming L&T’s positioning as techniques. Noteworthy ones include the supply of the
a ‘nation-builder’ through a series of Make-in-India first lot of Modular Bridging Systems in record time from
programmes. These include: bulk production clearance and the supply of Large Survey
Vessels to Garden Research Shipbuilders & Engineers Ltd.
à A breakthrough in securing a contract from MoD - IAF for
(GRSE) from Kattuppalli Shipyard
High Power Radars (HPR) that would provide long-range
threat detection capabilities for the Air Force à The Kattupalli Shipyard created history by signing a
Master Ship Repair Agreement with the US Navy and
à The signing of a previously negotiated contract for the
undertaking repairs of two US Military Sealift Command.
supply of indigenously developed Close-in Weapon
Systems (CIWS) to the Indian Air Force, which provides It also enhanced the longstanding collaboration
the last layer of air defence to vital assets and vital points between the UK and India in the maritime domain by
across the country undertaking and supporting the maintenance of two Royal
Fleet Auxiliary ships
à Unveiling India’s first light tank developed indigenously
with DRDO at its Armoured System Complex in an à Conduct extensive development and validation trials of
unprecedented time frame of 18 months Autonomous Underwater Systems
Courtesy ISRO
L&T has provided critical subsystems for most of India’s space missions
83
Hi-Tech
Manufacturing Segment
Order Inflow
partner to ISRO and has contributed to the indigenous
capability of the Indian space sector for
(14.7%)
over five Revenue from Operations and OPM%
� crore
� crore
decades. The reforms announced in the space sector
15000 33.9%
will enable private sector companies – like L&T, to take 6000
12125 and integration of launch
on the complete manufacture
12000
vehicles as well as8% 966 bus manufacturing and
satellite 10341 5000 4692
49 0% 546
provide 9000
associated services. 4000 3504
12%
7% 230
Financial 3000
6000performance of the business
4146
10292 100% 2000 93% 20.0% 88%
92% Order
11159 Inflow
15.9%
3000
1000 3274
� crore (14.7%) Revenue from Operations and OPM%
� crore
0 0
15000 2022-23 2023-24 2022-23 33.9% 2023-24
6000
12125 Domestic International Domestic International OPM%
12000 8% 966 5000 4692
10341
49 0% 546
9000 Benefitting from
4000 a higher opening order book,12%
3504 the Precision
3000
7%
Engineering & Systems
230 business earned revenue of � 4,692
4146
6000 crore during FY 2023-24, higher by 33.9% compared
10292 100% 2000
to the 93% 20.0%
previous year. The share of international88%
revenues
92% 11159
3000 15.9%
increased to 12%
1000 3274 from 7% in the previous year with the
ramp-up in the execution of export orders.
0 0
2022-23 2023-24 The operating2022-23
margin declined to 15.9% 2023-24
from 20.0% in
Domestic International the previous year, largely reflecting the stage
Domestic International OPM%of execution
and job mix.
The Precision Engineering & Systems business recorded
an order inflow of � 10,341 crore, registering a decline
of 14.7% y-o-y, mainly due to the deferment of a few
orders and due to a higher base. During the year, the
business secured a large value order from the Ministry
of Defence. No major international orders were received
during the year.
IT & TECHNOLOGY
SERVICES SEGMENT
The IT & Technology Services Segment comprises: The segment recorded revenue of � 44,916 crore for
a) LTIMindtree Limited and its Subsidiaries the year ended March 31, 2024, registering a growth
of 7.5% over the previous year, largely reflecting the
b) L&T Technology Services Limited and its Subsidiaries overall challenging macro environment in the sector.
c) E-commerce/Digital Platforms and Data Centers International revenue continues to be at 91% of the total
revenue of the segment.
The Group has forayed into fabless semiconductor
chip design during FY 2023-24 by incorporating L&T The segment’s operating margin, at 20.4%, is in line with
Semiconductor Technologies Limited (LTST), a wholly- the previous year.
owned subsidiary. A fabless semiconductor company The funds employed by the segment as on March 31, 2024,
specialises in the design and creation of semiconductor at � 33,034 crore, increased by 12.4% compared to March
chips without owning or operating semiconductor 31, 2023, largely due to higher Cash & Cash equivalents on
manufacturing facilities. the Balance Sheet.
Financial performance of the segment
LTIMindtree
Revenue from Operations and OPM%
Overview
7.5%
� crore
LTIMindtree (LTIM) is a global technology consulting
and digital solutions company that enables enterprises
56000
across industries to reimagine business models, accelerate
48000 44916 innovation, and maximise growth by harnessing digital
40000 41789
technologies. As a digital transformation partner to more
32000 than 700 clients, LTIMindtree brings extensive domain and
91% 37846
24000 40828 91% technology expertise to help drive superior competitive
20000 differentiation, customer experiences, and business
16000 20.4% 20.4% outcomes in a converging world. Powered by nearly 81,000
talented professionals across more than 30 countries,
8000
9% 3943 4088 9% the Company helps in solving the most complex business
0
2022-23 2023-24 challenges and delivering transformation at scale.
Domestic International OPM%
85
IT & Technology
Services Segment
The business has a strong presence in each of the following generation technology solutions and products catering to
business verticals: the industry’s needs.
87
IT & Technology
Services Segment
LTIM has offerings across the following service lines: strategies, co-innovation, co-selling and global demand
à Interactive generation activities. It implemented multiple co-branding
and co-marketing initiatives and signed up exclusive partner
à Data and Analytics programmes with its key strategic partners. This helped the
à Enterprise AI Company to augment its GTM strategy and co-investments
à Cloud and Digital Infrastructure across key priority areas.
à Cybersecurity
à Digital Engineering Business Environment
à iNXT Despite the macroeconomic challenges throughout the
à Platform Operations year, the technology/IT Services industry demonstrated
resilience as large-scale cost optimisation and automation
à iNXT Geospatial Engineering deals helped maintain demand for enterprise software and
à Enterprise Cloud Applications IT services.
à Salesforce
In the midst of significant business caution towards
à SAP investments and delayed decision-making, India’s
à Oracle technology industry revenue (including hardware) is still
à Consulting Services expected to hit USD 254 billion.
à Hyper Automation The Nasscom Annual Enterprise & Tech Services CXO
à Quality Engineering Services – Testing Survey 2024 indicated an expectation of stronger growth
momentum for the calendar year 2024, with the under-
Alliances & Partnerships stressed sectors of BFSI, Telecom, Media & Entertainment
The Business has built a strong ecosystem of partners and Hi-tech leading the digital spending. Generative
that enables it to drive significant value for its clients in AI remains a key priority for over 95% of the surveyed
an ever-changing technology landscape. The Company’s organisations over the next 6-12 months. Technology
partner ecosystem comprises global tech majors in Cloud, providers are also optimistic about growth expectations for
Data & AI, Interactive, Digital Engineering, Low code and FY 2024-25, with 79% expecting higher growth compared
Integration, Enterprise Applications, Quality Engineering, to last year. Hiring growth is also expected to improve,
Automation, Infrastructure and Security domains serving with 80% of the providers planning a higher level of hiring
across multiple industry groups. compared to FY 2023-24.
In the current year, LTIM has been able to deepen
relationships with its partners and create combined value
through the execution of joint Go-to-Market (GTM)
89
IT & Technology
Services Segment
inflow and healthy deal pipeline have set the stage for services throughout the product and process development
medium-term growth. lifecycle. LTTS leverages its deep multi-domain expertise
As the Company continues to negotiate the dynamic across software and digital engineering, embedded
terrain of shifting market priorities, rapid technological systems, engineering analytics, and plant engineering to
advancements, and evolving customer expectations, it create transformative value propositions for clients globally.
remains confident of its ability to align clients’ operational Headquartered in India, LTTS has over 23,800 employees
strategies with their technological ambitions and help them spread across 22 global design centres, 28 global sales
reach a future without limit. offices, and 104 innovation labs as of March 31, 2024. The
The positive outcomes of LTIM’s positioning as an Company’s global footprint covers 20+ countries across
organisation with scale-expanded capabilities and stronger all key geographies, catering to a global clientele of 69
partnerships continue to reflect in the order inflow and Fortune 500 companies and 57 of the top ER&D firms.
pipeline. Through the year, the Company has pivoted its LTTS offers its services to customers across five
portfolio to align with the current spending areas and is key segments. The Company delivers specialised
positioned well to capture the discretionary spend wave Transportation Engineering services to global OEMs and
when it returns. Tier 1s, helping accelerate market entry, foster cutting-
LTIM is stepping into the new financial year with renewed edge innovation, and drive sustained business excellence.
vigour and a stronger foundation to drive revenue For Industrial Products, LTTS capitalises on its extensive
synergies. As it reflects on its achievements and looks multi-domain expertise across software, hardware, and
toward the future, the Company is confident that the mechanical engineering to cater to an expanding global
insights gained and strategies implemented will enable it customer base. The Company’s Telecom & Hi-Tech
to execute better going forward. Finally, the Company is offerings include services across Telecom, Consumer
excited to see what the future holds and is committed to Electronics, Semiconductors, Independent Software Vendors
making the most of every opportunity that comes its way. (ISVs), and Media & Entertainment (M&E). Leveraging its
comprehensive chip-to-cloud capabilities – from design
and engineering to project management – LTTS helps drive
L&T TECHNOLOGY SERVICES delivery, maintenance, and sustenance of bespoke solutions
for a global Plant Engineering clientele. Leveraging over
Overview three decades of Medical Device industry presence in
L&T Technology Services Limited (LTTS) is a leading global combination with cross-vertical engineering expertise,
Engineering Research and Development (ER&D) services LTTS also works closely with the Top 10 global healthcare
provider. LTTS specialises in delivering a comprehensive providers and device manufacturers.
range of consultancy, design, development, and testing
LTTS continues to be at the forefront of cutting-edge from 2023 to 2030 and drive the next frontiers of growth.
innovation, partnering with leading technology majors and Stickier ER&D spending, led by continued investments
hyperscalers to enable next-gen solutions and offerings in future products and a sustained rise in demand for
across emerging domains, including AI, Software Defined digital engineering and offshoring services, is expected
Everything (SDx), and Cyber Security. These collaborations to drive the growth of the Indian ER&D sector as well.
focus on streamlining new product development, While current Nasscom estimates indicate the US to
enhancing remote asset management, enabling robust be the largest ER&D spender at about USD 550 billion,
sustenance paradigms, and advancing virtual product trends suggest a sustained rise of markets across the EU
design as well as prototyping. and Asia-Pacific regions.
With its cutting-edge technology capabilities, multi- Further, estimates from Zinnov corroborate this trend and
geography presence, and customer-first approach, LTTS predict a 2X rise in Digital Engineering spending by 2026,
continues to reaffirm its leadership of the growing ER&D at over USD 1.6 trillion.
services segment.
As the dynamics of the global ER&D landscape evolve,
At the start of the fiscal year, LTTS successfully closed LTTS will continue to reassess its key drivers, including
the acquisition of the Smart World and Communication the availability of talent, new partnerships and alliances,
Business Unit from its parent L&T. The new capabilities and revitalised compliance with laws and regulations.
unlocked from the merger, including industry-leading This would help ensure continued business success in a
expertise in Sustainable Smart Spaces, NexGen Comms, dynamic ecosystem.
and Cyber Security, have already registered considerable
traction amongst LTTS’ global customer base. The success Driven by its key differentiators around multi-vertical
was evident in the recent marquee USD 100 million deal domain expertise, value-maximising customer-centric
win for the delivery of cutting-edge cyber security services. innovations across major industry segments, and a robust
network of alliances across emerging technologies,
Business Environment including AI and SDx, LTTS continues to be well-poised to
The rise in the intensity of Engineering Research and navigate the evolving landscape.
Development (ER&D) across sectors is driving new growth
opportunities. Nasscom estimates that total global ER&D
Major Achievements
spending could well exceed USD 3 trillion by 2030. With During the year, LTTS had multiple major deal wins across
the Automotive, Software, and Healthcare & Medical all its verticals. Large deal bookings were led by a marquee
Devices sectors set to account for about half of this USD 100 million win, a USD 50 million, and USD 40 million
spending, high growth areas like Telecom, Semiconductors, engagement, and more than twenty USD 10 million
and Software will continue to register double-digit CAGR projects (including several in the range of over USD 15
91
IT & Technology
Services Segment
million and USD 20 million). By continuing to cater to diverse industries and maintaining
a steady growth trajectory, LTTS solidified its competitive
Competitive Positioning edge in FY 2023-24, showcasing resilience, innovation, and
During the fiscal year, LTTS demonstrated a robust a customer-at-the-core mindset in navigating the challenges
competitive positioning within the global dynamics of the and opportunities of the evolving market landscape.
engineering and technology services sector. The Company’s
financial performance and strategic initiatives underscored Significant Initiatives
its resilience, a scenario that was further reflected across LTTS has continued to invest considerable time and effort in
the ratings by leading analysts and industry bodies and a strategic initiatives that will propel its technology footprint,
growing patents portfolio. engineering infrastructure, and human resources, with the
à LTTS was rated as a Leader in Manufacturing Smart objective of providing a differentiated experience to its
Industry Services 2023 RadarView by Avasant and was customers. These include:
positioned as Leaders in Everest Group’s ACES Automotive à Expanding presence with delivery centres across India,
Engineering Services PEAK Matrix® Assessment including Vadodara, Chennai, and Bengaluru (new campus
2023 – Electric inaugurated with a capacity to host 4,000 engineers)
à ISG rated LTTS as Leaders in Manufacturing Industry à Becoming a Palo Alto Networks Managed Security Services
Services and Solutions 2023 - Digital Factory/ Partner (MSSP) for delivering a suite of security services to
Manufacturing Solutions, North America and Agile Product end customers across industrial verticals
Development and Design Services à Strategic partnership with Bharat Sanchar Nigam Limited
à Zinnov rated LTTS in the leadership zone across 14 (BSNL) to drive and enable global enterprises in their
Engineering domains as leaders in Overall 2023 ER&D private 5G network deployments
Services and in the leadership zone across Automotive, à Collaboration with NVIDIA to unveil Gen AI and advanced
Aerospace, Electrification, Industrial, Telecom, Software-Defined Architecture for Medical Devices
Semiconductors, and Telehealth
à Partnership with Google Cloud to harness the power of
As of March 31, 2024, LTTS boasted an impressive its Gen AI technologies and tools for the development of
patent portfolio comprising 1,296 patents, reflecting the DevX, LTTS’ Developer Experience Platform
Company’s focus and commitment towards innovation
and collaborative development. The scenario was
à Alliance with Amazon Web Services (AWS) to help global
automotive manufacturers accelerate the transition
complemented by a growing alliance ecosystem with towards SDV, leveraging Gen AI
leading technology majors and hyperscalers, especially in
emerging areas like AI and Gen AI.
à Collaboration with the Nasscom Gen AI Foundry to The forward momentum is further strengthened by the
stimulate the growth of Gen AI startups growing collaboration of the LTTS Global Engineering
Academy (GEA) with leading centres of Learning and R&D,
Outlook thereby driving depth and sustainability in its approach
During the year, LTTS has continued to strengthen its towards enabling a deep, reliable, and resilient talent
position as the nation’s largest pure-play ER&D services paradigm. Its commitment to growth is further illustrated
provider. Having crossed the USD 1 billion mark annual by an industry-leading portfolio of over 1300 patents
run rate in the previous year, the Company has now set its across sectors and the focussed reskilling and upskilling
sights on the next milestone of USD 1.5 billion. of over 3000 engineers in AI and allied technologies
during the year.
The Company’s journey ahead is being enabled by a
focussed realignment with new opportunities around LTTS remains a committed enabler of deep transformative
AI, SDx, and Cyber Security. The emerging paradigm is journeys for our global customer base through engineering
supported by subsuming new capabilities from the Smart new frontiers of business success and sustainable excellence
World and Communication acquisition, which closed across domains.
successfully at the start of the fiscal year. By leveraging the
new synergies, LTTS has registered several multi-million deal Digital Platforms and Data
wins across segments, with a marquee USD 100 million
engagement reaffirming the positive impact of the decision
Centers
on the Company’s digital-focussed growth trajectory. This business mainly includes new-age businesses incubated
The Company expects that this trend of scaling new by the Company namely L&T EduTech, L&T-SuFin and Data
capabilities across markets will continue to strengthen over Centers. These ventures are a part of L&T’s plan to leverage
the coming years. digital technologies in some of its core domains in order to
As emerging technologies reshape the world, LTTS believes future-proof them and tap future growth opportunities.
that the future will be defined by a twin-track approach
to growth. This involves leveraging new partnerships and L&T EduTech
alliances while focussing on up-skilling and cross-skilling
our talent pool to unlock new growth avenues. The L&T EduTech is an EdTech initiative of the Company,
Company is also working closely with leading global hyper providing high-quality hybrid education for higher
scalers, including AWS, Google Cloud, Intel, Microsoft education students and working professionals. The
Azure, and NVIDIA, to develop new-age and future-proof Company partners with colleges, universities, corporations,
technology solutions and offerings. channel partners, and government agencies to facilitate
skills in niche core engineering and IT domains.
93
IT & Technology
Services Segment
L&T EduTech has developed a robust Learning Management product packages, including .Net, Java, Data Analytics,
System, Assessment Engine, Recruitment Automation, and Cybersecurity, and more. Along with industry-relevant
Skill Exchange platform with a wide bouquet of learning courses, this vertical also focusses on assessments. Further,
& assessment solutions with its learning programmes, the robust auto-proctored assessment platform helps
assessments & certifications, virtual & hands-on labs, organisations in their recruitment process for fresh talent
industry capstone projects, instructor-led training, and and workforce development. It measures workplace
industry immersion. competency in multiple stages of a learner’s life.
L&T EduTech also provides a discussion forum, the National
Engineers Ensemble Forum for Knowledge Sharing, and the
Major Achievements
Microlearning Platform (supported by the All India Council à Successfully onboarded over 40,000 students and faculty
for Technical Education [AICTE]), with free courses for its members in FY 2023-24, along with 9,600 working
learners. The forum optimises students’ educational efforts professionals, onto our platforms
and further enhances their continuous learning journey. à Conducted over 5,90,000 assessments, reflecting the
efficacy and scalability of our educational offerings
The two major verticals of L&T EduTech are as follows:
College Connect: This vertical aims to narrow the gap
à Secured major accounts, both domestically and
internationally, including prominent institutions such as
between academic learning and practical industrial Manipal Group, University of Petroleum and Engineering
experience. It offers courses in core engineering, Studies, Oman Education and Training Investments,
information technology, arts, and science with industry- Wolters Kluwer and work scope enhancements from
specific application-oriented knowledge. Aligning to the Chitkara University
National Education Policy (NEP) 2020, College Connect
offers multidisciplinary programmes which can be à Formed strategic partnerships with 17 institutions for
integrated into the college curriculum to replace/add on integrated programmes, with over 20 more in the pipeline
to the credits required for degree programmes. Further, à Witnessed rapid traction in enrollments in our
this business vertical organises career guidance sessions, Employability Skilling Programme
conducts regular faculty development programmes, and à Secured significant orders through government channels,
offers industry immersion programmes to deliver superior with Naan Mudhalvan (Tamil Nadu Skill Development
learning experiences to both teachers and students. Corporation) and Additional Skills Acquisition Programme
Enterprise: This vertical offers upskilling and reskilling (Kerala), with further prospects being created in UP and
opportunities for corporate employees with several Gujarat as well
L&T-SuFin, India’s first online business platform for industrial and construction products,
integrated with finance and logistics options
à Successfully facilitated the physical delivery of education to building & construction materials, electrical & electronics
15K+ students through the Naan Mudhalvan initiative equipment, machinery tools & mechanical equipment,
à Launched channel business initiatives with CADD Center packaging, printing & office supplies, etc.
(Chennai) and IITM Pravartak Technologies Foundation In 2023, B2B e-commerce GMV (Gross Merchandise Value)
(Chennai). Similarly, the pilot course launched in Coursera was USD 15 billion in India and is expected to reach USD
has yielded positive feedback from global learners 55 billion by 2027. Similarly, the total transaction value
à Initiated export order business for Enterprise business, with in the Digital Payments segment in India is projected to
the first signup achieved with Vulcan Green Steel in Oman reach USD 150-200 billion in the next 3-4 years from the
current USD 65 billion. L&T is playing a pioneering role by
à Integrated Gen AI into our assessment engine,
foraying into digital B2B e-commerce through this platform
enhancing the effectiveness and efficiency of our
educational assessments with the objective of bringing about scale and speed in
supply chains, procurement processes, trade financing, and
Over the past few years, India has emerged as the world’s logistics, thereby helping the Indian MSME sector, which is
second-largest EdTech market. The dearth of industry- expected to benefit through this transformation.
based education and the acute need for a skill upgrade
among students and professionals in India will result in Major features offered by L&T-SuFin include:
more industry-led curricula and cross-functional credits. à Discovery of Industrial Products and Sellers through an
Additionally, digitalisation has made it easier for people efficient digital process
to learn at their own pace, anytime and anywhere. Such
factors provide a positive outlook for the scalability of L&T
à Getting competitive prices through the Request
for Quotation (RFQ) mechanism and online
EduTech in the medium-term. transaction fulfilment
95
IT & Technology
Services Segment
The business has taken several new initiatives to catalyse Data Center & Cloud Services
growth and scale up further, such as:
à Launched the SuFin App for buyers, leading to greater
Business
ease of usage & convenience
Overview
à Original Equipment Manufacturers (OEMs)-led supply
chain strategy for inducting reliable sellers with a good L&T’s Data Center is a new business unit of L&T that will
track record in business and ensuring the quality of goods offer Colocation Services (space, power, CCTV monitoring,
etc.), to MSME and other enterprises. In addition, it shall
à Formulated a central RFQ team to aid the buyers
also offer Cloud Services in Infrastructure as a Service -
à Enabled WhatsApp-based RFQs to improve the response IaaS (viz. application integration services) and Platform
rate by Sellers as a Service - PaaS (viz. operating systems and database
à Providing finance to the Buyer and/or Seller for doing management) models. The necessary ecosystems are in
transactions on the platform through Partner Banks or place to offer an integrated offering to customers, including
NBFCs. This has helped the MSMEs on the platform Network and Monitoring services through the NOC.
in getting liquidity to overcome the working capital Specialised Colocation for AI/ML/GPU-based workloads
gap and has increased their loyalty to the platform for enterprises based on diverse cooling technologies will
for repeat transactions also be offered. The business, branded L&T-Cloudfiniti, has
been launched to provide these services. The Company has
à Initiated steps to achieve ISO 27001 Compliance
committed investments to set up modern state-of-the-art
In FY 2024-25, the business plans to scale up its GMV and Data Centers at multiple locations in India, starting with
revenue with a focus on subscription, market partnership, Mumbai and Chennai regions.
higher margin product offerings, and expanding
financing solutions. Business Environment
India is witnessing a rapid adoption of digital technologies
in the overall Governance and Business environment,
thereby necessitating the need for a larger number of
data centers. The country is experiencing exponential
growth in Internet traffic fuelled by 5G, digital commerce,
digital entertainment, and the use of social media. India
has over a billion mobile phones and more than 800 Strategic Business Plan
million internet subscribers. This is further fuelled by the
The Panvel Data Center of 2 MW is currently operational.
demand for AI/ML, which requires high computational
The first Hyperscale Data Center at Sriperumbudur,
capability, such as GPUs.
Chennai, will be built in stages with a total capacity of 30
Today, India is one of the fastest-growing data center MW. Further investments in new Data Centers at Mahape,
markets globally, with about 130+ data centers and Navi Mumbai and Bengaluru, Karnataka, of 20 MW each,
capacity of ~1000 MW by the end of FY 2023-24. Further, will be made over time. With these, a total of 72 MW of
new data centers with 1200+ MW capacity are expected to DC capacity is being built. Various specialised Colocation
come up by the end of 2026. services for enterprises are also being explored as an
With the aim to achieve USD 1 trillion Digital Economy by offering through these Data Centers by adopting resilient
2025-26, the Government of India and the various state hybrid Data Center designs catering to medium to high-
governments have come out with many schemes to support density compute workloads.
the ecosystem of the Telecommunication and Information
Technology industries, thereby creating a conducive Outlook
environment for data center business growth in India. The data center industry continues to grow at a fast
pace due to technological advancements and market
There are a few concerns, like the lack of a unified single
trends. Growing demand for computing and storage
window clearance across the country, rising input costs,
from enterprise customers, enhanced cloud adoption,
unavailability of redundant infra such as network and
rising rack densities (power consumption in KW), and
power connectivity from utility providers, and scarcity of
competitive pricing dynamics present several challenges
skilled manpower resources. Challenges also exist across
and opportunities as well. The emergence of use cases
states for sourcing renewables through Third-Party Open
based on Generative AI and its applications across various
Access (TPOA) as, besides inadequate surplus capacity, it
business processes requires the setting up of next-gen Data
also comes with certain added charges from the States,
Centers with resilient high compute workloads, enhanced
while third-party group captives (TPGC) require substantial
power usage effectiveness, and blending renewable
investments in SPV format with developers.
power in consumption. Such factors augur well for L&T to
position itself as a reliable Data Center Service Provider with
Competitive Positioning
sustainable practices embedded across the entire life cycle
The Company is in a position to offer a complete range of of Data Centers from build to steady-state operations.
IT, ITES, and Managed Services to its customers, including
the hosting environment/colocation services.
Further, L&T will leverage the expertise of its group
companies, such as LTTS and LTIM, in providing value-
added services. The Company has the capability to create
the complete value chain of Build, Operate, and Manage
Data Centers with initial offerings in the form of providing
Colocation and Managed services to customers.
97
Financial
Services Segment
FINANCIAL
SERVICES
SEGMENT
Farmer finance
99
Financial
Services Segment
SME finance
Housing finance
robust earnings. NBFC-ULs recorded healthy growth in forward, the aim is to make the achieved Lakshya goals
H1-FY 2023-24, and their GNPA ratio gradually improved sustainable through the convergence of Lakshya goals at
while their capital position remained robust. During H1- the LTF consolidated level.
FY 2023-24, NBFC loan growth (y-o-y) was highest for à LTF becomes a Single Lending Entity Structure
housing (58.9%), followed by MSME (57.4%), agriculture
(52.0%), and microloans (50.7%). This reflects the NBFC Simplification of corporate structure has been at the
sector’s thrust on ‘financial inclusion’. According to RBI, core of LTF’s strategy since 2016. In FY 2023-24, LTF
the increase in risk weights (on personal & NBFC loans) in completed the merger of L&T Finance Holdings Ltd.
November 2023 is pre-emptive in nature and in the interest and its wholly owned lending subsidiaries, L&T Finance
of macro-financial sustainability. Ltd. and L&T Infra Credit Ltd., resulting in the creation
of a single lending entity – L&T Finance Holdings Ltd.
Major Achievements Furthermore, the name L&T Finance Holdings Ltd. has
been changed to L&T Finance Ltd.
à Achieved Lakshya 2026 goals Two Years in Advance
In May 2022, LTF had, in line with parent L&T’s Lakshya
à PLANET App crosses 91 Lakh Downloads
strategy, outlined the following Lakshya 2026 goals: In FY 2023-24, the PLANET app (rated 4.4 in Playstore
& 4.3 in Appstore) crossed 91 lakh downloads, thereby
a) Retailisation >80%
achieving an important milestone within two years of
b) Retail Growth >25% CAGR its launch. Of this, over 11 lakh customers are rural.
c) Retail Asset Quality with Gross Stage 3 <3% and Net Through PLANET, LTF has sourced � 5,700+ crore and
Stage 3 <1% collected � 1,100+ crore. 75% of servicing is handled
by PLANET, thereby providing a seamless servicing
d) Retail RoA 2.8% - 3% experience to its customers.
In FY 2023-24, LTF achieved all its Lakshya 2026 goals à Digital Finance Delivery in Rural India
two years in advance, thereby transitioning to become a
100% of disbursements in Rural businesses are made
Retail NBFC.
through digital channels. The increased focus on
Thus, as of March 31, 2024, it stands at a Retail enhancing collections through digital channels in Rural
portfolio mix (i.e. Retailisation) of 94% with Retail book businesses has resulted in 25% of the Rural collections
size crossing a milestone of � 80,000 crore. Going being made digitally in Q4 FY 2023-24 compared to
14% in Q1 FY 2023-24.
101
Financial
Services Segment
Personal finance
Having achieved Lakshya 2026 goals at the Retail level, With an aim to establish the L&T Finance brand, the
going forward, the focus would be on reaching 2.8%-3% Company launched several branding campaigns across
RoA by FY 2025-26 at a Consolidated level and building a rural and urban areas through various initiatives,
sustainable & predictable Retail franchise. Towards this, LTF viz. print media, outdoor media including billboards,
defined five pillars as below: airport advertising, rural wall branding, digital media
by sponsoring global sporting events, participation in
à Enhancing Customer Acquisition leading industry forums & fests, etc. LTF also launched its
LTF leverages the strengths of its presence, distribution sonic identity during the year to increase its brand recall
franchise, digital delivery & TAT to grow its fulcrum & capture customer mindshare.
businesses of Rural Group Loans & Micro Finance, à Capability Building
Farmer Finance and Two-Wheeler Finance. This has led
to a sustainable customer base of over 2.3 crore sourced LTF strengthened leadership in critical functions by
through the rural and urban funnels. appointing seasoned industry professionals for the
position of Chief Digital Officer. Further, the Company
à Sharpening Credit Underwriting created two new positions and recruited a Chief AI
LTF endeavours to create a next-gen integrated & Data Officer and Chief Marketing Officer. LTF has
underwriting platform leveraging multi-axes strengthened its internal talent pool through the
underwriting through best-in-class technology with a
Two-wheeler loans
recruitment of a second line of leadership comprising LTF has also invested in improved digital analytics as well
national sales heads in growth businesses of Rural Group as new-age credit underwriting in order to ensure that
Loans & Micro Finance, Farm Equipment Finance, Two- multiple variables/parameters are considered to arrive at the
Wheeler Finance, and Personal Loans. optimal credit decision.
During the year, LTF received a sanction of USD Further, the company uses advanced dashboards, which
125 million each from multi-lateral institutions provide real-time identification of trends and breaches,
– the Asian Development Bank (ADB) and Japan empowering it to manage risks proactively and take
International Co-operation Agency (JICA) for social and immediate action to mitigate any potential threat. By
sustainable financing. analysing behavioural patterns, alternative data sources,
geopolitical data, and macroeconomic factors, LTF can
Risk Management Framework make informed decisions and prevent customers from
LTF has a robust framework in place to effectively being delinquent in the future. Steps in this regard have
manage risks. The Risk Management Committee, which been taken to build a new-age underwriting architecture,
is constituted by the Board, is responsible for overseeing stringent adherence to the prudent risk norms, and
the Risk Management Framework. The Framework covers diligently follow the institutionalised processes. All
the Company’s risk appetite statement, risk limits, risk these measures have led to improved asset quality amid
dashboards, and early warning signals. volatile times.
With the changing business landscape and the emergence Market/Liquidity Risk
of new risks such as digital and data privacy risks,
Adoption of a prudent approach helps protect the
reputational risks, and climate-related risks, LTF is building
Company from market and liquidity risk. LTF maintains a
newer risk frameworks to pre-empt and manage such new
positive liquidity gap on a cumulative basis in all the time
and emerging risks.
buckets up to 1 year. A Contingency Funding Plan (CFP) has
Credit Risk also been implemented by regular monitoring to respond
to severe disruptions that might affect the ability to fund
Credit risk constitutes the most significant risk for
some or all activities in a timely manner and at a reasonable
the company. To demonstrate strength in credit risk
cost. A governance structure is defined within the CFP
management, a new age underwriting architecture has
to invoke Crisis Management measures in case the need
been put in place which focusses on the creation of
arises. LTF ensures a positive interest rate sensitivity gap
a robust and resilient portfolio. The customer-centric
over a one-year horizon. This acts as a mitigant against
underwriting engine of LTF is equipped to effectively
interest rate risk in the Balance Sheet.
identify different customer segments and tailor the risk
assessment and underwriting processes to each segment.
103
Financial
Services Segment
IT Security Risk As per India Ratings, the growth rate in AUM of NBFCs
LTF has set up an Information Security Management to moderate in FY 2024-25 compared to FY 2023-24.
System (ISMS) for effective management & operations. The Following the increase in risk weights by the RBI, the cost
company is also certified as ISO 27001 compliant. of funds for NBFCs from banks has increased, and it is
likely to remain elevated in FY 2024-25. The incremental
The Company’s Digital Platform has a 3-Tier Security funding requirement for the NBFC sector is expected to be
Architecture with inbuilt disaster recovery along with � 4.5 trillion in FY 2024-25, and the volume of public NCDs
multiple-layer security, protecting IT networks, websites & might go up in FY 2024-25.
applications, databases, and end-user laptops/desktops for
data leakage, Denial-of-Service attacks, and ransomware Financial performance of the segment
and malware. Further, access control and system health and
availability monitoring are undertaken 24X7. Revenue from Operations
� crore � crore
The Company’s security team conducts Vulnerability 4.2%
Assessments on all critical applications, system and network 16000 100000
devices, and mobile applications to proactively find any 13109
12575 80000
security bugs, misconfiguration, or missing critical security 12000
patches that can be exploited. LTF also engages with
60000
third parties to conduct vulnerability assessments and
8000
penetration testing to ensure security against cyberattacks. 40000
Outlook 4000
20000
As per CRISIL Ratings, India’s GDP growth is likely
to moderate to 6.8% in FY 2024-25. It sees greater 0 0
2022-23 2023-24
transmission of policy rate hikes, impact of regulatory
actions on unsecured lending, reduced fiscal impulse
to growth, and uneven economic growth for key trade
partners as likely factors which may weigh in on the The segment’s revenue improved by a modest 4.2%
GDP growth for FY 2024-25. On the other hand, a y-o-y at � 13,109 crore for FY 2023-24 due to the sell-
gradual pick-up in private CapEx and the government’s down of the wholesale loan book while scaling-up retail
continued support towards infrastructure will be some of disbursements. The core strategy for the Financial Services
the positive factors.
business in the Lakshya 2026 strategic plan revolves around segments due to the overall improvement in economic
its transformation into a full-scale retail-oriented, digitally- activity. The Loan Book stood at � 85,565 crore as of March
enabled business. Several initiatives have been completed 31, 2024, registering a growth of 6% over the previous
to exit the wholesale exposure, resulting in 94% of its loan year, consequent to higher retail disbursements. The Net
book being retail credit as of March 31, 2024. Interest Margin (NIM), including fee income, improved from
8.7% to 10.7%, mainly due to the increase in the share of
Loan Book and NIM + Fees% the retail portfolio coupled with higher fee income, partly
� crore
offset by a marginal increase in the borrowing rates.
100000
85565 The Gross Non-Performing Asset (GNPA) ratio improved to
80893
80000 3.15% as on March 31, 2024, from 4.74% as on March
10.7
31, 2023. The net NPA ratio has improved to 0.79% as on
60000 March 31, 2024, against 1.51% as on March 31, 2023.
40000
8.7
20000
0
2022-23 2023-24
Loan Book NIM + Fees%
105
Development
Projects Segment
DEVELOPMENT
PROJECTS
SEGMENT
The Development Projects Segment comprises: The segment recorded revenue of � 5,628 crore for the
a) The Hyderabad Metro Rail project, executed year ended March 31, 2024, higher by 11.9% over the
through a wholly-owned subsidiary, L&T Metro Rail previous year. The growth in revenue is mainly due to
(Hyderabad) Limited increased Metro ridership in Hyderabad coupled with the
monetisation of commercial property during the year.
b) The Thermal Power Plant project, executed through
Nabha Power Limited, a subsidiary of L&T Power The segment reported an operating profit of � 1,333
Development Limited crore for FY 2023-24, higher than the � 715 crore
reported in FY 2022-23. The increase is mainly on
The Company, on April 10, 2024, concluded the sale of account of the monetisation of commercial property in
its entire stake in L&T Infrastructure Development Projects Hyderabad Metro SPV.
Limited (L&T IDPL), a joint venture primarily engaged in
the development and operation of toll roads and power The funds employed by the segment as on March 31,
transmission assets, to Epic Concesiones Private Limited, 2024, at � 19,192 crore, was lower by 2.8% compared to
an investee company of Edelweiss Infrastructure Yield March 31, 2023, mainly due to the annual amortisation of
Plus Strategy, managed by Edelweiss Alternative Asset intangible assets and sale of commercial property.
Advisors Limited.
L&T METRO RAIL (HYDERABAD)
Financial performance of the segment
LIMITED
Revenue from Operations and EBITDA
Overview
� crore 11.9%
L&T Metro Rail (Hyderabad) Limited (L&TMRHL) is a special
7000 purpose vehicle (SPV) created to undertake the business
6000 5628
5029 of constructing, operating and maintaining a Metro Rail
5000 System, including Transit Oriented Development (TOD)
1333
4000
in Hyderabad on Design, Build, Finance, Operate and
3000
Transfer (DBFOT) basis under a Concession Agreement
2000 715
signed between the SPV and the Government of Telangana.
1000
0
The remaining period in the concession is approximately
2022-23 2023-24 48 years, with further extensions available as per the
Revenue EBIDTA conditions set out in the Concession Agreement signed
with the Government of Telangana.
Hyderabad Metro Rail Project – the world’s largest PPP project in the Metro Sector, Telangana
The Hyderabad Metro Rail system consists of three elevated The average daily ridership in FY 2023-24 was 4,42,000 as
corridors from Miyapur to L.B. Nagar, Jubilee Bus Station against 3,61,000 in FY 2022-23, with all-time peak traffic
to Mahatma Gandhi Bus Station, and Nagole to Raidurg, of 5,47,000 achieved in one of the days. This increase in
covering a network of 69.2 km. The metro rail system was average ridership at Hyderabad Metro is the best among all
commissioned in phases, with the final stretch being put Indian Metro Rail Projects post-COVID.
into commercial operation in February 2020. With a view to enhancing the vibrancy of L&TMRHL’s
The Concession Agreement also includes real estate commercial spaces in the post-COVID scenario, the business
development rights of 18.5 million sq. ft. in the form has improved ambience and aesthetics at all four malls, viz.
of Transit Oriented Development (TOD), of which 3.625 wall panelling, public seating, horticulture, convenient entry
million sq. ft. has been monetised to a third-party investor. & exit areas, toilets, etc.
In addition, L&TMRHL has developed and operationalised
1.20 million sq. ft. of leasable area across four retail malls. Major Achievements
The occupancy in these malls is more than 80% at the end QR ticketing (Digital & Paper), introduced first by L&TMRHL,
of FY 2023-24. L&TMRHL is targeting the maximisation of has made travel contactless, easy, and hassle-free for
upfront revenues from its TOD rights by monetising these commuters. Further, L&TMRHL was India’s first metro rail
rights to third-party investors. A new business model of to roll out WhatsApp E-Ticketing System. Most of the
upfronting revenues from TOD is being worked upon with Metro tickets are now issued in a paperless format, thereby
all the stakeholders involved. reducing paper consumption.
107
Development
Projects Segment
The business has also created 3.5 lakh sq. ft. of retail/ The business is exploring additional non-fare revenue
commercial spaces across all its 57 stations for earning opportunities through various measures such as consultancy
rental incomes from these areas. Station retail occupancy services to other metros, leasing out Optical Fiber networks,
levels have crossed 60%, a significant jump from the below letting out spaces for erecting mobile towers and setting up
20% levels during the COVID-19-affected years. EV charging stations (55 charging points already available),
With a view to increasing the use of green energy, the Royalty earnings from QR Ticketing and OTS partners, etc.
business has replaced 11% of its grid power requirements L&TMRHL strongly believes in safety and has put
for Metro operations with captive solar power of 9.0 mechanisms in place to achieve this objective. The
MWp. Solar panels have been installed on the rooftops Automatic Train Protection (ATP) system, the station
of Metro stations and in the depot areas. Another 3 equipment viz., the Computer-Based Interlocking
MWp of Solar capacity is expected to be commissioned (CBI) and wayside ATP are arranged to ensure safe
by December 2024. Further, the SPV has also created 155 and uninterrupted train operations. Further, Passenger
rainwater harvesting pits at various stations & depots, Emergency Stop Plungers are provided on each platform
in which approximately 58 million litres of water are and in station control rooms (SCR) to stop a train
harvested per year. immediately in case of emergency.
The transaction documents for these deals have been under an allocation from the State Government. The plant
submitted for approval by the Government. is operated by an in-house team of experienced operations
The Hyderabad Metro Rail is recognised as an environment- and maintenance professionals.
friendly, safe, fast, and reliable mode of transport, The power plant has been running successfully for over ten
incorporating the best industry practices. With the years with an availability of over 85%. The plant has been
proposed Phase-2 expansion of Hyderabad Metro by the most reliable source of power for the State of Punjab
the Government of Telangana in the medium-term, the and has supported its requirements with uninterrupted
reach of the metro rail system will increase across the city supply during peak season. NPL also happens to be the
and significantly enhance the average ridership in the lowest cost coal-based power producer within Punjab with
medium to long-term. the best operational efficiency.
109
Development
Projects Segment
‘OTHERS’
SEGMENT
Artist’s Impression
The ‘Others’ Segment comprises: an improvement in the Valves business revenues given the
a) Realty Business higher demand and in the Smart World & Communication
business due to better execution. Lower consumer
b) Industrial Machinery, Products & Others comprising spending in the global automotive industry impacted the
Construction & Mining Equipment, Rubber Processing revenue of the Rubber Processing Machinery business.
Machinery, and Industrial Valves
The operating margin for FY 2023-24 improved to 21.2%
c) Smart World & Communication (Residual portion) from 19.8% for the previous year, mainly due to higher
L&T completed the divestment of the carved-out portion of revenue in the Realty business.
Smart World & Communication business to L&T Technology The funds employed by the segment as on March 31, 2024,
Services Limited (LTTS) on April 01, 2023. at � 7,975 crore, have increased by 1.7% over the previous
year, largely in line with the previous year.
Financial performance of the segment
111
Others
Segment
Artist’s Impression
Artist’s Impression
113
Others
Segment
5. Other Commercial Developments Under this platform, L&T will build and develop office
Other commercial developments of L&T Realty spaces, while CLINT will market the office spaces. CLINT
include those in Faridabad, which is the only LEED will gradually acquire the ownership of these properties in a
gold-rated building in the entire Faridabad region, phased manner from FY 2024-25 onwards.
serving several multinational marquee clients. The
other is in Mahape, Navi Mumbai, which, besides Business Environment
being LEED gold-certified, offers a range of premium The business environment continues to remain robust as
amenities. Another development is the upcoming residential sales surged across the top 7 cities by 30%+ in
state-of-the-art office space in Whitefield – the 2023 despite the rise in both interest rates and housing
entertainment hub of Bengaluru. prices. Affluent housing (Premium and Luxury properties
priced above `4 crore) has grown 75% in 2023 over the
New Growth Opportunities previous year. The shift was also witnessed towards Tier
2 cities, which was not only spurred by aspirational living
Residential but also due to infrastructure upgradation and seamless
L&T Realty and Housing Development Finance Corporation’s connectivity, indicating fundamental swings that will
(HDFC) real estate arm, HDFC Capital Advisors, will navigate the sector towards new horizons.
be entering into an agreement to set up a residential
Industry reports indicate that a total of 59.6 million sq.
development and investment platform. The joint platform
ft. was transacted across the leading eight markets in the
shall be structured as an Alternative Investment Fund (AIF)
country, constituting a 15% y-o-y growth in the year 2023.
and will invest in mid-market residential projects. Both L&T
Further, the office market witnessed 42.9 million sq. ft. of
Realty and HDFC Capital Advisors will make sponsorship
new office space additions in 2023.
investments into this platform, and L&T Realty will be
responsible for the execution of the projects. Office leasing volumes were marginally lower than the
all-time high of 60.6 million sq. ft. achieved in 2019.
Commercial Bengaluru was the leader in the leasing market with a
L&T Realty and the Singapore-listed CapitaLand India Trust volume of 12 million sq. ft.+ in 2023, followed by Chennai
Management Pvt. Ltd., trustee-manager of CapitaLand and NCR as the top three markets. Similarly, Chennai
India Trust (CLINT), have entered into a non-binding also recorded strong growth during the year. Further, the
agreement for a commercial platform to develop ~6 million vacancy levels decreased by 94 basis points over last year to
sq. ft. of prime office spaces across Bengaluru, Chennai, 16% in 2023.
and Mumbai.
Back-to-office policies of corporates and demand for Despite price hikes, affordability is improving across
Global Capability Centres (GCC) are expected to keep markets as income growth outstrips price changes. A fear
the momentum intact. This year’s improved investor and of increased rates in future is tempting home buyers to
developer sentiments have made the commercial and retail lock in the price today. Further, changing demographics,
real estate categories more vibrant. The increasing number viz. rapid urbanisation, family nuclearisation, rising income
of Real Estate Investment Trusts (REITs) is an encouraging levels, and renewed need for home ownership, are
sign, further facilitating faster recycling of capital in an expected to drive growth in residential real estate.
otherwise capital-intensive sector. Homebuyers’ preferences for bigger homes, large-gated
communities, better amenities, and attractive pricing will
Major Achievements sustain the demand for premium housing.
à Launched three new residential projects: The Gateway
(Sewri), Island Cove (Mahim), and Avinya Enclave (Chennai The reintroduction of back-to-office and redundancy of
Innovation Campus) remote working have positively affected the residential real
estate industry widely. Also, many corporates and offices
à Inauguration of Phase 1 comprising two towers, ‘Ananda
that adopted the remote working model earlier will now be
I’ and ‘Ananda II’ in Chennai Innovation Campus
required to expand their employee accommodation base,
à Hand over of Residential spaces: leading to a surge in property demand.
Around 0.88 million sq. ft. in Seawoods, Navi Mumbai India’s commercial real estate is set for strong growth,
Approx 0.55 million sq. ft. in Raintree Boulevard, driven by robust macroeconomic fundamentals, domestic
Bengaluru consumption resilience, and cost-effective business
à Leasing and Sale of Commercial Office spaces: operations that attract corporate offices. The emerging
markets viz. Data Centers, Industrial Parks, and Flex Spaces
Leased Tech Park 1 at Bengaluru with an area of 1.13
(a hybrid of industrial and office spaces) are gaining
million sq. ft.
traction and are likely to witness rapid growth.
In Seawoods, a commercial tower with an area of 1.02
million sq. ft. sold in March 2024 Environment, Sustainability, and Governance are the key
variables for achieving success in the Indian real estate
Outlook industry. Transparency and stakeholder interaction are
becoming increasingly important. Such growing awareness
Strong sales momentum witnessed in FY 2023-24 is likely
places developers like L&T Realty in a strong position.
to be sustained during FY 2024-25 as well. Residential
inventories are low, and mortgages have remained flat.
Going forward, interest rate cuts will further add tailwinds
to the momentum.
115
Others
Segment
In the mining sector, coal and iron ore production The Indian automobile industry has an enormous demand
registered a growth of 11% and 7% respectively over the potential, supported by a large consumer base. Further,
previous year. In the cement sector, the installed capacity India is on track to become the largest EV market by 2030,
increased from 590 MT to 620 MT, with overall production with a total investment opportunity of more than USD 200
moving higher to 435 MT in FY 2023-24. billion over the next ten years.
The market demand for wheel loaders and vibratory Government measures such as imposing anti-dumping
compactors grew by 3% and 33% respectively whereas and countervailing duties, as well as promoting domestic
the demand for premium excavators dropped by 3% manufacturing, have substantially reduced tyre imports
in FY 2023-24. from Southeast Asia and China. On the flip side, the
The business team created awareness amongst its increasing cost of raw materials is impacting profit
customers and helped them evaluate equipment with margin, while dependence on imports for certain raw
regard to benefits of overall life cycle costs. This aided materials continues.
in warding off stiff competition from cheaper mining As per the ATMA (Automotive Tyre Manufacturer’s
equipment manufacturers, especially in the dump truck, Association) report, the domestic tyre industry has made
tipper, and wheel loader segments. investments of over � 35,000 crore in the last three years,
aided by improved efficiency via debottlenecking and fresh
Rubber Processing Machinery Business (RPM) capacity creation.
The demand for tyre-making machinery is directly co-
related to the growth momentum in the automobile, Major Achievements
agriculture, and mining sectors.
Construction & Mining Machinery Business (CMM)
The global automotive industry has been weighed down à Received the largest order from the Aditya Birla Group in
by slow consumer spending, high interest rates, and the cement space for the supply of equipment along with
supply chain disruption. Technological shifts, changes in a parts maintenance contract for ten years
consumer behaviour, and disruptions in the global supply
chain have prompted many automobile manufacturers à Supplied 7000th PC 130 excavator and 11000th PC 210
excavator from Komatsu India Private Ltd (KIPL)
to use innovation and technology to meet these
emerging challenges. à Reached the milestone of completing 25 years of
partnering with KIPL
117
Others
Segment
Off The Road Mechanical Tire Curing Press Truck Bus Hydraulic Tyre Curing Press
119
Others
Segment
Large-size Triple-offset Butterfly Valve supplied to a One of the 40 large-size valves installed at a major lift
greenfield refinery project irrigation system
121
Information
Technology
INFORMATION
TECHNOLOGY
Empowering Growth Through Technology ensuring that the Company is not only aligned with
industry standards but also driving innovation. 50+
Innovation Digital solutions in multiple domains are implemented
At L&T, the Information Technology (IT) function has across the Company and deliver positive outcomes.
made strategic investments in information technology
and infrastructural improvements throughout the year, 4. Compliance and Governance:
reflecting the Company's dedication to operational To augment the Company's compliance posture, a
excellence and preparedness for the future. In FY 2023- comprehensive Compliance Portal was launched,
24, the IT function played a critical role in supporting which in addition to serving as a central repository for
the organisation's strategic goals. The focus was on the regulatory documents, also acts as a hub for tracking
following key areas: and streamlining compliance management in the vast
regulatory landscape. A portal has been developed
1. Modernisation & Efficiency and Enabling User
to automate the internal disclosure process, ensuring
Productivity: timely and accurate public dissemination of information
Systems were rolled out to empower employees to ensure compliance with the comprehensive disclosure
with the tools they need to be more productive and requirements under the SEBI (Listing Obligations and
collaborative, leading to streamlined operations and Disclosure Requirements) Regulations, 2015.
improved benefits for internal stakeholders. The
Company has just launched an advanced Integrated 5. Enhanced Cyber Vigilance:
Logistics Management System, which offers a unified The Company implemented multiple solutions to
view of the logistics landscape across the entire L&T enhance cyber security and created online training
group. This unique approach fosters transparency programmes to increase user awareness since it is the
and paves the way for improved decision-making employees who are the first layer of defence against
capabilities. Multiple business processes have been cyber-attacks. The journey towards creating a cyber-
enhanced to take a leap forward by incorporating safe organisation where businesses can operate with
Robotics Process Automation (RPA), effectively confidence is progressing well.
automating the Company's backend financial
operations, consequently resulting in reduced manual Outlook and Investments
intervention, increased processing speed, and At L&T, IT is poised to continue its trajectory of growth and
minimising errors. innovation, with a sharp focus on the following areas:
2. Embracing Cutting-Edge Technology for Busi- à Periodic enhancements to its own Generative AI
ness Benefits: Platform over time, besides advancing its capabilities
to keep up with the enhanced demands of artificial
Marking a first step towards embracing generative AI,
intelligence in business
the L&T IT team has successfully worked on building
a native Enterprise GPT Platform. This platform has à With Environmental, Social, and Governance (ESG)
been working towards revolutionising the way our considerations becoming central to business strategy, a
business units interact with vast amounts of data and central ESG Platform will be developed that will align with
has unlocked new potential in knowledge generation stakeholders' expectations and forthcoming regulations
besides facilitating decision-making processes. These endeavours of the Company in the domains of AI,
logistics, compliance, and security are emblematic of digital
3. Marching on Digital Enablement Journey: innovation and strategic foresight. The Company will
The digital landscape continues to evolve at an continue to reinforce its industry-leading position across
accelerated pace, marked by rapid advancements in businesses, besides ensuring that the IT function remains at
technologies and a shifting regulatory environment. the vanguard of technological advancements and continues
The Information Technology (IT) team at the Company to deliver exceptional value to all its stakeholders.
has remained vigilant and responsive to these changes,
HUMAN
RESOURCES
L&T’s commitment to fostering a culture of innovation, This programme consists of three independent modules,
inclusion, and talent development shines through its each focussing on key aspects of project planning, cost
comprehensive array of initiatives. The Company takes management, monitoring, and the practical application of
pride in having a multi-generational workforce drawn from tools such as Primavera/MSP. Since launch, we have had
diverse ethnic and cultural backgrounds, who contribute 4057 learners undergo different modules under the EPPC
to a vibrant and dynamic work environment. By fostering programme as of March 31, 2024.
a fair, performance-driven, and collaborative culture, L&T's innovative Any Time Learning (ATL) platform, now
the Company ensures that every employee feels valued renamed ATLVarsity, revolutionises the way employees
and empowered to contribute their best. By nurturing engage with professional development. With on-the-go
a pipeline of talent that reflects this diversity and is learning as its USP, the platform boasts a wealth of easily
equipped with the necessary skills and competencies, accessible resources in the form of videos, e-books, and
the Company has positioned itself to meet the evolving journals. Partnerships with vendors like Percipio, Coursera,
needs of its businesses. and Harvard Manage Mentor enable the Company to
Learning & Development Initiatives present a wide array of certification courses, addressing the
diverse upskilling needs of its workforce.
The unveiling of ‘The People Leadership Excellence
Framework’ in FY 2023-24 marks a significant milestone The AI/ML technology-based coaching programme at
in the Company’s journey towards reinforcing a culture ATLVarsity provides a cutting-edge learning experience. To
of performance and excellence. This strategic framework, address role-specific needs, niche academies with blended
built upon thorough diagnostics and extensive data learning have been created. Notable among these are the
collection, reflects the commitment to promoting growth Academy of Digital Transformation, the Academy of ESG,
and enhancing efficiency through effective leadership. By the Academy of Quality Excellence, the Academy of Safety,
identifying five key dimensions of People Leadership— and the newly introduced Academy of GenAI. In FY 2023-
Personal Excellence, Relationship Excellence, Performance 24, ATLVarsity witnessed an impressive milestone, with
Excellence, Developmental Excellence, and Leadership 5.2 lakh training hours logged by 38,500 L&T employees
Excellence—the Company has created a blueprint for utilising digital learning modes.
cultivating leadership capabilities at all levels of the
L&T Business Excellence Model
organisation. These dimensions encompass essential
aspects such as promoting individual growth, fostering During FY 2023-24, the Company launched the L&T
positive relationships, driving performance, nurturing Business Excellence Model (LTBEM). The development of
talent development, and embodying exemplary leadership LTBEM draws inspiration and adoption of the globally
qualities. The Company continues to implement various recognised framework, the EFQM (European Foundation
initiatives to create a better employee experience, people for Quality Management), to suit the Company’s
leadership development, diversity, equity and inclusion unique organisational context. The launch of the
(DEI), and an alternate talent model. LTBEM heralds a new era of organisational excellence,
underlining the Company’s commitment to continuous
The Seven-Step Leadership Pipeline Programme is improvement and innovation.
designed to cultivate leadership qualities at every stage
of an individual's career journey within the organisation. With 89 active Certified Assessors, the objective is to
Emerging leaders are mentored by senior leaders, thereby strengthen the management systems, practices, and
ensuring the continuity of leadership thought processes capabilities to enhance the competitiveness of ICs/
and value systems. The ‘ASCENT Series’ and ‘People Businesses to become world-class in their own sectors.
Leadership Programmes’ delve deeper, offering competency
Project NEEV
development tailored to the complex challenges of
leadership roles. In a push to cultivate a high-performing work environment,
the Company implemented Project NEEV (Nurture,
Launched in FY 2023-24, the Essentials of Project Planning Educate, and Empower to Create Value), which focusses
& Control (EPPC 2.0) Programme is specifically designed to on equipping leaders and managers with the skills to drive
elevate the project execution capabilities of our engineers, goal-setting and provide continuous feedback. Through
aligning with our theme: ‘Year of Project Controls’. workshops and training programmes, 500 leaders honed
123
Human
Resources
their performance management techniques, resulting in The introduction of the Allyship Awards provided a
an impressive 95% on-time employee goal completion platform for 1,600+ women employees to recognise their
rate this year. Furthermore, the ‘People Leadership - Art Allies at work.
& Science of Leading People in Organisation’ programme
empowered 75 managers to become internal catalysts Employee Engagement
and share their insights and techniques with their teams. L&T Radio serves as a valuable tool for keeping employees
Additionally, the ‘Let's Talk’ e-campaign promoted open connected and informed, with over 90 podcasts providing
communication through one-on-one conversations a platform for communication, updates, and knowledge
between managers and team members, with the ‘Any sharing. Initiatives like Appreciation Week further contribute
Time Conversation’ and ‘Continuous Feedback’ modules to a culture of recognition and gratitude, with 8,000
strengthening the continuous dialogue culture. messages exchanged on the Hi5 Wall Page across 6 locations,
fostering a sense of appreciation and camaraderie among
Diversity, Equity, and Inclusion (DEI) Initiatives employees. Annual health check-ups and financial planning
and New Policies for Women address physical and financial aspects of well-being. Fun and
One key initiative established to promote the DEI frolic through regular contests add a competitive element to
culture was the establishment of a community of 36 the workplace.
DEI Champions tasked with driving DEI efforts across The HR conclave this year, based on the theme ‘HR
the organisation. These champions play a crucial role in Transformation - Navigating the Future,’ provided powerful
fostering awareness, understanding, and action around insights from both external & internal speakers.
DEI-related issues within their respective business units.
The launch of the DEI Academy on the digital learning Young Professional Talent Acquisition
platform provides access to training modules & certification The Company remains committed to nurturing talent
opportunities. Today, there are over 100 employees through its Young Professional Talent Acquisition. In FY
certified as DEI allies. In addition, the first-ever virtual DEI 2023-24, we stayed anchored to our core philosophy of
Showcase has been an active enabler in spreading the DEI ‘Growing our own Timber,’ by attracting, recruiting, and
initiatives to more than 17,000 employees. onboarding over 2600 young engineering professionals
By handpicking 495 women employees to undergo the in the GET (Graduate Engineer Trainee) and PGET (Post-
WINSPIRE series of Leadership Development Programmes Graduate Engineer Trainee) categories across various Business
over the last 2.5 years, the Company has demonstrated Verticals, of which 30% have been women. In addition, we
its dedication to nurturing talent and promoting gender have also onboarded more than 1600 young professionals
equality. The effectiveness of these programmes, coupled comprising MBA Graduates, Chartered Accountants, Cost
with strategic hiring efforts, has resulted in a record Gender Accountants, Diploma Engineers, and other trainees.
Diversity rate of 8.1% in the FY 2023-24. The remarkable At L&T, we nurture candidate engagement through our
142% rise in participation rates in the WINSPIRE series programme GRACE (Get Ready for an Awesome Career
of programmes in FY 2023-24 underscores the growing in Engineering), which encompasses pre-joining initiatives
interest and engagement among women employees in such as radio podcasts, gamified content on our business
leadership development opportunities. achievements, with leader boards, quizzes, webinars, micro-
L&T's initiatives to support working mothers and create an learning platforms, and competitions. These efforts not
enabling work environment demonstrate a commitment only prepare candidates for their careers at L&T but also
to fostering work-life balance and inclusivity within the foster a sense of community and excitement among our
organisation. By introducing maternity leave policies for future employees.
adoption and surrogacy, as well as providing additional
leave for mothers of twins, the Company acknowledges Employer Branding & Accolades
the diverse circumstances and needs of its employees Our impressive social media followership on LinkedIn,
during the transition to parenthood. The option for reaching 4 million in FY 2023-24, highlights our strong
women to work from home or adopt a hybrid roster post- presence and influence in the digital sphere.
pregnancy for up to six months reflects an understanding Besides our continued efforts in employer branding on social
of the importance of flexibility in accommodating the media, we have reinforced our position as an employer
evolving needs of working mothers. The flexibility in of choice by participating in various industry forums and
work arrangements, travel allowances, creche facility awards. This year's accomplishments include re-certification
and allowance, further enhance the support system for by ‘Great Place to Work®’, recognition as the Company
women employees. with Great Managers Award for the third consecutive time,
The DEI Awards Ceremony was organised for the first CII HR Excellence Award, Golden Peacock Awards 2023,
time to recognise the efforts of businesses to support ET HR Awards 2023, and prestigious international awards
and promote a diverse and inclusive work culture. such as Brandon Hall HCM Excellence Awards and Gold
Stevie Best Employer 2023.
During the year, multiple projects across multiple businesses Transportation Infrastructure
received awards for Environment, Health and Safety from
RoSPA (The Royal Society for the Prevention of Accidents),
à Mumbai-Ahmedabad High-Speed Rail (Package C6) -
MAHSR C6 received the International HSE Award-2023
the British Safety Council, the National Safety Council of from the World Safety Forum - UK
India (NSCI), and many other reputed organisations.
à Mumbai-Ahmedabad High-Speed Rail (Package C6) -
L&T’s businesses have also won many awards and MAHSR C6 received the Green Feather Award from Green
accolades. Some noteworthy awards and accolades are Maple Foundation
mentioned below:
à Meerut Aligarh Ghaziabad Road Project received the
Global Sustainability Award 2023 from the Environment
Corporate and Energy Foundation, India
à Ranked 3rd, for the second year in a row, in the global ‘Top
200 Environmental Firms’ 2023 list by Engineering News- Heavy Civil Infrastructure
Record (ENR), New York – L&T was the only Indian firm to
feature in this list
à Two projects were recognised at the Excellence in Bridge
Engineering Awards: The Durgam Cheruvu Bridge
à Received the CII National Award for ‘Excellence in Water was declared winner for the ‘Innovation in Bridge
Management’ in 2023 in the ‘Beyond the Fence’ category Engineering’ category, and the Mandovi River bridge
for integrated community development CSR programme was declared runner-up for ‘Best Special Bridge (Cable
à Certified ‘Great Place to Work®’ in FY 2023-24 supported)’ category
à Received Gold in ‘Best Advance Leadership Development à The business was bestowed with the Gold Prize of the 1st
for Women’ and Bronze in ‘Best Advance in Creating FICCI Awards for Excellence in Plant Maintenance Systems
Learning Strategy’ from the Brandon Hall Group – the only company in the construction sector to be
à Received the ‘ATD BEST Award 2024’ in awarded this recognition
Talent Development à The business was honoured with the prestigious CII AI
à Recognised in Forbes’ list of ‘World’s Best Employers 2023’ Award 2023, recognising Outstanding Achievement in the
‘Best Use of AI Technology/Products/Solution’ category in
à Featured as one of ‘India’s Leading Listed ESG Entities
EHS management
2024’ in Dun & Bradstreet’s ‘ESG Champions of
India 2024’
à Ranked No. 1 in the ‘Capital Goods Sector’ and No. 17
in the ‘Top 50 Most Sustainable Companies’ in India by
Business World
125
Awards &
Accolades
127
INTEGRATED
REPORT
Sustainability
Vision
For a
Better
World!
L&T shall pursue
eco-friendly growth,
promoting a culture
of sustainability and
innovation, and thereby
contribute towards a
better world.
Other Chapters
Value Creation Process 130
Value Creation Model 132
Stakeholder Engagement 134
Understanding Materiality 138
Sustainability Governance 148
Sustainability Highlights FY 2023-24 150
129
Value Creation
Process
Value-accretive growth of
SO-I
current businesses
Strategic Objectives
Divestment of
SO-IV
non-core businesses
SE-2
digital and advanced technologies
MATERIAL TOPICS
STAKEHOLDER ENGAGEMENT
GOVERNANCE: POLICIES, PROCESSES, RISK MANAGEMENT
VALUE
VALUE CREATION VALUE CREATED
EPC Projects
NATURAL Productive Assets
CAPITAL for Clients
Customers
MANUFACTURED Dividends
CAPITAL and Buyback
Shareholders
INTELLECTUAL
CAPITAL Business for
Suppliers Suppliers
Hi-Tech
Manufacturing
SOCIAL AND
RELATIONSHIP The six Capitals are utilised Payment to
CAPITAL through business processes Government Exchequer
and models to create assets
and products linked to
infrastructure, energy, oil &
FINANCIAL gas, metals, process plants and
CAPITAL other sectors, and create value Community Assets
for the stakeholders. Communities and Livelihoods
131
Value Creation
Model
VALUE ENGINEERING
Natural Spend on Environment1 : `369 Mn
Capital Material Consumed (Mn tonnes):
- Cement: 4.4
- Sand: 7.4
Residential Spaces
- Ferrous: 2.3
LEAN OPERATIONS
Data Centers
Employees: 59,344
Workmen: 3,48,094
Human Hydro Power Plants
Women covered in Leadership
Capital
Journey Programmes: 495
1
Spend on environmental management: 2
Partnerships with universities, educational 4
Mobility Infra created includes Roads
pollution control, environmental and research institutes, start-ups. (809 lane km), Electrification (3,432 track
monitoring, waste management, 3
Also includes Green Building km), Track construction (710 track km)
wastewater treatment cost, etc. (14.8 Mn sq. ft.). and Mass Transit-viaducts (86 km).
5
Also includes Irrigation Capacity (0.87
lakh ha) and Water Pipelines (61,130 km).
Offerings Output
SPEED & SCALE SDG Linkage
GHG Emissions: 0.99 Mn tCO2e
GHG Emission Intensity: 7.8 tCO2e/`Cr
Eco-Friendly and Recycled Material Used (tonnes):
DIGITALISATION
- Steel: 2,526
- Zinc: 71
- Crushed Sand: 4 Mn
Commercial Spaces
Patents Granted: 19
Value Engineering Projects7: 296
Refining and Petchem Plants Revenue from Emerging Businesses8 :
`1,27,018 Mn
GLOBAL SOURCING
Turnover: `1,262.4 Bn
PBIT: `132.7 Bn
Launch Vehicles Dividend Payout: `46.9 Bn
Return on Net Worth: 13.7%
6
Total production for businesses: Buildings 7
Initiatives for improving processes, 8
Revenue in FY 2023-24 from businesses
& Factories, Power Transmission & products and services to reduce cost, started in the preceding three financial
Distribution, Minerals & Metals, Heavy improve project delivery and increase years.
Engineering, Precision Engineering & customer satisfaction. 9
Across all stakeholders, for breakup refer
Systems, L&T Energy-Hydrocarbon. to Section A in Business Responsibility
and Sustainability Reporting (BRSR).
133
Stakeholder
Engagement
STAKEHOLDER ENGAGEMENT
L&T’s businesses are primarily EPC projects (Engineering, Procurement, Construction) and Hi-Tech Manufacturing.
Aligned with the activities of the businesses, the Company has identified the following key stakeholders and
channels of communication:
Employees
Government and Workforce
Governments (sovereign, sub-national, local) and Human Capital is key to project management
related entities (public sector enterprises) are the largest and execution for the Company. Around 59,000
clients of the Company, comprising ~78% of the total employees and 3,50,000 workers across the
Order Book. They are the key determinants of policies Company’s project sites, offices, manufacturing
(sectoral as well as cross-cutting), long and short-term plants, and different locations are contributing
plans for various sectors, and the country at large. towards sustained growth and performance. Hence,
The Government is the most crucial driver in policy the management, development, and well-being of
development, which ultimately impacts the ease of the workforce are vital for the Company to continue
doing business and shapes the business environment. its value creation journey.
Legend
Channels of Frequency of Purpose and scope of engagement, including key
communication Engagement topics and concerns raised during such engagement
Legend
Channels of Frequency of Purpose and scope of engagement, including key
communication Engagement topics and concerns raised during such engagement
135
Stakeholder
Engagement
Legend
Channels of Frequency of Purpose and scope of engagement, including key
communication Engagement topics and concerns raised during such engagement
à Event-based
Legend
Channels of Frequency of Purpose and scope of engagement, including key
communication Engagement topics and concerns raised during such engagement
137
Material
Topics
UNDERSTANDING MATERIALITY
The Company is committed of the key focus areas. The Company Company, in terms of importance,
to proactively identifying and has been constantly working forms the basis of a materiality
responding to the concerns of on improving and delivering assessment. It considers both the
stakeholders and its business to on ESG dimensions, identified impact of the Company’s activities
create long-term value for all. through the findings of the on ESG dimensions and the way in
Materiality is one of the inputs materiality assessment conducted which these dimensions can impact
to the Company’s sustainability in FY 2022. The sensitivity of a the Company.
strategy, which enables prioritising topic to stakeholders and to the
Methodology
Assessment Process
Thirty-two potential material topics that directly or indirectly impacted the business were
identified initially. Out of these, 14 material topics, which are more pertinent for short-term,
medium-term, and long-term value creation from both internal and external stakeholders'
perspectives, were finalised. During the year, these material topics, their relevance, and their
progress are monitored and reviewed at various levels across the Company. The material topics
are as follows (not ranked):
Water, Waste, and Human Rights and Quality of Products and Brand
Hazardous Materials Labour Conditions Project Delivery Management
Management
Talent Management –
Attraction, Retention,
and Development
Social Engagement
and Impact
139
Material
Topics
Risk or Opportunity
SO-III SO-IV SO-I SO-V
Risk
Opportunity
Both
Risk or Opportunity
SO-V
Risk
Opportunity
141
Material
Topics
SO-V SO-V
Risk or Opportunity
Risk
Opportunity
143
Material
Topics
Both
Risk or Opportunity
Risk
Opportunity
Business Ethics
Legend
Ethics and integrity are the key values that have enabled the Company
to acquire trust and build a strong brand. These values are important to Material topic
ensure that the organisation conducts business in an ethical and transparent identified
manner. Upholding L&T’s core values requires crafting, implementing, and
strengthening the policies and procedures. Description and rationale
for identifying risk/
opportunity
The Company has strong and robust policies, processes, and SOPs in place.
However, driving compliance can be a challenge due to the nature and In case of risk, approach
wide expanse of the businesses, large workforce, and frequent changes to to adapt or mitigate
regulatory requirements.
Natural
Clear rules, policies, and procedures have been enforced across the Capital
Company. For example, the Code of Conduct defines the behaviour
expected from all the employees and stakeholders and lays down the Manufactured
policies and systems for effective implementation. The Company has Capital
mandatory courses to help employees understand the norms required
Human
to work in a safe, compliant, and ethical manner. Capital
The Company has formulated a Whistle Blowing Policy and mechanism Intellectual
Capital
and constituted the Whistle Blowing Investigation Committee. The
objective is to establish a vigil mechanism for employees to report
Social and
concerns about unethical behaviour, actual or suspected fraud or Relationship Capital
violation of the Company’s Code of Conduct or ethics policy. The
Audit Committee is responsible for reviewing the functioning of the Financial
Capital
Whistle Blower mechanism. From time to time, the Company’s systems
of internal controls, covering financial, operational, compliance, IT
applications, etc., are also reviewed by external experts.
Financial Implications
The governance is led by the Board and supported by the Board
Positive
Committees. Policies, Code of Conduct, and Management Systems have
been developed and deployed across all businesses and functions to Negative
ensure adherence and implementation. These are also reviewed on
a periodic basis and updated as required. Details available at https:// Both
investors.larsentoubro.com/corporate-governance.aspx
Risk
Opportunity
145
Material
Topics
Risk or Opportunity
Risk
Opportunity
Positive
Negative
Both
Risk or Opportunity
Risk
Opportunity
SO-I SO-V
147
Sustainability
Governance
SUSTAINABILITY GOVERNANCE
Strategy Policy
As part of the Lakshya 2026 plan, the The policies of the Company changes, global standards, and
Company re-evaluated shareholder demonstrate commitment towards stakeholder concerns. At the
value creation, defined social sustainability, and guide in framing business level, SOPs, guidelines, and
obligations, and framed sustainability as well as implementing long-term procedures translate these policies
goals. The outcome of this strategy and action plans. The into standard processes and action
assessment was the re-articulation of key focus areas are articulated in plans, e.g., waste management,
its Strategic Objectives (SOs), which the Sustainability Policy, which is health and safety, and risk
drive value creation over a long-term complemented by other policies such management, among others.
horizon. The sustainability agenda as Corporate Social Responsibility,
is guided by the CSR & Sustainability EHS, Anti-Bribery and Anti- The working of the policies is
Committee and driven by Executive Corruption, Green Supply Chain, evaluated by third-party agencies
Committee members across Human Resources, and Code of on various standards such as
the businesses. Conduct. These policies strengthen ISO 9001:2015, ISO 14001:2018,
integrated thinking by aligning ESG ISO 45001:2018, and SA8000. During
The scope and membership of the with business goals and support the process, these agencies also
Committee have been detailed in value creation through the six check policy elements, procedures,
Annexure ‘B’ to the Board Report of capitals, viz. Natural, Manufactured, action plans, review processes,
this Report. Intellectual, Human, Social and monitoring and reporting. In
Relationship, and Financial. Most addition to the above, relevant
of these policies are reviewed third-party certifications and
and updated based on evolving assessments are also conducted
and emerging trends, regulatory across business units periodically.
Sustainability Framework
à Green Business
Implementation
With the evolving landscape and of the inputs to the Company’s Sustainability Function and Business
regulatory requirements, the Sustainability Strategy, which Unit Heads, and Heads of various
Company has put the necessary enables prioritising key focus areas. Corporate Functions supported by
tools, systems, processes, and The material issues and related ESG Corporate Sustainability. Various
resources in place to incorporate ESG KPIs are reviewed through various Councils, Committees and Task
in business strategy and operations. stakeholder engagement processes, Forces designated with specific
The Company also conducts and by senior leadership. responsibilities have also been
materiality assessment, which is constituted for operationalising
a process to capture stakeholder The overall responsibility for sustainability across the Company.
concerns on ESG and its importance ensuring the implementation
to the Company. Materiality is one resides with the Corporate
149
Sustainability
Highlights
SUSTAINABILITY HIGHLIGHTS
OF FY 2023-24
The Company conducts materiality assessment (refer to Materiality Assessment section) to identify and
prioritise the key material topics pertaining to ESG, based on the relative importance of these topics to the
stakeholders and in the context of L&T’s business imperatives. The assessment identified 14 important material
topics, and detailed performance is stated in the respective chapters on the six capitals.
To report sustainability highlights at an overall level, at least one KPI has been selected for each material topic
based on the importance attached by investors, rating agencies and regulators and these are given below.
ENVIRONMENT
Energy
83.1 GJ/`Cr
Energy
-16 %*
9.2 %
Electricity
+20 %*
Water
102 kL/`Cr
Water consumption
intensity
Materials
32 % +31 %*
Recycled and eco-friendly
material used
Green
Business
50 % +54 %*
Revenue from
Green Business
SOCIAL
Human Rights 2
Key facilities SA8000 certified
100 %
Own facilities and offices assessed
Diversity and
Inclusion
8.1%
Diversity ratio
99
Women in senior management
GOVERNANCE
Governance &
Ethics
100%
New joinees trained on CoC
Brand Management
& ESG Ratings
Customer
Centricity
9
Customer Satisfaction Score out of 10
Ranked 3rd in ‘Top 200
Environmental Firms’ in 2023
Sustainable
32%
Sustainable sourcing
100%
of top 200 supply chain
Supply Chain
by value partners assessed on ESG
151
Natural
Capital
NATURAL
CAPITAL
1,55,046 GJ
Renewable Electricity consumption
16 %
Energy Consumption Intensity Reduction
Material Topics
Climate Business
Action Ethics
32 %
Recycled and Eco-Friendly Material
Sustainable
Supply Chain
used of Total Material
~4 Mn
Saplings Planted
1
For details, refer to ‘Business Model and Strategy’ section.
153
Natural
Capital
Carbon Neutrality Based on the current projections, The Company’s strategy for
GHG emissions are expected to peak achieving carbon neutrality is based
The Company’s carbon footprint around FY 2025-26 and decline on two levers:
(Scope 1+2) is primarily due to thereafter. The slower pace of
diesel and electricity consumption. increase in the short term would be
Diesel has a high share in the overall Improving Energy Efficiency
primarily driven by the improvement
energy mix (>75%), while electricity in energy efficiency and the
comprises ~16% of the energy mix. reduction in fossil fuel consumption
Diesel is significantly consumed in intensity. For the long term, a shift
powering construction machinery to renewable electricity and fuels Decarbonising Energy
used for EPC projects and partially would be the primary driver in Consumption
for electricity generation. Further, reducing GHG emissions. Technically,
plants, equipment, offices, and it may not be feasible to reduce
campuses consume electricity. As emissions to zero, and therefore,
the Company keeps expanding offsets incurred from plantations will
and growing, energy consumption be considered for achieving carbon
and related emissions are neutrality. The Company targets to
also expected to rise. plant 1.5 – 2 Mn saplings each year
to create the stock, which will enable
carbon sequestration.
à Renewable electricity
à Carbon sequestration
from tree plantation
Switching from Diesel consumption Diesel budgeting Switching from diesel- Use of
Diesel Generator optimisation through and control, powered equipment to renewable fuel,
(DG) set digitisation, sensors, including low carbon fuel, e.g., CNG e.g., biodiesel
to grid electricity and other actions reducing losses and electricity powered
equipment
Water Neutrality
The Company’s water footprint is driven by industrial In addition to the above, various business units are
consumption, primarily due to the use of water in civil work implementing initiatives relevant to their context. For
for EPC projects. The consumption pattern is determined by EPC projects, some businesses are focussing on sourcing
the type of structures or works and technical requirements treated wastewater from municipal corporations. In a
of the project. Further, numerous standards and codes few cases, the quality obtained is at par with freshwater
prescribe the water quality required in such works. The and has been utilised even in concrete mixes. In
Company is focussing on reducing water consumption addition to chemicals, one of the businesses has also
intensity, emphasising the following: experimented with innovative solutions, e.g., steam
curing for concrete.
Improving water use efficiency through reducing
losses in the equipment and processes and adopting While the Company is focussing on reducing water
methods e.g., curing compounds and plasticisers consumption intensity, the Company’s CSR programmes
for concrete curing works and admixtures for also significantly contribute to positive impact through
concrete production water conservation and groundwater recharge. The
Company has partnered with an independent third
party to assess CSR initiatives for water recharge and
Increasing wastewater recycling and use for non-
their impact on achieving Water Neutrality status at the
potable purposes, e.g., toilet flushing, gardening, dust
Company level.
suppression, landscaping
155
Natural
Capital
25 %
Emissions Intensity Reduction
50 %
Renewable (% of Electricity Consumption)
11 %
Energy Intensity Reduction
83.1 7.8
76.6
6.4
2020-21 2021-22 2022-23 2023-24 2024-25 2025-26 2020-21 2021-22 2022-23 2023-24 2024-25 2025-26
Target Energy Intensity (GJ / � Cr) Target Emission Intensity (tCO2e / � Cr)
Current /Projected Energy Intensity (GJ / � Cr) Current /Projected Emission Intensity (tCO2e / � Cr)
Energy
In FY 2023-24, the Company’s total energy consumption was 10.5 Mn GJ, comprising direct energy consumption of
8.8 Mn GJ and indirect energy consumption of 1.7 Mn GJ. Total energy intensity has decreased by 15.9% compared to
FY 2022-23 and 13% compared to FY 2020-21 (baseline).
Renewable Energy
The Company has utilised 43.1 Mn kWh of renewable Energy (electricity) from renewable energy sources was
electricity, which consists of 9.2% of its total electricity 0.16 Mn GJ in FY 2023-24, which has increased around 20%
consumption (468 Mn kWh) in FY 2023-24. compared to FY 2022-23. The total electricity consumption
has increased from 1.3 Mn GJ in FY 2022-23 to 1.7 Mn GJ
Source Quantity Sourced in FY 2023-24. Compared to FY 2022-23, renewable as
(Mn kWh) a percentage of electricity has decreased slightly due to
lower sourcing through PPA. The unavailability of adequate
Solar (Captive and PPA) 10.3
land for installing solar modules, challenges in obtaining
Wind (Captive and PPA) 20.1 green open access for temporary connections, developers’
preference for long-term PPAs were the main hurdles faced
Others (Hybrid PPA and open access) 12.7 at project site location.
13.2
13.3
84.2
98.8
97.4
12.4
83.1
69.7
Total energy intensity decreased by 15.9% in FY 2023-24 Additionally, closure or tapering down of certain
compared to FY 2022-23, primarily due to a reduction projects, e.g., Mumbai Trans Harbour Link (MTHL),
in direct energy intensity by 19.3%. Many project Mumbai Coastal Road Project (MCRP) Package 01, Delhi
sites, e.g., Rail Vikas Nigam Limited (RVNL) Package International Airport Ltd. (DIAL) Runway, and Dwarka
02 and 04 and Chennai Metro Rail Ltd. (CMRL) ECV02, Expressway, and reduction in on site civil construction
have switched to grid electricity from DG. New activities in a few projects, e.g., Mumbai Ahmedabad
project sites have begun with electricity connections High-Speed Rail (MAHSR) C4 Package and Chennai
from the initial stage. Metro Rail Ltd. (CMRL) project, contributed to lower
diesel consumption compared to FY 2022-23.
157
Natural
Capital
GHG Emissions
Emissions attributed to the Company’s operations arise primarily from the use of fuel, electricity, and material in its
operations and processes. As part of its Net Zero strategy, the Company is working on reducing its GHG footprint across
the three scopes.
Scope 1 Emission Intensity2 Scope 2 Emission Intensity2 Scope 1+2 Emission Intensity2
(tCO2e / ` Cr) (tCO2e / ` Cr) (tCO2e / ` Cr)
6.4
2.7
2.8
8.9
8.9
6.2
2.5
7.8
5.0
Emissions (Scope 1+2) intensity has decreased by 12.2% in FY 2023-24 compared to FY 2022-23 mainly due to a reduction
in direct energy consumption intensity.
2
Emission factor for diesel has been revised to 2.68 from 2.73 tCO2e/kL, aligned to latest emission factors in IPCC AR5. Emission factor for
grid electricity revised from 0.00081 to 0.000823 tCO2e/kWh based on the latest report of CEA, the central authority for power sector in
India; https://cea.nic.in/wp-content/uploads/baseline/2024/01/User_Guide__Version_19.0.pdf
For other initiatives on energy conservation and renewable energy, please refer to Annexure ‘A’ to the Board Report.
159
Natural
Capital
Hot Mix Plants (HMPs) are required for flexible pavement construction and typically
use furnace oil or High Speed Diesel (HSD) as fuel in the burners. Project teams at
the DIAL expansion project and Meerut Aligarh Road project explored options to
decarbonise the energy consumed in HMPs and identified a solution to replace
traditional burners with duel fuel burners which were powered with Compressed
Natural Gas. CNG is a comparatively cleaner fuel than furnace oil or HSD and
thereby, the teams were able to reduce the emissions from HMP operations.
Piloting Biofuels
Water
EPC projects and Hi-Tech Manufacturing do not have water intensive processes compared to other industries. Water
consumption for the Company is primarily driven by water required in civil works in EPC projects. The Company has
identified various initiatives to reduce water consumption and increase wastewater recycling at project sites and
manufacturing facilities. The manufacturing facilities and even a few projects are Zero Liquid Discharge locations,
mostly recycling and reusing the wastewater generated for various purpose. For example, gardening, toilet flushing,
and ancillary activities in construction sites, such as dust suppression, equipment washing, and other areas.
111.4
12.9
101.5
102.0
11.1
11.0
The Company has made improvement in FY 2023-24 for capturing data related to water withdrawal, consumption,
and discharge. However, the Company has more than 700 project sites in operation, and which are by definition
temporary and with open boundaries. Water is taken from multiple sources, as per site conditions and discharged
through multiple points. These issues create significant challenge in putting direct measurement systems and therefore,
indirect estimation has to be made which presents difficulty in completeness and traceability of the data as required for
reasonable assurance standards. To improve data collection and reporting, the Company is redesigning the Standard
Operating Procedures (SOPs) which will based on reasonable assurance requirements, and this will be rolled out to all
the sites/locations. Additionally, the Company is finalising the digital solutions which would enable direct measurement
without manual intervention.
161
Natural
Capital
Recharging Groundwater
Recycling Wastewater
163
Natural
Capital
• Hazardous waste, such as used oil, oil-soaked cotton waste, used chemical/paint/oil containers, batteries, paint
residues, ETP sludge; Electronic waste (e-waste); and Biomedical Waste, are disposed of through Government-
approved recyclers/re-refiners/re-processors and according to the statutory requirements
• There is no import, export, transport, or treatment of any hazardous waste covered under the Basel Convention
à Non-hazardous waste is either reused, recycled, or disposed according to the relevant procedures
> 50%
7,474
446.6
Waste Recycled/Reused of
waste generated
2,331
49.6
The significant increase in waste generation is due to enhancement in waste data capturing/reporting across different businesses and
on account of higher material consumption linked to significantly higher execution.
Approach road using steel slag Paver Blocks from concrete waste Benches and chairs for labour colony from
wooden waste
Support structure Reuse of Concrete Waste - structure pedestal, building floor, canteen benches
using steel scrap
165
Natural
Capital
Material Management
Steel, cement, aggregates, and sand are major materials used in the operation. The Company is striving to increase the
use of sustainable and eco-friendly materials as well as the recycling of materials within its production facilities. At the
Company’s transmission tower production facility, sustained efforts are being made to recycle steel and zinc that are
consumed in the operations. However, design standards and customer specifications are limiting factors in increasing
the use of non-virgin or waste materials, e.g., fly ash and GGBS. The Company actively promotes and tries to maximise
the use of such materials for various applications across construction projects.
Fly ash (Mn tonnes) GGBS (Mn tonnes) Manufactured Sand (Mn tonnes)
0.5
4.0
0.3
0.3
3.1
0.2
0.3
0.2
1.3
2021-22 2022-23 2023-24 2021-22 2022-23 2023-24 2021-22 2022-23 2023-24
% of Manufactured Sand used in Share of Fly ash and GGBS in % of Eco-Friendly and Recycled
place of sand cementitious materials materials of total bulk materials
32%
54%
14%
45%
12%
24%
10%
18%
29%
167
Natural
Capital
Biodiversity
Tree Plantation
L&T planted ~4 million saplings in FY 2023-24, with over 99% planted by Water & Effluent Treatment (WET) business.
Over the years (2008-2024), L&T has planted around 13 million saplings. During 15-17 August 2023, a massive plantation
drive 'Project GreenHands' was undertaken with more than 2.5 million saplings planted across 559 project sites.
Chennai HQ
Before Plantation
Current state
169
Natural
Capital
Transition Risks
Regulatory
Technology
Market
1
Frameworks e.g., Task Force on Climate-Related Financial Disclosures (TCFD)
Physical Risks
Acute
The frequency and intensity of extreme precipitation As a part of risk management, the impact of such
events are increasing extensively. It poses a significant events is assessed, and mitigative actions are taken.
risk to the operations of the Company as well as Monsoon preparedness plans are a standard condition
damage to the assets. nowadays for all project sites and cover not only the
protection of equipment and backup facilities but also
the plan for restoring normal operations.
Chronic
Along with climate change, water stress has The Company is focussing on reducing groundwater
increasingly become a global risk. As a result, new withdrawal, particularly in water-stressed areas.
regulations related to water use and withdrawal are Initiatives are being taken to reduce water
being formulated and enforced. This may impose an consumption through use of curing compounds and
additional burden on operations to find alternate plasticisers for concrete curing works and admixtures
assured sources of water. for concrete production. Other initiatives are focussed
on improving wastewater recycling and the use of
treated wastewater from municipal corporations and
rainwater harvesting.
171
Natural
Capital
Extreme summer heat in India and Middle East, all employees and workmen. Special awareness
exacerbated by frequent heat waves, impacts sessions on heat stress are also held across projects
productivity as well as health and wellbeing of sites and manufacturing facilities. The Company
the workforce. The impact is more severe for is providing first-aid training, as well as arranging
project sites operating in open environment. The regular supplies of ORS, lemon water, glucose water
Company takes proactive measures to safeguard and buttermilk to workers. Additional shelters and
the workforce from adverse effects of the intense restrooms are provided across site locations and
heat through additional health measures, working air coolers are installed in workmen habitats. The
time adjustments and advisories/awareness sessions. working schedule is adjusted to prevent exposure
The Company holds frequent medical check-ups and to peak daytime temperatures and extended lunch
makes a doctor available fulltime for identifying the breaks, from noon to 3 PM and even 11 AM to 5 PM
symptoms of heat stress in the workforce. Health in extreme cases, are given to workmen engaged
advisories have been issued by the Corporate Medical in outdoor work.
team as well as respective business EHS teams to
Energy Source
Resource Efficiency
Market
173
Manufactured
Capital
MANUFACTURED
CAPITAL
716
Active project sites
Sustainable
Supply Chain
Human Rights and
Labour Conditions
18
Manufacturing facilities
and Cyber Security Management
` 63,426 Cr
Green Business revenue
1
For details, refer to ‘Business Model and Strategy’ section.
175
Manufactured
Capital
Hi-Tech Manufacturing
The Company has created manufacturing facilities that are globally recognised capabilities for producing engineered-
to-order equipment solutions for process plants, nuclear power plants, aerospace and other sectors.
A detailed description of
the business capabilities,
achievements, and sector
Strategic Systems Complex, Manufacturing Units,
outlook is covered in the
Talegaon, Maharashtra Kancheepuram, Tamil Nadu
‘Management Discussion
A recognised facility for prototyping Manufacturing units related to and Analysis’ section of
and manufacturing precision businesses in areas of transmission this Report.
engineering and sensor systems. tower manufacturing and rubber
processing machinery are located
at Kancheepuram (~70 km from
Chennai). It has a Transmission Tower
Testing and Research Station as well,
which provides design and testing
services to clientele from 33 countries.
EPC Projects
This segment comprises businesses that are recognised for their end-to-end design-to-deliver
capabilities to create assets linked to infrastructure, energy, and metals. These businesses have
established credentials in conceptualising, designing, executing, and commissioning large and
complex projects for various industries and segments.
Power Transmission & Distribution Water & Effluent Treatment Minerals & Metals
Solutions for power transmission The entire spectrum of solutions for Solutions for iron and steel
lines, substations, cable networks, water treatment and distribution, plants, non-ferrous smelters and
solar PV plants, mini/microgrids, and wastewater treatment and collection, refineries, mineral beneficiation
digital solutions for power systems. desalination plants, irrigation, plants, speciality conveyors,
industrial effluent treatment, water and mining and bulk material
management, and smart water. handling equipment.
A detailed description of
L&T Energy – Hydrocarbon L&T Energy – Power
the business capabilities,
Large and complex projects related Large and complex projects related to achievements, and sector
to oil and gas extraction, upstream thermal power plants, nuclear steam outlook is covered in the
oil and gas processing, mid and and turbine islands and environment ‘Management Discussion and
downstream processing, pipelines, solutions for power plants. Analysis’ section of this Report.
storage tanks and terminals, and
coal/pet-coke gasification.
177
Manufactured
Capital
Green Business
Linked to two Strategic Objectives of conservation through recycling A third-party assessment was
the Company, i.e., SO-III (Developing or repurposing through its Green conducted in the previous year
business offerings to ride the Energy Business offerings. to understand the positive
Transition) and SO-V (Enabling impact of Green Business on the
business sustainability through a The Company has referred to the environment. It was estimated
high focus on ESG and Shareholder ‘FTSE Green Revenues Classification that the projects commissioned in
Value Creation), the Company offers System 2.0 (GRCS) 2, which is FY 2021-22 and FY 2022-23 would
a bouquet of solutions to create comprehensively aligned to the EU help avoid emissions annually to
sustainable and green assets for its Taxonomy, for mapping revenues the tune of 1 million tCO2e. The
customers. These solutions, termed from products and services that Company’s green commitment has
‘Green Business’, are centred around have a positive impact on the also been acknowledged globally
clean energy, clean mobility, water environment. by Engineering News-Record
and sanitation, green infrastructure, (ENR), which is one of the globally
and other areas linked to a greener The Green Business contributed recognised construction industry
future. The Company enables its `634 billion (50%) to the revenue of publications. L&T has been ranked
customers improve energy efficiency, the Company as compared to 37% in third in the Top 200 Environment
lower carbon emissions, enhance FY 2023. The Company had aimed to Firms Survey by ENR for the second
water use efficiency, increase increase its share of Green Business year in a row (2022, 2023).
wastewater recycling, reduce air to 40% of revenue as part of its
pollution, and enable resource Lakshya 2026 strategy plan.
2
Globally accepted FTSE Green Revenues Classification System is a taxonomy used to define and measure industrial transition to a Green
Economy. It captures environmental products and services covering 10 green sectors, 64 subsectors and 133 micro sectors; https://www.lseg.
com/en/ftse-russell/green-revenues-data-model
The Company’s Green Business offerings fall under two common strategies to handle climate change.
Strategy Offerings
Climate Change Mitigation - Renewable Energy Plants, Nuclear Energy Plants,
Reduce the impact of current processes/systems on Mass Transit Systems, Railway Networks, and Others
the environment (Process Equipment for Clean Fuels)
Infrastructure/assets created under mitigation also help in adaptation through second-order effects.
179
Human
Capital
HUMAN
CAPITAL
6.9 Mn
Safety training man hours
Labour Conditions Ethics
Brand
Management
33 Years
Median age of employees
0.07
Lost Time Injury Frequency Rate (LTIFR)
1
For details, refer to ‘Business Model and Strategy’ section.
181
Human
Capital
HR Strategy
L&T continues to implement various strategic and developmental initiatives to promote growth and enhance
efficiency at the organisational level. The approach is at two broad levels - Lakshya Strategic Plan (medium-term)
and Annual Plan (short-term). HR Strategy is a derivative of the Lakshya 2026 business strategy plan. Lakshya 2026
Corporate HR Steering Committee, comprising senior leaders across functions, identified five strategic themes to be a
future-ready organisation.
The annual action items initiated in alignment with the five strategic themes identified are as follows:
Project NEEV
Talent Council
Employee
Experience Employee-centric policies and schemes
Roll out multiple training programmes anchored around five dimensions of the People
Leadership Excellence Framework
People Leadership
270-degree feedback for people managers
at Core (along with
Talent Mobility)
People Leadership Development Programme
HR competency framework aligned to be future ready; mapped across HR roles, and a role-
proficiency matrix designed to set capability expectations and support development of team
members in HR
Various choices of consideration with respect to the Alternate Talent Models way of working
– gig workers/part-time/freelance being studied
By exploring these alternatives, organisations can better adapt to the evolving workforce
Alternate Talent
landscape with the consideration of regulatory guidelines and compliances
Model
183
Human
Capital
Accelerating HR Digitalisation
L&T’s HR Digitalisation journey MS Teams, aiding in conducting The launch of ATLVarsity has
began in 2019 with the quick engagement surveys brought a plethora of L&T’s
incorporation of an advanced across the organisation. HEERA learning and development
ERP system in the form of Success provides a window for employee offerings under one platform.
Factors. The Company extended queries and resolutions with a As a step towards democratising
the platform in 2023 with further resolution effectiveness of 99%. learning opportunities, this
enhancements by introducing The Company implemented an multi-faceted learning platform
Performance Management, Career online compensation management offers a variety of rich learning
Development, and Succession platform in 2023. This platform is resources (behavioural, technical,
Planning modules. Subsequently, implemented across all businesses, and functional) in collaboration
the Company launched the 270- thereby bringing efficiency with globally renowned course
degree feedback module as well. to traditional compensation providers like Skillsoft, Coursera,
management methodology. The EBSCO, and so on.
The Company has a robust Talent Company is also in the preliminary
Acquisition module integrated stage of launching a new Learning
into the ERP system. HEERA, an Management System and a
Al-enabled bot, is integrated with Workforce Analytics module.
Talent Strategy
30%
The Strategic Leadership Talent GETs and PGETs hired were
Acquisition function regularly women over the last two years
augments its leadership hiring
GET: Graduate Engineering Trainee
strategies to identify, select, PGET: Post Graduate Engineering Trainee
and onboard high-calibre talent
across various businesses in line These accomplishments not only
with strategic plans. The team reflect our relentless pursuit of
continues to support the expanding excellence but also the Company’s
portfolio of businesses such as commitment towards enhancing
Semiconductor, Green Energy, gender diversity. Additionally, more
SuFin, Data Center, and Corporate, than 1,600 young professionals have
enabling functions across the globe, been onboarded, comprising MBA
in addition to meeting the needs of Graduates, Chartered Accountants,
leadership talent in our businesses. Cost Accountants, Diploma
Engineers, and other trainees.
Young Talent Professional
Acquisition is a commitment of Beyond recruitment, the focus
the Company to nurture talent. In is on crafting a distinctive
FY 2023-24, the Company continued employer brand through strategic
to stay anchored to the core sponsorship programmes at various
philosophy of ‘Growing our own engineering institutes, social media
timber,’ by attracting, recruiting, engagement, and other branding
and onboarding over 2,600 young initiatives. L&T continues to be the
engineering professionals across employer of choice among budding
various business verticals within Engineering professionals.
L&T Group as GETs and PGETs.
At L&T, the candidates are nourished through the Young Professional Talent Acquisition holds strategic
engagement programme GRACE (Get Ready for an significance for the organisation as it pertains to
Awesome Career in Engineering), which encompasses the onboarding of new talent and their subsequent
pre-joining initiatives such as radio podcasts and development into future leadership positions. It also
gamified content on business achievements through contributes to maintaining a youthful workforce and
leader boards, quizzes, webinars, micro-learning shaping a well-balanced manpower structure.
platforms, and competitions.
185
Human
Capital
Talent Development
Employee Profile: Age and Gender New Joinees profile: Age and Gender
59,344
Male Male
60,000 Female Female
14,968
13,510
50,000
34,557
15,000
32,994
40,000 12,000
19,609
7,761
6,909
16,891
30,000
6,643
6,579
9,000
20,000 6,000
5,178
5,000
4,459
2,718
1,563
1,458
1,182
10,000 3,000
178
298
266
288
10
0 0
Grand Total >50 yrs 30-50 yrs <30 yrs Grand Total >50 yrs 30-50 yrs <30 yrs
Compensation Philosophy
L&T’s Compensation Philosophy is governed by a 3P model based on fairness, meritocracy, and compliance to attract,
retain, motivate, and reward employees.
*Note – total employees comprise permanent and non-permanent employees and permanent workers (as reported in BRSR)
187
Human
Capital
Competency
ASCENT Series Think, Act, Engage Clusters
Development
(Across Management Tiers) (Across Management Tiers)
Programmes
WINSPIRE
(Women Rise Propel
Leadership)
Management
Management Development Programmes (in association with institutions
Development
such as XLRI, NMIMS, IIM-B, IIM-C, and more)
General Programmes
Management
Development Accreditation Accreditation Programme in Executive Diploma in Human
Corporate Law Resource Management
Technology Development
Technical Orientation and Multi-Engineering Skill-Building Modules
Programmes
189
Human
Capital
CTEA Mysore launched 15 niche technology During FY 2023-24, CTEA trained 1,080 (PGET/GET/DET)
programmes delivered by top experts covering and 685 FLS, improving their confidence and
contemporary topics. Some of these topics include employability through comprehensive training in
Power System Analysis, Steel Connection Design and domain knowledge and hands-on lab experiences
Detailing, Segmental Construction, BIM Revit API with across various disciplines. 3,400 engineers were upskilled
Python, Technical Competency for Women, Bearing in a wide range of engineering, software, and other
Vibration and Analysis, ChatGPT, and more. professional competencies for both construction and
non-construction businesses.
CTEA Mysore
191
Human
Capital
ATLVarsity
L&T’s innovative Any Time Learning (ATL) platform, now The Skill Benchmarking
renamed ATLVarsity, revolutionises the way employees tool effectively identifies
engage with professional development. With on-the-go learners’ skill deficiencies,
learning as its USP, the platform boasts a wealth of offering precise course
resources in the form of videos, e-books, and journals. recommendations and
Partnerships with vendors like Percipio, Coursera, and resources. This tool simplifies
Harvard Manage Mentor enable L&T to present a the course selection process
wide array of certification courses that align with the for learners, enabling them to enhance their skills
Company’s competency framework, addressing the in congruence with their job roles efficiently.
diverse upskilling needs of its workforce.
Training Person-days
7.89
Average Person Days
Technical Programmes
21.6% 22.4%
Project Management
7.5%
Functional Programmes
36,14,615
Leadership & Competency Number of Hours of Learning
14.3%
Development
3.0%
10.8% Continuing Education
41,919
20.0%
Digital Learning
Number of Unique Learners
*Does not cover safety training hours, which is reported in Principle 3 of BRSR.
Talent Council
Recognising the importance of having a robust L&T’s Business Excellence Model (LTBEM) and
leadership pipeline, a Talent Council was formed, Human Resources Excellence Model (HREM)
initiating talent reviews for Tier-1 to Tier-4 employees.
A user-friendly Talent Review software module has Development of LTBEM draws inspiration and
been launched, enabling the Council members, guided adoption of the globally recognised framework,
by business heads, to discuss and plan actions. European Foundation for Quality Management
(EFQM), to suit the Company’s unique
organisational context. With 89 active certified
assessors, the objective is to strengthen the
Annual HR Awards (AHA)
management systems, practices, and capabilities
An initiative aimed to recognise practices/initiatives to enhance the competitiveness of businesses to
wherein HR adds maximum value to business and become world-class in their own sectors.
concentrates on various ways HR can continuously
The HREM model has been conceived out of a
raise the bar by improving processes and experiences.
need felt by Corporate HR to establish high-calibre
professional standards purely for HR function. The
HR Conclave model will hold tremendous significance in the
coming days as sustaining excellence in business
A two-day HR Conclave, based on the theme, ‘HR is positively correlated to excellence in managing
Transformation – Navigating the Future,’ was Human Resources. We have developed 71 active
organised, packed with insightful speaker sessions and HREM assessors as of March 31, 2024.
panel discussions by the industry stalwarts from the
business and HR fraternity.
193
Human
Capital
Various campaigns around Pride month and Persons With Disabilities (PWD)
Differently abled
were carried out throughout the year to increase awareness of diverse
groups beyond gender. Guest speakers were invited to generate awareness
about LGBTQIA+, Neurodiversity, PWD, etc. A well-knit community of 36 DEI
Champions was built to drive DEI efforts across businesses. ‘DEI Academy’ was
45
Employees
launched on ATLVarsity, to increase awareness and sensitisation. More than 100
28
employees were certified as DEI Allies under this Academy.
195
Human
Capital
1
Mental Health Awareness Sessions: Regular workshops and training sessions on mental health awareness, stress
management, and self-care techniques are conducted to educate employees on how to maintain good mental health
and well-being.
41 7,324
Webinars on Total Participants
Mental Health
2
In-house and External Counselling Services: Mental health counselling services, both in-house and external services, are
provided to the employees with confidential access to resources and support for personal and work-related challenges.
3
Bereavement Counselling Services: These services are provided to the families of deceased employees. This includes
home visits, counselling, follow-up for the due settlement, guiding the family further for educational reimbursement
schemes for children, and vocational training support for spouses.
4
Support Group for Differently-abled children of employees: Continuous mental health support is provided to employees
with differently-abled children through financial reimbursement of treatment and counselling.
5
Group Maitree: The group has been created to support and contribute to the personal development of employees in
the work environment. It helps to spread awareness about mental health services.
197
Intellectual
Capital
INTELLECTUAL
CAPITAL
Brand
Management
` 1,27,018 Mn
Revenue from new and
Business
Ethics
emerging businesses
1
For details, refer to ‘Business Model and Strategy’ section.
199
Intellectual
Capital
Special Cement Asphalt Mortar Mix Asphalt Mix with Steel Cement-Treated Base and Sub-Base
Slag Aggregates with Soil Aggregate Blend
Cement Asphalt Mortar (CAM) is
an interlayer injected in the spaces Utilisation of industrial by-products or Cement-treated base/subbase
between the track slab and the waste materials in road construction layers in a pavement (road)
concrete roadbed in ballastless is an emerging trend globally. This are traditionally designed with
tracks. It is particularly used for can significantly reduce the burden natural aggregates stabilised with
high-speed and semi-high-speed on natural resources as well as conventional stabilisers such as
rail networks. CAM is used as a improve waste utilisation. One such cement, lime, lime/fly ash blend, or
stress relief and damping material material is steel slag, which differs chemical stabilisers to produce a mix
in these rail systems and comprises from blast furnace slag. LTCRTC of requisite strength. Replacement of
cement matrix, asphalt emulsion, has also undertaken studies to natural aggregates with good quality
fine aggregates, and a variety of improve mix design using steel slag, natural soil could be an eco-friendly
admixtures. LTCRTC, in partnership and these have shown that dense alternative to the conventional
with M/S Nichireki from Japan, has bituminous macadam with up to method. Preliminary laboratory
developed a special CAM mix for 50% coarse steel slag aggregates trials at LTCRTC have shown that
use in track works in the Mumbai is more durable and less prone soil aggregate in the ratio of 30:70
Ahmedabad High-Speed Rail project. to fatigue, rutting, and moisture- with cement dosage of 6% and
The mix has been designed to meet related damages. The use of steel some special chemical additives can
stringent Japanese standards for slag aggregates can also reduce the produce mixes satisfying the strength
high-speed rail projects. cost of construction by 20-30%. requirements specified in the Indian
Roads Congress2. The ratio can be
increased to 70:30 with cement of
only 2.5% for sub-base mixes. This
specially designed mix has been used
in the construction of a trial stretch
of the Ghaziabad-Aligarh Expressway
in 2023, and performance has been
found to be satisfactory to date.
2
Indian Roads Congress is the Apex Body of Road Sector Engineers and Professionals set up in 1927 by the Government of India. It
provides a national forum for sharing of knowledge and experience dealing with construction and maintenance of roads, bridges,
tunnels and road transportation.
201
Intellectual
Capital
203
Intellectual
Capital
Capacity
Planning Analytics
Application for capacity
management and resource
levelling by analysing real-
time data; offers insights
on resource allocation and
loading and aids decision-
making for in-house
utilisation or outsourcing
IEMQS 4.0
Improves office efficiency
by automating repetitive
work and provides a
single source of truth for
project data
205
Intellectual
Capital
ETAP Drishti
Digital application to track Enterprise Level
the history and degree Knowledge Management
of use of all enabling System to provide
structures across project situational guidance;
sites by using QR codes capture, store, and extract
required information
for efficient knowledge
transfer across the
organisation
207
Intellectual
Capital
Advanced Analysis Tools for the Valve Placement Design Change Flexible Moulds for Precast Drains
Design of Airside Structures Relocation of the pneumatic closure Specially designed mould to
Midas Civil Plane Load Application valve in slop pump discharge accommodate different sizes of drain
was used to analyse the load lines from the main deck to the elements by providing flexibility
dispersion and optimise the cellar deck on the access platform, to vary width and depth; helped
design of box and pipe culverts, reducing the cost of the design reduce the number of moulds
reducing manual effort and required for precast
improving design optimisation Precast Design of Substation
Hybrid Operating Room Design
Buildings and Electrical Rooms
Precast Pier Cap A hybrid operating room is an
Unique precast design and
advanced design that combines a
Offsite fabrication of pier cap construction of utility buildings for
traditional operating room with an
instead of in-situ casting; reduces high volume (~50,000 sq.mtr.) work,
image-guided interventional suite,
construction time and minimises enabled through an innovative
e.g., MRI, CT; enables advanced
traffic disruptions precast structural system and
surgical procedures to be done along
advanced joints with no shear
with tracking progress as required in
Redesigned Jacket walls for lateral load resisting
special cases, e.g., neuro-surgery
The jacket design was revised to a system; helped reduce construction
single member, thereby reducing time by 25%
multiple joints due to the small
section length in the earlier design
Attached Growth
Bio-Reactor Technology
Building sewage treatment capacity to meet the
demand of a thriving, urbanised country requires
significant investments. Typical sewage treatment
technologies have long processing times and large
land requirements. The Company’s Water and Effluent
Treatment business, in collaboration with Anna
University Chennai, has developed and patented
the ‘Attached Growth Bio-Reactor’. This design
requires less space, reduces sludge quantities, and
lowers power requirements for the sludge treatment.
Recently, the technology has been used to upgrade
100 KLD STP located in Thiagarajar Arts College,
Madurai and operating successfully till date.
209
Social and Relationship
Capital
SOCIAL AND
RELATIONSHIP
CAPITAL
1.6 Mn
CSR beneficiaries
Material Topics
9
Customer Satisfaction Score
Social Engagement Customer
and Impact Experience and
Satisfaction
Sustainable Diversity,
Supply Chain Inclusion & Equal
Opportunity
Brand
Management
1
For details, refer to ‘Business Model and Strategy’ section.
211
Social and Relationship
Capital
The Company’s social and relationship capital comprises intangible assets from its network of stakeholders, such
as employees, customers, supply chain partners, and the community. This capital is nurtured through transparent
communication and ethical practices, and continuous engagement, collaboration, and innovation. Instilling
sustainability and resilience in the value chain is one of the core elements to meet the expectations of the stakeholders.
The Company strives to impact the larger community across the country through its CSR interventions. The Company
believes in engaging with the customers and clients in a fair, transparent, and ethical manner while meeting their
diverse and changing needs and expectations. The Company is handholding and sensitising its supply chain partners to
build a sustainable and resilient supply chain.
Corporate CSR Team CSR Coordinator and Teams at L&T Health Centres
Campuses, Area Offices, and Sites
The Corporate CSR Team Trained medical professionals
is dedicated to maximising L&T’s CSR teams at campuses, at L&T’s multi-specialty health
social impact by developing, area offices, and sites conduct centres serve underprivileged
implementing, and overseeing assessments, identify local communities, offering accessible
CSR programmes aligned with projects and NGO partners, and and affordable healthcare. By
Board-approved guidelines and implement and monitor CSR addressing health disparities,
frameworks, collaborating with initiatives. This localised support L&T enhances the well-being of
NGOs as necessary. ensures that L&T achieves its CSR those in need.
goals and effectively addresses
community-specific needs.
213
Social and Relationship
Capital
Additionally, water harvesting trenches, absorption pits, and check dams were constructed in Pachapalayam,
Bogampatti, and Panapatti villages to facilitate groundwater recharge and collect excess run-off, aiming to harvest
62,390 cubic metres of water in the project area.
215
Social and Relationship
Capital
Crop Demonstration
In the project area, 338 crop demonstration plots were
established under the ‘Seeing is Believing’ principle,
focussing on Kharif and Rabi crops like soybean, wheat,
and gram, which led 694 farmers to adopt systematic
crop intensification practices, supported by demo kits
for integrated pest, fertiliser, and disease management.
The promotion of organic formulation, fostering beneficial microorganisms for enhanced crop growth, has led to 950
farmers from Devgaon and Nagzari preparing and utilising organic formulations.
Multi-Layer Farming
123 farmers in Devgaon and Nagzari are set to enjoy year-round fresh produce from their fields, conserving soil and
optimising environmental factors, thereby leveraging multi-layer farming benefits. Among them, 30 are demo projects,
and additionally, 37 women from Nagzari and 26 women from Devgaon have independently developed multi-layer
farming setups.
Livestock Development
In the project area, cattle rearing is a significant agri-
allied activity, but low productivity in the dairy business
is often due to a shortage of quality feed and fodder.
Farmers rely on seasonal crops like maize, sorghum, and
millet during off-seasons, leading them to sell low-
producing cows at the start of summer to avoid losses.
Fodder demonstrations were introduced to address
this, providing nutrient-rich feed for better milk yield.
Fodder crop seeds were distributed to 54 farmers,
encouraging them to cultivate fodder on their land and
make cattle rearing more profitable.
217
Social and Relationship
Capital
Sanitation
The Company implemented community-led total sanitation initiatives across Nagzari and Devgaon in
Maharashtra and Sevantri in Rajasthan in 2023-24, constructing 570 household toilets using volunteer labour and
forming monitoring committees to create and maintain open defecation-free villages.
The villages in the ICDP locations have witnessed significant changes through various activities, including water
availability, sanitation, and sustainable agricultural and livestock-rearing practices.
22
18
20
14
15
12
13
10
11
11
10
9
8
8
8
6
6
5
5
5
4
FY 2019-20
FY 2020-21
FY 2021-22
FY 2022-23
FY 2023-24
FY 2019-20
FY 2020-21
FY 2021-22
FY 2022-23
FY 2023-24
FY 2019-20
FY 2020-21
FY 2021-22
FY 2022-23
FY 2023-24
Baseline
Baseline
Baseline
SEWANTRI DEVGAON NAGZARI
1,001
950
903
950
950
944
914
1,076
654
638
638
612
583
485
435
461
445
549
600 606
420
FY 2019-20
FY 2020-21
FY 2021-22
FY 2022-23
FY 2023-24
FY 2019-20
FY 2020-21
FY 2021-22
FY 2022-23
FY 2023-24
FY 2019-20
FY 2020-21
FY 2021-22
FY 2022-23
FY 2023-24
Baseline
Baseline
Baseline
4,98,303 lives among the local population seeking a better future for their
children. Thus, L&T extended its support to work on other
social needs, such as health, education, and livelihoods in
the ICDP locations, which were initiated in 2019-20.
219
Social and Relationship
Capital
Saajhi Shiksha
Saajhi Shiksha has been implemented in two Gram
Panchayats, Kookra and Lasadiya of Bhim block in
Rajsamand district in Rajasthan, where ICDP was
implemented between 2014 and 2019. After water
sufficiency and ‘Open Defecation Free Villages’
status were achieved, an education initiative ‘Saajhi
Shiksha’ was introduced in 2022 in these two
locations. Saajhi Shiksha focusses on the capacity
building of caregivers (parents and guardians) and
mother mentors to promote school readiness of
young children and ensure children aged 3-6 years
acquire foundation literacy and numeracy skills. The
strategies include providing early learning kits with
play items and learning materials to the parents and
training them regularly on how to use this material
with their children. Active mothers have been
identified and engaged as mentor mothers for the
use of Early Learning Material (ELM) and the revival
of defunct Monitoring and Support Committees for
monitoring of Anganwadi services.
A Healthy Beginning
At the onset of the programme, women, including
pregnant and lactating mothers, their families and
communities were sensitised on the importance
of maternal health, early childcare, and nutrition.
‘Balsakhi’, a cadre of trained women health
workers, reached out to 806 women through
mothers’ meetings and home visits, including
pregnant, lactating women and mothers of young
children. There was a significant emphasis on
regular dialogue with stakeholders such as family
members, supervisors from the health department,
staff from Anganwadi centres, and representatives
of Panchayati Raj Institution (PRI) to ensure quality
service delivery, fostering a sense of ownership
and collective responsibility towards improving
healthcare services in the communities. This
resulted in appropriate care at home, a balanced
diet, and ultimately, safe childbirth.
221
Social and Relationship
Capital
Education
The Company’s education initiatives are focussed on promoting social advancement and inclusive development in the
education system. This is achieved by providing infrastructure in under-resourced schools, establishing community
learning centres, enhancing teachers’ capacity, and promoting community monitoring systems. This year, L&T’s
Education interventions were implemented in 679 schools across India.
STEM (Science, Technology, Engineering, Mathematics) Education Project ‘Engineering Futures’, particularly aims to
reduce the urban-rural gap in education. It aims to introduce Science and Mathematics to underprivileged students in
Government and under-resourced schools, piquing their interest in STEM fields. This initiative is crucial for fostering a
more equitable distribution of educational opportunities and empowering students from marginalised backgrounds to
pursue careers in science, technology, engineering, and mathematics.
308 45
Number of Schools/Centres
1,02,638 1,573
Students Benefitted
44,189
80
Number of Schools/Centres Number of Schools/Centres
35,879 1,35,703
223
Social and Relationship
Capital
Pre-School Programme
L&T’s pre-school programme communities to be Balwadi teachers
in Mumbai’s underprivileged with the requisite knowledge, skill,
communities aims to create and attitude to function effectively.
a nurturing environment for
children’s holistic development. The intervention includes training
Through 10-month interventions for teachers, ongoing assessments
in 64 community centres known of learning levels, and personalised
as ‘Balwadis’, catering to 1,426 home visits, resulting in improved
children, the initiative focusses attendance and increased parental
on preparing children for primary engagement while ensuring
school enrolment. The programme joyful learning in a safe and
emphasises bolstering the emotional, conducive environment. This has
cognitive, language, and gross motor resulted in a remarkable 42%
skills of the children. The programme average enhancement in children’s
also empowers women from the cognitive, emotional, language, and
motor abilities.
60%
55%
57%
56%
50% 53%
51%
45% 40%
46%
40%
40%
35%
30%
Jul-23 Aug-23 Sep-23 Oct-23 Nov-23 Dec-23 Jan-24
The graph shows consistent growth in the month-wise average classroom learning score for children in 25
Community Balwadis at Powai in Mumbai, Maharashtra.
90%
78%
77%
80%
70%
60%
49%
Percentage of Children
50% 49%
40%
30%
11%
20% 11%
10%
0%
Identifying Reading Basic
Alphabets Sentences Arithmetic
Functions
Baseline Endline
225
Social and Relationship
Capital
100%
74%
70%
80%
56%
50%
47%
44%
41%
60% 41%
35%
27%
22%
22%
40%
20%
0%
Super 30 Non-super 30 Super 30 Non-super 30
Average Science Score Average Mathematics Score
227
Social and Relationship
Capital
1st Prize winner Mr. Joshwa A. and Mr. Sivakarthikeyan N. with their science teacher Mrs. Thenmughil
Ramakrishnan from Government High School Gerugambakkam, Chennai
HEALTH
L&T’s CSR initiative in health focusses on improving community health by delivering preventive, curative, and
promotive healthcare services to the underprivileged. Operating through Community Health Centres (CHCs) and
Mobile Health Units (MHUs) in urban and rural areas of Gujarat, Maharashtra, and Tamil Nadu, L&T reaches out to
marginalised population, enhancing access, infrastructure, and quality of care. Primary healthcare interventions
include three verticals: Community Health Centres, Specialty services (operative care, dialysis and Antiretroviral
Therapy [ART]), and Outreach Programmes.
229
Social and Relationship
Capital
7,50,168
Individuals were provided better access to
affordable health care and preventive and
promotive information
231
Social and Relationship
Capital
Skill Development
L&T’s CSR initiatives have long emphasised skill Nine CSTIs operational at:
development to foster inclusive growth. The Company Kancheepuram, Tamil Nadu; Panvel, Maharashtra;
provides vocational training and skill-building activities Pilkhuwa, Delhi; Jadcherla, Telangana; Cuttack, Odisha;
to equip unemployed youths with employable skills. Attibelle, Karnataka; Chacharwadi, Gujarat; Hyderabad,
Through its Construction Skills Training Institutes Telangana; and Serampore, West Bengal.
(CSTIs) and Skills Hubs located across India, L&T offers
free residential training in high-demand trades in the Two new Skills Hubs added at Siddipet in Telangana and
construction industry, such as formwork, carpentry, Mayurbhanj in Odisha.
masonry, and plumbing. With an emphasis on
10,974
technology and innovation, new technology-based skill-
training courses are introduced in solar PV technician
skills, OFC, and CCTV installation and maintenance. Youth completed various courses at these CSTIs
Digital training, digital study material, micro-learning
modules on mobile apps, augmented reality/virtual
reality training, safety training, quality standards
training, and soft skills training are all essential
components of the skill-training offerings. Additionally,
all courses undergo periodic online assessments.
233
Social and Relationship
Capital
à 4,216 household toilets constructed since 2017- à National AIDS Control Programme (NACP), L&T ART
18 using local skills and materials centre at Andheri
à 877 school toilets constructed since 2015-16 à National TB Control Programme (RNTCP) at L&T TB
à 37,914 children provided WASH awareness Centre at Andheri
since 2015-16 à National Family Planning Programme:
à Community-based monitoring committees Contraceptive services made available at L&T
ensured that these villages became open- Health Centres
defecation-free à Integrated Child Development Scheme:
Improving the quality of services at Anganwadi and
Swajal Yojana under Rural Development Ministry:
capacity building of Anganwadi workers
Watershed development programme under ICDP
à Mother and Child Health Programme:
National Rural Livelihood Mission (NRLM): ANC PNC care and immunisation services provided
SHG programme under ICDP at the health centres are linked to this programme
Pradhan Mantri Krishi Sinchayee Yojana: à Ayushman Bharat Yojana:
Drip irrigation in ICDP Linking patients visiting L&T health centres
Mahatma Gandhi National Rural Employment to this scheme
Guarantee Act (MGNREGA): à Pradhan Mantri Jan Arogya Yojana:
Farm bunding activity in ICDP Linking patients availing dialysis services at L&T
centre to this scheme
à Pradhan Mantri Bhartiya Janaushadhi Pariyojana:
National Skill Development Mission: Linking patients visiting L&T health centres to
this scheme
à L&T CSTI and Skill Trainers Academy (STA) at Madh
à Mahatma Jyotiba Phule Jan Arogya Yojana in
à Sarva Shiksha Abhiyan (SSA) – Community pre- Maharashtra:
school programmes and community learning centres Linking patients visiting L&T health centres with
preventing dropouts and ensuring enrolment this scheme
à STEM Initiative of National Science and Technology à Widow Pension Yojana:
Communication Council and the Department Linking HIV impacted widows at ART Centre
of Science and Technology, Government of
India – L&T’s STEM Education Programme –
à Adhar Poshan Yojana:
Provide nutritional support to HIV-affected patients
‘Engineering Futures’
at the ART centre
235
Social and Relationship
Capital
RELATIONSHIP CAPITAL
The Company has an unwavering focus on nurturing its relationships with clients, customers, supply
chain partners, investors, and shareholders for sustainable growth. The business model and strategy
have further cultivated long-term relationships with its clients, supply chain partners, and skilled
workforce, resulting in market share growth and enhanced brand value, alongside transforming the
sector through a proven track record. Brand value is about trust, reputation, value, and credibility for
the Company. It has stood the test of time. This has been facilitated by investing in and nurturing one
of the most crucial and intangible assets, viz., the Social and Relationship Capital of the Company.
237
Financial
Capital
FINANCIAL
CAPITAL
Climate
Key Highlights of FY 2023-24
Action
14 %
Order inflow growth
Data Security, Privacy
and Cyber Security
Social Engagement
and Impact
14 %
Revenue growth
50 %
Dividend Payout Ratio
(incl. special dividend)
1
For details, refer to ‘Business Model and Strategy’ section.
239
Financial
Capital
L&T’s standalone financials reflect the performance of the Infrastructure Projects segment, the Energy Projects
segment (comprising Hydrocarbon, Power and Green Energy), the Hi-Tech Manufacturing segment (comprising Heavy
Engineering and Precision Engineering & Systems), and the ‘Others’ segment (includes Realty, Construction & Mining
Machinery, Rubber Processing Machinery, Smart World & Communication [reflects residual portion], E-commerce/Digital
platforms and Data Centers).
The Company successfully The sale of the carved-out L&T concluded the sale
completed the first-ever buyback of business of the Smart World of its stake in L&T IDPL
3,12,50,000 equity shares at a price and Communication (SWC) on April 10, 2024, to an
of `3,200 per equity share through business unit of the Company infrastructure fund, managed
the tender route, with a total to L&T Technology Services by Edelweiss Alternative
cash outflow of ~ `12,280 crore Limited (LTTS) was concluded Asset Advisors Limited
(including tax on buyback on April 01, 2023
and expenses), resulting in
extinguishment of 2.2% of the
equity share capital
à Order Inflow achieved a healthy growth of 14% à The buoyancy in customer collections and advances
y-o-y basis, driven by the increased proportion of improved operational cash flows
international orders (at 35%), mainly due to higher à The Board of Directors has recommended a final
ordering activity witnessed in GCC countries dividend of `28 per equity share for the approval
à Revenue registered growth of 14%, reflecting of the shareholders. In addition, during the year,
improved execution momentum from the opening the Company paid a special dividend of `6 per
order book equity share
1,336.4
21.25
24.06
88.59 82.93
FY 2022-23
1
Excluding exceptional items
241
Business Responsibility &
Sustainability Reporting
II. PRODUCTS/SERVICES
16. Details of business activities (accounting for 90% of the turnover):
Description of Main % of
S. No. Description of Business Activity
Activity turnover
1 Infrastructure Projects Engineering and Construction of (a) Building and Factories, (b) Transportation 75
Infrastructure, (c) Heavy Civil Infrastructure, (d) Power Transmission &
Distribution, (e) Water & Effluent Treatment and (f) Minerals and Metals
2 Energy Projects EPC/turnkey solutions in (a) Hydrocarbon business covering Oil and Gas 15
industry from front-end design through detailed engineering, modular
fabrication, procurement, project management, construction, installation
and commissioning, (b) Power business covering Coal-based and Gas-based
thermal power plants including power generation equipment with associated
systems and/or balance-of-plant packages and (c) EPC solutions in Green
Energy space
3 Hi-Tech Manufacturing Design, manufacture/construct, supply, revamp/retrofit of (a) Heavy 6
Engineering business covering custom designed, engineered critical equipment
and systems to the process plant, nuclear energy and green hydrogen sectors
and (b) Precision Engineering & Systems covering marine and land platforms
including related equipment & systems; aerospace products & systems;
precision and electronic products and systems for defence, security, space and
industrial sectors
17. Products/Services sold by the entity (accounting for 90% of the entity’s turnover):
243
Business Responsibility &
Sustainability Reporting
III. OPERATIONS
18. Number of locations where plants and/or operations/offices of the entity are situated:
Location Number of plants Number of offices Total
National 18 28 46
International 0 13 13
b. What is the contribution of exports as a percentage of the total turnover of the entity?
21%
c. A brief on types of customers
The Company’s primary businesses are EPC projects in infrastructure and energy and hi-tech manufacturing of
equipment and process for industries. Government (sovereign, sub-national, local) and related entities (govt. owned/
controlled corporations) are the largest clients of the Company. Other clients are private companies, including
foreign companies, in various sectors and industries.
IV. EMPLOYEES
20. Details as at the end of Financial Year:
a. Employees and workers (including differently abled):
S. 1
Male Female
Particulars Total (A)
No No. (B) % (B/A) No. (C) % (C/A)
EMPLOYEES
1. Permanent (D) 52,224 48,019 91.9 4,205 8.1
2. Other than Permanent (E) 5,041 4,793 95.1 248 4.9
3. Total employees (D + E) 57,265 52,812 92.2 4,453 7.8
WORKERS
4. Permanent (F) 2,079 2,073 99.7 6 0.3
5. Other than Permanent (G) 3,48,094 3,45,287 99.2 2,807 0.8
6. Total workers (F + G) 3,50,173 3,47,360 99.2 2,813 0.8
1 Other than permanent employees comprise Fixed Term Employees (FTEs). ‘Permanent’ workers include only those workers who are
employed for full-time or part-time work for an indeterminate period with the Company. ‘Other than Permanent’ workers include workers
on third-party roll and contractual categories.
2 The Chairman & MD and CFO are included in the Board of Directors.
245
Business Responsibility &
Sustainability Reporting
247
Business Responsibility &
Sustainability Reporting
3 Higher reported cases due to streamlining of complaints and grievances registration system viz HEERA, a bot based system incorporated in MS
teams. Includes complaints related to salary, benefits, policies, portals, mediclaim, leave, work facilities. Complaints related to sexual harassment
are addressed through the mechanism stated in the POSH Policy and respective Internal Complaints Committee.
4 Higher reported cases due to increased awareness amongst stakeholders.
Though the Company does not have a formal grievance redressal policy/ies, there are detailed procedures in place for
addressing the grievances across different stakeholders.
Details of the grievance redressal mechanism are elucidated below:
Investors and Shareholders: The Company has designated an exclusive e-mail id [email protected], to
enable investors and shareholders to register their grievances, if any. Other mechanisms to receive the grievances are
physical letters to the registered office address, e-mails to the Registrar and Transfer Agent (RTA), KFin Technologies
Ltd. (KFintech) on their designated email id [email protected], physical letters or telephone call or physical visit
to RTA, designated grievance redressal facilitation platform of SEBI – SCORES, from Stock Exchanges i.e. BSE & NSE
through their online portals, letters received from Registrar of Companies (ROC) and complaints received on Smart ODR
Portals of BSE and NSE. Each email received through IGRC ID is responded to wherever the details are readily available
with the Company. All grievances received by RTA are forwarded to the Company and the Company can view scanned
copies of these emails and replies in Karisma system (KFintech software portal). The Company regularly monitors Inward
Report which is available on Karisma Portal of KFintech to ensure that Service Level Agreement (SLA) timelines are
properly followed for closure of queries/complaints received. Complaints received through stock exchanges, regulators,
ROC are monitored and the responses are uploaded on the respective regulators’ portal. The Company regularly checks
the status of closure of these complaints. SLA for resolving all the queries as well as complaints is 30 days. On a quarterly
basis, the Company submits a report to Stock Exchanges providing details of complaints received and redressed.
These details also placed with the Stakeholders Relationship Committee and the Board on a quarterly basis, for their
information.
249
Business Responsibility &
Sustainability Reporting
Supply Chain Partners: The grievances are primarily registered and redressed through a dedicated vendor management
platform called Partner portal for contractual and Whistleblowing Policy for other than contractual grievances. Partner
portal captures the contractual grievances such as administrative and statutory compliances, payment, invoicing,
contractual clauses, material and services schedule and delivery, quality non-conformances, global geo-political concerns
beyond the contract but affecting contract performance. Typically, in most cases, based on the priority, complexity
and severity of the grievance, the resolution time may range from 30-45 working days. In cases of major disputes, the
resolution time may be more than 45 days. The entire process entails continuous dialogue and feedback. For grievances
other than contractual, the Company has formulated Whistleblower Policy for Vendors & Channel Partners with a view
to provide a mechanism for vendors of the Company to express genuine concerns about unethical behaviour, improper
practice, any misconduct, any violation of legal or regulatory requirements, actual or suspected fraud, without fear
of punishment or unfair treatment. The Policy was also circulated to all registered vendors across the Company and is
available at https://www.larsentoubro.com/corporate/about-lt-group/corporate-policies/
The grievance redressal mechanism for employees and workers, community and customers are explained in Principle 3, 8
and 9 respectively.
26. Overview of the entity’s material responsible business conduct issues. Please indicate material responsible
business conduct and sustainability issues pertaining to environmental and social matters that present a risk
or an opportunity to your business, rationale for identifying the same, approach to adapt or mitigate the risk
along-with its financial implications, as per the following format
The Company conducts materiality assessment to identify and prioritize the key material topics pertaining to ESG and
understand the relative importance of these topics to the stakeholders and businesses. In FY 2021-22, the Company
engaged with a diverse set of internal and external stakeholders to update its materiality matrix. The material topics, if
addressed and strengthened can become a strength and if not, can pose a risk. For certain material topics, the focus is
more on the potential risk and the approach taken by the Company to ensure that the risk does not materialize. This is
outlined in the table in ‘Understanding Materiality’ section of Integrated Annual Report FY 2023-24.
target has been pushed further and the new target is to impact 1.7 million beneficiaries by FY 2025-26.
Renewable energy (% of total electricity) is significantly lower than the short-term target due to the challenges faced in
sourcing renewable energy by the Company. Issues faced for sourcing at project sites are unavailability of adequate area for
installing solar modules, difficulties in getting green open access for temporary connections, developers’ preference for long
term power purchase agreements (10-15 years) and varying regulations and charges across the states.
Governance, leadership and oversight
7. Statement by director responsible for the business responsibility report, highlighting ESG related challenges,
targets and achievements.
L&T is progressing on various dimensions of ESG by strengthening policies and processes, improving systems, translating
plans into action towards achieving targets, continuous monitoring and review and building capacity of the workforce
through various channels.
The Company has committed to achieve Carbon Neutrality by 2040 and Water Neutrality by 2035, and in-line with long
term targets, the Company has taken interim targets up to FY 2025-26. The Company’s overall GHG emission intensity
reduced by 12.2% in FY 2023-24 (7.8 tCO2e/¢ Cr in FY 2023-24 compared to 8.9 tCO2e/¢ Cr of the previous FY 2022-23)
and this is in line with the reduction path up to FY 2025-26. Reduction in emission intensity was primarily driven by
decrease in energy intensity by 15.9% in FY 2023-24. Emissions reduction would have been higher, had it not been for
the challenges faced in increasing sourcing of renewable power, which stood at 9.2% (of electricity consumption) during
the year.
The Company’s strategy towards achieving Carbon Neutrality is based on two key pillars – reducing fossil fuel
consumption and increasing use of renewable energy in electricity consumption. With more than 700 sites, EPC projects
present significant challenges in implementing these strategies owing to their temporary operations (typically 3-4 years)
at any project site, open boundaries, and extensive spatial coverage, especially in the context of linear projects. The
business units of the Company have identified and are implementing several initiatives to progress towards the targets.
Furthermore, the Company has formed two high-level taskforces during the year to help increase renewable electricity
sourcing and reduce diesel consumption.
Biodiversity promotion is another vital area and the Company has set a target of 1.5-2 million saplings per annum.
During the year, the Company planted around 4 million saplings through large scale plantation drives across the country.
In recent past, the Company had planted 150 hectares of mangroves near the A. M. Naik Heavy Engineering Complex,
Hazira, Surat in Gujarat, which continue to protect coastal villages from incursion of salt water and facilitate storage of
blue carbon. The Company is exploring different options for tracking survival and growth of saplings.
251
Business Responsibility &
Sustainability Reporting
The Company is focusing on reducing water consumption intensity for achieving Water Neutrality. This is driven through
initiatives such as water use efficiency, recycling of wastewater, rainwater harvesting and use of treated wastewater from
municipal corporations. The Company also undertakes significant water conservation and ground water recharge through
projects under the Company’s CSR programmes across different locations of the country. The Company has initiated steps
for a third-party assessment to estimate the positive impact of these CSR initiatives.
Recognizing the importance of Circular Economy on the businesses and the environment, the Company is taking
numerous steps, including use of recycled or non-virgin material. In FY 2023-24, approximately 32% of input material
was eco-friendly and non-virgin material. L&T Construction Research and Testing Centre (LTCRTC) in Chennai, which is
recognized by the Department of Scientific and Industrial Research (DSIR) and accredited by the National Accreditation
Board for Testing and Calibration Laboratories (NABL), continues to experiment with new material for replacing traditional
material used in construction work. In FY 2023-24, Research & Testing Centre has achieved some encouraging results
with design of mixes with low embodied carbon materials e.g., glass fibre textiles and with use of industrial by-products
e.g., steel slag. (Further details are provided in Intellectual Capital section of the Integrated Annual Report FY 2023-24.)
During the year, the Company has taken substantial effort and actions to handhold and build awareness of the supply
chain partners on ESG. The Company has started assessing its supply chain partners on ESG parameters starting with 25
in FY 2022-23 and 200 in FY 2023-24. The assessment in the coming years will be more comprehensive and structured
for improving ESG orientation as well as performance of the suppliers.
The Company had set a target to achieve 40% of total revenue from Green Business by FY 2025-26 and has already
exceeded by achieving 50% in FY 2023-24. Green Business is centred around clean mobility, clean energy, water and
sanitation infrastructure and other related areas. The Company has been ranked third globally in ‘Top 200 Environmental
Firms’ list consecutively in 2022 and 2023 by Engineering News Record (ENR), a reputed publication for the construction
industry worldwide.
The Company is focussed on providing equal opportunity, ensuring diversity and inclusion, safe workplace and
wellbeing of its workforce. The Company has implemented multiple initiatives for safeguarding their health and safety.
Skill upgradation as well as developing capabilities of the workforce for the future is a continuous thrust area for the
Company. During the year, around 24,000 employees and 3,50,000 contract workmen have undergone training on
health and safety. Several new initiatives were rolled out during FY 2023-24 to instil a high-performance work culture.
For example, the Company launched Project NEEV (Nurture, Educate, Empower to create Value) to inculcate a culture of
effective performance and continuous feedback.
The gender diversity stands at 8.1% with a target to reach 10% by FY 2025-26. Over the last two years, the Company
has maintained hiring of 30% women Graduate Engineer Trainee (GET) and Post Graduate Engineer Trainee (PGET) and
is continuously ramping up the efforts towards diverse and inclusive workplace. Various campaigns were organized,
celebrating PRIDE month and people with different abilities, to increase awareness on diversity beyond gender. With the
intention of developing a pipeline of women leaders, 495 women employees were handpicked to participate in WINSPIRE
series of Leadership Development Programs during the last few years, with a 142% rise in participation rate.
Corporate Social Responsibility has been a primary focus of the Company, much before it became part of the legislation.
The overarching theme for our CSR programme is to develop India’s Social Infrastructure by focusing on water and
sanitation, education, health and skill building. In FY 2023-24, CSR initiatives impacted 1.6 million lives, with a target to
reach 1.7 million beneficiaries by FY 2025-26. The Company’s Integrated Community Development Programmes (ICDP)
initiated 10 years ago, helps in building resilience in rural communities, especially in remote water-scarce locations of
Maharashtra, Tamil Nadu and Rajasthan covering an area of ~43,091 hectares. The Company is scaling up and replicating
these models in other locations. In all ICDP locations, the water table has risen by an average of 8 meters from the
baseline benefitting nearly 25,000 households. Through these consistent efforts, the Company aims to improve quality
of life, reduce social inequalities, promote self-sufficiency, and empower individuals in vulnerable and marginalised
communities.
The Company is striving to ensure sustainable and inclusive growth. The Company believes in taking a balanced approach
for creating enduring long-term value for its multiple stakeholders – customers, suppliers, business partners, shareholders,
community, the society, and the planet. The Company is pursuing the path of purposeful progress with enthusiasm and
optimism.
8. Details of the highest authority responsible for implementation and oversight of the Business Responsibility
policy(ies).
The Chairman & MD and the Board are the highest authority responsible for implementation and oversight of the
Business Responsibility policy(ies).
9. Does the entity have a specified Committee of the Board/Director responsible for decision making on
sustainability related issues? (Yes/No). If yes, provide details.
Yes, the Company’s CSR & Sustainability Committee is responsible for decision making on sustainability related issues. For
details of the composition, role and terms of reference, please refer to Annexure ‘B’ to the Board Report of the Integrated
Annual Report FY 2023-24.
10. Details of Review of NGRBCs by the Company:
Indicate whether review was undertaken by Director Frequency (Annually/ Half yearly/
Subject for Review / Committee of the Board / Any other Committee Quarterly/ Any other - please specify)
P1 P2 P3 P4 P5 P6 P7 P8 P9
Performance against Yes, the performance against policies is reviewed by the Board/Board Committees/Executive Committee on
above policies and follow periodic basis.
up action
Compliance with The Company complies with the extant regulations and principles as are applicable.
statutory requirements
of relevance to
the principles, and
rectification of any
non-compliances
11. Has the entity carried out independent assessment/ evaluation of the working of its policies by an external
agency? (Yes/No). If yes, provide name of the agency.
P1 P2 P3 P4 P5 P6 P7 P8 P9
The Company has over 350 global certifications across the businesses provided by third party audit agencies such as Deloitte Haskins
& Sells LLP, DNV India, TUV-Nord, LRQA. These agencies conduct audits across businesses on standards such as ISO / IEC 27001
(Information Security Management System-ISMS), ISO 14001 (Environment Management System), ISO 45001 (Occupational Health and
Safety Management System), ISO 9001 (Quality Management System), AS 9100 (Aerospace), SA8000 (Social Accountability Standard),
ISO 29001 (Quality Management System for Oil & Gas Industry), ISO 50001 (Energy Management System), American Society of
Mechanical Engineers (ASME), ISO 20000 (IT Service Management), HR Management-ISO 30400 Series, Innovation Management- ISO
50501, ISO 56000 Series, Project Management-ISO 10006, ISO 21500 Series, Risk Management-ISO 31000 Series, Governance-ISO
19600, ISO 37000 Series, Anti-Bribery Management-ISO 37001, ESG assurance – SSAE 3000. During these audits, components such as
policies, processes, procedures, records, monitoring and review process are checked and verified by the third party.
12. If answer to question (1) above is “No” i.e. not all Principles are covered by a policy, reasons to be stated:
Questions P1 P2 P3 P4 P5 P6 P7 P8 P9
The entity does not consider the Principles material to its business (Yes/No)
The entity is not at a stage where it is in a position to formulate and
implement the policies on specified principles (Yes/No)
The entity does not have the financial or/human and technical resources Not applicable
available for the task (Yes/No)
It is planned to be done in the next financial year (Yes/No)
Any other reason (please specify)
253
Business Responsibility &
Sustainability Reporting
Principle 1: Businesses should conduct and govern themselves with integrity, and in a manner
that is Ethical, Transparent and Accountable.
ESSENTIAL INDICATORS
1. Percentage coverage by training and awareness programmes on any of the Principles during the financial
year:
Total number of training and Topics / principles covered under the % age of persons covered by
Segment
awareness programmes held training and its impact the awareness programmes
2. Details of fines / penalties /punishment/ award/ compounding fees/ settlement amount paid in proceedings
(by the entity or by directors / KMPs) with regulators/ law enforcement agencies/ judicial institutions, in the
financial year, in the following format (Note: the entity shall make disclosures on the basis of materiality as
specified in Regulation 30 of SEBI (Listing Obligations and Disclosure Requirements) Regulations, 2015 and as
disclosed on the entity’s website):
Monetary
Name of the
regulatory/ Has an appeal
NGRBC Principle enforcement Amount (In INR) Brief of the Case been preferred?
agencies/ judicial (Yes/No)
institutions
Penalty/ Fine
Settlement No cases reported during the year
Compounding fee
Non-Monetary
Name of the regulatory/
Has an appeal been
NGRBC Principle enforcement agencies/ judicial Brief of the Case
preferred? (Yes/No)
institutions
Imprisonment
No cases reported during the year
Punishment
3. Of the instances disclosed in Question 2 above, details of the Appeal/ Revision preferred in cases where
monetary or non-monetary action has been appealed.
No cases have been reported during FY 2023-24.
4. Does the entity have an anti-corruption or anti-bribery policy? If yes, provide details in brief and if available,
provide a web-link to the policy.
Yes, the Company has a policy on anti-bribery and anti-corruption (‘ABAC’ policy) available at
https://www.larsentoubro.com/corporate/about-lt-group/corporate-policies/. The Company is committed to complying
with all applicable laws and regulations which govern the Company’s operations across every location. It provides a
guiding framework and covers various aspects such as, but not limited to, expected standard of behaviour, having
appropriate controls, monitoring, reporting, training and awareness. This Policy is applicable to all employees working at
all levels and grades of the Company, including the Board Members and Senior Managerial Personnel (Senior officers),
employees, managers, executives, supervisors, workers and other equivalent grades of employees of the Company and
fixed term contract employees. This Policy has also been extended to any other person associated with the Company and
such person acting on behalf of the Company through the Code of Conduct for Suppliers (which includes Intermediaries
including Consultants/Agents/Business Partners/Vendors). Furthermore, the Company has already adopted a Code of
Conduct for Board of Directors and Senior Management, Code of Conduct for Supervisory, Executive and Officers,
Code of Conduct for Suppliers (which includes intermediaries including Consultants/Agents/ Business Partners/Vendors),
Whistle Blower Policy, Whistle-Blowers Policy for Vendor and Channel Partners’ and other detailed procedures to ensure
compliance and uphold the principles of ABAC policy. All forms of bribery and corruption are prohibited, and adequate
measures are in place to prevent such instances. The Company maintains a policy of ‘Zero Tolerance’ of any practice that
may be deemed to be corruption, either active or passive.
5. Number of Directors/KMPs/employees/workers against whom disciplinary action was taken by any law
enforcement agency for the charges of bribery/ corruption:
FY 2023-24 FY 2022-23
Directors 0 0
KMPs 0 0
Employees 0 0
Workers 0 0
255
Business Responsibility &
Sustainability Reporting
7. Provide details of any corrective action taken or underway on issues related to fines / penalties / action taken
by regulators/ law enforcement agencies/ judicial institutions, on cases of corruption and conflicts of interest.
No cases or complaints received in the above matters.
8. Number of days of accounts payables ((Accounts payable *365) / Cost of goods/services procured) in the
following format:
FY 2023-24 FY 2022-23
Number of day of accounts payables 142 166
9. Open-ness of business
Provide details of concentration of purchases and sales with trading houses, dealers, and related parties
along-with loans and advances & investments, with related parties, in the following format:
Parameter Metrics FY 2023-24 FY 2022-23
Concentration of a. Purchases from trading houses as % of total purchases
Purchases 6 b. Number of trading houses where purchases are made from
Not estimated
c. Purchases from top 10 trading houses as % of total purchases from trading
houses
Concentration of a. Sales to dealers / distributors as % of total sales
Sales b. Number of dealers / distributors to whom sales are made
Not applicable
c. Sales to top 10 dealers / distributors as % of total sales to dealers /
distributors
Share of RPTs in a. Purchases (Purchases with related parties / Total Purchases) 3.26% 3.11%
b. Sales (Sales to related parties / Total Sales) 1.23% 1.14%
c. Loans & advances (Loans & advances given to related parties / Total loans & 16.68% 31.85%
advances)
d. Investments (Investments in related parties / Total Investments made) 67.58% 62.87%
6 Currently not estimated since purchases from trading houses are not tracked.
LEADERSHIP INDICATORS
1. Awareness programmes conducted for value chain partners on any of the Principles during the FY:
Total number % age of value chain partners
of awareness covered (by value of business
Sr.no Topics / principles covered under the training
programmes done with such partners) under
held the awareness programmes
1 3 Basics of Sustainability, regulatory landscape and BRSR, L&T’s policies ~410 participants representing
and Code of Conduct focusing on health and safety, human rights and various supply chain partners;
environment parameters, ESG maturity assessment conducted by the comprises ~37% of L&T’s purchase
Company and its results, sharing of good practices on ESG and work order by value
The Company undertakes several initiatives to create awareness amongst its supply chain partners, contractors and
sub-contractors on key issues related to the nine Principles of the National Guidelines for Responsible Business Conduct.
The awareness programmes conducted can be broadly classified into two segments i.e. Safety and Sustainability:
a) Safety: There are several training and sensitization sessions conducted for the contractual workmen working in the
premises and project sites. This includes EHS induction, toolbox talks, training on use of protective gear, EHS training
for front line supervisors, sub-contractors, any job specific trainings such as working at height, excavation, marine
safety, emergency response, occupational health, material handling, tunnel safety, hot work, fire. Any individual
including employees, workmen, vendor partners, clients and other personnel need to undergo compulsory safety
training before entering the project site/plant/any other location. Safety related trainings are not covered in the table
above. For details of trainings provided to the workers, refer to Q1 of this Principle.
b) Sustainability and Responsible Business Practices: In FY 2023-24, the Company scaled up its awareness and
training programmes for its supply chain partners on sustainability. Three online sessions were targeting the top
500 supply chain partners and around 410 participants joined these sessions. A two-hour module has been created
covering topics such as fundamentals of sustainability, emerging regulatory landscape, BRSR principles, how the
Company is incorporating sustainability in supply chain, ESG assessment being conducted by the Company and lastly,
preparedness for the forthcoming years. Additionally, during ESG assessment conducted for the top 200 supply chain
partners, handholding sessions were conducted to align them with the purpose, parameters, evidence required to
complete the assessment.
2. Does the entity have processes in place to avoid/ manage conflict of interests involving members of the
Board? (Yes/No). If Yes, provide details of the same.
The Company has processes for management of conflicts of interests involving members of the Board which may arise
due to Directors joining the Boards of other companies, and even conflicts which could take place during normal business
activities. The process allows the Directors to recuse themselves from the discussions pertaining to the conflict of interest.
The Directors must exercise their responsibilities in a bona fide manner in the interests of the Company. They should not
allow any extraneous considerations that may vitiate their exercise of objective independent judgment in the paramount
interest of the Company and not abuse their position to the detriment of the Company for the purpose of gaining direct
or indirect personal advantage. Any conflict of interest arising with the Board Members needs to be reported to the
Chairman of the Audit Committee/Chairman of the Board.
Principle 2: Businesses should provide goods and services in a manner that is sustainable and safe
ESSENTIAL INDICATORS
1. Percentage of R&D and capital expenditure (capex) investments in specific technologies to improve the
environmental and social impacts of product and processes to total R&D and capex investments made by the
entity, respectively.
FY 2023-24 FY 2022-23 Details of improvements in environmental and social impacts
R&D 5.7% [9.6 Cr] 2.3% [3 Cr] Replacing old equipment with new or higher energy efficiency or productivity;
Capex 3.3% [76.5 Cr] 3.6% [68.7 Cr] Trucks/vehicles using low emission fuel e.g., CNG trucks; solar PV modules for
rooftop solar, solar powered equipment e.g., light masts, equipment for recycling
waste or non-virgin materials into usable materials e.g., manufactured sand plants,
RO treatment plant, sewage treatment plant, water flowmeters for monitoring,
bio-digestor for canteen waste, facilities for skill training institutes
2. a. Does the entity have procedures in place for sustainable sourcing? (Yes/No)
L&T is committed to incorporating sustainability that encompasses its supply chain partners viz. vendors, contractors,
service providers and distributors through a dedicated Green Supply Chain Policy and its Code of Conduct.
Furthermore, L&T expects and urges its suppliers to introduce suitable processes, functions and management systems
within their organisations that support such compliance and drive continuous improvement with regards to the
requirements included in the Code of Conduct. This Code of Conduct guides all supply chain partners to engage in
ethical, responsible and legal business practices in their operations and adhere to ESG standards. L&T expects the
suppliers to comply with all applicable regulatory requirements and implement policies and procedures, and provide
training, as deemed necessary within their organisation. The Code of Conduct is built on three pillars:
A. Promote Environmental Sustainability: All suppliers to support a precautionary approach to environmental
issues and undertake initiatives to promote better environmental responsibility.
B. Commitment to Human Rights, Labour and the Society: Suppliers to support, respect and protect human
and labour rights and make sure their organisation/entity is not complicit in any kind of abuses and/or violations.
C. Ethical Integrity and Legality: Suppliers to demonstrate the highest standard of integrity, ethics and business
conduct.
257
Business Responsibility &
Sustainability Reporting
The Company has adopted various methodologies for sustainable sourcing. Some are stated below:
• The supply chain partners were evaluated for sustainable sourcing wherein the Company checked their
adherence to ISO 14001:2015, 45001:2018, SA8000 and any other related standards and frameworks.
• It is mandatory for supply chain partners to acknowledge the clauses and sign the Code of Conduct of
Company, which includes commitment to environmental protection and conservation such as reduction of
resource consumption, waste generation, pollution prevention; social aspects such as commitment to human
rights, community engagement, ethics and various governance parameters. This is a mandatory step during
vendor registration and onboarding process.
• The Company has also started assessing its supply chain partners on ESG parameters. It was initiated in
FY 2022-23 with 25 partners and scaled up to top 200 (186 unique) in FY 2023-24. The assessment is based on
the response and evidence provided to the Company on parameters related to the environment, human rights,
CSR, health, safety and governance.
• Three awareness sessions were conducted targeting the top 500 supply chain partners during the year to orient
them towards ESG requirements and expectation of the Company.
The assessment in the coming years will be more comprehensive and structured for improving ESG orientation as
well as the performance of the suppliers. Additionally, the awareness sessions will also be ramped up to bring the
partners up to speed keeping in mind the increased scrutiny and regulatory requirements on the subject. The overall
governance, oversight and review of the supply chain initiatives is undertaken by Material Council along with the
supply chain management functions led by senior leadership and supported by Corporate Sustainability.
b. If yes, what percentage of inputs were sourced sustainably?
Accounts for 32% of L&T procurement spend by value.
3. Describe the processes in place to safely reclaim your products for reusing, recycling and disposing at the end
of life, for
(a) Plastics (including packaging): NA
(b) E-waste: NA
(c) Hazardous waste: NA
(d) Other waste: NA
The Company does not manufacture or sells any products which could be reclaimed at the end of life. However, at project
sites and manufacturing facilities, the Company has put in place systems and processes for waste management i.e.,
segregation, recycling, reuse and disposal as applicable for category of waste and complying to the relevant regulatory
requirements.
4. Whether Extended Producer Responsibility (EPR) is applicable to the entity’s activities (Yes/No). If yes, whether
the waste collection plan is in line with the Extended Producer Responsibility (EPR) plan submitted to Pollution
Control Boards? If not, provide steps taken to address the same.
Yes, in 2022, the Ministry of Environment, Forest and Climate Change (MoEFCC) made amendments to EPR Rules related
to plastic waste, e-waste and battery waste. As a result, the coverage of the Rules was extended to importers who
could generate plastic waste from packaging of imported materials, e-waste which could be generated from imported
electronic or electrical items as well as battery waste which could be generated from imported batteries or equipment
containing batteries. The Company has obtained registration as an importer under the EPR Rules for all three waste
categories. To comply with EPR Rules as well as to improve the waste management system, the Company has improved
its processes including conducting awareness sessions for the relevant departments/functions and onboarded service
providers for meeting compliance requirement.
LEADERSHIP INDICATORS
1. Has the entity conducted Life Cycle Perspective/Assessments (LCA) for any of its products (for manufacturing
industry) or for its services (for service industry)? If yes, provide details in the following format. If NA, provide
details.
Product portfolio constitutes ~6% of the Company’s revenue. In the past, the Company has conducted LCA for certain
products, please refer to BRSR of Integrated Annual Report FY 2022-23.
2. If there are any significant social or environmental concerns and/or risks arising from production or disposal
of your products/services, as identified in the Life Cycle Perspective/Assessments (LCA) or through any other
means, briefly describe the same along-with action taken to mitigate the same.
Not applicable.
3. Percentage of recycled or reused input material to total material (by value) used in production (for
manufacturing industry) or providing services (for service industry).
Note: Previously reported as 10.2% in FY 2022-23 was based on consumption quantity of fly ash and GGBS as a % of
total bulk material (fly ash, GGBS and cement)
The data reported above is based on the procurement value as a percentage of total bulk material procured (fly ash,
GGBS and cement). In projects related to infrastructure sector (contracts from the clients), IS or other relevant codes
prescribe limits of using fly ash and GGBS based on concrete use and requirements of the structure. While the Company
tries to maximize use of recycled (waste) materials, the design mix of concrete and approval for use of the same in the
project is controlled by the clients.
4. Of the products and packaging reclaimed at end of life of products, amount (in metric tonnes) reused,
recycled, and safely disposed, as per the following format:
FY 2023-24 FY 2022-23
Particulars Safely Safely
Re-Used Recycled Re-Used Recycled
Disposed Disposed
Plastics (including packaging)
E-waste Not Applicable Not Applicable
Hazardous waste
The Company operates on the B2B model, and the product portfolio is ~6% of total turnover. Some of the key products
include reactors and pressure vessels, heat transfer equipment, process plant internals, etc; primarily made from stainless
steel, titanium and have a long life-cycle, in few cases, may be up to 35 years. The products or packaging of these
products do not generate any material which could be reclaimed at the end of life.
5. Reclaimed products and their packaging materials (as percentage of products sold) for each product category.
259
Business Responsibility &
Sustainability Reporting
Principle 3: Businesses should respect and promote the well-being of all employees, including
those in their value chains
ESSENTIAL INDICATORS
1. a. Details of measures for the well-being of employees:
% of employees covered by
Accident Maternity Paternity Day Care
Health insurance
Category Total insurance Benefits^ Benefits 7 facilities 8
(A) Number Number Number Number Number
% (B/A) % (C/A) % (D/A) % (E /A) % (F /A)
(B) (C) (D) (E) (F)
Permanent
Employees
Male 48,019 48,019 100 48,019 100 Not applicable 0 0 8,255 17.2
Female 4,205 4,205 100 4,205 100 4,205 100 Not applicable 1,827 43.4
Total 52,224 52,224 100 52,224 100 4,205 100 0 0 10,082 19.3
Other than
Permanent
Employees
Male 4,793 4,793 100 4,793 100 Not applicable 0 0 1,328 27.7
Female 248 248 100 248 100 0 0 Not applicable 214 86.3
Total 5,041 5,041 100 5,041 100 0 0 0 0 1,542 30.6
7 The Company does not have a paternity leave policy.
8 Data is based on the coverage of creche facility i.e. available to the employees in a particular location and not as per usage of creche facility.
c. Spending on measures towards well-being of employees and workers (including permanent and other
than permanent) in the following format -
Particulars FY 2023-24 FY 2022-23
Cost incurred on well-being measures as a % of total revenue of the 0.73% 0.74%
Company 927.3 Cr 819.0 Cr
Well-being measures considered are expenditure towards life insurance, health insurance, medical insurance,
workmen compensation, staff welfare. The Company spends considerable amount towards protective gear and
safety related items; currently not estimated separately.
2. Details of retirement benefits, for Current Financial Year and Previous Financial Year.
FY 2023-24 FY 2022-23
No. of No. of
Deducted and Deducted and
employees No. of workers employees No. of workers
Benefits deposited with deposited with
covered as covered as a % covered as covered as a %
the authority the authority
a % of total of total workers a % of total of total workers
(Y/N/N.A.) (Y/N/N.A.)
employees employees
PF 100 100 Yes 100 100 Yes
Gratuity 100 100 Yes 100 100 Yes
ESI 100 100 Yes 100 100 Yes
3. Accessibility of workplaces
Are the premises/offices of the entity accessible to differently abled employees and workers, as per the
requirements of the Rights of Persons with Disabilities Act, 2016? If not, whether any steps are being taken by
the entity in this regard?
Most of the Company’s permanent premises are accessible to differently abled people with wheelchairs (viz. through
ramps, toilets, lifts). The Company is taking steps to provide the right infrastructure to support the needs of individuals
with disabilities and preparing the remaining premises for accessibility infrastructure.
4. Does the entity have an equal opportunity policy as per the Rights of Persons with Disabilities Act, 2016? If so,
provide a web-link to the policy.
Yes, the Policy is available at https://www.larsentoubro.com/corporate/about-lt-group/corporate-policies/. The Company is
committed to providing equal opportunities in employment and creating an inclusive work environment. The Policy clearly
sets out the guiding principles which drive the Company to ensure equal and equitable opportunity for all and uphold the
highest standards of ethics, values and governance across the people practices.
5. Return to work and Retention rates of permanent employees and workers that took parental leave.
Other than Yes During the year, the redressal mechanism has been more formalized and structured especially for the
Permanent construction business. Any grievance may be raised by the worker oneself or on behalf of the group. It
Workers may be related to working conditions, living conditions at the workmen habitat/labour colony, wage-
related issues or any other issues related to their employment.
Any project location/establishments with 20 or more workers should have a Grievance Redressal
Officer (GRO), appointed by the Project Manager from any of the personnel from the functions (Project
Accounts and Admin In charge, Project Safety In charge) and communicated to the relevant stakeholders
(Admin/Industrial Relations/Accounts head). The mechanism includes registration of grievance,
resolution, timeline for resolution, escalation, feedback and closure, record-keeping and reporting and
periodic review and audits.
261
Business Responsibility &
Sustainability Reporting
Permanent Yes The digital platform HEERA serves as the primary channel for addressing employee grievances. The
Employees grievances may be related to concerns regarding work, working relation, workplace and working
conditions, salary-related matters, disputes related to claims settlement, reimbursement, and recovery of
dues and leaves, issues pertaining medical insurance and policy, inconsistencies in policy implementation,
violation of Code of Conduct, miscellaneous issues such as system portal functionality or any other issue
affecting the employment of an employee.
Grievances should first be addressed by employees with their Immediate Supervisor seeking resolution.
In the absence of an assigned Immediate Supervisor, employees may escalate the matter to the next level
supervisor. If the employee remains dissatisfied then alternately, they can initiate a grievance ticket via
HEERA chatbot. The designated HR officer is responsible for resolution of the grievance and based on
the severity and complexity, the timelines and escalation (with a maximum of three level) may vary.
Other than Yes Grievances are submitted to respective HR coordinators who are responsible for resolution.
Permanent
Employees
7. Membership of employees and workers in association(s) or Unions recognised by the listed entity:
FY 2023-24 FY 2022-23
No. of No. of
employees/ employees/
Total workers in Total workers in
employees/ respective employees/ respective
Category
workers in category, % (B / A) workers in category, % (D / C)
respective who are respective who are
category (A) part of category (C) part of
association(s) association(s)
or Union (B) or Union (D)
Permanent Employees 52,224 0 0 46,935 0 0
- Male 48,019 0 0 43,448 0 0
- Female 4,205 0 0 3487 0 0
Permanent Workers 2,079 2,079 100 2,104 2,104 100
- Male 2,073 2,073 100 2,098 2,098 100
- Female 6 6 100 6 6 100
263
Business Responsibility &
Sustainability Reporting
identify hazards and report them for immediate corrective action. Worker representatives are also part of the Project
EHS Committee. Monthly EHS Committee meetings are conducted where workmen’s representatives participate to
report the work and health related hazards, risks, concerns at the workplace and discuss the mitigation measures.
d. Do the employees/workers of the entity have access to non-occupational medical and healthcare services?
(Yes/No)
Yes, medical centres and first aid facilities are available for both employees and workers. In addition, there are
location specific tie-ups with hospitals and nursing homes proximal to the project sites to ensure a prioritized access
to medical facilities. Work locations such as project sites, manufacturing locations also have ambulances on standby
to handle any emergencies.
11. Details of safety related incidents, in the following format:
12. Describe the measures taken by the entity to ensure a safe and healthy work place.
The Company is committed to ensuring that all employees and workers are working in a safe environment and have
the necessary support to lead a healthy life. EHS, HR, Admin and Medical teams are the key functions undertaking
initiatives on a continuous basis to ensure all needs for a safe and healthy workplace are met. Safety is a priority for
the Management due to nature of the business i.e., projects executed with use of substantial involvement of workers
and encapsulated in L&T’s Mission Zero Harm as well as driving force behind L&T’s L.I.F.E. (Live Injury-Free Everyday)
Framework. The Management provides strong, demonstrable, and visible leadership and commitment towards
implementation of this framework through allocation of adequate resources, assigning responsibilities and through
personal examples and actions. As a part of the EHS Management System, each project site is required to prepare a
project specific EHS plan before commencing the execution. This plan identifies the hazardous operations in the scope
of work, assesses risks from such hazards and management of risks through proactive measures and controls. Similar
process is followed for the manufacturing facilities/campuses. To strengthen the processes and systems, internal audits are
conducted at various levels both by the businesses themselves as well as inter-businesses and external audits are carried
out through accredited third-party agencies. For certain high importance/priority project sites, frequency and depth of
audit is increased depending on the risk profile of such projects. Digital systems/applications play a significant role in
identifying hazards as well as enabling capturing of risks as well as learnings from execution. Use of advanced technology
such as vison analytics/AI in enhancing these applications. Digital technologies e.g., AR/VR are also leveraged to enhance
training and awareness of employees and workers. To enhance the standard practices recommended, the Company
has taken other measures which include Implementation of HSE Surveillance Rating, Knowledge management through
capturing of lessons learnt and special sessions by SMEs (Subject Matter Experts), Implementation of Behaviour Based
Safety systems, and specialized training modules for high-risk activities. 11 project teams of the Company demonstrated
the strong commitment to EHS management and performance by winning the coveted Sword of Honour by British Safety
Council.
15. Provide details of any corrective action taken or underway to address safety-related incidents (if any) and on
significant risks/concerns arising from assessments of health & safety practices and working conditions.
The Company’s commitment to safety is encapsulated in ‘Mission Zero Harm’, driving the safety performance initiatives.
Health, Safety, and Environment (HSE) in the Company is based on the ISO 45000 and 14000, ensuring continual
improvement. In response to recent incidents, thorough investigations have been conducted to identify root causes and
corrective actions have been implemented.
The leadership’s commitment to HSE considerations fosters a robust safety culture. To enhance the existing HSE risk
control measures, the permit-to-work system has been strengthened and reinforced controls for scaffolding, work at
height, material handling, excavations, hot works, and lifting operations. These measures are complemented by increased
cross functional audits and inspections, intensive toolbox talks, and the use of distinctively coloured helmets for new
workers to ensure they receive special attention. Comprehensive Behavioural Based Safety (BBS) training has been
conducted to reduce at-risk behaviour, and we have engaged experts for high-risk activities, especially in remote areas, to
mitigate risks.
The Company invests in ongoing training to enhance employee competency in identifying and mitigating HSE risks.
Initiatives like HSE observations, interventions, and proactive knowledge sharing enable to address potential hazards.
Continuous reinforcement of HSE mechanisms, along with effective supervision and safety leadership, further ensure a
safe working environment.
The Company leverages technology and use digital tools for real-time monitoring, drone surveillance, VR training,
AI-powered predictive risk mapping, digitalized permit-to-work systems, inspection and audit processes, and data
management. These initiatives reflect the dedication of the Company to improve safety performance and create a safer
workplace.
LEADERSHIP INDICATORS
1. Does the entity extend any life insurance or any compensatory package in the event of death of
a. Employees (Y/N): Yes
b. Workers (Y/N): Yes
The Company extends life insurance coverage through a comprehensive health insurance policy which covers death of its
employees and workers.
2. Provide the measures undertaken by the entity to ensure that statutory dues have been deducted and
deposited by the value chain partners.
The Company ensures that statutory dues payable are deposited on time. Proof of payment, deposit of statutory dues
e.g., records for PF deposit for workmen is maintained, GST payment by the suppliers is matched through GST portal to
ensure compliance, amongst other controls.
265
Business Responsibility &
Sustainability Reporting
3. Provide the number of employees/workers having suffered high consequence work-related injury/ill-health/
fatalities (as reported in Q11 of Essential Indicators above), who have been rehabilitated and placed in
suitable employment or whose family members have been placed in suitable employment:
No. of employees/workers that are
rehabilitated and placed in suitable
Total no. of affected employees/ workers
Benefits employment or whose family members have
been placed in suitable employment
FY 2023-24 FY 2022-23 FY 2023-24 FY 2022-23
Employees 1 2 0 0
Workers 24 28 0 10
4. Does the entity provide transition assistance programs to facilitate continued employability and the
management of career endings resulting from retirement or termination of employment? (Yes/No)
Yes, the Company provides transition assistance programmes to facilitate continued employability and the management
of career endings resulting from retirement based on merit.
5. Details on assessment of value chain partners:
Percentage of value chain partners (by value of business done) that were assessed
Health and safety practices The Company identified top 200 (unique 186) supply chain partners comprising 38% of FY 2022-
Working Conditions 23 spend. During the year, the Company assessed these supply chain partners on certain ESG
parameters that includes environmental management, performance, human rights, CSR, health and
safety practices, corporate governance, and ethical business practices through a questionnaire. This
questionnaire was developed keeping in mind the regulatory compliances, BRSR disclosures, global
standards and so on. The remote/desktop assessment was based on interactions with the supply chain
partners, documents and evidence shared. Post assessment, the gaps identified during the assessment
were shared with the supply chain partners along with suggestions on the course of action for
improving overall sustainability performance.
6. Provide details of any corrective actions taken or underway to address significant risks / concerns arising from
assessments of health and safety practices and working conditions of value chain partners.
No significant risks or concerns arose from the assessment during the year. It is ensured that the supply chain partners
engaged with the Company understand and sign the Code of Conduct of the Company, a mandatory requirement during
vendor registration and onboarding process. During the year, the sessions conducted for the supply chain partners on
ESG covered the Company policies viz. Green Supply Chain Policy, Sustainability Policy, Whistleblower Policy and Code of
Conduct. In case any concern/observations/risks are arising, may not be limited to during assessment, the Company takes
suitable corrective and preventive action as necessary.
Principle 4: Businesses should respect the interests of and be responsive to all its stakeholders
ESSENTIAL INDICATORS
1. Describe the processes for identifying key stakeholder groups of the entity.
L&T’s businesses are in EPC projects (Engineering, Procurement, Construction) and Hi-Tech Manufacturing. The Company
aims to balance the needs, interests and expectations of various stakeholders with those of the business and deliver
long-term value. The Company undertakes a structured materiality assessment process through an independent third
party, to identify key stakeholder groups and take the inputs from these stakeholders to finalize the material topics for
the Company. As a part of the exercise, the stakeholders were identified based on the following parameters:
• Degree of Dependency: groups who are directly dependent on the Company’s activities, products, services,
performance, or on whom the Company is dependent to operate. For example, customers, government as clients,
employees including workmen, supply chain partners, investors.
• Degree of Responsibility: groups or individuals to whom the organization has, or in the future may have, legal,
commercial, operational or ethical/moral responsibilities. For example, community, shareholders.
• Sphere of Influence: groups or individuals who can have an impact (direct or indirect) on the Company’s strategic
decision-making and operations. For example, senior management and leadership, regulatory bodies.
• Diverse perspectives: groups or individuals with different perspectives who facilitate understanding the state of
affairs, national and global. For example: media, NGO partners.
2. List of stakeholder groups identified as key for your entity and the frequency of engagement with each
stakeholder group.
The key stakeholders of the Company are Government, customers including private sector and public sector entities,
employees and workers, suppliers, shareholders, investors, communities and NGO partners, Regulatory bodies and
media. The detail of engagement is covered in the ‘Stakeholder Engagement’ section of the Integrated Annual Report
FY 2023-24.
LEADERSHIP INDICATORS
1. Provide the processes for consultation between stakeholders and the Board on economic, environmental, and
social topics or if consultation is delegated, how is feedback from such consultations provided to the Board?
The Company has set up various committees for managing and monitoring ESG related areas. Few of these are: CSR
& Sustainability Committee9, Risk Management Committee, Stakeholders’ Relationship Committee, Investor Relations,
EHS Council, Material Council, Green Campus Steering Committee. The CSR & Sustainability Committee9, Board Risk
Management Committee and Stakeholders’ Relationship Committee are constituted by the Board and are chaired by an
Independent Director. Other Committees have been internally constituted. As per their respective terms of reference,
the various Committees (statutory as well as internal) meet periodically to review the performance of the Company in
relevant areas. Performance, concerns and issues related to ESG related topics are extracted from these reviews and a
consolidated performance report/outcome is presented to the Board in their quarterly meeting. The Company has also
been conducting stakeholder engagement exercises from time to time on ESG topics. These stakeholder engagement
exercises follow a structured approach with respect to the frequency, delegation and reporting of outcome, including
stakeholders’ feedback to the Board.
9 Earlier called CSR Committee
2. Whether stakeholder consultation is used to support the identification and management of environmental
and social topics (Yes/No). If so, provide details of instances as to how the inputs received from stakeholders
on these topics were incorporated into policies and activities of the entity.
The Company continuously engages with its stakeholders to strengthen relationships, foster trust and thus enable
the Company to be informed of their expectations, concerns as well as opportunities for value creation. A structured
approach and process is in place for engaging with the stakeholders for identifying, prioritising and addressing their
needs and concerns in a consistent and systematic manner. Below are a few instances of how stakeholder inputs have
been incorporated into policies and activities:
A. Communities: CSR projects are chosen based on social and developmental needs in the regions where the Company
is operating, with the overall goal of promoting inclusive growth by empowering communities and accelerating
development especially the vulnerable and marginalized communities. This is being accomplished by providing
access to water and sanitation facilities, education and healthcare services, and skill building for underprivileged
youth. L&T works along with the communities around its factories, campuses and establishments for health and
education services. Water-stressed blocks are selected for water and sanitation projects. Skills development centres
are located across India to mobilize youth from different states. The Company may partner with the government and
communities to create multiplier effect of its social programmes. The mode of implementation of CSR programmes
will include a combination of direct implementation and/or through partners such as NGOs, trusts, academic
institutions, business associates, registered societies.
After identifying a location, a need assessment is conducted, and a detailed project report is prepared. The project
report specifies socio economic status of the location viz. number of villages or urban slum pockets, number of
students or trainees, the schools/households to be covered, current facilities, and specific vulnerable community
groups such as the SC/ST population and their needs and concerns. The need assessment involves participatory rural
appraisal (PRA), wherein beneficiaries participate in identifying specific issues, vulnerable populations, stakeholders,
and potential challenges in implementing the interventions. The project report includes proposed interventions,
267
Business Responsibility &
Sustainability Reporting
outcomes and measurable indicators. Based on the project report, proposals are invited from reputed NGOs with a
presence in the selected location and the implementation partner is carefully selected after thorough due diligence.
During implementation, stakeholder groups are formed, such as Self-Help Groups, Village Development Committees,
School Management Committees, and Health Committees, to participate in decision-making and implementation.
These groups guide and monitor the interventions at the community level, such as monitoring the use of water from
a common source created by the project, regulating the use of water under the water distribution system, measuring
and recording water levels in intervention wells, encouraging communities to use household toilets, and monitoring
and regulating the use of common pasture lands. There is continuous dialogue between the implementation
partners, communities and CSR teams to ensure clear understanding of the issues the communities face and the
possible solutions. The initiatives are re-aligned, if the need be, for the best interests of the community.
For details of CSR intervention, please refer to ‘Social and Relationship Capital’ section of the Integrated Annual
Report FY 2023-24.
B. Employees and Workmen: There are structured systems for employee communication and engagement that starts
from project director/business heads/senior management visits and interactions with employees, HR manager visits
and townhalls are held from time-to-time for interactions with employees and the workers. There are Employee
Relation Officers at the project sites and with support of the Workmen Development Centres, they oversee and
interact, take workers’ feedback from time-to-time on various aspects of living, work conditions, health and welfare.
Depending on the feedback received from the channels as stated above, including the survey findings, HR heads of
individual businesses, with the support of their cluster/project HR managers, also undertake surveys as per the need
on various topics related to employee development, engagement and effectiveness. The findings are discussed with
project/business heads and corrective actions are taken to enhance the organisational effectiveness. Additionally,
there are designated Grievance Redressal Officers (GRO), Industrial Relation, Admin functions who oversee the
health, safety, wellbeing, working conditions, living conditions of the workmen. These GROs are also responsible
for communication with all workers at the time of Screening/Induction/Onboarding and at regular intervals such
as pep-talk about channels (toll free number, WhatsApp, verbal, registers) to raise grievances, and the mechanism
for settlement of grievances and similar communication with the sub-contractors working at the project site.
Remediation and corrective action are taken as deemed necessary to resolve the grievances.
C. Shareholders: In addition to its ongoing interactions with analysts representing institutional equity investors, the
Company conducted an investor feedback survey to build into its long-term strategic plan - ‘Lakshya 2026’. As
part of this exercise, several suggestions from key investors and analysts were received on ESG related aspects such
as energy transition, diversity and inclusion, governance. The Company also received suggestions from ESG rating
agencies and funds as well as improving granularity of ESG disclosures. This has resulted in improvement of processes
wherever necessary and feasible. The quality and granularity of ESG disclosures have also enhanced in the past
couple of years especially after the introduction of BRSR and Core KPIs. Recognising the growing interest in this area
and factoring in feedback from investor interactions, the Company has been conducting regular interactions with
relevant stakeholders including global funds, institutional investors, rating agencies, etc., to keep them updated
about activities and progress on various initiatives being undertaken to achieve its carbon and water neutrality goals.
3. Provide details of instances of engagement with, and actions taken to, address the concerns of vulnerable/
marginalized stakeholder groups.
The engagement with vulnerable groups is through Integrated Community Development Project (ICDP) and health
initiatives. Some are given below:
269
Business Responsibility &
Sustainability Reporting
FY 2023-24 FY 2022-23
No. of No. of
Category employees/ employees/
Total (A) % (B/A)10 Total (C) % (D/C)
workers workers
covered (B) covered (D)
Employees
Permanent 52,224 21,646 41 47,757 12,082 25
Other than permanent 5,041 5,873 100 5,489 3,292 60
Total Employees 57,265 27,519 48 53,246 15,374 29
Workers
Permanent 2,079 2,079 100 2,104 2,104 100
Other than permanent 3,48,094 3,48,094 100 2,75,753 2,75,753 100
Total Workers 3,50,173 3,50,173 100 2,77,857 2,77,857 100
10As on 31st March’24, the number of trainings conducted are higher than the number of employees and workers considering the attrition and
new joinees.
Human rights awareness is covered through various informal processes for the workmen. Induction is a mandatory
requirement for any workmen joining at any site/location/project. Induction includes, but not limited to, topics such as
wage breakup, PF deduction, health and safety, account creation for wage deposit, KYC. Additionally, there are systems
in place to ensure that there is no child labour (submission of Aadhar card as proof of age), no forced labour through
proof of employment (wage slip, issuance of gate pass/ID card). Also, there are daily toolbox talks which covers few of
the above aspects, apart from job role. The key locations of the Company are also certified by SA8000 by an independent
third party which covers elements such as child labour, forced labour, discrimination, working hours, remuneration,
freedom of association, grievance redressal mechanism.
2. Details of minimum wages paid to employees and workers, in the following format:
FY 2023-24 FY 2022-23
Equal to Minimum More than Minimum Equal to Minimum More than Minimum
Category
Total (A) Wage Wage Total (D) Wage Wage
No. (B) % (B/A) No. (C) % (C/A) No. (E) % (E/D) No. (F) % (F/D)
Employees
Permanent 52,224 0 0 52,224 100 46,935 0 0 46,935 100
Male 48,019 0 0 48,019 100 43,448 0 0 43,448 100
Female 4,205 0 0 4,205 100 3,487 0 0 3,487 100
Other than 5,041 0 0 5,041 100 6,163 279 4.5 5,884 95.5
permanent
Male 4,793 0 0 4,793 100 5,893 271 4.6 5,622 95.4
Female 248 0 0 248 100 270 8 2.9 262 97
Workers
Permanent 2,079 0 0 2,079 100 2,104 0 0 2,104 100
Male 2,073 0 0 2,073 100 2,098 0 0 2,098 100
Female 6 0 0 6 100 6 0 0 6 100
Other than 3,48,094 3,04,005 87.3 44,088 12.7 2,75,753 2,71,035 98.3 4,718 1.7
permanent
Male 3,45,287 3,01,677 87.4 43,609 12.6 2,74,535 2,69,855 98.3 4,680 1.7
Female 2,807 2,328 83 479 17 1,218 1,180 97 38 3.1
b. Gross wages paid to females as % of total wages paid by the entity, in the following format:
FY 2023-24 FY 2022-23
Gross wages paid to females as % of total wages11 5.4 4.9
11 Wage data reported is based on the salary paid to the staff which includes permanent and other than permanent employees, and
permanent workers. It comprises total salary, perquisite, employer PF and does not include gratuity and other benefits claimed as
reimbursement. Wages paid to other than permanent workers is not considered. The Company employs around 3,50,000 other than
permanent workers across more than 700 project sites and locations within India and abroad. Wages to other than permanent workers
are directly paid by the third party contractors. The Company monitors the wages and statutory compliances based on the wage register
submitted by the third party contractors along with the monthly invoice at project site level manually. The Company is capturing the total
payment made to contractors but the wages included therein is not tracked / collated separately. Going forward in the coming years, the
Company will explore options to capture, track and report the wages paid to other than permanent workers.
4. Do you have a focal point (Individual/Committee) responsible for addressing human rights impacts or issues
caused or contributed to by the business? (Yes/No)
The Chief Human Resources Officer is the focal point for human rights related issues at the Company level. For
implementation across the sites and manufacturing facilities, designated personnel from IR/Admin/EHS functions are
responsible for human rights and labour management. At business level, IR/Admin Heads of respective businesses are the
focal point supported by HR heads.
5. Describe the internal mechanisms in place to redress grievances related to human rights issues.
Respect and commitment to human rights is one of the elements of the Code of Conduct for employees. As a practice,
any violation of Code of Conduct can be reported to the 1st Level Reporting Authority, who will investigate and take
necessary action. However, if the violation is by the 1st Level Reporting Authority itself, then it is to be reported to the 2nd
Level Reporting Authority. In case the Reporting Authority concludes that the violation is of a grave nature, the same shall
be reported to the Whistleblower Investigation Committee for further action within a reasonable time frame.
L&T is committed to foster and create a workplace which is safe and free from any act of sexual harassment. The Policy
for protection of women’s rights at workplace has been formulated to guide the Company for redressal of sexual
harassment related complaints. This Policy is based on the laws of India and therefore the Policy is applicable to all L&T
establishments located in India including all employees, workmen, contract workers. This Policy also protects anyone
visiting the establishments of the Company, that may include clients, customers, third party contractors, vendors,
suppliers, business representatives. When sexual harassment has occurred because of an act of any third party, the
Company takes necessary and reasonable steps to assist the affected person/victim. To adhere with the provisions of the
Sexual Harassment of Women at Workplace (Prevention, Prohibition and Redressal) Act, 2013 (POSH Act) and ensure
coverage across the locations in India, there are several Internal Complaints Committee (ICC) constituted as per the
provision of the POSH Act with different administrative units under their jurisdiction. These ICCs are responsible for
registering, investigating, concluding and redressing complaints received. Furthermore, the ICCs also organize workshops
and awareness sessions at regular intervals and take necessary actions needed to implement the provisions of the
Act. Additionally, two Apex Committees have also been constituted, the highest body to ensure implementation and
compliance with the Act. The Apex Committees comprise representatives of few ICCs and other senior leaders of the
Company.
Whistleblowing is a structured process, which encourages and facilitates employees to report without fear, any
wrongdoings or unethical or improper practice which may adversely impact the reputation and/or the financials of the
Company, through an appropriate forum. The Company has also formulated Whistleblower Policy for its employees and
271
Business Responsibility &
Sustainability Reporting
vendors to provide a mechanism for expressing concerns about any unethical behaviour, improper practice, misconduct,
violation of legal or regulatory requirement, unfair treatment that could adversely impact the Company’s operations,
business performance and/or reputation. The Company investigates such reported incidents in an impartial manner and
takes appropriate action to ensure that the requisite standards of professional and ethical conduct are always upheld.
6. Number of Complaints on the following made by employees and workers:
FY 2023-24 FY 2022-23
Pending Pending
Particulars Filed during resolution at Filed during resolution at
Remarks Remarks
the year the end of the year the end of
year year
Sexual Harassment 3 2 Complaints 2 0 Complaints
registered registered
and redressed and redressed
under the under the
POSH Act POSH Act
Discrimination at workplace 0 0 – 0 0 –
Child Labour 0 0 – 0 0 –
Forced Labour/ Involuntary Labour 0 0 – 0 0 –
Wages 0 0 – 0 0 –
Other human rights related issues 0 0 – 0 0 –
7. Complaints filed under the Sexual Harassment of Women at Workplace (Prevention, Prohibition and Redressal)
Act, 2013, in the following format:
There are three cases reported in FY 2023-24 under the POSH Act. One complaint has been concluded and redressed
as per the provisions of the Act and Rules. The remaining two complaints were received during Q4 FY 2023-24 and are
under inquiry within the timelines as per the Act and the Rules.
8. Mechanisms to prevent adverse consequences to the complainant in discrimination and harassment cases.
The mechanism is same as mentioned above in Question 5. The Code of Conduct for employees, senior management and
Board members sets the standard of behaviour and professional conduct expected by the Company. The Company has
Committee for the protection of women at workplace to ensure their rights, receive grievances, conduct investigations,
and redressal. The Company has a Whistle Blower Policy wherein the employees can report any wrong practices, unethical
behaviour or non-compliance, which may have a detrimental effect on the organisation, including financial damage
and impact on brand image. Violations of the Code of Conduct should be reported as per the Reporting Matrix which
is an integral part of our policy document. The Code of Conduct policy covers the procedure of complaint redressal and
necessary preventive actions being taken by the Company.
9. Do human rights requirements form part of your business agreements and contracts? (Yes/No).
Yes, commitment to Human Rights, Labour and the Society is one of the pillars in the Code of Conduct for suppliers. The
supply chain partners are expected to understand, acknowledge and adhere to the norms of the Code. Signing the Code
of Conduct is a mandatory step during vendor onboarding process. The Code of Conduct covers fair working conditions,
health & safety, child labour, forced labour, non-discrimination, wages, zero tolerance for harassment. Also, adherence to
regulatory compliances such as health and quality, payment of wages, PF deduction forms a part of the agreements and
contracts.
Percentage of your plants and offices that were assessed (by entity or statutory authorities or
Particulars
third parties)
Child labour
Forced/involuntary labour The key manufacturing facilities are certified by an independent third party on SA8000 standards,
world’s leading social certification programme on human rights and labour management. The units
Sexual harassment
undergo periodic audits to ensure adherence and verify compliance with the applicable standards and
Discrimination at workplace guidelines. Furthermore, an internal assessment was conducted for manufacturing facilities, offices to
Wages understand any potential human rights risks through the Admin/IR/Project/HR/EHS in charge.
Others - please specify
11. Provide details of any corrective actions taken or underway to address significant risks/concerns arising from
the assessments at Question 9 above.
No significant risks/concerns arose that required any corrective actions with respect to human rights related issues.
LEADERSHIP INDICATORS
1. Details of a business process being modified/introduced as a result of addressing human rights grievances/
complaints.
Though no complaints received in FY 2023-24 related to human rights, the grievance redressal mechanism has been
strengthened and modified during the year for the contractual workmen. The details of the grievance redressal
mechanism for contractual workmen have already been discussed in Section A ‘VII. Transparency and disclosures
compliances.’
2. Details of the scope and coverage of any human rights due-diligence conducted.
The scope and coverage of human rights due diligence extends to the Company’s own manufacturing facilities and
offices covering its contractual workers. This assessment covers aspects such as child labour, forced/involuntary labour,
wages, sexual harassment, discrimination at workplace, health and safety, working conditions and grievance mechanism.
Additionally, the top 200 supply chain partners have also been evaluated on various ESG parameters including human
rights.
3. Is the premise/office of the entity accessible to differently abled visitors, as per the requirements of the Rights
of Persons with Disabilities Act, 2016?
Most of the Company’s permanent premises are accessible to differently abled people with wheelchairs (viz. through
ramps, toilets, lifts). The Company is taking steps to provide the right infrastructure to support the needs of individuals
with disabilities and preparing the remaining premises for accessibility infrastructure.
4. Details on assessment of value chain partners:
Percentage of value chain partners (by value of business done with such partners) that were
Particulars
assessed
Child labour The Company identified top 200 (unique 186) supply chain partners comprising 38% of FY 2022-23
Forced/involuntary labour spend. During the year, the Company assessed these supply chain partners on certain ESG parameters
that includes environmental management, performance, human rights, CSR, health and safety practices,
Sexual harassment
corporate governance, and ethical business practices through a questionnaire. This questionnaire
Discrimination at workplace was developed keeping in mind the regulatory compliances, BRSR disclosures, global standards and
Wages so on. The remote/desktop assessment was based on interactions with the supply chain partners and
documents shared with the Company. Post assessment, the gaps identified during the assessment were
Others - please specify
shared with the supply chain partners along with suggestions on the course of action for improving
overall sustainability performance.
273
Business Responsibility &
Sustainability Reporting
5. Provide details of any corrective actions taken or underway to address significant risks/concerns arising from
the assessments at Question 4 above.
No significant risks or concerns arose from the assessment during the year. It is ensured that the supply chain partners
engaged with the Company understand and sign off the Code of Conduct of the Company, a mandatory requirement
during vendor registration and onboarding process. During the year, the sessions conducted for the supply chain partners
on ESG covered the Company policies viz. Green Supply Chain Policy, Sustainability Policy, Whistleblower Policy and Code
of Conduct. In case any concern or risk arising during the year, may not be limited to during assessment, the Company
takes suitable corrective and preventive action as necessary.
Principle 6: Businesses should respect and make efforts to protect and restore the environment
ESSENTIAL INDICATORS
1. Details of total energy consumption (in Joules or multiples) and energy intensity, in the following format:
Note: Purchasing Power Parity (PPP)-total income is adjusted as per International Monetary Fund Implied PPP conversion
rate.
Energy reported for fuel consumption from renewable sources is for the energy consumed from use of compressed
bio-gas (CBG) sourced by the Company’s manufacturing unit at Pithampur from Indore Municipal Corporation.
Energy consumption and energy intensity has decreased due to reduction in diesel consumption driven by switching
to electricity grid supply and optimization initiatives across different businesses. Additionally, closure or tapering
down of certain projects e.g., Mumbai Trans Harbour Link (MTHL), Mumbai Coastal Road Project (MCRP) Package 01,
Dwarka Expressway, building projects in Delhi, international water treatment plant projects and reduction in onsite civil
construction activities in a few projects e.g., Mumbai Ahmedabad High-Speed Rail (MAHSR) C4 Package, Chennai Metro
Rail Ltd (CMRL) project contributed to lower diesel consumption compared to last year.
Note: Indicate if any independent assessment/evaluation/assurance has been carried out by an external
agency? (Y/N). If yes, name of the external agency.
Yes, independent data assurance has been carried out by Deloitte Haskins & Sells LLP.
2. Does the entity have any sites/facilities identified as designated consumers (DCs) under the Performance,
Achieve and Trade (PAT) Scheme of the Government of India? (Y/N)
No, the Company does not have any sites/facilities identified as designated consumers (DCs) under the Performance,
Achieve and Trade (PAT) Scheme of the Government of India.
3. Provide details of the following disclosures related to water, in the following format:
Parameter FY 2023-24 FY 2022-23
Water withdrawal by source (in kilolitres)
(i) Surface water 23,14,470 23,79,231
(ii) Groundwater 78,73,240 29,91,910
(iii) Third party water 20,53,537 14,57,540
(iv) Seawater / desalinated water 7,344 0
(v) Others 38,76,733 43,48,015
Total volume of water withdrawal (in kilolitres) (i + ii + iii + iv + v) 1,61,25,324 1,11,76,696
Total volume of water consumption (in kilolitres) 1,28,76,481 1,10,38,686
Water intensity per rupee of turnover (Total water consumption/ 102 101.5
Revenue from operations) (in kilolitres/¢ Cr)
Water intensity per rupee of turnover adjusted for Purchasing Power 228.5 225.1
Parity (PPP) (Total water consumption / Revenue from operations
adjusted for PPP) (in kilolitres/Mn USD)
Note: Purchasing Power Parity (PPP)-total income is adjusted as per International Monetary Fund Implied PPP conversion
rate.
The Company has made improvements in FY 2023-24 for capturing data related to water withdrawal, consumption and
discharge. However, the Company has more than 700 project sites in operation, and which are by definition temporary
and with open boundaries. Water is taken from multiple sources, as per site conditions and discharged through multiple
points. These issues create significant challenge in putting direct measurement systems and therefore, indirect estimation
has to be made which presents difficulty in completeness and traceability of the data as required for reasonable assurance
standards. To improve data collection and reporting, the Company is redesigning the Standard Operating Procedures
(SOPs) which will be based on reasonable assurance requirements, and this will be rolled out to all the sites/locations.
Additionally, the Company is finalizing the digital solutions which would enable direct measurement without manual
intervention.
Note: Indicate if any independent assessment/evaluation/assurance has been carried out by an external
agency? (Y/N). If yes, name of the external agency.
Yes, independent data assurance has been carried out by Deloitte Haskins & Sells LLP.
4. Provide the following details related to water discharged:
Parameter FY 2023-24 FY 2022-23
Water discharge by destination and level of treatment (in kilolitres)
(i) To Surface water
- No treatment 0 0
- With treatment – please specify level of treatment 5,26,691 2,53,587
(Primary) (Primary)
(ii) To Groundwater
- No treatment 0 0
- With treatment – please specify level of treatment 10,91,480 2,73,052
(Primary) (Primary)
(iii) To Seawater
- No treatment 0 0
- With treatment – please specify level of treatment 16,448 0
(Secondary)
(iv) Sent to third parties@
- No treatment 2,36,188 5,41,499
- With treatment – please specify level of treatment 60,336 0
(Primary)
(v) Others@
- No treatment 8,94,733 26,522
- With treatment – please specify level of treatment 4,18,234 1,64,681
(Primary) (Primary)
Total water discharged (in kilolitres) (i + ii + iii + iv + v) 32,44,110 12,59,341
@ Sent to third parties and others-without treatment is water discharged through municipal sewer connections or given to approved vendors for
wastewater treatment.
275
Business Responsibility &
Sustainability Reporting
Note: Indicate if any independent assessment/evaluation/assurance has been carried out by an external
agency? (Y/N). If yes, name of the external agency.
Yes, independent data assurance has been carried out by Deloitte Haskins & Sells LLP.
5. Has the entity implemented a mechanism for Zero Liquid Discharge (ZLD)? If yes, provide details of its
coverage and implementation.
Yes, the A. M. Naik Heavy Engineering Complex, Hazira is a ZLD certified facility, and 100% of wastewater generated
is either recycled and reused or stored for future use. Other manufacturing facilities at Kattupalli, Powai, Talegaon,
Coimbatore, Kancheepuram, Kansbahal have also implemented Zero Liquid Discharge systems at respective locations.
The wastewater generated from business processes and domestic uses is collected, treated, and reused for non-potable
purposes such as gardening, toilet flushing, firefighting, topping up the cooling tower, road washing, dust suppression.
6. Please provide details of air emissions (other than GHG emissions) by the entity:
Data disclosed for the following manufacturing facilities:
FY 2023-24 FY 2022-23
Parameter UOM
Hazira Pithampur Kancheepuram Hazira Pithampur Kancheepuram
SOx mg/m3 24 16 10 18 22 11
NOx mg/m3 19 14 46 26 21 44
Particulate Matter (PM) mg/m3 45 26 37 15 61 38
Persistent organic pollutants - – – – – – –
Volatile organic compounds - – – – – – –
Hazardous air pollutants - – – – – – –
Others - – – – – – –
Increase in air emissions for Hazira is due to increase in consumption of natural gas. However, the emissions are within
the permissible limit.
Note: Indicate if any independent assessment/evaluation/assurance has been carried out by an external
agency? (Y/N). If yes, name of the external agency.
Yes, stack emissions from chimney stacks at respective manufacturing facilities are analyzed by government approved
laboratories and the reports are reviewed by the internal team to ensure compliance to the consent to operate (CTO)
conditions. Testing reports are submitted to State Pollution Control Boards as per compliance.
7. Provide details of greenhouse gas emissions (Scope 1 and Scope 2 emissions) & its intensity, in the following
format:
Parameter UOM FY 2023-24 FY 2022-23
Total Scope 1 emissions (Break-up of the GHG tCO2e 6,35,646 6,93,115
into CO2, CH4, N2O, HFCs, PFCs, SF6, NF3, if
available)
Total Scope 2 emissions (Break-up of the GHG tCO2e 3,49,682 2,73,719
into CO2, CH4, N2O, HFCs, PFCs, SF6, NF3, if
available)
Total Scope 1 and Scope 2 emissions per Rupee tCO2e/¢ Cr 7.8 8.9
of turnover
Total Scope 1 and Scope 2 emission intensity per tCO2e/Mn USD 17.5 19.7
rupee of turnover adjusted for Purchasing Power
Parity (PPP) (Total Scope 1 and Scope 2 GHG
emissions / Revenue from operations adjusted
for PPP)
Note: Purchasing Power Parity (PPP)-total income is adjusted as per International Monetary Fund Implied PPP conversion
rate.
Note: Indicate if any independent assessment/evaluation/assurance has been carried out by an external
agency? (Y/N). If yes, name of the external agency.
Yes, independent data assurance has been carried out by Deloitte Haskins & Sells LLP.
8. Does the entity have any project related to reducing Green House Gas emission?
Details of some initiatives linked to GHG emissions reduction have been included in Principle-6 Leadership Indicator-
Question 4 as the answer provided in Principle-6 Leadership Indicator-Question 4 also include other initiatives related to
resource efficiency and waste reuse.
9. Provide details related to waste management by the entity, in the following format:
Parameter FY 2023-24 FY 2022-23
Total Waste generated (in metric tonnes)
Plastic Waste (A) 506 126
E-waste (B) 86 26
Bio-medical waste (C) 0.5 0.3
Construction and demolition waste (D) 2,36,846 2,22,748
Battery waste (E) 56 11
Radioactive waste (F) 5 0
Other Hazardous waste. Please specify, if any. (G) 7,326 4,201
Other Non-hazardous waste generated (H). Please specify, if any. (Break-up 2,09,271 99,762
by composition i.e. by materials relevant to the sector)
Total (A + B + C + D + E + F + G + H) 4,54,097 3,26,875
Waste intensity per rupee of turnover (Total waste generated / Revenue 3.6 3.0
from operations)
Waste intensity per rupee of turnover adjusted for Purchasing Power Parity 8.1 6.7
(PPP) (Total waste generated / Revenue from operations adjusted for PPP) (in
tonnes/Mn USD)
For each category of waste generated, total waste recovered
through recycling, re-using or other recovery operations (in metric
tonnes)
(i) Recycled 2,05,822 184,852
(ii) Re-used 1,57,590 0
(iii) Other recovery operations 0 0
Total 3,63,412 184,852
For each category of waste generated, total waste disposed by
nature of disposal method (in metric tonnes)
(i) Incineration 0 0
(ii) Landfilling 73,535 2,352
((iii) Other disposal operations 3,633 140
Total 77,168 2,492
Note: Purchasing Power Parity (PPP)-total income is adjusted as per International Monetary Fund Implied PPP conversion
rate.
The Company has made improvements in FY 2023-24 for capturing data related to waste generation, reuse and
disposal. However, the Company has more than 700 project sites in operation, and which are by definition temporary
and with open boundaries. Waste gets generated at multiple locations, depending on type of activities at sites and
reused and disposed at varying times through the project lifecycle. These issues create significant challenge in putting
direct measurement systems and therefore, indirect estimation has to be made which presents difficulty in completeness
and traceability of the data as required for reasonable assurance standards. To improve data collection and reporting,
the Company is redesigning the Standard Operating Procedures (SOPs) which will be based on reasonable assurance
requirements, and this will be rolled out to all the sites/locations. Additionally, the Company is exploring some digital
solutions which could be used to enable direct measurement without manual intervention.
Note: Indicate if any independent assessment/evaluation/assurance has been carried out by an external
agency? (Y/N). If yes, name of the external agency.
Yes, independent data assurance has been carried out by Deloitte Haskins & Sells LLP.
277
Business Responsibility &
Sustainability Reporting
10. Briefly describe the waste management practices adopted in your establishments. Describe the strategy
adopted by your company to reduce usage of hazardous and toxic chemicals in your products and processes
and the practices adopted to manage such wastes.
Waste management is an integral part of the EHS management system. Each location (project site, manufacturing
facilities and campuses) has a location specific waste management plan, which is based on types of waste generated and
applicable disposal methods. Waste management guidelines and procedures focus on Reduce, Reuse, Recycle principles
and ensure proper waste identification, segregation, recycling (if applicable) and disposal. All businesses assess the
waste generated from operations for reuse potential and after exhausting the feasible options, opt for relevant disposal
methods. For hazardous waste, waste management is done complying to the requirements of applicable hazardous
waste management rules e.g., Battery Waste Management Rules, 2022 and as per the guidelines issued by Central
and State Pollution Control Boards. Hazardous waste is stored at specially designated areas/locations at project sites
or manufacturing facilities and the disposal is done through govt approved/registered waste handling agencies. The
Company also conducts regular training and awareness programmes on waste management for employees and workers
focusing on waste minimization and proper waste handling. The Company also ensures suitable storage requirements
e.g., fire-fighting equipment, spill kits, drip trays for safe storage of waste before disposal. The Company manufactures
certain products which are meant for industrial and defence use and no hazardous or toxic chemicals are used in these
products.
11. If the entity has operations/offices in/around ecologically sensitive areas (such as national parks, wildlife
sanctuaries, biosphere reserves, wetlands, biodiversity hotspots, forests, coastal regulation zones etc.) where
environmental approvals/clearances are required, please specify details:
Whether the conditions of environmental
Sl. approval/clearance are being complied
Location of operations/offices Type of Operations
No. with? (Y/N) If no, the reasons thereof and
corrective action taken, if any.
1 A. M. Naik Heavy Engineering Complex, Hazira Manufacturing facility Yes
(Gujarat)- Company’s manufacturing facility,
located along the banks of River Tapi, 8 kms from
the Arabian Sea
2 Modular Fabrication Facility (Kattupalli)- Manufacturing facility Yes
Company’s manufacturing facility located 40 kms
from Chennai, adjoining the Bay of Bengal
3 Kachchi Dargah Bridge (Bihar) – Contracted EPC Project site Yes
project for construction of a bridge which spans
the Ganges, connecting Kacchi Dargah in Patna
and Bidupur in Hajipur
4 Thane Creek Bridge, Thane (Maharashtra) - EPC Project site Yes
Contracted project for expansion of existing road
bridge on Sion-Panvel Road across Thane creek
5 New Dry Dock, Kochi (Kerala) - Contracted EPC Project site Yes
project for construction of a dock along the
Ernakulam Channel
6 Mumbai Coastal Road, Mumbai (Maharashtra) EPC Project site Yes
- Contracted project for construction 8-lane
expressway from Marine Drive to Worli abutting
the seacoast of Mumbai
7 Mumbai Ahmedabad High Speed Rail Package EPC Project site Yes
C3 (Maharashtra) - Contracted project for
construction of high-speed rail corridor
comprising viaducts and tunnels falling in forest
area and coastal regulation zones
12. Details of Environmental Impact Assessments (EIA) of projects undertaken by the entity based on applicable
laws, in the current financial year:
Whether the conditions of If no, the reasons thereof
Location of operations/ Type of
S. No. environmental approval/clearance are and corrective action taken,
offices operations
being complied with? (Y/N) if any.
EIA for the projects, given as a contract by the clients, is under the scope of the clients.
13. Is the entity compliant with the applicable environmental laws/regulations/guidelines in India, such as the
Water (Prevention and Control of Pollution) Act, Air (Prevention and Control of Pollution) Act, Environment
Protection Act and rules thereunder (Y/N)?
Yes, the Company is compliant with applicable Acts and rules.
LEADERSHIP INDICATORS
1. Water withdrawal, consumption, and discharge in areas of water stress (in kilolitres):
For each facility/plant located in areas of water stress, provide the following information:
(i) Name of the area(s): Water-stressed areas in parts of western Uttar Pradesh, central Maharashtra, Bangalore, Tamil
Nadu, Rajasthan, Punjab and Haryana.
(ii) Nature of operations: EPC projects related to highways, railways, metro rail, water supply, irrigation, and oil & gas
facilities
(iii) Water withdrawal, consumption, and discharge in the following format:
Parameter FY 2023-24 FY 2022-23
Water withdrawal by source (in kilolitres)
Surface water 10,367 5,116
Groundwater 5,30,724 2,12,684
Third party water 2,43,695 9,13,602
Seawater / desalinated water 0 0
Others 15,64,155 2,29,725
Total volume of water withdrawal (in kilolitres) 23,48,941 13,61,127
Total volume of water consumption (in kilolitres) 15,93,189 13,61,127
Water intensity per rupee of turnover (Water consumed / turnover) 12.6 12.5
Water discharge by destination and level of treatment (in kilolitres)
(i) To Surface water
- No treatment 0 0
- With treatment – please specify level of treatment 1,72,767 0
(Primary)
(ii) To Groundwater
- No treatment 0 0
- With treatment – please specify level of treatment 46,616 3,650
(Primary) (Primary)
(iii) To Seawater
- No treatment 0 0
- With treatment – please specify level of treatment 0 0
279
Business Responsibility &
Sustainability Reporting
Note: Indicate if any independent assessment/evaluation/assurance has been carried out by an external
agency? (Y/N). If yes, name of the external agency.
No.
2. Please provide details of total Scope 3 emissions & its intensity, in the following format:
Scope 3 emissions for the Company is being reported for 4 categories i.e., purchase of goods and services, upstream
transportation and distribution, business travel and employee commuting. The methodology to estimate these emissions
is according to the Scope 3 Calculation Guidance of GHG Protocol. More than 95% of Scope 3 emissions comes from
purchase of goods and within that category, 90% is contributed by consumption of steel and cement used at project
sites.
Note: Indicate if any independent assessment/evaluation/assurance has been carried out by an external
agency? (Y/N).
No.
3. With respect to the ecologically sensitive areas reported at Question 10 of Essential Indicators above, provide
details of significant direct & indirect impact of the entity on biodiversity in such areas along-with prevention
and remediation activities.
4. If the entity has undertaken any specific initiatives or used innovative technology or solutions to improve
resource efficiency, or reduce impact due to emissions/effluent discharge/waste generated, please provide
details of the same as well as outcome of such initiatives, as per the following format:
Sl. Initiatives undertaken Details of the initiative (web-link, if any, may be provided Outcome of initiative
No. along with summary)
1 Reduction in Diesel Construction Machinery, used at project sites, are typically Emissions avoided in
Consumption through powered by diesel. As part of cost optimization initiatives, all FY 2023-24: 22,207 tCO2e
optimization initiatives project teams constantly look for ways to maximize the utilization
of these machinery as well as optimize the deployment. These
initiatives are enabled through use of sensor-based technologies
and digital tools.
2 Reduction in Diesel Construction project sites have historically been powered by Emissions avoided in
Consumption by Diesel Generator sets due to remote locations as well as hurdles FY 2023-24: 12,952 tCO2e
Switching to Grid in getting the grid connection. The Company has taken initiatives
electricity across various project sites to get grid electricity connections and
help reduce diesel consumption.
3 Groundwater Recharge In some underground metro projects, dewatering is required to ~ 21 kL per day of dewatered
enable proper working conditions. Typically, the water extracted quantity was sent to recharge
in the dewatering process is sent to storm water drain. In CMRL wells. In FY 2023-24, the site
TU02 project, site faced a challenge in not having proper facility was able to recharge ~3,520 kL
for safe discharge of this water. The project team came up with of water.
a design to process the water from dewatering process and then
feed it back to groundwater through recharge borewells. This
enabled not only safe discharge of the water but also helped in
replenishing the ground water.
4 Rainwater Harvesting In MAHSR project, one section has implemented a large ~6,500 kL water was
Rainwater Harvesting system. The facility was incorporated at conserved, avoiding
design stage itself during construction of a temporary facility extraction from other sources.
(Noise Barrier factory). Water conserved is stored in a storage Additionally, the energy spent
tank for further use in site activities as well as provided to the in sourcing water is also
community for irrigation and other uses. avoided.
5 C&D Waste Recycling Concrete waste gets generated in civil works related to Concrete waste of ~160 tonnes
infrastructure projects. Typically, this is disposed through assigned was crushed and processed into
agencies, and which use it typically for landfilling. Additionally, aggregates of different sizes
the concrete waste also consumes space at project site. In and thereby, avoiding sourcing
Kundankulam Nuclear Power Project, the project team established of equivalent volume from
a crusher plant to process this concrete waste into aggregates other sources.
of different sizes. This was reused in making solid blocks for
construction as well as for aggregate use in workmen colony PCC
works, infra works, fill-crete at site.
Other significant initiatives are covered in ‘Natural Capital’ and ‘Intellectual Capital’ sections of the Integrated Annual Report
FY 2023-24.
5. Does the entity have a business continuity and disaster management plan? Give details in 100 words/web link.
Disaster management is an important component of EHS management system. At the EPC Project sites and
Manufacturing facilities/campuses, the Company has implemented disaster management and emergency preparedness
plans (EPPs) that address emergencies such as flooding, earthquake, major fires, disease outbreaks etc. These plans are
focussed on Mitigation, Preparedness, Response, Recovery to ensure minimal disruptions to the business operations
in face of emergencies. Key locations are equipped with emergency sirens, first aid, medical treatment facilities, and
identification of assembly points. To maintain a high level of preparedness, relevant training, and capacity-building
programmes, including mock drills, are undertaken for employees and workers. Disaster management plans are readily
available and easily accessible to all relevant stakeholders, including contractors and emergency services personnel.
281
Business Responsibility &
Sustainability Reporting
Overall, the Company’s disaster management and emergency preparedness plans aim to ensure business continuity in
face of emergencies or disasters and ensure safety of all personnel, assets and other resources.
6. Disclose any significant adverse impact to the environment, arising from the value chain of the entity. What
mitigation or adaptation measures have been taken by the entity in this regard?
No significant risks/concerns have been raised during the year. The Company ensures that the contractors, vendors,
suppliers comply with policies and guidelines including need for compliance with various regulations and ethical practices
including environmental regulations.
7. Percentage of value chain partners (by value of business done with such partners) that were assessed for
environmental impacts.
The Company identified top 200 (unique 186) supply chain partners comprising 38% of FY 2022-23 spend. During
the year, the Company assessed these supply chain partners on certain ESG parameters that includes environmental
management, performance, human rights, CSR, health and safety practices, corporate governance, and ethical business
practices through a questionnaire. This questionnaire was developed keeping in mind the regulatory compliances, BRSR
disclosures, global standards. The remote/desktop assessment was based on interactions with the supply chain partners,
response to the questionnaire and evidence shared with the Company. Post assessment, the gaps identified during the
assessment were shared with the supply chain partners along with suggestions on the course of action for improving
overall sustainability performance.
Principle 7: Businesses, when engaging in influencing public and regulatory policy, should do
so in a manner that is responsible and transparent
ESSENTIAL INDICATORS
1. a. Number of affiliations with trade and industry chambers/associations: 75
b. List the top 10 trade and industry chambers/associations (determined based on the total members of such
body) the entity is a member of/affiliated to.
2. Provide details of corrective action taken or underway on any issues related to anti-competitive conduct by
the entity, based on adverse orders from regulatory authorities.
There was no issue related to anti-competitive conduct by the entity during the year.
LEADERSHIP INDICATORS
1. Details of public policy positions advocated by the entity:
The Company proactively engages with different stakeholders including industry chambers, associations, government
ministries and regulators and provides its inputs on various areas such as infrastructure sector, renewable energy, space,
health and safety etc. Over the years, the Company executives have played a key role in helping shape public policy
and have been invited to join (in certain cases also lead) several committees and task forces. A few examples from
FY 2023-24:
(i) Amendment to RBI’s guideline for green taxonomy to include nuclear energy, hydropower more than 25 MW,
biomass based energy.
(ii) Incentives for chip design to be available for all companies.
(iii) Policy aspects related to Small Modular Reactors (SMR).
(iv) Direct Tax Avoidance Treaty with Algeria.
SIA for the projects, executed by the Company as a contract from the clients, is under the scope of the client.
2. Provide information on project(s) for which ongoing Rehabilitation and Resettlement (R&R) is being
undertaken by your entity, in the following format:
S. Name of Project for No. of Project Affected % of PAFs covered Amounts paid to PAFs in the FY
State District
No. which R&R is ongoing Families (PAFs) by R&R (In INR)
Not applicable
R&R for the projects executed by the Company, is under the contractual scope of the client.
3. Describe the mechanisms to receive and redress grievances of the community.
Complaints and grievances of the community are collected at work locations i.e., project sites, manufacturing facilities,
campuses, and offices by the respective Admin and/or Industrial Relations teams. At EPC project sites, a Public Relations
Officer is also deployed to engage with the local community and address their concerns, if any. Grievances are collected
through complaint/suggestion boxes at these locations. The Company also has a toll-free number (18002094545), email
id ([email protected]), social media handles (LinkedIn: https://www.linkedin.com/company/larsen-&-toubro-
limited/, X: @larsentoubro) to collect such inputs. Complaints or grievances received are forwarded to the relevant person
or department for resolution and they also monitor the resolution of the complaint/grievance. Issues, which remain
unresolved or require management intervention, are escalated to the respective business heads.
For CSR Projects
The implementation of services is through collaboration and partnerships with NGOs, Government agencies and L&T
teams from campuses, sites and operations. The aim is to improve the quality of life for individuals, communities and
facilitate a positive and sustainable change. The grievance redressal mechanism provides a platform for the community to
highlight their concerns with a view to addressing the issues in a manner that safeguards the interests of the individual as
well as the larger community. The endeavour will continue to be to seek ongoing feedback from stakeholders regarding
CSR projects.
Grievances may be submitted in writing through an email/letter addressed to the concerned Project Head Coordinator
at the local CSR site. The Project Head will record the grievance, examine the issues involved and prepare an action plan
for resolution. Feedback on status of action may be provided within 20 days of receipt of the grievance. Grievances may
283
Business Responsibility &
Sustainability Reporting
also be submitted via email/letter to Corporate CSR at [email protected]. Feedback on status of action may
be provided within 20 days of receipt of the email. Suggestions regarding scope of projects, additional activities to be
undertaken, request for support for projects and initiating activities in new locations and geographies will not be within
the scope of the grievance redressal mechanism.
4. Percentage of input material (inputs to total inputs by value) sourced from suppliers:
Particulars FY 2023-24 (%) FY 2022-23 (%)
Directly sourced from MSMEs/small producers 8 7
Directly from within India 68 71
5. Job creation in smaller towns - Disclose wages paid to persons employed (including employees or workers
employed on a permanent or non-permanent/on contract basis) in the following locations, as % of total wage
cost
The wage data comprises the salary paid to the staff which includes permanent and other than permanent employees,
and permanent workers. The jobs created and respective location have been mapped for the aforementioned categories
of employees and workers and does not include other than permanent workers.
The Company employs around 3,50,000 other than permanent workers across more than 700 project sites and locations
within India and abroad. Wages to other than permanent workers are directly paid by the third party contractors. The
Company monitors the wages and statutory compliances based on the wage register submitted by the third party
contractors along with the monthly invoice at project site level manually. The Company is capturing the total payment
made to contractors but the wages included therein is not tracked / collated separately. Going forward in the coming
years, the Company will explore options to capture, track and report the wages paid to other than permanent workers.
Location FY 2023-24 (%) FY 2022-23 (%)
Rural 4
Semi-urban 2
Not estimated
Urban 4
Metropolitan 70
3. (a) Do you have a preferential procurement policy where you give preference to purchase from suppliers
comprising marginalized/vulnerable groups? (Yes/No)
Though the Company does not have any preferential procurement policy, but it encourages and engages with
suppliers from marginalised and vulnerable groups wherever possible. Due to the nature of business and bulk
material requirement, there are very limited options to procure from these groups and has to be sourced from large
scale companies.
(b) From which marginalized/vulnerable groups do you procure?
List of identified marginalized and vulnerable groups:
I. Gender based: women/transgenders
II. Person with disability
(c) What percentage of total procurement (by value) does it constitute?
The Company engages with a few marginalized and vulnerable groups (women SHGs, local farmers, small
businessmen) for food supplies to canteens in the manufacturing facilities. However, the overall value is negligible
as compared to the total purchase by the Company. Due to the nature of business and bulk material requirement,
there are very limited options to procure from these groups and mostly sourced from large and mid-sized companies.
The material mostly comprises items such as cement, steel, fuel, pipes, cables, ready mix concrete and services may
include logistics, IT, ITES, subcontracting for manpower.
4. Details of the benefits derived and shared from the intellectual properties owned or acquired by your entity
(in the current financial year), based on traditional knowledge.
The Company does not have any intellectual property owned, created, or acquired based on traditional knowledge during
the year.
5. Details of corrective actions taken or underway, based on any adverse order in intellectual property related
disputes wherein usage of traditional knowledge is involved.
The Company does not have any intellectual property owned, created, or acquired based on traditional knowledge during
the year.
6. Details of beneficiaries of CSR Projects:
1 Construction Skills Training Institutes and Other skilling programs for 38,475 100
women & youth
3 Promoting STEM Education in Schools & Improving quality of education 44,611 100
Total 16,44,688
Principle 9: Businesses should engage with and provide value to their consumers in a
responsible manner
ESSENTIAL INDICATORS
1. Describe the mechanisms in place to receive and respond to consumer complaints and feedback.
Consumers for the Company are clients (referred to hereafter as customers) for its businesses in EPC Projects and Hi-Tech
Manufacturing. Customer complaints are received through email, transmittal letters, customer complaint registers and
even verbally directly by project teams or facility admins. The Company also has a toll-free number and email address
([email protected]) for collecting the customer inputs/feedback. Feedback from the customers is collected
285
Business Responsibility &
Sustainability Reporting
through a structured feedback form on a periodic basis (semi-annually or annually as the case may be). Formats to record
the complaints/feedback as well as SOPs to handle them are part of the Quality Management System. Inputs received
from the customers are categorized and forwarded to the relevant teams or departments, which take the necessary action
to resolve the complaints and respond to the customers. Each business unit maintains a record of complaints received and
resolutions provided. These are reviewed at regular intervals at different management levels, starting from project teams
and up to Business Head and Executive Committee level.
2. Turnover of products and/or services as a percentage of turnover from all products/services that carry
information about:
The Company does not manufacture or sell consumer products. The products manufactured by the Company are
equipment, modules, sub-systems etc. which are for industrial and defence use. Relevant operating parameters and other
required information are provided for these products.
3. Number of consumer complaints in respect of the following:
FY 2023-24 FY 2022-23
Pending
Received Pending Received
Particulars Remarks resolution Remarks
during the resolution at during the
at end of
year end of year year
year
Data privacy 0 0 – 0 0 –
Advertising 0 0 – 0 0 –
Cyber-security 0 0 – 0 0 –
Delivery of essential 0 0 – 0 0 –
services
Restrictive Trade Practices 0 0 – 0 0 –
Unfair Trade Practices 0 0 – 0 0 –
Other 0 0 – 0 0 –
The Company manufactures products which are for industrial and defence use. There were no product recalls (voluntary
or forced) made on ground of safety in FY 2023-24.
5. Does the entity have a framework/policy on cyber security and risks related to data privacy? (Yes/No). If
available, provide a web-link of the policy. If NA, provide details.
Yes, it is available at https://www.larsentoubro.com/corporate/privacy-policy/
6. Provide details of any corrective actions taken or underway on issues relating to advertising, and delivery of
essential services; cyber security and data privacy of customers; re-occurrence of instances of product recalls;
penalty/action taken by regulatory authorities on safety of products/services.
No cases/complaints received in above matters.
287
Reasonable Assurance Report
Chartered Accountants
One International Centre,
Tower 3, 27th-32nd Floor,
Senapati Bapat Marg,
Elphinstone Road (West),
Mumbai - 400 013,
Maharashtra, India
1. We have undertaken to perform reasonable assurance engagement, for LARSEN AND TOUBRO LIMITED (the
“Company”) vide our engagement letter dated January 15, 2024 in respect of the agreed Sustainability Information
listed below (the “Identified Sustainability Information” or “BRSR Core indicators”) in accordance with the Criteria
stated in paragraph 3 below. This Sustainability Information is included in the Business Responsibility and
Sustainability Report (the “BRSR” or the “Report”) of the Integrated Annual Report (the “IAR”) of the Company for
the year ended March 31, 2024. This engagement was conducted by our multidisciplinary team including assurance
practitioners, environmental engineers, and specialists.
Our scope of reasonable assurance consists of the BRSR Core indicators listed in the Appendix I to our report. The reporting
boundary of the Report is as disclosed in Question 13 and Question 23(a) of Section A: General Disclosure of the BRSR
with exceptions disclosed by way of note under respective questions of the BRSR, where applicable.
Our reasonable assurance engagement was with respect to the year ended March 31, 2024 information only and we have
not performed any procedures with respect to earlier periods, and, therefore, do not express any opinion thereon.
3. Criteria
The Criteria used by the Company to prepare the Identified Sustainability Information is as under:
• Regulation 34(2)(f) of the Securities and Exchange Board of India (the “SEBI”) (Listing Obligations and Disclosure
Requirements), Regulations, 2015 as amended;
• Business Responsibility and Sustainability Reporting Requirements for listed entities per Master Circular No.
SEBI/HO/CFD/PoD2/CIR/P/2023/120 dated July 11, 2023; and
• SEBI Circular SEBI/HO/CFD/CFD-SEC-2/P/CIR/2023/122 dated July 12, 2023 and clarifications thereto issued by SEBI.
4. Management’s Responsibility
The Company’s management is responsible for selecting or establishing suitable criteria for preparing the Sustainability
Information including the reporting boundary of the Report, taking into account applicable laws and regulations, if any,
related to reporting on the Sustainability Information, identification of key aspects, engagement with stakeholders,
content, preparation and presentation of the Identified Sustainability Information in accordance with the Criteria. This
responsibility includes design, implementation and maintenance of internal control relevant to the preparation of the
Report and the measurement of Identified Sustainability Information, which is free from material misstatement, whether
due to fraud or error.
5. Inherent limitations
The absence of a significant body of established practice on which to draw to evaluate and measure non-financial
information allows for different, but acceptable, measures and measurement techniques and can affect comparability
between companies.
Regd. Office: One International Center, Tower 3, 27th – 32nd Floor, Senapati Bapat Marg, Elphinstone Road (West), Mumbai – 400 013,
Maharastra, India. (LLP Identification No. AAB-8737)
We have maintained our independence and confirm that we have met the requirements of the Code of Ethics issued by
the Institute of Chartered Accountants of India (the “ICAI”) and the SEBI Circular No. SEBI/HO/CFD/CFD-SEC-
2/P/CIR/2023/122 dated July 12, 2023, and its clarifications thereto and have the required competencies and experience
to conduct this assurance engagement.
We apply Standard on Quality Control (the “SQC”) 1, “Quality Control for Firms that Perform Audits and Reviews of
Historical Financial Information, and Other Assurance and Related Services Engagements”, and accordingly maintain a
comprehensive system of quality control including documented policies and procedures regarding compliance with ethical
requirements, professional standards, and applicable legal and regulatory requirements.
7. Our Responsibility
Our responsibility is to express a reasonable assurance opinion on the Identified Sustainability Information listed in
Appendix I based on the procedures we have performed and evidence we have obtained.
We conducted our engagement in accordance with the Standard on Sustainability Assurance Engagements (SSAE) 3000,
“Assurance Engagements on Sustainability Information”, and Standard on Assurance Engagements (SAE) 3410 Assurance
Engagements on Greenhouse Gas Statements (together the “Standards”), both issued by the Sustainability Reporting
Standards Board (the “SRSB") of the ICAI.
These Standards require that we plan and perform our engagement to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the
Identified Sustainability Information listed in Appendix I and included in the Report are prepared, in all material respects,
in accordance with the Criteria stated under paragraph 3 above.
As part of reasonable assurance engagement in accordance with the Standards, we exercise professional judgment and
maintain professional skepticism throughout the engagement.
8. Reasonable Assurance
A reasonable assurance engagement involves identifying and assessing the risks of material misstatement of the Identified
Sustainability Information whether due to fraud or error, responding to the assessed risks as necessary in the
circumstances.
The procedures we performed were based on our professional judgment and included inquiries, observation of processes
performed, inspection of documents, evaluating the appropriateness of quantification methods and reporting policies,
analytical procedures and agreeing or reconciling with underlying records.
Given the circumstances of the engagement, in performing the procedures listed above, we:
289
Reasonable Assurance Report
engagement and determining whether they have been implemented by performing procedures in addition to inquiry
of the personnel responsible for the Identified Sustainability Information;
• Based on the above understanding and the risks that the Identified Sustainability Information may be materially
misstated, determined the nature, timing and extent of further procedures;
• Tested the Company’s process for collating the sustainability information through agreeing or reconciling the
Identified Sustainability Information with the underlying records on a sample basis; and
• Tested the consolidation for project locations/offices on a sample basis and corporate office under the reporting
boundary for ensuring the completeness of data being reported.
We believe that the evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our reasonable
assurance opinion.
9. Exclusions
Our assurance scope excludes the following and therefore we do not express an opinion on:
• Aspects of the Reports and the data/information (qualitative or quantitative) other than the Identified Sustainability
Information; and
• The statements that describe expression of opinion, belief, aspiration, expectation, aim, or future intentions provided
by the Company.
The Company’s Management is responsible for the Other information. The Other information comprises the information
included within the BRSR and the IAR, other than Identified Sustainability Information and our independent assurance
report dated June 06, 2024 thereon.
Our opinion on the Identified Sustainability Information does not cover the Other information and we do not express any
form of assurance thereon.
In connection with our assurance engagement of the Identified Sustainability Information, our responsibility is to read the
Other information and, in doing so, consider whether the Other information is materially inconsistent with the Identified
Sustainability Information or otherwise appears to be materially misstated.
If, based on the work we have performed, we conclude that there is a material misstatement of this Other information,
we are required to report that fact. We have nothing to report in this regard.
• As described in the Note to BRSR Section C ‘Principle 6 “Business should respect and make efforts to protect and
restore the environment” – Essential Indicator 3 and 4 “Details related to Water” and Essential Indicator 9 “ Details
related to Waste Management ” of the Report, the Company has used indirect estimation instead of the approach
provided under the BRSR guidance note to determine complete and accurate disclosures for “Details related to Water
” and “Details related to Waste Management” indicators. In the absence of sufficient appropriate evidence to check
the completeness and accuracy of the values disclosed under “Details related to Water ” and “Details related to Waste
Management” as at and for the year ended March 31, 2024, we were unable to determine whether any adjustments
to the reported figures with respect to “Details related to Water ” and “ Details related to Waste Management” were
necessary or not as at and for the year ended March 31, 2024.
Type text h
• As described in the Note to BRSR Section C ‘Principle 5’ “Businesses should respect and promote human rights” –
Essential Indicator 3(b) and Principle 8 “Businesses should promote inclusive growth and equitable development” –
Essential Indicator 5, the Company has not considered the wages paid to other-than-permanent workers for purpose
of disclosures and calculation of “Gross wages paid to females as % of total wages paid by the entity” reported under
Principle 5 and “Job Creation in smaller towns” reported under Principle 8 as stated above. In the absence of sufficient
appropriate evidence to check the completeness and accuracy of the values disclosed under “Gross wages paid to
females as % of total wages paid by the entity“ and “Job Creation in smaller towns” as at and for the year ended
March 31, 2024, we were unable to determine whether any adjustments to the reported figures with respect to
“Gross wages paid to females as % of total wages paid by the entity“ and “Job Creation in smaller towns” were
necessary or not as at and for the year ended March 31, 2024.
Except for the possible effect of the matters described in the Basis for Qualified Opinion section of our report, the
Identified Sustainability information as mentioned in Appendix I is fairly presented, in all material respects, in accordance
with Criteria mentioned below:
• Regulation 34(2)(f) of the Securities and Exchange Board of India (the “SEBI”) (Listing Obligations and Disclosure
Requirements) Regulations, 2015 as amended;
• Business Responsibility and Sustainability Reporting Requirements for listed entities per Master Circular No.
SEBI/HO/CFD/PoD2/CIR/P/2023/120 dated July 11, 2023; and
• SEBI Circular SEBI/HO/CFD/CFD-SEC-2/P/CIR/2023/122 dated July 12, 2023 and clarifications thereto issued by SEBI.
Select BRSR Core indicators of the Company for the year ended March 31, 2023 were assured by the previous assurance
practitioner who had expressed an unmodified opinion on June 27, 2023.
291
Reasonable Assurance Report
Our Reasonable Assurance report has been prepared and addressed to the Board of Directors of the Company at the
request of the Company solely, to assist the Company in reporting on Company’s sustainability performance and activities.
Accordingly, we accept no liability to anyone, other than the Company. Our Reasonable Assurance report should not be
used for any other purpose or by any person other than the addressees of our report. We neither accept nor assume any
duty of care or liability for any other purpose or to any other party to whom our report is shown or into whose hands it
may come without our prior consent in writing.
Pratiq Shah
Partner
Membership No. 111850
UDIN: 24111850BKJLKA9907
Place: Mumbai
Date: 06 June 2024
APPENDIX I
293
Reasonable Assurance Report
- Total Scope 1 and Scope 2 emission intensity per rupee of turnover adjusted for
Purchasing Power Parity (PPP)
(Total Scope 1 and Scope 2 GHG emissions / Revenue from operations adjusted for PPP)
11 P-6 [E]-9 # Details related to waste management by the entity:
-Total weight of waste generated (in metric tons)
- Waste intensity per rupee of turnover (Total waste generated / Revenue from
operations)
- Waste intensity per rupee of turnover adjusted for Purchasing Power Parity (PPP) (Total
waste generated / Revenue from operations adjusted for PPP)
- For each category of waste generated, total waste recovered through recycling, re-using
or other recovery operations (in metric tons)
- For each category of waste generated, total waste disposed by nature of disposal method
(in metric tons)
12 P-8 [E]-4 Percentage of input material (inputs to total inputs by value) sourced from suppliers.
-Directly sourced from MSMEs/small producers
-Directly from within India
13 P-8 [E]-5 # Job creation wages paid to persons employed (including employees or workers employed
on a permanent or non-permanent / on contract basis), as % of total wage cost.
14 P-9 [E]-7 Information relating to data breaches:
-Number of instances of data breaches
- Percentage of data breaches involving personally identifiable information of customers
- Impact, if any, of the data breaches
295
Notice
with L&T Modular Fabrication Yard LLC, a subsidiary equipment; b) availing or rendering of services; c)
of the Company and Related Party within the meaning transfer of any resources, services or obligations to
of Section 2(76) of the Act and Regulation 2(1)(zb) meet the Company’s business objectives/requirements
of the Listing Regulations, in the nature of a) sale, (“Related Party Transactions”), aggregating upto an
purchase, lease or supply of goods or business assets amount not exceeding ¢ 1,500 crore on such terms
or property or equipment; b) availing or rendering and conditions as may be decided by the Board of
of services; c) transfer of any resources, services or Directors (including any Committee of Directors
obligations to meet the Company’s business objectives/ thereof) of the Company as they may deem fit.
requirements (“Related Party Transactions”),
RESOLVED FURTHER THAT the Board of Directors
aggregating upto an amount not exceeding ¢ 4,300
and/or the Audit Committee of the Company be and is
crore on such terms and conditions as may be decided
hereby authorized to delegate all or any of the powers
by the Board of Directors (including any Committee of
conferred on it as they may deem fit and to do all
Directors thereof) of the Company as they may deem
such acts and take all such steps as may be considered
fit.
necessary or expedient to give effect to the aforesaid
RESOLVED FURTHER THAT the Board of Directors resolution.
and/or the Audit Committee of the Company be and is
RESOLVED FURTHER THAT all actions taken by
hereby authorized to delegate all or any of the powers
the Board of Directors and/or the Audit Committee
conferred on it as they may deem fit and to do all
in connection with any matter referred to or
such acts and take all such steps as may be considered
contemplated in this resolution, be and are hereby
necessary or expedient to give effect to the aforesaid
approved and confirmed in all respects.”
resolution.
13) Entering into material Related Party Transactions
RESOLVED FURTHER THAT all actions taken by the
with L&T-MHI Power Boilers Private Limited:
Board of Directors/Audit Committee in connection
with any matter referred to or contemplated in this To consider and, if thought fit, to pass as an
resolution, be and are hereby approved and confirmed ORDINARY RESOLUTION the following:
in all respects.” “RESOLVED THAT pursuant to the provisions of
12) Entering into material Related Party Transactions Regulation 23(4) of the SEBI (Listing Obligations
with L&T Special Steels and Heavy Forgings and Disclosure Requirements) Regulations, 2015
Private Limited: (“Listing Regulations”), the applicable provisions of
the Companies Act, 2013 (“the Act”) along with
To consider and, if thought fit, to pass as an
the Rules made thereunder and other applicable
ORDINARY RESOLUTION the following:
laws including any amendments, modifications,
“RESOLVED THAT pursuant to the provisions of variations or re-enactments thereof, Related Party
Regulation 23(4) of the SEBI (Listing Obligations Transactions Policy of the Company and as per the
and Disclosure Requirements) Regulations, 2015 recommendation/approval of the Audit Committee
(“Listing Regulations”), the applicable provisions of and/or the Board of Directors of the Company,
the Companies Act, 2013 (“the Act”) along with approval of the Members of the Company be and is
the Rules made thereunder and other applicable hereby accorded to the Company for entering into
laws including any amendments, modifications, and/or continuing to enter into contracts/transactions
variations or re-enactments thereof, Related Party with L&T-MHI Power Boilers Private Limited,
Transactions Policy of the Company and as per the a subsidiary of the Company and Related Party
recommendation/approval of the Audit Committee within the meaning of Section 2(76) of the Act and
and/or the Board of Directors of the Company, Regulation 2(1)(zb) of the Listing Regulations, in the
approval of the Members of the Company be and is nature of a) sale, purchase, lease or supply of goods or
hereby accorded to the Company for entering into business assets or property or equipment; b) availing
and/or continuing to enter into contracts/transactions or rendering of services; c) transfer of any resources,
with L&T Special Steels and Heavy Forgings services or obligations to meet the Company’s business
Private Limited, a subsidiary of the Company and objectives/requirements; d) availing inter corporate
Related Party within the meaning of Section 2(76) borrowings (“Related Party Transactions”), aggregating
of the Act and Regulation 2(1)(zb) of the Listing upto an amount not exceeding ¢ 1,200 crore on such
Regulations, in the nature of a) sale, purchase, lease terms and conditions as may be decided by the Board
or supply of goods or business assets or property or
297
Notice
of Directors (including any Committee of Directors necessary or expedient to give effect to the aforesaid
thereof) of the Company as they may deem fit. resolution.
RESOLVED FURTHER THAT the Board of Directors RESOLVED FURTHER THAT all actions taken by
and/or the Audit Committee of the Company be and is the Board of Directors and/or the Audit Committee
hereby authorized to delegate all or any of the powers in connection with any matter referred to or
conferred on it as they may deem fit and to do all contemplated in this resolution, be and are hereby
such acts and take all such steps as may be considered approved and confirmed in all respects.”
necessary or expedient to give effect to the aforesaid
15) Entering into material Related Party Transactions
resolution.
with Nuclear Power Corporation of India Limited:
RESOLVED FURTHER THAT all actions taken by
To consider and, if thought fit, to pass as an
the Board of Directors and/or Audit Committee
ORDINARY RESOLUTION the following:
in connection with any matter referred to or
contemplated in this resolution, be and are hereby “RESOLVED THAT pursuant to the provisions of
approved and confirmed in all respects.” Regulation 23(4) of the SEBI (Listing Obligations
and Disclosure Requirements) Regulations, 2015
14) Entering into material Related Party Transactions
(“Listing Regulations”), the applicable provisions of
with LTIMindtree Limited:
the Companies Act, 2013 (“the Act”) along with
To consider and, if thought fit, to pass as an the Rules made thereunder and other applicable
ORDINARY RESOLUTION the following: laws including any amendments, modifications,
“RESOLVED THAT pursuant to the provisions of variations or re-enactments thereof, Related Party
Regulation 23(4) of the SEBI (Listing Obligations Transactions Policy of the Company and as per the
and Disclosure Requirements) Regulations, 2015 recommendation/approval of the Audit Committee
(“Listing Regulations”), the applicable provisions of and/or the Board of Directors of the Company,
the Companies Act, 2013 (“the Act”) along with approval of the Members of the Company be and is
the Rules made thereunder and other applicable hereby accorded for entering into and/or continuing
laws including any amendments, modifications, to enter into contracts/arrangements/transactions with
variations or re-enactments thereof, Related Party Nuclear Power Corporation of India Limited, a
Transactions Policy of the Company and as per the ‘Related Party’ of the Company’s subsidiary viz. L&T
recommendation/approval of the Audit Committee Special Steels and Heavy Forgings Private Limited
and/or the Board of Directors of the Company, within the meaning of Section 2(76) of the Act, in the
approval of the Members of the Company be and is nature of a) sale, purchase, lease or supply of goods
hereby accorded to the Company for entering into or assets or property or equipment; b) rendering
and/or continuing to enter into contracts/transactions of services; c) transfer of any resources, services
with LTIMindtree Limited, a subsidiary of the or obligations to meet the Company’s business
Company and Related Party within the meaning of objectives/requirements (“Related Party Transactions”),
Section 2(76) the Act and Regulation 2(1)(zb) of the aggregating upto an amount not exceeding ¢ 2,800
Listing Regulations, in the nature of a) sale, purchase, crore, on such terms and conditions as may be decided
lease or supply of goods or business assets or property by the Board of Directors (including any Committee of
or equipment; b) availing or rendering of services; Directors thereof) of the Company as they may deem
c) transfer of any resources, services or obligations to fit.
meet the Company’s business objectives/requirements RESOLVED FURTHER THAT the Board of Directors
(“Related Party Transactions”), aggregating upto an and/or the Audit Committee of the Company be and is
amount not exceeding ¢ 2,000 crore, on such terms hereby authorised to delegate all or any of the powers
and conditions as may be decided by the Board of conferred on it as they may deem fit and take all such
Directors (including any Committee of Directors steps as may be considered necessary or expedient to
thereof) of the Company as they may deem fit. give effect to the aforesaid resolution.
RESOLVED FURTHER THAT the Board of Directors RESOLVED FURTHER THAT all actions taken by
and/or the Audit Committee of the Company be and is the Board of Directors and/or the Audit Committee
hereby authorized to delegate all or any of the powers in connection with any matter referred to or
conferred on it as they may deem fit and to do all contemplated in this resolution, be and are hereby
such acts and take all such steps as may be considered approved and confirmed in all respects.”
16) Ratification of remuneration payable to Cost and no proxies would be accepted by the Company
Auditors for FY 2024-25: pursuant to the MCA Circulars and SEBI Circular
To consider and, if thought fit, to pass as an No. SEBI/HO/CFD/CFD-PoD-2/P/CIR/2023/167 dated
ORDINARY RESOLUTION the following: October 7, 2023 (in continuation with the Circulars
issued earlier in this regard) (“SEBI Circulars”). Hence,
“RESOLVED THAT pursuant to Section 148 and other no proxy form has been sent alongwith this Notice.
applicable provisions, if any, of the Companies Act,
2013 and the Companies (Audit and Auditors) Rules, No attendance slip/route map has been sent along
2014, the Company hereby ratifies the remuneration with this Notice as the meeting is held through VC/
of ¢ 18 lakhs plus applicable taxes and out of pocket OAVM.
expenses at actuals for travelling and boarding/
Members who are shareholders as on Thursday,
lodging for the financial year ending March 31, 2025
June 27, 2024 (“Cut-off Date”) can join the AGM 30
to M/s R. Nanabhoy & Co. Cost Accountants (Regn.
minutes before the commencement of the AGM i.e
No. 000010), who are appointed as Cost Auditors to
at 2:30 P.M. and till the time of the conclusion of the
conduct the audit of cost records maintained by the
Meeting by following the procedure mentioned in this
Company for the Financial Year 2024-25.”
Notice.
By Order of the Board of Directors
For LARSEN & TOUBRO LIMITED The attendance through VC/OAVM is restricted and
hence members will be allowed on first come first
SIVARAM NAIR A serve basis. However, as per the MCA Circulars,
COMPANY SECRETARY & attendance of Members holding more than 2% of the
COMPLIANCE OFFICER shares of the Company, Institutional Investors as on
M.NO – F3939 the Cut-off Date, Directors, Key Managerial Personnel
and Auditors will not be restricted on first come first
Mumbai, May 8, 2024
serve basis.
NOTES:
Members attending the Meeting through VC/OAVM
[a] The information required to be provided under the
will be counted for the purposes of Quorum under
SEBI (Listing Obligations and Disclosure Requirements)
Section 103 of the Act.
Regulations, 2015 (“Listing Regulations”) and
Secretarial Standard - 2 on General Meetings, [c] Final Dividend for FY 2023-24:
regarding the Directors who are proposed to be The Board of Directors, at its meeting held on May 8,
appointed/re-appointed and the relative Explanatory 2024, has recommended a Final Dividend of ¢ 28/- per
Statement pursuant to Section 102 of the Companies share, in addition to the Special Dividend of ¢ 6 per
Act, 2013 (“the Act”), in respect of the business under share paid to the shareholders on August 14, 2023.
items 6 to 16 set out above are annexed hereto. The record date for the purpose of payment of Final
[b] Meeting through VC/OAVM Dividend will be Thursday, June 20, 2024 (“Record
Date”). Final Dividend, if approved by the Members
Ministry of Corporate Affairs (“MCA”) vide its
at this Meeting, will be directly credited to the bank
Circular No. 9/2023 dated September 25, 2023 (In
accounts of the shareholders as on the Record Date.
continuation with the Circulars issued earlier in this
regard) (“MCA Circulars”) has allowed conducting SEBI vide its Master Circular No. SEBI/HO/MIRSD/
Annual General Meeting (AGM) through Video POD-1/P/CIR/2024/37 dated May 7, 2024, has
Conferencing (VC) or Other Audio-Visual Means mandated that with effect from April 1, 2024,
(OAVM) without the physical presence of Members dividend to security holders who are holding securities
at a common venue till September 30, 2024. The in physical form, shall be paid only through electronic
MCA Circulars prescribe the procedures and manner mode. Such payment shall be made only after the
of conducting the AGM through VC/OAVM. In shareholders furnish their PAN, contact details (postal
compliance with the applicable provisions of the Act address with PIN and mobile number), bank account
and MCA Circulars, the 79th AGM of the Members details & specimen signature (“KYC”) and choice
will be held through VC/OAVM. Hence, Members can of Nomination. Further, relevant FAQs published by
attend and participate in the AGM through VC/OAVM SEBI on its website can be viewed at the following
only. link: https://www.sebi.gov.in/sebi_data/faqfiles/jan-
Since this AGM is being held through VC/OAVM the 2024/1704433843359.pdf
physical attendance of members is dispensed with
299
Notice
Members holding shares in physical form [e] Dispatch of AGM Notice and Integrated Annual
are requested to furnish Form ISR-1, Form Report through electronic mode:
ISR-2 and SH-13 (available on the Company’s In line with the MCA Circulars and SEBI Circulars,
website at https://investors.larsentoubro.com/ this Notice along with the Integrated Annual
DownloadableForms.aspx#) to update KYC and choice Report for FY 2023-24 is being sent by electronic
of Nomination (in case the same are not already mode to those Members whose email addresses
updated), to KFin Technologies Limited (“KFintech”), are registered with the Company/Depositories/
Selenium Tower B, Plot Nos. 31 & 32, Financial District, Depositary Participants/KFintech. Members may note
Nanakramguda, Serilingampally, Hyderabad - 500032, that the Notice and Integrated Annual Report for
who are the Company’s Registrar and Share Transfer FY 2023-24 will also be available on the Company’s
Agents, so as to reach them latest by the Record website www.larsentoubro.com, websites of the
Date i.e. Thursday, June 20, 2024. Alternatively, Stock Exchanges i.e. BSE Limited and National Stock
members may send the documents by email to Exchange of India Limited at www.bseindia.com and
KFintech at [email protected] or upload on www.nseindia.com respectively and on the website
their webportal https://ris.kfintech.com, provided in of National Securities Depository Limited (NSDL)
both cases the documents furnished shall have digital at www.evoting.nsdl.com. Hard copy of the full
signature of the holders. Integrated Annual Report will be sent to shareholders
In respect of members holding shares in demat mode, who request for the same.
the details as would be furnished by the Depositories The Company will also be publishing an advertisement
as on the Record Date will be considered by the in newspapers containing the details about the AGM
Company. Hence, members holding shares in demat i.e., the conducting of AGM through VC/OAVM, date
mode are requested to update their details with their and time of AGM, availability of notice of AGM at the
Depository Participants at the earliest. Company’s website, manner of registering the email
IDs of those shareholders who have not registered
[d] TDS on Dividend:
their email addresses, manner of providing mandate
Dividend income is taxable in the hands of for dividends, and other matters as may be required.
shareholders and the Company is required to deduct
tax at source from dividend paid to shareholders at [f] Procedure for registration of email address by
the prescribed rates. Also, please note that the TDS shareholders:
rate would vary depending on the residential status, 1. Those Members who have not yet registered their
category of the shareholder, compliant/ non-compliant email address are requested to get their email
status in terms of Section 206AB of the Income Tax addresses registered by following the procedure
Act, 1961 and is subject to submission of all the given below:
requisite declarations/documents to the Company. a) Members holding shares in physical form
For the prescribed rates for various categories, the are requested to furnish Form ISR-1, Form
shareholders are requested to refer to the Income Tax ISR-2 and SH-13 (available on the Company’s
Act, 1961. website at https://investors.larsentoubro.com/
The Company will be sending a communication DownloadableForms.aspx) along with
to the shareholders with the details of applicable the necessary attachments mentioned
tax rates to different categories of shareholders in the said Forms to KFintech, Selenium
and the documents/details required to be Tower B, Plot Nos. 31 & 32, Financial
submitted by the shareholders. These details District, Nanakramguda, Serilingampally,
would also be also available on the website of the Hyderabad - 500032. Members may
Company at https://investors.larsentoubro.com/ also email the duly filled forms to
listing-compliance-agm.aspx. [email protected]. This will enable
the shareholders to receive electronic
Members are requested to provide the documents/ copies of the Integrated Annual Report for
details to KFintech within the time prescribed in FY 2023-24 and this Notice.
the communication being sent to the shareholders
in order to enable us to determine the appropriate b) Members holding shares in demat form may
rate at which tax has to be deducted at source update their email address and other details
under the respective provisions of the Income-tax Act, with their respective Depository Participants.
1961. 2. Members who have already registered their
email addresses are requested to get their
email addresses validated with their Depository DownloadableForms.aspx# and on the website of
Participants/ KFintech to enable servicing the KFintech at https://ris.kfintech.com. It may be
of notices / documents / Annual Reports noted that any service request can be processed
electronically to their email address. only after the folio is KYC compliant.
[g] Important Information for Shareholders: 3. SEBI on January 24, 2022 has amended
1. Members may note that as per SEBI Master SEBI Listing Regulations and has mandated
Circular No. SEBI/HO/MIRSD/POD-1/P/CIR/2024/37 that transfer of securities should be done
dated May 7, 2024, it is mandatory for all holders in dematerialized form only. In view of the
of physical securities in listed entities to update same and to eliminate all risks associated with
their KYC and choice of Nomination with the physical shares and to avail various benefits
Registrar and Share Transfer Agent (‘RTA’), in of dematerialisation, Members are advised to
case they have not updated the same. As per the dematerialise the shares held by them in physical
SEBI Circular, effective from April 1, 2024, RTA form.
i.e. KFintech will attend to all service requests of [h] Inspection of Documents:
the shareholders with respect to transmission, The Register of Directors and Key Managerial
dividend, etc., only after updating the above Personnel and their shareholding maintained under
details in the records. Section 170 of the Act, the Register of Contracts or
As per the aforesaid SEBI Circular, members Arrangements in which the directors are interested,
holding securities in physical form may note maintained under Section 189 of the Act, and the
that any future dividend payable against their relevant documents referred to in the Notice will be
shareholding would be withheld if their KYC and available electronically for inspection by the members
choice of Nomination are not updated with the during the e-voting period and the AGM.
RTA. All shareholders will also be able to inspect all
For the purpose of updation of KYC and choice of documents referred to in the Notice electronically
Nomination, members are requested to send the without any fee from the date of circulation of this
necessary forms (ISR-1, ISR-2 and SH-13) along Notice up to the date of AGM. Members seeking to
with the necessary attachments mentioned in the inspect such documents may send an email request to
said Forms to KFintech, Selenium Tower B, Plot [email protected].
Nos. 31 & 32, Financial District, Nanakramguda, Transfer of unclaimed dividend and shares to
[i]
Serilingampally, Hyderabad - 500032. IEPF:
Alternatively, members may send the 1. Pursuant to Section 124 of the Act the unpaid
documents by email to KFintech at dividends that are due for transfer to the Investor
[email protected] or upload on their Education and Protection Fund (IEPF) are as
webportal https://ris.kfintech.com, provided in follows:
both cases the documents furnished shall have Dividend Date of For the year Due for
digital signature of the holders. No. Declaration ended Transfer on
88 22.08.2017 31.03.2017 27.09.2024
2. Members may please note that SEBI vide its
89 23.08.2018 31.03.2018 28.09.2025
Circular No. SEBI/HO/MIRSD/MIRSD_RTAMB/P/
90 01.08.2019 31.03.2019 06.09.2026
CIR/2022/8 dated January 25, 2022 has
91 18.03.2020 31.03.2020 24.04.2027
mandated listed companies to issue securities
92 13.08.2020 31.03.2020 18.09.2027
in dematerialized form only while processing
93 28.10.2020 31.03.2021 02.12.2027
service requests viz. Issue of duplicate securities
94 05.08.2021 31.03.2021 11.09.2028
certificate; claim from unclaimed suspense
95 04.08.2022 31.03.2022 10.09.2029
account; renewal/ exchange of securities
96 25.07.2023 31.03.2024 30.08.2030
certificate; endorsement; sub-division/ splitting 97 09.08.2023 31.03.2023 14.09.2030
of securities certificate; consolidation of
Members who have not encashed their
securities certificates/folios; transmission and
dividend warrants pertaining to the aforesaid
transposition. Accordingly, Members are
years may approach the Company/its
requested to make service requests by submitting
Registrar, for obtaining payments thereof
a duly filled and signed Form ISR – 4, the
atleast 20 days before they are due for
format of which is available on the Company’s
transfer to the IEPF.
website at https://investors.larsentoubro.com/
301
Notice
2. Adhering to the various requirements set out The Company has appointed NSDL, to provide VC
in the Investor Education and Protection Fund facility for conducting of the AGM.
Authority (Accounting, Audit, Transfer and
Members will be provided with a facility to attend
Refund) Rules, 2016, as amended, the Company
the AGM through VC/OAVM using the NSDL e-voting
has during FY 2023-24 transferred to the IEPF
system. Members may follow the steps mentioned in
Authority all shares in respect of which dividend
this Notice for access to NSDL e-voting system. After
has remained unpaid or unclaimed for seven
successful login, you can see the link of VC/OAVM
consecutive years or more as on the due date
placed under “Join General Meeting” menu against
of transfer. Details of shares transferred to IEPF
the Company name. You are requested to click on the
Authority are available on the website of the
VC/OAVM link placed under “Join General Meeting”
Company and the same can be accessed through
menu.
the link: https://investors.larsentoubro.com/
shareholder-services.aspx. The said details have Please note that the members who do not have the
also been uploaded on the website of the IEPF User ID and Password for e-voting or have forgotten
Authority and the same can be accessed through their User ID and Password may retrieve the same by
the link: www.iepf.gov.in. following the instructions mentioned in this Notice.
[j] Investor Queries and Grievance Redressal: Members can participate in AGM through smart
phone/laptop. However, for better experience and
The Company has designated an exclusive e-mail id
smooth participation it is advisable to join the Meeting
viz. [email protected] to enable Investors to
using Google Chrome, with Laptops connected
register their grievances, if any.
through broadband.
Members seeking any information with regard to the Further Members will be required to use Internet with
accounts or any matter mentioned in the AGM Notice, a good speed to avoid any disturbance during the
are requested to write to the Company on or before meeting.
the Cut-off Date i.e. Thursday, June 27, 2024 at
[email protected]. The same will be replied by Please note that participants connecting from Mobile
the Company suitably. Devices or Tablets or through Laptop via Mobile
Hotspot may experience Audio/Video loss due to
Members may note that in case they have any dispute fluctuation in their respective network. It is therefore
against the Company and/or its Registrar and Share recommended to use Stable Wi-Fi or LAN Connection
Transfer Agent, as per SEBI Circular SEBI/HO/OIAE/ to avoid any disturbances.
OIAE_ IAD-3/P/CIR/2023/195 dated July 31, 2023,
they can file for Online Resolution of Dispute which Members who would like to express their views or ask
harnesses online conciliation and online arbitration for questions during the AGM may register themselves as
resolution of disputes arising in the Indian Securities a speaker by sending a request from their registered
Market. Members can use this mechanism only after email address mentioning their name, DP ID and
they have lodged their grievance with the Company Client ID/folio number, PAN, mobile number to
and SEBI SCORES system and are not satisfied with the [email protected] on or before the
outcome. Cut-off Date i.e. Thursday, June 27, 2024. Those
Members who have registered themselves as a speaker
For more details, please see the following weblinks of and receive a confirmation from the Company will be
the Stock Exchanges: allowed to express their views/ask questions during the
BSE: https://bsecrs.bseindia.com/ecomplaint/ AGM. The Company reserves the right to restrict the
frmInvestorHome.aspx number of speakers depending on the availability of
time for the AGM.
NSE: https://www.nseindia.com/complaints/
[l] E-voting:
online-dispute-resolution
The businesses as set out in the Notice will be
[k] Instruction for attending the meeting through
transacted through electronic voting system and
VC/OAVM:
the Company will provide the facility for voting by
Convenience of different persons positioned in electronic means. In compliance with the provisions
different time zones has been kept in mind before of Section 108 of the Act read with Rule 20 of the
scheduling the time for this Meeting. Companies (Management and Administration) Rules,
2014, Secretarial Standard 2 on General Meetings are already registered with NSDL for remote e-voting,
and Regulation 44 of the Listing Regulations, the then you can use your existing user ID and password
Company is pleased to offer the facility of voting for casting your vote. If you forgot your password,
through electronic means. The said facility of casting you can reset your password by using “Forgot User
the votes by the members using electronic means Details/Password” or “Physical User Reset Password”
(remote e-voting and e-voting during the AGM) will be option available on www.evoting.nsdl.com or call at
provided by NSDL. 022 4886 7000.
A person whose name is recorded in the register Members are requested to follow the instructions
of members or in the register of beneficial owners given in this notice to cast their votes through
maintained by the depositories as on the Cut-off Date e-voting.
of Thursday, June 27, 2024 shall be entitled to avail
The detailed steps on the process and manner for
the facility of remote e-voting or e-voting during the
remote e-voting/e-voting at the AGM and to access
AGM. Persons who are not members as on the Cut-off
the VC facility at the AGM are as follows:
Date should treat this Notice for information purposes
only. Step 1: Access to NSDL e-voting system
The members who have cast their vote through remote I. Login method for remote e-voting and joining
e-voting prior to the AGM may also attend the AGM virtual meeting for Individual shareholders
but shall not be entitled to cast their vote again. holding securities in demat mode.
The remote e-voting period commences on Sunday, In terms of SEBI circular dated December 9, 2020
June 30, 2024 at 9.00 A.M and ends on Wednesday, on e-voting facility provided by Listed Companies,
July 3, 2024 at 5.00 P.M. During this period, members Individual shareholders holding securities in
of the Company holding shares either in physical demat mode are allowed to vote through their
or dematerialised form, as on the cut-off date of demat account maintained with Depositories and
Thursday, June 27, 2024 may cast their vote by Depository Participants. Shareholders are advised
remote e-voting. The remote e-voting module shall be to update their mobile number and email Id in
disabled by NSDL for voting thereafter. their demat accounts in order to access e-voting
facility.
Instructions for e-voting during the AGM:
The e-voting window shall be activated upon Login method for Individual shareholders holding
instructions of the Chairman during the AGM securities in demat mode is given below:
proceedings. Type of Login Method
Only those shareholders, who are present in the shareholders
AGM and have not cast their vote on the Resolutions Individual 1. Existing IDeAS user can visit the
through remote e-voting and are otherwise not Shareholders e-Services website of NSDL Viz.
barred from doing so, shall be eligible to vote through holding https://eservices.nsdl.com either on a
e-voting system available during the AGM. securities in Personal Computer or on a mobile. On
demat mode the e-Services home page click on the
Member(s), whose names appear in the Register with NSDL. “Beneficial Owner” icon under “Login”
of Members / list of Beneficial Owners as on the which is available under ‘IDeAS’ section,
Cut-off Date i.e. Thursday, June 27, 2024 are entitled this will prompt you to enter your existing
to vote on the Resolutions set forth in this Notice. User ID and Password. After successful
Any person who acquires shares of the Company authentication, you will be able to see
e-voting services under Value added
and becomes a member of the Company after the
services. Click on “Access to e-voting” under
notice is sent through e-mail and continues to hold e-voting services and you will be able to
shares as of the Cut-off Date i.e. Thursday, June see e-voting page. Click on company name
27, 2024, may obtain the login ID and password by or e-voting service provider i.e. NSDL and
sending a request to NSDL at [email protected] or you will be re-directed to e-voting website
the Company at [email protected] or follow of NSDL for casting your vote during the
the steps mentioned in the Notice of the AGM under remote e-voting period or joining virtual
“Access to NSDL e-voting system”. However, if you meeting & voting during the meeting.
303
Notice
issues related to login through Depository i.e. 5. Password details for shareholders other than
NSDL and CDSL. individual shareholders are given below:
Login type Helpdesk details a) If you are already registered for e-voting,
Individual Shareholders Members facing any technical issue in then you can use your existing password
holding securities in login can contact NSDL helpdesk by to login and cast your vote.
demat mode with sending a request at [email protected]
NSDL or call at 022 - 4886 7000 b) If you are using NSDL e-voting system
Individual Shareholders Members facing any technical for the first time, you will need to
holding securities in issue in login can contact CDSL retrieve the ‘initial password’ which was
demat mode with helpdesk by sending a request at communicated to you by NSDL. Once
CDSL [email protected] or
contact at toll free no. 1800 22 55 33 you retrieve your ‘initial password’, you
need to enter the ‘initial password’ and
II. Login method for e-voting for shareholders the system will force you to change your
other than Individual shareholders holding password.
securities in demat mode and shareholders
holding securities in physical mode. c) How to retrieve your ‘initial password’?
305
Notice
number, your PAN, your name and your “Physical User Reset Password?” option available
registered address. on www.evoting.nsdl.com to reset the password.
d) Members can also use the one-time 2. In case of any queries relating to e-voting you may
password (OTP) based login for casting refer to the FAQs for Shareholders and e-voting
the votes on the e-voting system of user manual for Shareholders available at the
NSDL. download section of www.evoting.nsdl.com
or call on 022 4886 7000 or send a request at
7. After entering your password, tick on Agree
[email protected].
to “Terms and Conditions” by selecting on
the check box. 3. Members who need assistance before or
during the AGM, can contact NSDL on
8. Now, you will have to click on “Login”
[email protected] / or call at 022 4886 7000.
button.
4. A Member can opt for only one mode of voting
9. After you click on the “Login” button, home
i.e. either through remote e-voting or at the
page of e-voting will open.
Meeting. If a Member has cast his vote by remote
Step 2: Cast your vote electronically and join e-voting then he will not be eligible to vote at the
General Meeting on NSDL e-voting system. Meeting.
1. After successful login at Step 1, you will be able 5. Institutional shareholders (i.e. other than
to see all the companies “EVEN” in which you individuals, HUF, NRI, etc.) are required to send
are holding shares and whose voting cycle and scanned copy (PDF/JPG format) of the relevant
General Meeting is in active status. Board Resolution/Authority letter etc., together
2. Select “EVEN 128746” to cast your vote during with attested specimen signature of the duly
the remote e-voting period and casting your vote authorized signatory(ies) who are authorized
during the AGM. For joining virtual meeting, you to vote, to the Scrutinizer through e-mail to
need to click on “VC/OAVM” link placed under [email protected], with a copy marked to
“Join General Meeting”. [email protected]. Institutional shareholders
(i.e. other than individuals, HUF, NRI etc.) can
3. Now you are ready for e-voting as the Voting page also upload their Board Resolution / Power of
opens. Attorney / Authority Letter etc. by clicking on
4. Cast your vote by selecting appropriate options “Upload Board Resolution / Authority Letter”
i.e. assent or dissent, verify / modify the number displayed under “e-voting” tab in their login.
of shares for which you wish to cast your vote Process for those shareholders whose email
and click on “Submit” and also “Confirm” when ids are not registered with the depositories for
prompted. obtaining user id and password and registration
5. Upon confirmation, the message “Vote cast of email ids for e-voting on the resolutions set
successfully” will be displayed. out in this Notice:
6. You can also take the printout of the votes cast 1. In case shares are held in physical mode please
by you by clicking on the print option on the provide Folio No., Name of shareholder, scanned
confirmation page. copy of the share certificate (front and reverse),
PAN (self attested scanned copy of PAN card),
7. Once you confirm your vote on the resolution, you AADHAR (self attested scanned copy of Aadhar
will not be allowed to modify your vote. Card) through email to [email protected].
General Guidelines for shareholders 2. In case shares are held in demat mode, please
1. It is strongly recommended not to share your provide DPID-CLID (16 digit DPID + CLID or 16
password with any other person and take utmost digit beneficiary ID), Name, client master or copy
care to keep your password confidential. Login of Consolidated Account statement, PAN (self
to the e-voting website will be disabled upon attested scanned copy of PAN card), AADHAR
five unsuccessful attempts to key in the correct (self attested scanned copy of Aadhar Card) to
password. In such an event, you will need to go [email protected]. If you are an individual
through the “Forgot User Details/Password?” or shareholder holding securities in demat mode,
you are requested to refer to the login method
explained at point I above i.e. Login method for Resolutions moved at the Meeting shall be announced
e-voting and joining virtual meeting for Individual by the Chairman or any other person authorized by
shareholders holding securities in demat mode. him, immediately after the results are declared.
3. Alternatively, shareholder/members may send a Based on the report received from the Scrutinizer,
request to [email protected] for procuring user the Company will submit details of the voting results
id and password for e-voting by providing above within 2 working days to the stock exchanges
mentioned documents. as required under Regulation 44(3) of the Listing
Regulations.
The instructions for members for e-voting on the
day of the AGM are as under:- The results declared alongwith the Scrutinizer’s
report, will be hosted on the website of the Company
1. The procedure for e-voting on the day of the
www.larsentoubro.com and on the website of NSDL
AGM is same as the instructions mentioned above
at https://evoting.nsdl.com and will be displayed on
for remote e-voting.
the Notice Board of the Company at its Registered
2. Only those Members/ shareholders, who will be Office as well as Corporate Office immediately
present in the AGM through VC/OAVM facility after the declaration of the result by the Chairman
and have not cast their vote on the Resolutions or any person authorised by him in writing and
through remote e-voting and are otherwise not communicated to the Stock Exchanges.
barred from doing so, shall be eligible to vote
through e-voting system in the AGM. EXPLANATORY STATEMENT
3. Members who have voted through remote As required by Section 102 of the Companies Act, 2013
e-voting will be eligible to attend the AGM. (“the Act”), the following Explanatory Statement sets out
However, they will not be eligible to vote at the material facts relating to the business under items 6 to 16
AGM. of the accompanying Notice dated May 8, 2024.
307
Notice
Basis of recommendation: addition to the audit fee as above and will be decided by
The Board and the Audit Committee considered various the Management in consultation with the Auditors and will
parameters while recommending the appointment of be subject to approval by the Board of Directors and/or the
MSKA as Statutory Auditors of the Company including Audit Committee.
but not limited to their capability to serve a diverse and Further, the remuneration for the remaining tenure
complex business landscape as that of the Company, of MSKA as Statutory Auditors for the FY 2025-26 to
existing experience in the Company’s business verticals FY 2028-29 will be approved by the Board of Directors and/
and segments, market standing of the firm, clientele and or the Audit Committee.
technical knowledge. MSKA was found suitable to handle
the scale, diversity and complexity associated with the audit The remuneration of existing auditors i.e. DHS for
of the financial statements of the Company. FY 2023-24 is ¢ 7 crore. The scope of DHS includes
Statutory Audit, limited review, audit of Internal control
Credentials of MSKA: over Financial Reporting, tax audit and transfer pricing.
Established in 1978, M S K A & Associates is an Audit fee of DHS for the year 2024-25 will be decided by
Indian partnership firm registered with the Institute of Audit committee considering the scope of work and time &
Chartered Accountants of India (ICAI) and the US Public efforts involved.
Company Accountancy Oversight Board (PCAOB) having
The fees are fixed after discussion with the respective
offices across 12 cities in India at Mumbai, Gurugram,
Auditors considering the scope of work, team size, systems
Chandigarh, Kolkata, Ahmedabad, Chennai, Goa, Pune,
and process in place at their respective firms.
Bengaluru, Kochi, Hyderabad and Coimbatore. The audit
firm has a valid peer review certificate. MSKA & Associates MSKA has given their consent to act as Statutory
is a member firm of BDO International. Auditors of the Company and have confirmed that the
said appointment if made will be in accordance with the
The Firm primarily provides Audit & Assurance services,
conditions prescribed under Sections 139 and 141 of the
tax and advisory services, to its clients. The Firm’s Audit &
Act.
Assurance practice has significant experience across various
industries, markets and geographies. Accordingly, the consent of the members is sought
for appointment of MSKA as Statutory Auditors of the
Joint Audit:
Company.
Both the Auditors, DHS and MSKA would jointly conduct
the audit from the conclusion of 79th Annual General The Directors recommend this resolution for approval of
Meeting of the Company till the conclusion of the 80th the shareholders.
Annual General Meeting and will be jointly and severally None of the Directors and Key Managerial Personnel of the
responsible for the audit. This would provide the new audit Company and their relatives are concerned or interested,
firm adequate time to get familiar with the Company’s financially or otherwise, in the resolution set out at Item
operations and processes. No. 6.
Terms and Conditions of appointment of MSKA: Item No. 7:
Tenure: Appointment of Mr. Siddhartha Mohanty
5 years from the conclusion of the 79th Annual General (representing equity interest of LIC), as Director of the
Meeting till the conclusion of the 84th Annual General Company.
Meeting. On the recommendation of the Nomination &
Remuneration: Remuneration Committee, Mr. Siddhartha Mohanty
(DIN: 08058830) was appointed by the Board of Directors
Fixed Remuneration for Statutory Audit, limited review and
as a Director in casual vacancy caused due to withdrawal
audit of Internal control over Financial Reporting - ¢ 1 crore
of nomination of Mr. Hemant Bhargava by Life Insurance
for FY 2024-25 plus applicable taxes, travelling and other
Corporation of India (LIC). Pursuant to Section 161(4) of
out of pocket expenses incurred by them in connection
the Act, Mr. Siddhartha Mohanty will hold office up to
with the statutory audit. The proposed fees is based on the
the date of the forthcoming Annual General Meeting. The
scope of work, team size, industry experience, expertise
Company has received a notice in writing from a member
and the time & efforts required to be put by MSKA for FY
under the provisions of Section 160 of the Act proposing
2024-25. The fees for services in the nature of statutory
the candidature of Mr. Siddhartha Mohanty as Director.
certifications and other professional work will be in
309
Notice
to the full value of the In Kingdom (IK) portion of the Company will be required to provide funding support by
contract. Such PCGs are to be issued upfront and remain way of an Inter Corporate Deposit (ICD) to LTMRHL.
valid till completion of all obligations under the awarded
Further, the Company also proposes to avail/render services
contract.
from/to LTMRHL and also lease property to/from LTMRHL in
Considering the increasing localization requirements in the the ordinary course of business.
Middle East, it has become imperative for the Company to
Accordingly, approval of the shareholders is sought for
bid for projects through its local subsidiaries. The Company
issuance of PCGs on behalf of LTMRHL, providing ICDs and
had in the past provided similar PCGs in favour of various
entering into other transactions in the ordinary course of
subsidiaries operating in the Middle East. However, post
business, for an amount not exceeding ¢ 4,800 crore.
the amendment in the definition of material related party
transactions, the aforesaid proposal now requires prior The shareholders through a resolution passed by Postal
approval of the shareholders. Ballot on January 18, 2024, approved a proposal for
entering into material related party transactions upto
Based on the expected probability of winning the bid, the
an amount not exceeding ¢ 3,600 crore with LTMRHL.
Company will be required to provide PCGs of value upto
The Company is seeking renewal of approval as well as
¢ 12,500 crore or USD 1500 Mn, whichever is higher, in
approval for certain additional transactions at this AGM to
favour of LTA as per the requirements of the customers
ensure continuity of business.
with respect to the projects.
Transactions with Other Subsidiaries:
Accordingly, an enabling approval of the shareholders
is sought for issuance of PCGs on behalf of LTA upto Given the nature and scope of the business, the Company
¢ 12,500 crore or USD 1500 Mn, whichever is higher. works closely with its related parties (including subsidiaries)
to achieve its business objectives and enters into various
The shareholders through a resolution passed by Postal operational transactions with its related parties, from
Ballot on January 18, 2024, approved issuance of PCGs time to time, in the ordinary course of business and on
on behalf of LTA upto an amount not exceeding ¢ 12,500 arm’s length. Amongst the transactions that Company
crore or USD 1500 Mn, whichever is higher. enters into with its related parties, the estimated value
The Company is seeking renewal of approval at this AGM of the contracts/arrangements/transactions with L&T-MHI
to ensure continuity of business. This will enable LTA to Power Boilers Private Limited, L&T Special Steels and Heavy
procure EPC contracts and benefit the group as a whole. Forgings Private Limited, L&T Modular Fabrication Yard LLC
and LTIMindtree Limited, subsidiaries of the Company
Transactions with L&T Metro Rail (Hyderabad) Limited (“Related Parties”), are likely to exceed the threshold of
(LTMRHL): material Related Party Transactions.
LTMRHL is a subsidiary of the Company formed for
The Company has been undertaking transactions of similar
the development of Hyderabad Metro Rail Project. The
nature in the past in the ordinary course of business and
Project spans 69.20 Km across three elevated corridors in
on arm’s length after obtaining requisite approvals of the
Hyderabad City. The Project has been developed on DBFOT
Audit Committee of the Company. The maximum annual
(Design, Build, Finance, Operate and Transfer) basis under a
value of the proposed transactions with the aforesaid
Public Private Partnership model.
related parties is estimated on the basis of the Company’s
LTMRHL has raised debt in the form of Non-Convertible current transactions with them and the future business
Debentures and Commercial Papers. LTMRHL is prospects.
contemplating setting up bank borrowing limits in case
The proposed transactions, being operational and critical
the market conditions are not favourable for borrowings
in nature, play a significant role in the Company’s business.
through Non-Convertible Debentures and Commercial
Therefore, in order to secure continuity of operations, the
Papers. These borrowings would be utilized to pay off
Company is proposing to seek approval of shareholders for
the existing Non-Convertible Debentures and Commercial
the potential quantum of transactions with the aforesaid
Papers as per the respective maturities. The Company will
related parties.
be required to issue Parent Corporate Guarantee(s) for the
bank borrowing of LTMRHL. The shareholders of the Company at the previous AGM
held on August 9, 2023 had approved a similar proposal
Additionally, LTMRHL has availed facilities from banks. In
for entering/continuing to enter into material related party
the eventuality LTMRHL is unable to meet its obligations
transactions with these Related Parties, which is valid till
under the terms of its agreement with the banks, the
this AGM.
The Company is seeking renewal of approval at this AGM plants of NPCIL. The estimated value of the contracts/
to ensure continuity of business. arrangements/transactions with NPCIL, over the next one
year is ¢ 2,800 crore, which shall exceed the threshold of
Transactions with Nuclear Power Corporation of India
material Related Party Transactions.
Limited:
Transactions between a listed entity and related parties of The Company has been undertaking transactions of similar
its subsidiaries are considered as a Related Party Transaction nature in the past which were entered in the ordinary
pursuant to amendment in the definition of related course of business and at arm’s length. The value of the
party transactions under the Listing Regulations. Hence, proposed transactions with NPCIL is estimated on the
transactions between the Company and Nuclear Power basis of the Company’s current transactions and the future
Corporation of India Limited (NPCIL) (Related Party of a business prospects.
subsidiary viz. L&T Special Steels and Heavy Forgings Private The proposed transactions, being operational and critical
Limited) shall be treated as Related Party Transactions. in nature, play a significant role in the Company’s business
NPCIL is a public sector undertaking owned by the and are equally critical for the Government of India. The
Government of India and is responsible for design, said contracts/arrangements/transactions are commercially
construction, commissioning and operation of Nuclear beneficial and in the interest of the Company.
Power Plants. The shareholders of the Company at the previous AGM
The Heavy Engineering vertical of the Company sells held on August 9, 2023 had approved a similar proposal
steam generators, end shields and fittings, etc. for the for entering/continuing to enter into material related party
various Nuclear Power Plants of NPCIL. The Heavy Civil transaction(s) upto an amount not exceeding ¢ 3,000 crore
Infrastructure vertical of the Company carries out various with NPCIL which is valid till this AGM. The Company is
civil and construction works and provides service package seeking a renewal of the approval at this AGM to ensure
equipment, components, systems, etc for atomic power continuity of business with NPCIL.
311
Notice
Particulars Resolution No. 9 Resolution No. 10 Resolution No. 11 Resolution No. 12 Resolution No. 13 Resolution No. 14 Resolution No. 15
The PCGs will be valid till the
completion of all statutory
obligations under the relevant
Engineering, Procurement and
Construction (EPC) contract
which is generally 3-5 years
from the date of issuance.
The transaction is in the
ordinary course of business
since the Company has been
issuing such PCGs for the past
several years.
Transaction related Not Applicable The Company may be Not Applicable Not Applicable Not Applicable Not Applicable Not Applicable
to providing loan(s)/ required to give an
advances(s) or Inter Corporate Deposit
securities for loan (ICD) upto ¢ 750 crore
taken by a related and Parent Company
party Guarantee upto an amount
of ¢ 4,000 crore.
Details of the Not Applicable Internal accruals Not Applicable Not Applicable Not Applicable Not Applicable Not Applicable
source of funds in
connection with
the proposed
transaction
If any financial Not Applicable as no NIL, since funding, if any, Not Applicable Not Applicable Not Applicable Not Applicable Not Applicable
indebtedness is indebtedness shall be incurred will be through internal
incurred to make by the Company accruals.
or give such loans/
advances/ securities
for loan and Nature
of Indebtedness/
Cost of Funds/Tenure
Applicable terms, The PCGs will be provided The tenure, interest rate, Not Applicable Not Applicable Not Applicable Not Applicable Not Applicable
including covenants, at an arm’s length basis and security and repayment
tenure, interest rate, a fee would be charged. schedule of the ICD will be
repayment schedule, The present charges are determined based on the
whether secured 0.30% per annum for requirement of funds and
(nature of security) Performance Guarantees, will be done in compliance
or unsecured which is benchmarked with with the provisions of the
the Company’s existing bank Act.
guarantee charges. The PCGs will be provided
on an arm’s length
basis and a fee would
be charged which will
be benchmarked with
the Company’s existing
bank guarantee charges
(presently the charges are
0.35% p.a. for Financial
Guarantees). The PCGs will
be valid till the maturity
of the borrowings to be
availed by LTMRHL
Purpose for which Not Applicable LTMRHL has availed Not Applicable Not Applicable Not Applicable Not Applicable Not Applicable
funds will be utilised facilities from banks. In
the eventuality LTMRHL
is unable to meet its
obligations under the terms
of its agreement with the
banks, the Company will
be required to provide
funds to the subsidiary
company.
Particulars Resolution No. 9 Resolution No. 10 Resolution No. 11 Resolution No. 12 Resolution No. 13 Resolution No. 14 Resolution No. 15
Any advance paid NIL
or received for the
transaction
Percentage of the 5.65% 2.17% 1.94% 0.68% 0.54% 0.90% 1.27%
Company’s annual
consolidated
turnover for the
immediately
preceding financial
year (i.e FY 2023-24)
that is represented
by the value of
the proposed
transaction
Details about As the proposal relates to As the proposal relates The Company is in the The Heavy Engineering The Power business LTIMindtree is a listed The nuclear business
valuation, arms providing Parent Company to providing ICDs/Parent business of bidding for business manufactures and of the Company is subsidiary of the segment of the Heavy Civil
length and ordinary Guarantees on behalf of LTA Company Guarantees various EPC contracts in supplies custom designed into construction and Company engaged Infrastructure vertical of
course of business the question of valuation does on behalf of LTMRHL the India as well as overseas. equipment & critical piping commissioning of power in the business of the Company offers turnkey
not arise. question of valuation does Most of the EPC projects to process industries such plants. Boilers are a providing IT services. services, civil, mechanical,
The PCGs will be provided not arise. involve use of customized as fertilizer, chemical, critical component of the The Company, in electrical, instrumentation
at an arm’s length basis and The ICD will be provided at fabricated structures as per refinery, petrochemical, power plant and hence the ordinary course and modular construction
a fee would be charged. an arm’s length basis and the contract specifications. and oil & gas, as well as procurement of Boilers is of its business, technology and also
The present charges are interest will be charged in As far as Indian projects to sectors such as thermal in the ordinary course of generally procures manufactures and supplies
0.30% per annum for accordance with provisions are concerned, the & nuclear power and business for the Company. various software and custom designed critical
Performance Guarantees, of the Act. Company has its own aerospace. LMB is a joint venture customized software equipment for Nuclear Power
which is benchmarked with fabrication facilities in The Precision Engineering of the Company with solutions form LTIM. Plants.
The PCGs will be provided India. In case of overseas LTIM also provides the
the Company’s existing bank at an arm’s length basis & Systems business Mitsubishi Heavy Industries The Heavy Engineering vertical
guarantee charges. projects, the Company provides concept-to-design Limited (MHI) and is support required on the of the Company manufactures
and a fee would be generally uses such software subsequently.
charged. The present to- delivery customised part of the technical and supplies custom designed
facilities outside India to solutions across chosen collaboration which is Buildings & Factories critical equipment for Nuclear
charges are 0.35% per save on logistics costs.
annum for Financial strategic segments with engaged in construction (B&F) business vertical Power Plants.
Guarantees which is Thus, availing fabrication a focus on indigenous and commissioning of of the Company is The Company has been
benchmarked with the services is an activity in the design and emphasis on power plants. equipped with the carrying out similar activities
Company’s existing bank normal course of business. creating Indian Intellectual While bidding for a project, domain knowledge, for several years in the past
guarantee charges. The Company obtains Property (IP). The business the technical qualifications requisite expertise for these sectors and hence
quotations from various is structured to provide of MHI adds to the pre- and wide-ranging these transactions are in the
parties for its fabrication direction to various qualifications of the experience to ordinary course of business.
activities and based on the segments of operations, as Company. The Company is undertake Engineering,
under: Procurement and The transactions being
price, quality, timelines, charged a price comparable executed by different verticals
etc., the contract gets a) Marine Platforms, with what LMB charges to Construction of all
types of building and of the Company are arising
finalized. Equipment, and its other customers. Hence out of contracts received by
Systems the transaction is at arm’s factory structures.
MFY also quotes for It provides concept the Company from NPCIL
such contracts and gets b) Land Platforms, length. through competitive bidding.
to commissioning
selected only if the quote Equipment, and The Company also avails solutions for IT parks, The commercial terms of
is competitive. Systems infrastructure and business office spaces, high transaction(s) are in line with
c) Aerospace Systems support services with rise towers and green usual business practices.
respect to Boilers from buildings, metro Thus, the transactions can be
Both these businesses LMB. deemed to be at arm’s length.
require customized forging. stations, etc.
Hence procurement of LMB operates from B&F vertical of the
forgings is in the ordinary common campuses across Company proposes to
course of business of the the country and expenses construct commercial
Company. related to the same buildings/IT Parks for
are apportioned by the the use of LTIM.
The businesses procure Company to LMB.
forgings from LTSSHF as
well as external vendors
and hence arm’s length
is decided based on
comparable quotes. Factors
such as timeliness and
quality are also considered
before deciding on the
procurement.
313
Notice
Particulars Resolution No. 9 Resolution No. 10 Resolution No. 11 Resolution No. 12 Resolution No. 13 Resolution No. 14 Resolution No. 15
The Company also has The contracts will be
other transactions such awarded on competitive
as sale of plant and bidding basis and
machinery, scrap material, hence the transaction
charges for lease of is at arm’s length and
fabrication yard area, etc. in the ordinary course
with LTSSHF. of business of the
LTSSHF operates from a Company.
common campus in Hazira
and expenses related to
the same are apportioned
by the Company to LTSSHF.
Rationale/Benefit of The PCGs are an essential The ICD would enable The Energy & Hydrocarbon The Heavy Engineering The Power business of LTIM is an authorized The Heavy Engineering and
the transaction and part of EPC contracts. LTA LTMRHL to service the business of the Company and Precision Engineering the Company bids for supplier for various Heavy Civil Infrastructure
why this transaction will not be awarded contracts interest component of the bids for various EPC & Systems business of execution of a power plant softwares and gets verticals of the Company bid
is in the interest of without this requirement bank borrowings availed contracts. Customized the Company bids for project after taking into the benefit of bulk for various projects floated by
the Company being fulfilled. by LTMRHL. fabrication activities are an various projects (including consideration various costs purchases. It also NPCIL. Both these verticals
Issuance of such PCGs enables The PCG is an essential essential part of execution defence contracts of the involved. provides service support have specific business
LTA to bid for and execute part for enabling raising of such contracts. Such Government). Procurement of Boilers for such softwares. The segments that cater to the
more EPC contracts in its of funds by LTMRHL. This activities are normally Some of these contracts is an integral part of the Company is able to specialized needs of NPCIL.
country of operations. This will will enable the subsidiary done through MFY which require procurement of installation of a power leverage these benefits Considering that the Company
benefit the group as a whole. company to get the funds has the technical expertise, forgings. LTSSHF is a plant. for its business. has executed similar projects
at competitive rates which facilities and execution prequalified supplier for With respect to for NPCIL in the past, the
capabilities. While bidding for the
will benefit the group as a most of the clients project, the Company construction of technical qualification of the
whole. states that the Boilers commercial buildings/ Company adds to the pre-
and other infrastructure IT Park for LTIM, The qualification requirements
support services will be Company will get stipulated by NPCIL for such
procured from LMB which the benefit of more projects.
is pre-qualified as per the business prospects Execution of projects for
contractual conditions. and timely assured NPCIL will broaden the
payments, while LTIM revenue base of the Company
will be assured of and lead to effective
timely completion of utilization of the business
the project and superior resources that the Company
quality of construction. has created to cater to the
requirements of customers
including NPCIL. This will
ultimately lead to enhanced
shareholder value creation.
The transactions proposed
with NPCIL is purely
commercial in nature and
approval is being sought
on account of the change
in definition of RPTs as
stipulated under Listing
Regulations.
Any other The Company is bound by LTMRHL requires working The Company is expected to bid for various projects during the year.
information relevant confidentiality clause in the capital to fund its The above related party contracts/arrangements will materialize only if the Company succeeds in the tenders being participated.
or important customer contract(s) and operations. It proposes to
for the shareholders hence not in a position to raise funds through bank Since it is not possible to predict the exact amount of the contract(s), enabling approval of shareholders is being sought.
disclose the exact particulars borrowings. Considering
to take an informed of the contracts including the its financial position,
decisio name of the customers. LTMRHL may not be able
to raise funds without the
support of the Company.
The amount of funds
raised will depend on the
requirement of LTMRHL.
Since the exact timing and
amount of borrowing is
not known at this point of
time, an enabling approval
is being sought from the
shareholders.
315
Notice
Name of the Director Mr. R. Shankar Raman Mr. Subramanian Sarma Mr. Siddhartha Mohanty
Date of Birth December 20, 1958 February 4, 1958 June 8, 1963
Date of Appointment on October 1, 2011 August 19, 2015 May 28, 2024
the Board
Qualifications B. Com, ACA and ACMA Masters’ Degree in Chemical Engineering from Bachelor’s degree in Law, Post
IIT Bombay Graduate in Political Science and Post
Graduate Certification in Business
Management.
Expertise Vast experience in the Finance, Taxation, Risk Expertise in managing large business portfolios Vast experience in Insurance sector
Management, Legal and Investor Relations in energy sector. in various positions in marketing, HR,
Investment and Legal functions.
Directorships held in 1. LTIMindtree Limited 1. L&T Valves Limited 1. Life Insurance Corporation of
other public companies 2. L&T Realty Developers Limited 2. L&T Energy Green Tech Limited India
including private 3. L&T Seawoods Limited 3. L&T Electrolysers Limited 2. LIC Card Services Limited
companies which are 3. LIC Housing Finance Limited
4. L&T Finance Limited
subsidiaries of public
5. L&T Metro Rail (Hyderabad) Limited 4. LIC Mutual Fund Asset
companies (excluding
Management Limited
foreign companies)
5. LIC Pension Fund Limited
Details of Listed entities None None 1. The India Cements Limited
from which he resigned 2. Mahindra & Mahindra Financial
during the last three Services Limited
years. (Note: Mr. Siddhartha Mohanty
resigned from the above companies
pursuant to withdrawal of
nomination by LIC.)
Memberships/ Member: Member: Member:
Chairmanships of Audit Committee Risk Management Committee Nomination & Remuneration
committees across all 1. L&T Finance Limited 1. Larsen & Toubro Limited Committee
companies 1. Life Insurance Corporation of
2. L&T Metro Rail (Hyderabad) Limited
3. LTIMindtree Limited India
Nomination and Remuneration Stakeholders Relationship
Committee Committee
1. L&T Finance Limited 1. Larsen & Toubro Limited
(appointed effective from May
CSR & Sustainability Committee
28, 2024)
1. Larsen & Toubro Limited
Risk Management Committee
1. L&T Finance Limited
Number of Meetings 6 out of 6 6 out of 6 NA
attended during the year
Shareholding in the Please refer to page no. 345 of this Integrated Annual Report. NIL
Company
Relationships between None None None
directors inter-se
INFORMATION AT A GLANCE:
Sr. no Particulars Details
1. Day, Date and Time of AGM Thursday, July 4, 2024, 3:00 P.M.
2. Mode Video Conference (VC) or Other Audio Visual Means (OAVM)
3. Participation through VC/OAVM Members can login from 02.30 P.M. (IST) on the date of the AGM at www.evoting.nsdl.com.
4. Helpline Number for VC/OAVM NSDL Helpline No. 022 4886 7000
participation
5. Submission of Questions/Queries Members seeking any information with regard to the accounts or any matter mentioned
before AGM in the AGM Notice, are requested to write to the Company on or before the Cut-off Date
i.e. Thursday, June 27, 2024 via email at [email protected]. The same will be replied
by the Company suitably.
6. Speaker Registration before AGM Members may register themselves as a speaker by sending a request from their registered
email address mentioning their name, DP ID and Client ID/folio number, PAN, mobile
number to [email protected] on or before the Cut-off Date i.e. Thursday,
June 27, 2024.
7. Transcript Will be made available post AGM at www.larsentoubro.com
8. Dividend for FY 2023-24 Final Dividend of ¢ 28 per equity share of face value of ¢ 2 each
recommended by the Board
Special Dividend for FY 2023-24 of ¢ 6 per equity share has been paid to the shareholders
on August 14, 2023.
9. Record Date Thursday, June 20, 2024
10. Dividend Payment Date Tentatively on Tuesday, July 9, 2024
11. Cut-off date for e-voting Thursday, June 27, 2024
12. Remote e-voting start time and date Sunday, June 30, 2024, 09.00 A.M
13. Remote e-voting end time and date Wednesday, July 3, 2024, 05.00 P.M
14. Remote e-voting website of NSDL Shares held in Demat mode with NSDL:
1. Shareholders registered for NSDL IDeAS facility: https://eservices.nsdl.com
2. Others: www.evoting.nsdl.com
Shares held in Demat mode with CDSL:
1. Shareholders who have opted for Easi facility of CDSL:
https://web.cdslindia.com/myeasitoken/home/login
2. Others: www.cdslindia.com
Logging in through Depositary Participants:
Members can also login using the login credentials of their demat account through your
DP registered with NSDL /CDSL for e-voting facility.
15. Name, address and contact details Registrar and Transfer Agent
of e-voting service provider and KFin Technologies Limited
registrar and transfer agent Selenium Tower B, Plot Nos. 31 & 32, Financial District, Nanakramguda,
Serilingampally, Hyderabad – 500032
Tel No: 1800-425-8998/1800-345-4001
Email: [email protected]
E-voting Service Provider
National Securities Depositories Limited (NSDL)
Trade World, A Wing, 4th Floor, Kamala Mills Compound, Lower Parel, Mumbai – 400013
Tel No: 022 4886 7000
Email: [email protected]
16. Email Registration and Contact Demat Shareholders:
Updation Process Contact respective Depository Participant
Physical Shareholders:
Please furnish Form ISR-1, Form ISR-2 and SH-13 (available on the Company’s website at
https://investors.larsentoubro.com/DownloadableForms.aspx) along with the necessary
attachments mentioned in the said Forms to KFin Technologies Limited, Selenium Tower
B, Plot Nos. 31 & 32, Financial District, Nanakramguda, Serilingampally, Hyderabad -
500032. Members may also email the duly filled forms to [email protected].
317
Board
Report
Board Report
Dear Members,
The Directors have pleasure in presenting their 79th Integrated Annual Report and Audited Financial Statements of Larsen &
Toubro Limited for the year ended March 31, 2024.
FINANCIAL RESULTS:
The Company’s financial performance for the year ended March 31, 2024 is summarised below:
v crore
Particulars 2023-24 2022-23
Profit before depreciation, exceptional items & tax 12619.33 11204.34
Less: Depreciation, amortization, impairment, and obsolescence 1751.01 1371.64
Profit before exceptional items and tax 10868.32 9832.70
Add: Exceptional Items 586.47 –
Profit before tax 11454.79 9832.70
Less: Provision for tax (including tax on exceptional items) 2150.46 1983.73
Net profit after tax 9304.33 7848.97
Add: Balance brought forward from the previous year 35863.32 31131.14
Less: Dividend paid for the previous year 3373.56 3091.42
Less: Special dividend paid 843.39 –
Add/(Less): Gain/(loss) on remeasurement of the net defined benefits plans 10.43 (25.37)
Balance to be carried forward 40961.13 35863.32
PERFORMANCE OF THE COMPANY: September 25, 2023 and the payment was made on
The total income for the financial year under review was September 28, 2023.
¢ 131576.45 crore as against ¢ 114535.93 crore for the AMOUNT TO BE CARRIED TO GENERAL RESERVE:
previous financial year, registering an increase of 14.88%.
The Company has not transferred any amount from profit
The Profit before exceptional items and tax was ¢ 10868.32
and loss to general reserve during FY 2023-24.
crore for the financial year under review as against
¢ 9832.70 crore for the previous financial year. The profit GREAT PLACE TO WORK®
after tax was ¢ 9304.33 crore for the financial year under The Company has been certified by Great Place to Work®
review as against ¢ 7848.97 crore for the previous financial Institute, as a “Great Place to Work® in India”, for
year, registering an increase of 18.54%. the second year running. This prestigious recognition,
BUYBACK OF SHARES: valued by employees and employers globally, reflects
the Company’s unwavering commitment to fostering a
The Company completed its maiden buyback during
culture of trust and care. Building on last year’s employee
FY 2023-24. The Board of Directors at its meeting held
survey, each business unit held in-depth action planning
on July 25, 2023, approved the buyback of equity shares
workshops led by senior leaders. These collaborative
through the Tender Offer route through stock exchange
sessions identified key areas for improvement, resulting in
mechanism, amounting to ¢ 10000 crore (excluding
well-defined action plans to strengthen our workplace. The
tax and transaction costs). After seeking shareholders’
leadership team in the businesses led the action plan based
approval through postal ballot, the Company bought back
on the last year’s survey results to connect and engage
3,12,50,000 equity shares representing 2.22% of the total
with employees, underscoring the Company’s dedication
issued and paid-up equity share capital of the Company
to creating a truly exceptional work environment. This
as on March 31, 2023, at a price of ¢ 3200 per share. The
recognition is a testament to the Company’s 8-decade
buyback was offered to all eligible equity shareholders
legacy of prioritizing a positive work experience, a source
of the Company. Tendering period for the said buyback
of immense pride for the L&T family.
commenced on September 18, 2023 and concluded on
The Directors recommend payment of final dividend of The Company has not defaulted on payment of any dues
¢ 28 per equity share of ¢ 2/- each on the share capital to the financial lenders.
amounting to ¢ 3849.07 crore, working out to a payout The Company’s borrowing programmes have received
ratio of 41.37%. Dividend is subject to approval of the highest credit ratings from CRISIL Ratings Limited,
members at the ensuing Annual General Meeting and ICRA Limited and India Ratings and Research Private
deduction of income tax at source. The final dividend, Limited. The details of the same are given on page 355 in
if approved by the members, would be paid to those Annexure ‘B’ – Report on Corporate Governance forming
members whose name appear in the Register of Members part of this Board Report and is also available on the
as on the Record Date mentioned in the Notice convening website of the Company.
the AGM.
CAPITAL EXPENDITURE:
The Dividend payment is based upon the parameters
As at March 31, 2024, the gross value of property,
mentioned in the Dividend Distribution Policy approved
plant and equipment, investment property and other
by the Board of Directors of the Company which is in
intangible assets, including leased assets, were at
line with regulation 43A of the SEBI (Listing Obligations
¢ 21993.62 crore and the net value of property, plant
and Disclosure Requirements) Regulations, 2015.
and equipment, investment property and other intangible
The Policy is uploaded on the Company’s website at
assets, including leased assets, were at ¢ 12463.33 crore.
https://www.larsentoubro.com/corporate/about-lt-group/
Capital Expenditure during FY 2023-24 amounted to
corporate-policies/ .
¢ 2916.46 crore.
CAPITAL & FINANCE:
DEPOSITS:
During FY 2023-24, the Company allotted 4,36,429 equity
During the year under review, the Company has not
shares of ¢ 2/- each upon exercise of vested stock options
accepted any deposits falling within the ambit of section
by the eligible employees under the Employee Stock Option
73 of the Companies Act, 2013 and the rules framed
Schemes.
thereunder. The requisite return for FY 2022-23 with
During FY 2023-24, the Company repaid Non-convertible respect to amount(s) not considered as deposits has been
Debentures amounting to ¢ 4800 crore as per the filed. The Company does not have any unclaimed deposits
repayment schedule. as of date.
The Company has issued and allotted on private SUBSIDIARY / ASSOCIATE / JOINT VENTURE
placement basis, Unsecured, Rated, Listed, Redeemable COMPANIES:
Non-convertible Debentures (NCDs) aggregating ¢ 7000 A statement containing the salient features of the
crore during FY 2023-24. These NCDs are listed on the financial statement of subsidiary / associate / joint
Wholesale Debt Market Segment of National Stock venture companies and their contribution to the overall
Exchange of India Limited. During FY 2023-24, the performance of the Company is provided on pages 648 to
Company also received ¢ 450 crore (¢ 2.5 lakh each on 659 of this Integrated Annual Report.
18,000 Debentures) towards the third and final call on
The Company has formulated a policy on identification
partly paid-up Debentures issued by the Company in
of material subsidiaries in accordance with Regulation
FY 2020-21. The funds raised through issuance of NCDs
16(1)(c) of the SEBI (Listing Obligations and Disclosure
were utilized as per the objects stated in the Information
Requirements) Regulations, 2015 and the same is placed on
Memorandum of the respective NCDs. The Company has
the Company’s website at https://www.larsentoubro.com/
been regular in making payments of principal and interest
corporate/about-lt-group/corporate-policies/. The Company
on the NCDs.
did not have any material subsidiary during FY 2023-24.
The Company has issued Commercial Papers amounting to
¢ 46975 crore during FY 2023-24. As on March 31, 2024,
319
Board
Report
During the year under review, the Company conditions precedent, agreed under the Share
subscribed to / acquired equity shares in various Purchase Agreement dated November 2, 2023.
subsidiary / associate / joint venture companies. The details b. Sale of stake in L&T Infrastructure
of investments / divestments in subsidiary / associate / joint Development Projects Limited
venture companies during the year are as under: The Company has concluded sale of its entire
A) Shares subscribed/ acquired during the year: equity stake in L&T Infrastructure Development
Projects Limited (‘LTIDPL’) to Epic Concesiones
Name of the Type of No. of shares
Private Limited on April 10, 2024. LTIDPL was a
Company Shares
joint venture between Larsen & Toubro Limited
L&T Semiconductor Equity 95,50,000
Technologies Limited and Canada Pension Plan Investment Board
L&T Offshore Private Equity 4,000 (CPP Investments) holding 51% and 49% shares
Limited respectively. LTIDPL and all its subsidiaries have
L&T Energy Green Tech Equity 5,10,00,007 ceased to be subsidiaries of the Company.
Limited
GH4India Private Equity 10,00,000
CHEME OF AMALGAMATION OF L&T ENERGY
S
Limited HYDROCARBON ENGINEERING LIMITED (LTEHE) AND
Corporate Park (Powai) Equity 20,50,000 L&T OFFSHORE PRIVATE LIMITED (LTOPL) WITH THE
Private Limited COMPANY (“THE SCHEME”):
Business Park (Powai) Equity 20,50,000 During the year under review, the Board of Directors of
Private Limited the Company approved a Scheme of Amalgamation of
L&T Finance Limited Equity 205 LTEHE and LTOPL with the Company. The said Scheme
L&T Electrolysers Equity 50,000 is subject to the approval of the Hon’ble National
Limited Company Law Tribunals having jurisdiction over these
L&T Metro Rail Equity 2,77,40,00,000 subsidiary companies. The rationale for the Scheme is to
(Hyderabad) Limited improve synergies and optimize administrative and other
Amalgamation of L&T Innovation Campus operational costs. Upon the Scheme becoming effective all
(Chennai) Limited (“LTICCL”) with L&T Seawoods shares held by the Company in LTEHE and LTOPL shall stand
Limited (“LTSL”): cancelled.
The Board of Directors of LTICCL and LTSL approved
PARTICULARS OF LOANS GIVEN, INVESTMENTS MADE,
the Scheme of Arrangement for merger of LTICCL with
GUARANTEES GIVEN OR SECURITY PROVIDED BY THE
LTSL (wholly owned subsidiaries of the Company).
COMPANY:
The Scheme of Amalgamation was approved by the
Hon’ble National Company Law Tribunal, Mumbai The Company has disclosed the full particulars of the
Bench and became effective from March 22, 2024. The loans given, investments made or guarantees given or
Appointed date for the Scheme was April 1, 2023. The security provided during the year, as required under section
Company was allotted 74,38,796 equity shares of LTSL 186 of the Companies Act, 2013, Regulation 34(3) and
as consideration pursuant to the aforesaid Scheme. Schedule V of the SEBI (Listing Obligations and Disclosure
B) Companies Struck off/liquidated: Requirements) Regulations, 2015 in Note 57 forming part
During the year under review, Kesun Iron and Steel of the financial statements.
Company Private Limited was struck off by the PARTICULARS OF CONTRACTS OR ARRANGEMENTS
Registrar of Companies on August 16, 2023. L&T WITH RELATED PARTIES:
Hydrocarbon Caspian LLC, a Joint Venture of the
Pursuant to the SEBI (Listing Obligations and Disclosure
Company based in Azerbaijan was liquidated on
Requirements) Regulations, 2015, the Company has
October 5, 2023.
formulated a Related Party Transactions Policy with clear
C) Equity shares sold / transferred / reduced during threshold limits for related party transactions. During the
the year: year under review, the policy was reviewed by the Audit
a. Sale of stake in L&T Infrastructure Committee and the Board and the thresholds for related
Engineering Limited party transactions were revised.
During the year, the Company has completed
the sale of its entire stake in L&T Infrastructure The updated Related Party Transactions Policy
Engineering Limited to STUP Consultants has been uploaded on the Company’s website
Private Limited, a subsidiary of Assystem SA of https://www.larsentoubro.com/corporate/about-lt-group/
France consequent to completion of customary corporate-policies/.
The Company has a process in place to periodically review Pursuant to the recommendation of the Nomination and
and monitor Related Party Transactions. Remuneration Committee (NRC), Mr. S.N Subrahmanyan
was appointed as Chairman and designated as Chairman
All related party transactions entered into during
& Managing Director of the Company with effect from
FY 2023-24 were in the ordinary course of business and
October 1, 2023.
at arm’s length. The Audit Committee has approved
the related party transactions for FY 2023-24 and the During the FY 2023-24, based on the recommendation of
estimated related party transactions for FY 2024-25. the NRC and the Board, the shareholders have approved
the appointment of Mr. Ajay Tyagi and Mr. P. R. Ramesh
There were no Related Party Transactions that have conflict
as Independent Directors of the Company for a term of 5
of interest with the Company.
years with effect from October 31, 2023 upto October 30,
The Company is seeking an enabling approval for certain 2028. The NRC considered the appointment of Mr. Ajay
material related party transactions at the ensuing Annual Tyagi and Mr. P. R. Ramesh as Independent Directors after
General Meeting (AGM). Shareholders are requested evaluating the skills, knowledge and experience required
to refer to the AGM notice at pages 295 to 317 of this on the Board as per the approved skill matrix.
Integrated Annual Report, for details of the proposed
related party transactions. Mr. R. Shankar Raman and Mr. Subramanian Sarma retire
by rotation at the ensuing Annual General Meeting (AGM)
MATERIAL CHANGES AND COMMITMENTS AFFECTING and being eligible, offer themselves for re-appointment.
THE FINANCIAL POSITION OF THE COMPANY, The notice convening the AGM includes the proposal for
BETWEEN THE END OF THE FINANCIAL YEAR AND THE
re-appointment of Directors.
DATE OF THE REPORT:
Other than stated elsewhere in this report, there are no The terms and conditions of appointment of the
material changes and commitments affecting the financial Independent Directors are in compliance with the provisions
position of the Company between the end of the financial of the Companies Act, 2013 and are placed on the website
year and the date of this report. of the Company https://investors.larsentoubro.com/
Listing-Compliance.aspx.
CONSERVATION OF ENERGY, TECHNOLOGY
ABSORPTION, FOREIGN EXCHANGE EARNINGS AND The Company has also disclosed on its website
OUTGO: https://investors.larsentoubro.com/Listing-Compliance.aspx
Information as required to be given under details of the familiarization programs to educate the
section 134(3)(m) of the Companies Act, 2013 read with Independent Directors regarding their roles, rights and
Rule 8(3) of the Companies (Accounts) Rules, 2014 is responsibilities in the Company and the nature of the
provided in Annexure ‘A’ forming part of this Board Report. industry in which the Company operates, the business
model of the Company, etc.
DETAILS OF CHANGES IN DIRECTORS AND KEY
MANAGERIAL PERSONNEL: NUMBER OF MEETINGS OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS:
Mr. A. M. Naik stepped down as Non- Executive Chairman This information is given in Annexure ‘B’ - Report on
of the Company with effect from September 30, 2023. He Corporate Governance forming part of this Report.
has been conferred the status of “Chairman Emeritus” by Members are requested to refer to page no. 334 of this
the Board. Integrated Annual Report.
Mr. M. V. Satish ceased to be a Whole-time Director of the
AUDIT COMMITTEE:
Company with effect from April 7, 2024, on account of
superannuation from the services of the Company. The Company has constituted an Audit Committee in
terms of the requirements of the Companies Act, 2013
Mr. M. M. Chitale, Mr. M. Damodaran and Mr. Vikram read with the rules made thereunder and Regulation 18 of
Singh Mehta ceased to be the Independent Directors of the SEBI (Listing Obligations and Disclosure Requirements)
the Company on completion of their tenure on March 31, Regulations, 2015. The details relating to the same are
2024. given in Annexure ‘B’ - Report on Corporate Governance
The Board places on record its appreciation towards forming part of this Board Report. Members are requested
valuable contribution made by them during their tenure as to refer to pages 338 to 341 of this Integrated Annual
Directors of the Company. Report.
321
Board
Report
STAKEHOLDERS RELATIONSHIP COMMITTEE: The disclosures required to be given under section 135
The Company has constituted a Stakeholders Relationship of the Companies Act, 2013 read with Rule 8(1) of the
Committee in terms of the requirements of the Companies Companies (Corporate Social Responsibility Policy) Rules,
Act, 2013 read with the rules made thereunder and 2014 are given in Annexure ‘C’ forming part of this Board
Regulation 20 of the SEBI (Listing Obligations and Report.
Disclosure Requirements) Regulations, 2015. The details The Chief Financial Officer of the Company has certified
relating to the same are given in Annexure ‘B’ - Report on that CSR funds so disbursed for the projects have been
Corporate Governance forming part of this Board Report. utilized for the purposes and in the manner as approved by
Members are requested to refer to pages 345 and 346 of the Board.
this Integrated Annual Report.
COMPANY POLICY ON DIRECTORS’ APPOINTMENT
NOMINATION AND REMUNERATION COMMITTEE: AND REMUNERATION:
The Company has constituted a Nomination and The NRC has formulated a policy on Directors’ appointment
Remuneration Committee in accordance with the and remuneration including recommendation of
requirements of the Companies Act, 2013 read with remuneration of the key managerial personnel and senior
the rules made thereunder and Regulation 19 of the management personnel, and the criteria for determining
SEBI (Listing Obligations and Disclosure Requirements) qualifications, positive attributes, and independence
Regulations, 2015. The details relating to the same are of a Director. Nomination and Remuneration Policy is
given in Annexure ‘B’ - Report on Corporate Governance provided as Annexure ‘F’ forming part of this Board
forming part of this Board Report. Members are requested Report and also disclosed on the Company’s website at
to refer to pages 341 to 345 of this Integrated Annual https://investors.larsentoubro.com/Listing-Compliance.aspx.
Report. The NRC has also formulated a separate policy on Board
RISK MANAGEMENT COMMITTEE: Diversity.
323
Board
Report
certificate, claim from unclaimed suspense account, In accordance with the provisions of the section 124(6) of
renewal/exchange of securities certificate, endorsement, the Companies Act, 2013 and Rule 6(3)(a) of the Investor
sub-division/split of securities certificate and consolidation Education and Protection Fund Authority (Accounting,
of securities certificates/folios need to be processed only Audit, Transfer and Refund) Rules, 2016 (‘IEPF Rules’),
in dematerialized form. In such cases, the Company the Company has transferred 4,04,158 equity shares
will issue a letter of confirmation, which needs to be of ¢ 2 each (0.03% of total number of shares) held by
submitted to Depository Participant(s) to get credit 2,749 shareholders (0.18% of total shareholders) to IEPF.
of the securities in dematerialized form. Shareholders The said shares correspond to the dividend which had
desirous of availing these services are requested to remained unclaimed for a period of seven consecutive
refer to the detailed procedure for availing these years from the financial year 2015-16. Subsequent to the
services provided on the website of the Company at transfer, the concerned shareholders can claim the said
https://investors.larsentoubro.com/InvestorKit.aspx. shares along with the dividend(s) by making an application
to IEPF Authority in accordance with the procedure
The Company has availed a special contingency insurance
available on www.iepf.gov.in and on submission of
policy towards the risks arising out of the requirements of
such documents as prescribed under the IEPF Rules. The
relating to issuance of duplicate securities, pursuant to SEBI
detailed procedure for claiming shares/dividend transferred
Circular dated May 25, 2022, which is renewed yearly.
to IEPF is made available on the Company’s website at
In view of the numerous advantages offered by the https://investors.larsentoubro.com/Investor-FAQ.aspx.
Depository system as well as to avoid frauds, members
The Company sends specific advance communication to
holding shares in physical form are advised to avail of the
the concerned shareholders at their address registered with
facility of dematerialization from either of the Depositories.
the Company and also publishes notice in newspapers
In adherence to SEBI’s circular to enhance the due diligence providing the details of the shares due for transfer to
for dematerialization of the physical shares, the Company enable them to take appropriate action. All corporate
has provided the static database of the shareholders benefits accruing on such shares viz. bonus shares, etc.
holding shares in physical form to the depositories which including dividend except rights shares shall be credited to
would augment the integrity of its existing systems and IEPF.
enable the depositories to validate any dematerialization
COMPLIANCE WITH SECRETARIAL STANDARDS ON
request.
BOARD AND GENERAL MEETINGS:
TRANSFER TO INVESTOR EDUCATION AND The Company has complied with Secretarial Standards
PROTECTION FUND: on Board Meetings and General Meetings issued by the
The Company has been regularly sending communications Institute of Company Secretaries of India.
to members whose dividends are unclaimed requesting
PROTECTION OF WOMEN AT WORKPLACE:
them to provide/update bank details with Registrar and
Transfer Agents (RTA)/Company, so that dividends paid The Company believes that all the women employees
by the Company are credited to the investor’s account should have the opportunity to work in an environment
on time. Efforts are also made by the Company in free from any conduct which can be considered as Sexual
co-ordination with the RTA to locate the shareholders who Harassment.
have not claimed their dues. The Company is committed to treating every employee
Despite these efforts, an amount of ¢ 12.47 crore towards with dignity and respect. The Company has formulated a
dividend and bonus fractional entitlement which were policy on ‘Protection of Women’s Rights at Workplace’ as
due and payable and remained unclaimed and unpaid per the provisions of the Sexual Harassment of Women at
for a period of seven years, were transferred to Investor Workplace (Prevention, Prohibition & Redressal) Act, 2013
Education and Protection Fund (IEPF) as provided in section and Rules thereunder (‘POSH Act & Rules’). The policy is
125 of the Companies Act, 2013 and the rules made applicable to all L&T establishments located in India. The
thereunder. policy has been widely disseminated. The Company has
constituted Internal Complaints Committees to ensure
Cumulatively, the amount transferred to the said fund was implementation and compliance with the provisions of the
¢ 70.11 crore as on March 31, 2024. aforesaid Act and the Rules.
This Policy encompasses the following objectives: z Corporate Governance: Pursuant to Regulation
34 of the SEBI (Listing Obligations and Disclosure
z To define Sexual Harassment;
Requirements) Regulations, 2015, a Report on
z To lay down the guidelines for reporting acts of Sexual Corporate Governance and a certificate obtained from
Harassment at the workplace; and the Statutory Auditors confirming compliance with
Corporate Governance requirements provided in the
z To provide the procedure for the resolution and
aforesaid Regulations, are provided in Annexure ‘B’
redressal of complaints of Sexual Harassment.
forming part of this Report.
A detailed procedure for making a Complaint, initiating an z Business Responsibility and Sustainability
enquiry, redressal process and preparation of report within Reporting: As per Regulation 34 of the SEBI (Listing
a stipulated timeline is laid out in the Policy document. Obligations & Disclosure Requirements) Regulations,
The Policy also covers Disciplinary Action for Sexual 2015, a separate section on Business Responsibility
Harassment. The Policy is uploaded on the Company’s and Sustainability Reporting forms a part of this
website at https://www.larsentoubro.com/corporate/ Integrated Annual Report (refer pages 242 to 294).
about-lt-group/corporate-policies/.
z Integrated Reporting: The Company is complying
Training programs and workshops for employees are with the applicable requirements of the Integrated
organised throughout the year. The orientation programs Reporting Framework. The Integrated Report tracks
for new recruits include awareness sessions on prevention the sustainability performance of the organization and
its interconnectedness with the financial performance,
of sexual harassment and upholding the dignity of
showcasing how the Company is adding value to its
employees. Specific programs have been created on
stakeholders. The Integrated Report forms a part of
the digital platform to sensitize employees to uphold
this Integrated Annual report.
the dignity of their colleagues and prevention of sexual
harassment. During FY 2023-24, about 17,426 employees z Annual Return: The Annual Return of the Company
have undergone training through the programs/ workshops for the FY 2023-24 is available on our website
including the awareness sessions held on digital platform. https://investors.larsentoubro.com/listing-compliance-
agm.aspx.
There were 3 complaints received during FY 2023-24. One
z Statutory Compliance: The Company has adequate
complaint has been redressed as per provision of POSH Act
systems and processes in place to comply with all
and Rules. The balance two complaints received during
applicable laws and regulations, pay applicable taxes
Q4 of FY 2023-24 are under inquiry. These complaints are on time, and ensures statutory CSR spend .
being redressed within the timelines prescribed in POSH
Act and Rules. z MSME: The Company has registered itself on Trade
Receivables Discounting System platform (TReDS)
OTHER DISCLOSURES: through the service providers Receivables Exchange
z ESOP Disclosures: There has been no material of India Limited. The Company complies with the
change in the Employee Stock Option Schemes (ESOP requirement of submitting a half yearly return to the
schemes) during the current financial year. Ministry of Corporate Affairs within the prescribed
timelines.
The disclosure relating to ESOPs required to be made
under the provisions of the Companies Act, 2013 z Insolvency and Bankruptcy Code (IBC): There are
and the rules made thereunder and the Securities no proceedings admitted against the Company under
and Exchange Board of India (Share Based Employee the Insolvency and Bankruptcy Code, 2016.
Benefit and Sweat Equity) Regulations, 2021 (SBEB
z KYC registration for holders of physical shares:
Regulations) is provided on the website of the
All shareholders of the Company holding shares in
Company https://investors.larsentoubro.com/listing-
physical form are requested to update their PAN,
compliance-agm.aspx.
Address, Email ID, Bank account details (KYC details)
A certificate obtained from the Secretarial Auditors, and Nomination details with the Company’s Registrar
confirming that the ESOP Schemes of the Company and Share Transfer Agent (RTA) at the earliest, in case
are in compliance with the SBEB Regulations and that the same are not updated.
the Company has complied with the provisions of the
The relevant forms for updating the KYC information
Companies Act, 2013 is also provided in Annexure ‘B’
and Nomination details are provided on the website
forming part of this Report.
325
Board
Report
A proposal for ratification of remuneration of the various other stakeholders for their continued co-operation
Cost Auditor for the FY 2024-25 is placed before the and support to the Company. Your Directors also wish to
Shareholders for approval in the ensuing Annual General record their appreciation for the continued co-operation
Meeting. and support received from the Joint Venture Partners and
Associates.
The Report of the Cost Auditors for the financial year
ended March 31, 2024 is under finalization and shall be For and on behalf of the Board
filed with the Ministry of Corporate Affairs within the
prescribed period.
S. N. SUBRAHMANYAN
ACKNOWLEDGEMENT:
Chairman & Managing Director
The Directors take this opportunity to thank the Members, (DIN:02255382)
Customers, Supply Chain Partners, Employees, Financial Date : May 8, 2024
Institutions, Banks, Central and State Government Place : Mumbai
authorities, Regulatory Authorities, Stock Exchanges and
327
Annexure to
the Board Report
reduction in reliance on grid and Diesel Generator Integration of a green hydrogen plant for furnace
(DG) set electricity and reduction in greenhouse operations in shop areas and secured Green Power
gas emissions. Purchase Agreements to ensure eco-friendly
power consumption.
Replacement of traditional DG light masts with
Hybrid Solar light masts at project sites helped to Power Purchase Agreement for establishing 2.5
reduce carbon emissions. Megawatt Peak (MWp) Solar Plant to replace
45% of energy usage with renewable energy at
Heavy Engineering business of the Company
Kansbahal Works. The initiative is poised to reduce
entered into a hybrid power purchase agreement
3200 MT Co2 emissions per year by lower thermal
for renewable energy and installed solar rooftop
power consumption.
plants.
Additionally, Talegaon unit of Precision
The strategic use of solar lighting around
Engineering Systems (PES) business has signed an
compound walls of Kanchipuram manufacturing
agreement to establish a 500 KWp onsite Solar
facility of Rubber Processing Machinery (RPM)
plant.
business of the Company lead to significant
energy savings. (iii) Capital investment on energy conservation
equipment:
(b) Wind energy:
z During FY 2023-24, Heavy Engineering business
During the FY 2023-24, Wind energy has been
of the Company has made a Capex investment of
utilized at various project sites of the Company,
¢ 4 Crore on energy conservation and renewable
contributing to reduced reliance on traditional
energy.
energy sources.
z Capital investment of ¢ 0.23 Crore on Solar
(c) Use of alternate fuels:
Installations, Pallet Burners, Solar Electric Vehicles
Usage of Compressed Biogas (CBG) in place of and Hybrid Solar light masts by the Transportation
Liquified Petroleum Gas (LPG) for Galvanizing Infrastructure business of the Company.
Furnace in Tower parts manufacturing plant
resulted in reduced emissions. z Energy - Power business of the Company has
installed 450TR (Ton of Refrigeration) energy
Usage of Piped Natural Gas (PNG) and cleaner efficient water cooler chiller at a cost of
energy source at few projects to power the Hot ¢ 1.35 Crore.
Mix Plants.
z Installation of VFD based cranes, Inverter based
Replacing Fossil fuel-based burners with Pallet ACs and energy efficient water coolers at a cost of
burners at multiple project sites helped reduce ¢ 0.70 crore at Hazira based Manufacturing facility
Greenhouse Gas emissions. of Energy- Hydrocarbon business of the Company.
Usage of renewable biological resources based [B] TECHNOLOGY ABSORPTION:
Biofuel for few project as an alternative to
(i) Efforts made towards technology absorption:
conventional fossil fuels.
z Development of technology for design and supply
Usage of CNG based vehicles and water tankers of Cryogenic Vaporiser for petrochemical industry.
at various project sites of Transportation
Infrastructure business of the Company. z Development of Chemical process technology in
the area of Aqueous Phase Reforming, residue
(d) Green energy: up-gradation (Petroleum Refining) and Coal/
Usage of natural skylight polycarbonate Petcoke Gasification.
sheets on the roofs for augmenting lighting
z Design development for Multi-tubular Reactor
in manufacturing plants leading to reduced
Systems and slug catcher.
electricity consumption during daytime.
z Usage of advanced manufacturing simulation
Adoption of Green Energy Tariff is helping us
technology for optimisation of heat input
reduce Scope-2 emissions at project sites of the
and distortion reduction through selection of
Company.
appropriate number of welding guns for site
repair.
329
Annexure to
the Board Report
z Utilization of 3D concrete printing technology projects for Metallurgical & Material Handling
for the construction of the post office building in business, capable of unloading both bottom
Bengaluru and other buildings in Tamil Nadu. discharge wagons and top open wagons. This
machine features unique tailor-made capabilities,
z Development of VFD (Variable Frequency
allowing it to unload 50 wagons within one hour.
Drive) concrete pump, aiming to reduce diesel
consumption and carbon emissions while z Development of straddle carrier, launching Girder
improving energy efficiency in concrete pumping controlling algorithms and data dashboards for
operations. the purpose of better monitoring and improving
machine performance.
z Usage of magnetic wire rope tester to detect
potential faults in tower crane wire ropes, z Improvement in Drum Cooler design for better life
ensuring safety and reliability. and reliability.
z Introduction of in-house developed Electric Vehicle z Capability development in new energy transition
(EV) trolley for transporting finishing materials like technologies viz. Blue/Green Ammonia,
gypsum and sandbags. Sustainable Aviation Fuels, Ammonia Cracking,
Biomass Gasification, Atmospheric Carbon
z Development of Pie Arm Erector with lifting
Capture.
capacity of upto 55 Metric Ton (MT) for Elevated
Metros in order to find an alternative to the portal (ii) Benefits derived like product improvement,
frame arrangement. cost reduction, product development or import
substitution:
z Implementation of the Tunnel Segment
Monitoring System (TSMS) enabling end-to-end z Increased self-reliance and savings in Foreign
tracking and digital documentation of precast Exchange in process plant and refinery equipment
segments, enhancing quality control, and sector.
streamlining the supply chain process for efficient
z Reduction in production cycle time, cost, and
production and delivery to the construction site.
rework due to implementation of advanced
z Implementation of AI-based vision analytics across manufacturing simulation technology.
few projects focusing on ensuring data privacy
z Enhanced and refined on-site fabrication
and security, addressing ethical considerations,
capabilities through continuous improvement
and enhancing algorithm robustness to optimize
initiatives.
safety monitoring and surveillance.
z Development of bladder type T-ring for 2-wheeler z Implementation of erectors has improved pier arm
tyre building machines for continental tyres. segment erection, reducing the cycle time from 50
days to 23 days and enhancing safety.
z Development of an algorithm to calculate the
winding coordinates automatically to wind the z Implementation of the Tunnel Segment
steel around various drum profiles in 2-wheeler Monitoring System (TSMS) has led to considerable
tyre building Machine. time savings and reduced reliance on third-party
applications, resulting in improved operational
z Attached Batch Growth Bio-Reactor (AGBR)
efficiency and cost savings.
technology developed by Water & Effluent
Treatment (WET) business of the Company in z Engineering optimization by implementing
collaboration with CES - Anna University, Chennai, concept of combined building for Wet Ball
combines attached and suspended growth mill and Gypsum Dewatering system enabling
processes with zonal separation for enhanced reduction in overall footprint and concrete
organics and nutrients removal. It utilizes specially quantity.
customized polymeric material with high surface
area, reducing footprint and achieving lower z Redefining operation of Flue-gas desulfurization
sludge production and power consumption. (FGD) systems to suit Indian conditions and
thereby facilitate achieving performance of FGD.
z Development of “Hybrid Tandem Tippler” and
“Long Arm Side Arm Charger” for one of the
z Usage of AGBR Technology offers advantages (iv) Expenditure incurred on Research & Development:
wherein technical and environmental sustainability v crore
is intertwined viz. power savings and footprint
2023-24
reduction, lesser sludge production and assured
removal of Nitrogen and Phosphorus in sewage Capital 5.86
nutrient removal process. Recurring 163.15
Total 169.01
(iii) Information regarding technology imported
during the last 3 years: Total R&D expenditure as a percentage of total 0.13%
turnover
Status of absorption [C] FOREIGN EXCHANGE EARNINGS AND OUTGO:
Sr. Technology Year of
& reasons for non-
No. Imported Import v crore
absorption, if any
2023-24
1 Full Span 2021-22 Fully absorbed
Foreign Exchange earned 16131.44
Construction
Methodology Foreign Exchange saved / deemed exports 2491.72
Total 18623.16
2 Straddle carrier 2021-22 Fully absorbed
Foreign Exchange used 18448.48
331
Annexure to
the Board Report
z Review of consolidated financials including working capital, cash flow, capital structure, etc.
z Review and discuss strategic issues which impact the entire organization, viz.,
(ii) IC synergies
(iii) HR Update/ Talent Management / Service contract extensions for senior management personnel / Leadership
development and succession planning
The profiles and expertise of all Executive Directors who are responsible for various business of the Company are
available on the Company’s website at https://larsentoubro.com/corporate/about-lt-group/leadership/.
Senior Management Personnel means all members of management one level below the Executive Directors including
the Chief Financial Officer and Company Secretary. Presently, persons in Sr. Vice President grade and F&A heads of
Independent Companies reporting to Whole-time Directors are covered as Senior Management Personnel. During
the year, Mr. Sthaladipti Saha was elevated as Senior Vice President & IC Head (designate), Buildings & Factories IC
with effect from April 7, 2023, Mr. Shrinath Rao was elevated as Senior Vice President & IC Head Transportation
Infrastructure IC with effect from July 17, 2023 and Mr. E. P. Sajit was elevated as Senior Vice President & Head,
Water & Effluent Treatment IC with effect from October 2, 2023.
The profiles and expertise of all Independent Directors/Non-executive Directors of the Company are available on the
Company’s website at https://larsentoubro.com/corporate/about-lt-group/leadership/.
333
Annexure to
the Board Report
Each IC is governed by an IC Board comprising 2 to 3 Independent Members akin to Independent Directors and
senior executive members. The IC Board, inter alia, oversees:
z Implementation of Lakshya i.e. the Company’s strategic plan
z Leadership pipeline/ succession planning
z Revenue, capital & manpower Budget
z ESG matters and Risk assessments as necessary
z Assist in solving problems pertaining to specific issues.
E. BOARD OF DIRECTORS
a. Composition of the Board:
The Company’s policy is to have an appropriate mix of Executive, Non-Executive and Independent Directors. As
on March 31, 2024, the Board comprised the CMD, 6 Executive Directors, 1 Non-Executive Director (representing
a financial institution) and 9 Independent Directors, including one Independent Woman Director. This excludes 3
Independent Directors who completed their tenure on March 31, 2024. The composition of the Board, as on March
31, 2024, is in conformity with the provisions of the Companies Act, 2013 and Regulation 17 of the SEBI (Listing
Obligations and Disclosure Requirements) Regulations, 2015 (‘SEBI LODR Regulations’).
Details of changes in composition of the Board forms part of Board Report.
b. Meetings of the Board:
The Meetings of the Board are generally held at the Registered Office of the Company at L&T House, Ballard Estate,
Mumbai 400 001 and whenever necessary, in locations, where the Company operates. During the year under review,
6 meetings were held on May 10, 2023, July 25, 2023, September 30, 2023, October 31, 2023, January 30, 2024
and March 26, 2024.
The Independent Directors met on May 9, 2023, July 24, 2023 and September 30, 2023 to discuss, inter alia, the
performance evaluation of the Board as a whole, succession planning and assess the quality, quantity and timeliness
of flow of information between the management and the Board of Directors that is necessary for the Board to
effectively and reasonably perform their duties.
The Independent Directors further met on May 8, 2024 and discussed inter alia the Board Evaluation Report for FY
2023-24. The topics, inter alia, discussed were with regard to need for making presentation on Human Resource
Strategy and detailed discussions on new businesses of the Company.
The Company Secretary prepares the agenda and the explanatory notes, in consultation with the CMD and
circulates the same in advance to the Directors. Every Director is free to suggest inclusion of items on the agenda.
The Board meets at least once every quarter, inter alia, to review the quarterly results. Additional meetings are
held, whenever necessary. Presentations are made on business operations to the Board by Independent Companies/
Business Units. Senior management personnel are invited to provide additional inputs for the items being discussed
by the Board of Directors as and when necessary. The respective Chairperson of the Board Committees apprise the
Board Members of the important issues and discussions in the Committee Meetings. Minutes of Committee meetings
are also circulated to the Board.
The Minutes of the proceedings of the Meetings of the Board of Directors are approved and the draft minutes are
circulated amongst the Members of the Board for their perusal. Comments, if any, received from the Directors are
also incorporated in the Minutes, in consultation with the Chairman. The minutes are approved and entered in the
minutes book within 30 days of the Board meeting. Thereafter, the minutes are signed and dated by the Chairman of
the Board at the next meeting.
The following is the composition of the Board of Directors as on March 31, 2024. Their attendance at Board
Meetings during the year and at the previous Annual General Meeting is as under:
No. of Board
Meetings held Attendance at
Name of Director Category Meetings
during the year previous AGM
attended
Mr. S. N. Subrahmanyan CMD 6 6 Yes
Mr. R. Shankar Raman ED & CFO 6 6 Yes
Mr. M. V. Satish& ED 6 6 Yes
Mr. Subramanian Sarma ED 6 6 Yes
Mr. S. V. Desai ED 6 6 Yes
Mr. T. Madhava Das ED 6 6 Yes
Mr. Anil V Parab ED 6 6 Yes
Mr. M. M. Chitale$ ID 6 6 Yes
Mr. M. Damodaran$ ID 6 6 Yes
Mr. Vikram Singh Mehta$ ID 6 6 Yes
Mr. Adil Zainulbhai ID 6 5 Yes
Mr. Sanjeev Aga ID 6 6 Yes
Mr. Narayanan Kumar ID 6 5 Yes
Mr. Hemant Bhargava (Note 1) NED 6 6 No
Mrs. Preetha Reddy ID 6 5 Yes
Mr. Pramit Jhaveri ID 6 6 Yes
Mr. Rajnish Kumar^ ID 5 5 Yes
Mr. Jyoti Sagar^ ID 5 5 Yes
Mr. Ajay Tyagi* ID 3 3 –
Mr. P. R. Ramesh* ID 3 3 –
Meetings held during the year are expressed as number of meetings eligible to attend.
& Ceased as Executive Director of the Company w.e.f. April 7, 2024.
$ Ceased as Independent Director of the Company w.e.f. March 31, 2024.
335
Annexure to
the Board Report
z Other Company Directorships includes directorships in all public limited companies and excludes private limited
companies, foreign companies and Section 8 companies.
z The details of positions held as Member/Chairperson of Committees are disclosed as per Regulation 26 of the
SEBI LODR Regulations and covers only Stakeholders’ Relationship Committee and Audit Committee of public
companies.
c. Information to the Board:
The Board of Directors are provided information relating to the Company, which inter alia includes -
z Annual revenue budgets and capital expenditure plans
z Quarterly results and results of operations of ICs and business segments
z Financing plans of the Company
z Minutes of meetings of Board of Directors, Audit Committee, Nomination & Remuneration Committee,
Stakeholders Relationship Committee, Board Risk Management Committee and CSR & Sustainability Committee
z Details of any joint venture, acquisitions of companies or collaboration agreement or sale of investments,
subsidiaries, assets and quarterly report on fatal or serious accidents or dangerous occurrences
z Any materially relevant default, if any, in financial obligations to and by the Company or substantial non-
payment for goods sold or services rendered, if any
z Any issue, which involves possible public or product liability claims of substantial nature, including any Judgment
or Order, if any, which may have strictures on the conduct of the Company
z Developments in respect of human resources/industrial relations
z Compliance or Non-compliance of any regulatory, statutory nature or listing requirements and investor service
such as non-payment of dividend, delay in share transfer, etc., if any
d. Post-meeting internal communication system:
The important decisions taken at the Board/Committee meetings are communicated to the concerned departments/
ICs promptly. An Action Taken Report is regularly presented to the Board.
e. Board Skill Matrix:
The matrix setting out the skills/expertise/competence of the Board of Directors, as identified by the Board of
Directors in the context of the Company’s businesses, is given below:
337
Annexure to
the Board Report
Skill Attribute
Expertise/
Experience and Experience in
Global
Industry Exposure in Governance Finance and
Sr. Experience /
Name of the Director Leadership knowledge and policy shaping including legal Accounts/
No International
experience and industry compliance Audit /Risk
Exposure
advocacy Management
areas
8. Mr. Adil Zainulbhai √ X √ √ X √
9. Mr. Sanjeev Aga √ X √ √ √ X
10. Mr. Narayanan Kumar √ √ √ √ √ X
11. Mr. Hemant Bhargava √ X √ √ √ X
12. Mrs. Preetha Reddy √ X √ √ X √
13. Mr. Pramit Jhaveri √ X X √ √ √
14. Mr. Rajnish Kumar* √ X √ √ √ √
15. Mr. Jyoti Sagar* √ X √ √ X √
16. Mr. Ajay Tyagi^ √ X √ √ √ √
17. Mr. P. R. Ramesh^ √ X √ √ √ √
# Ceased to be a Director with effect from April 7, 2024.
* Appointed as an Independent Director with effect from May 10, 2023.
^ Appointed as an Independent Director with effect from October 31, 2023.
Note: Absence of any skill does not necessarily mean that the Director does not possess the skill.
339
Annexure to
the Board Report
highlighted and discussed with the concerned The attendance of Members at the Meetings
IC and / or subsidiary company Board and was as follows:
significant observations are also placed No. of
before the Audit Committee of the Company meetings
once in every quarter. Internal Audits of few No. of
eligible
Name Status Meetings
subsidiaries and few other service functions to attend
Attended
have been out sourced to external firms. during
the year
2) Nomination & Remuneration Committee Mr. Adil Zainulbhai Chairman 4 3
(NRC) Mr. A. M. Naik^ Member 2 2
The Nomination & Remuneration Committee was Mr. Narayanan Member 4 4
constituted in 1999 even before it was mandated Kumar
by law. Mr. Pramit Jhaveri Member 4 4
Mr. S. N. Member 2 2
i) Terms of reference: Subrahmanyan*
z Identify persons who are qualified to ^ Ceased to be a member of the Committee with
become directors and who may be effect from September 30, 2023
appointed in senior management in *Appointed as a member of the Committee with effect
from October 1, 2023.
accordance with the criteria laid down by
the Committee; iv) Board Membership Criteria:
z Recommend to the Board appointment While screening, selecting and recommending
and removal of such persons or extension to the Board new members, the Committee
of term of Independent Directors; ensures that the Board is objective, there is
no conflict of interest, availability of diverse
z Formulate criteria for determining perspectives, business experience, legal,
qualifications, positive attributes and financial and other expertise, integrity,
independence of a director; leadership and managerial qualities, practical
z Devise a policy on Board diversity; wisdom, ability to read and understand
financial statements, commitment to ethical
z Formulation of criteria for evaluation standards and values of the Company.
of directors, Board and the Board
Committees; While appointing/re-appointing any
Independent Director/Non- Executive Director
z Carry out evaluation of the Board, its on the Board, the NRC considers the criteria
Committees , individual Directors and the as laid down in the Companies Act, 2013 and
CMD; the SEBI LODR Regulations.
z Recommend to the Board a policy, While evaluating the suitability of a Director
relating to remuneration for the for re-appointment, besides the above
Directors, Key Managerial Personnel criteria, the NRC considers Board evaluation
(KMP) and senior management; results, attendance and participation in and
z Administration of Employee Stock Option contribution to the activities of the Board by
Scheme (ESOS). the Director.
341
Annexure to
the Board Report
The Board has taken on record the Remuneration Committee (NRC) and Board
declaration and confirmation submitted by Risk Management Committee (BRMC)
the Independent Directors and after assessing meetings and ¢ 35,000/- for Stakeholders
the veracity of the same, the Board is of the Relationship Committee (SRC) and CSR &
opinion that the Independent Directors fulfill Sustainability (CSR) Committee meetings, till
the conditions specified in the SEBI LODR June 30, 2023, to the Independent Directors/
Regulations and are independent of the Non-Executive Directors. Effective July 1,
management. 2023, the sitting fees have been revised to
These certificates have been placed ¢ 75,000 for AC, NRC and BRMC meetings
on the website of the Company and ¢ 50,000 for SRC and CSR Committee
http://investors.larsentoubro.com/ meetings. The Board meeting sitting fee
corporategovernance.aspx remains the same at ¢ 1,00.000 per meeting.
The commission is paid in accordance
The role, responsibilities and duties of with the provisions of section 197 of the
Independent Directors are set out in the Companies Act, 2013.
letter of appointment issued to them.
Copy of the draft letter of appointment The commission to the Independent
issued to Independent Directors is Directors / Non-Executive Directors is
available on the Company’s website at distributed broadly on the basis of their
https://investors.larsentoubro.com/listing- attendance, contribution at the Board, the
compliance-disclosuresunderstatutes.aspx Committee meetings, Chairmanship of
Committees and participation in IC meetings.
v) Remuneration Policy:
The remuneration of the Board members In the case of nominees of Financial
is based on the Company’s size and global Institutions, the commission is paid to the
presence, its economic and financial position, Financial Institutions.
industrial trends, compensation paid by the As required by the provisions of Regulation
peer companies, etc. Compensation reflects 46 of the SEBI LODR Regulations, the criteria
each Board member’s performance and for payment to Independent Directors /
accountability. The level of compensation Non-Executive Directors is made available on
to Executive Directors is competitive and the investor page of our Company’s website
matches industry standards. https://investors.larsentoubro.com/listing-
The Company pays remuneration to Executive compliance-disclosuresunderstatutes.aspx
Directors by way of salary, perquisites and Performance Evaluation Criteria for
retirement benefits (fixed components) Independent Directors:
and commission (variable component),
The performance evaluation questionnaire
stock options based on recommendation
covers qualitative/ subjective criteria with
of the NRC, approval of the Board and the
respect to the structure, culture, Board
shareholders. The commission payable is
processes and selection, effectiveness
based on the overall performance of the
of the Board and Committees, strategic
Company, performance of the business /
decision making, functioning of the Board
function as well as qualitative factors. The
and Committees, Committee composition,
commission is calculated with reference to
information availability, remuneration
net profits of the Company in the financial
framework, succession planning, adequate
year subject to overall ceilings stipulated
participation, assessment of their
under section 197 of the Companies Act,
independence, etc. It also contains specific
2013.
criteria for evaluating the CMD and individual
The Independent Directors / Non-Executive Directors. An external consultant is engaged
Directors are paid remuneration by way of to receive the responses of the Directors
commission and sitting fees. The Company and consolidate/analyze the responses. This
paid sitting fees of ¢ 1,00,000/- per is done through a software platform of the
meeting of the Board and ¢ 50,000/- for external consultant.
Audit Committee (AC), Nomination and
The Chairman of the NRC discusses the company enhances managerial capabilities at
performance evaluation results with the all levels through Management Development
CMD of the Company and the CMD of the Programs, nurtures potential of its high
Company interacts with all the Non-Executive performers through Leadership Competency
Directors and Independent Directors. The Development Programs, and prepares its
NRC Chairman interacts with the Executive talent with proven track record & recognized
Directors. potential through its signature Seven-Step
Leadership Pipeline Programs.
Key suggestions made by the Directors as
part of the Board evaluation exercise of The Company’s Seven-Step Leadership
FY 2022-23 included holding Board meeting Pipeline Programs is an established best
at / visits to places were the Company has practice in talent development which serves
operations, assessment of board composition, to provide leadership inputs to high potential
optimisation of time involvement between employees. These programs are carefully
mandatory board requirements and strategic curated in association with prominent
directional involvement and compensation International & Indian institutions such as
benchmarking of Independent Directors. The Harvard Business School, London Business
Company has taken necessary actions on School, INSEAD, Ross School of Business, and
the suggestions given by the Board members IIM Ahmedabad. These programs are regularly
viz. Board visits were arranged to Varanasi reviewed and aligned with the evolving
& Ayodhya during FY 2023-24, strategic landscape of business. The leaders who
sessions were part of board meetings held in move up the Seven-Step Leadership Pipeline
March & May 2024 and the compensation of Program are mentored by the Chairman
Independent Directors was benchmarked with Emeritus and Chairman and MD of the
the industry during FY 2023-24. Company.
Members are also requested to refer to The company has initiated Leadership
page 323 of the Board Report. Competency Development Programs for
senior managers with the Great Lakes
vi) Training & Succession Planning:
Institute of Management, Chennai, and
The company places significant emphasis on launched similar programs for early and
the continuous growth of its workforce. It middle managers in collaboration with
is committed to developing internal talent IIM Vishakhapatnam and KREA University,
and capable leaders. To achieve this, the conducted at their Leadership Development
Company has established robust processes Academy in Lonavala.
for creating and sustaining a leadership and
talent pipeline through Development Centres, The Company also conducts its Management
its Leadership Development initiatives, and Development programs in tie-up with reputed
Talent Review Process. Indian B-Schools like Narsee Monjee, IIM
Mumbai, XLRI and IIM-Bangalore to provide
The Development Centres, pivotal to the inputs to our current and potential leaders
Company’s core philosophy of grooming and in the process builds a strong pipeline of
internal talent, ensure the right leadership managers at every level.
talent is identified through an objective
selection process. The Development Centres The Company, recognizing the importance
supports the development of company’s high of increasing visibility of its top talent for
performing talent by seamlessly conducting continuous development and succession
an objective assessment through a structured planning, has established a Talent Review
process. This process is followed up with the Process. This process enables the businesses
creation of individualised development plans to identify, deliberate, and plan the
as a map to enable talent to navigate their development and deployment of its top talent
unique development journey. in strategic roles. To ensure the success of this
initiative, a Talent Management Council led
The company’s Leadership Development by Business & HR heads has been established
initiatives are designed to cater development dovetailing the Talent Review discussions with
needs of its talent at three stages. The annual appraisal process.
343
Annexure to
the Board Report
In the fiscal year 2023-24, the Company’s vii) Details of remuneration paid / payable
commitment to its workforce was recognized to Directors for the year ended March 31,
by Great Place to Work for the second 2024:
consecutive year. The company recognizes the (a) Executive Directors:
shifts taking place in the workforce due to The details of remuneration paid /
changing macro-economic conditions, talent payable to the Executive Directors for FY
demographics & aspiration, and emphasis on 2024 is as follows:
Diversity, Equity & Inclusion. These changes v crore
require a renewed form of leadership Perquisites
Retirement
that can integrate high-performance with Names Salary Perquisites related to Commission Total
Benefits
changing talent needs. To address this need, ESOP*
the Company has launched its own People Mr. S. N. 3.60 1.67 – 10.50 35.28 51.05
Subrahmanyan^
Leadership Excellence Framework. This is a
Mr. R. Shankar 2.25 1.08 – 6.50 21.83 31.66
five-dimension framework which will guide Raman
several initiatives for assessing and nurturing Mr. D. K. Sen @ 0.03 0.46 – 22.26 0.18 22.93
people leadership capabilities across the Mr. M. V. Satish$ 1.71 0.74 – 2.78 8.57 13.80
Company. Mr. Subramanian 2.07 0.84 9.99 5.57 18.56 37.03
Sarma
The Company’s own HR Excellence Model S. V. Desai 1.23 0.62 – 3.95 13.41 19.21
ensures that the above practices are T. Madhava Das 1.23 0.59 – 3.86 13.06 18.74
continuously evaluated and kept in alignment Mr. Anil V Parab 1.05 0.24 – 2.61 8.62 12.52
^ Appointed as Chairman & Managing Director with effect
with contemporary people dimensions, thus from October 1, 2023
enhancing people strategy and practices @ Ceased to be Whole-time Director with effect from
aiding organizational performance. April 7, 2023.
$ Ceased to be Whole-time Director with effect from
Moving to the Company’s digital initiatives April 7, 2024.
*Represents perquisite value related to ESOPs exercised
in the learning space, the Company has during the year in respect of stock options granted over
taken further strides in its digitalization by the past several years by the Company and includes tax on
ESOPs borne by the Company wherever applicable.
launching a new Learning Management
System (LMS) on SAP Success Factors z Notice period for termination of
platform. The LMS hosts an extensive array appointment of Chairman & Managing
of training programmes and integrates Director and other Whole-time Directors
external resources from platforms like is six months on either side.
Coursera, Percipio, and Harvard Manage z No severance pay is payable on
Mentor offering a rich & adaptable learning termination of appointment.
environment for all employees, thus, making z Details of Options granted under
learning democratised and learner centric. Employee Stock Option Schemes are
provided on the website of the Company
Additionally, the Company has established https://investors.larsentoubro.com/listing-
niche learning academies, such as the compliance-agm.aspx.
Academy of Digital Transformation and z Mr. Subramanian Sarma has exercised
Academy of GenAI, to address domain- 25,000 stock options in the Company
specific needs. The Company’s digital vested during the year. The perquisite
learning solutions provide role-specific and amount on exercise of these options is
skill-focused learning, using platform-based considered as a part of his remuneration.
skill benchmarking. In 2023-24, the Company
(b) Non-Executive Directors:
logged 5.20 lakh training hours from 38,500
The details of remuneration paid /
L&T employees via digital learning modes. payable to the Non-Executive Directors
The Nomination and Remuneration for FY 2023-24 is as follows:
Committee discussed matters relating to v crore
succession planning of Directors and senior Sitting Sitting
officials of the Company. Fees for Fees for
Names Commission Total
Board Committee
For more details on training and succession Meeting Meetings
Mr. A. M. Naik^ 0.03 0.01 1.65 1.69
planning, please refer to the Human Capital
Mr. M. M. Chitale$ 0.06 0.07 0.59 0.72
section of the Integrated Report.
345
Annexure to
the Board Report
347
Annexure to
the Board Report
The attendance of Members at the Meetings Some of the Independent Directors are members
was as follows- of the IC Board. They share the learnings from
No. of
these meetings with the remaining Non-Executive
Directors / Independent Directors formally and
meetings No. of
informally. Such interactions also happen when
Name Status held meetings
these Directors meet senior management in IC
during the attended
meetings and informal gatherings.
year
Mr. Adil Zainulbhai Chairman 2 2 As part of the appointment letter issued to
Mr. Sanjeev Aga Member 2 2 Independent Directors, the Company has stated
Mr. Subramanian Member 2 2 that it will facilitate attending seminars/programs/
Sarma conferences designed to train directors to enhance
Members are also requested to refer to page 322 of their role as an Independent Director.
the Board Report. This information is also available on the website of
the Company https://investors.larsentoubro.com/
G. OTHER INFORMATION
listing-compliance-disclosuresunderstatutes.aspx.
a) Directors’ Familiarization Program:
b) Policy for determination of materiality of
The Directors of the Company are updated events or information
on changes/developments in the domestic/ The Company has a policy for determination of
global markets and industry scenario through materiality of events or information for disclosure
presentations made at Board, Committee, IC to the stock exchanges. The policy has clearly
meetings and interactions with senior company defined guidelines and materiality thresholds for
personnel. The Directors are also updated about determination of materiality of certain events
changes in statutes/legislations and economic or transaction or information with respect to
environment, and on matters significantly the Company, its Subsidiaries and Associate
affecting the Company, to enable them to take Companies. During FY 2023-24, the Policy was
well informed and timely decisions. The Board reviewed and revised to align the same with the
meetings are also held in locations where the amendments made to the SEBI (Listing Obligations
Company has operations to apprise the Directors and Disclosure Requirements) Regulations,
about its operations. 2015. The Company has also implemented a
The internal newsletters of the Company, the software application to assist employees to
press releases, etc. are circulated to all the report potential material event / information
Directors so that they are updated about the to authorised Key Managerial Personnel. The
Policy is available on the Company’s website
operations of the Company.
at https://www.larsentoubro.com/corporate/
Presentations are made regularly to the Board, about-lt-group/corporate-policies/.
NRC, AC, BRMC, SRC and CSR & Sustainability
c) Vigil Mechanism / Whistle Blower Policy:
Committee, where Directors get an opportunity
to interact with senior managers. Minutes of The Company has a Whistle Blower Policy in place
AC, NRC, SRC, BRMC and CSR Committees since April 2004. The said policy was modified in
are circulated to the Board. Presentations, inter line with the requirements of the Vigil Mechanism
under the Companies Act, 2013 and subsequently
alia, cover business strategies, management
in 2018 to include reporting of instances of
structure, HR policy, management development
leakage of unpublished price sensitive information
and succession planning, quarterly and annual
as per SEBI (PIT) Amendment Regulations, 2018.
results, budgets, treasury policy, review of internal
The Company has a Whistle Blower Investigation
audit, risk management framework, operations of
Committee (WBIC) to manage complaints from
subsidiaries and associates, etc.
“Identified” Whistle Blowers. In addition, WBIC
Independent Directors have the freedom to considers “Anonymous” complaints which in
interact with the Company’s Management. their judgement are serious in nature and require
Interactions happen during Board/Committee investigation. The WBIC has five members viz.
meetings, when senior company personnel are Chief Financial Officer, Company Secretary,
asked to make presentations about performance Head-Corporate HR, Chief Internal Auditor
of their Independent Company (IC)/Business Unit, and a senior Finance & Accounts person from
to the Board. business. The WBIC is responsible for end-to-end
management of the investigations, from the time
of receipt of complaints to bringing them to a the Whistle Blower mechanism to actively address
logical conclusion, keeping in mind the interest of all complaints received.
the Company. Suitable actions are taken against
The Company also has a separate Whistle Blower
employees, wherever investigation confirms the
Policy for its vendors and channel partners. This
allegations.
policy provides all stakeholders an opportunity
Employees are encouraged to report any acts of to report genuine concerns about unethical
unacceptable behaviour inconsistent with the behaviour, improper practices, misconduct, any
Company’s Code of Conduct, having an adverse
violation of legal or regulatory requirements,
effect on the Company’s financials/image and
actual or suspected fraud without fear of
instances of sharing of unpublished price sensitive
punishment or unfair treatment. The details
information. An employee can report any such
of the same are available on the Company’s
conduct in oral or written form. Whistle-blowers
website https://larsentoubro.com/corporate/
are assured by the Management of full protection
about-lt-group/corporate-policies/.
from any kind of harassment, retaliation,
victimization, or unfair treatment. Also refer to page 326 of the Board Report.
Complaints under the Whistle Blower Policy are d) Statutory Auditors:
received by the Corporate Audit Services of the In the case of appointment of new auditors,
Company from various sources. The Chief Internal an internal team is formed to carry out the
Auditor reviews the same and after screening the selection process. The internal team works under
complaint, decides on the further course of action the guidance of the Chairman of the Audit
which will include requesting the complainant to Committee. The criteria for shortlisting / selection
provide further details, internal investigation by are identified and firms are evaluated based on
the CAS department, investigation by external those criteria. The internal team considers factors
agencies, wherever necessary, opportunity to the such as experience, expertise, size, availability of
defendant to present his/her case, etc. Based on time of a senior partner and reach etc. during
the findings of the investigation, the Corporate
the process of evaluation. Based on merit and
Audit Services takes the approval of WBIC for the
the factors mentioned above, the Internal
action recommended by them to be taken.
team shortlists the firm to be appointed and
The WBIC is appraised on the complaints received, recommends the same to the Audit Committee.
current status, actions contemplated and closure The Audit Committee reviews the same before
of the cases. The WBIC reviews the complaints recommending to the Board and shareholders for
and their progress. Queries by the WBIC members approval.
are immediately attended to by CAS and the
The Auditing Partners are rotated periodically
implementation of the recommended actions
are undertaken by the respective HR/Accounts to ensure objectivity in the audit processes. The
Departments. Company also appoints joint auditors prior to
end of the term of the existing auditors to ensure
The policy provides for adequate safeguards
smooth transition and enable the new auditors
against victimisation of Whistle Blowers and
to understand the systems and processes of the
provides for direct access to the Chairperson of
Company.
the Audit Committee. The Audit Committee of
the Company oversees the implementation of the Deloitte Haskins & Sells LLP (“DHS LLP” or “Firm”)
Whistle-Blower Policy. is registered with the Institute of Chartered
Accountants of India (Registration No. 117366W/
The Audit Committee is periodically briefed about
the various cases received, the status of the W-100018). DHS LLP has offices in Mumbai,
investigation, findings and action taken, if any and Delhi, Kolkata, Chennai, Bangalore, Ahmedabad,
a comprehensive update is provided semi-annually Hyderabad, Coimbatore, Kochi, Pune, Jamshedpur
which is presented and discussed at the Audit and Goa. The registered office of the Firm is
Committee Meeting. During the year, no person One International Center, Tower 3, 32nd Floor,
has been denied access to the Audit Committee, Senapati Bapat Marg, Elphinstone Road (West),
wherever desired. Mumbai - 400013, Maharashtra, India.
The Company has a zero-tolerance policy towards M/s. MSKA & Associates (“MSKA”) were
breach of Code of Conduct and to this extent, the appointed as the Statutory Auditors of the
Company has built a robust framework around Company for a term of 5 years i.e. from the
conclusion of 79th Annual General Meeting till
349
Annexure to
the Board Report
were passed with requisite majority of votes. COP No. 8430), was appointed as Scrutinizer
Details of the Resolutions passed through postal for conducting the Postal Ballots in a fair and
ballot during FY 2023-24 are given below. transparent manner. There were no invalid votes
cast in any of the Postal Ballots conducted during
Postal Date of Voting Pattern FY 2023-24.
Description of Ballot publication
the resolution Notice of voting Votes in Votes
h) Disclosures:
date results favour against
1. During the year, there were no transactions
Appointment of 97.76% 2.24%
of material nature with the Directors or the
Mr. Jyoti Sagar
(DIN:00060455)
Management or relatives or the subsidiaries
as an Independent that had potential conflict with the interests
Director of the of the Company.
Company w.e.f.
May 10, 2023 2. Details of all related party transactions
form a part of the accounts as required
Appointment of 97.06% 2.94%
Mr. Rajnish Kumar under IND AS 24 and the same are given in
May 10, June 22, Note No. 47 forming part of the financial
(DIN:05328267)
2023 2023
as an Independent statements.
Director of the
Company w.e.f. 3. The Company has followed all relevant
May 10, 2023 Accounting Standards notified by the
Approval of 99.99% 0.01% Companies (Indian Accounting Standards)
Related Party Rules, 2015 while preparing the Financial
Transaction(s) with Statements.
Larsen Toubro
Arabia LLC 4. The Company makes presentations to
Approval of 99.91% 0.09% Institutional Investors and Equity Analysts on
July 25, August 25, the Company’s performance on a quarterly
Buyback of Equity
2023 2023
Shares basis. These presentations are provided to the
Appointment of 97.42% 2.58% Stock Exchanges and also available on our
Mr. Ajay Tyagi website https://investors.larsentoubro.com/
(DIN:00187429) Analyst-Presentation-Archives.aspx.
as an Independent
Director of the 5. There were no instances of non-compliance,
Company w.e.f. penalties, strictures imposed on the Company
October 31, 2023 by the Stock Exchanges on any matter related
Appointment of 96.29% 3.71% to the capital markets, during the last three
Mr. P. R. Ramesh years except as mentioned below:
(DIN:01915274)
as an Independent National Stock Exchange of India Limited and
Director of the BSE Limited vide their notices dated April
Company w.e.f. December January 18,
15, 2024, levied a fine of ¢ 10,000 each for
October 31, 2023 14, 2023 2024
delayed submission of intimation of Board
Approval of 96.63% 3.37% meeting held on March 26, 2024 where
material Related
the proposal of fund raising was approved.
Party Transaction(s)
with Larsen Toubro The Company has paid the said fine. The
Arabia LLC Company has also made waiver application to
Approval of 96.64% 3.36% the Stock Exchanges towards the same.
material Related
6. The policies for determining material
Party Transaction(s)
with L&T Metro subsidiaries and related party transactions
Rail (Hyderabad) are available on the Company’s website
Limited https://www.larsentoubro.com/
corporate/about-lt-group/corporate-policies/.
Mr. S. N. Ananthasubramanian, Practising
Company Secretary, (M. No: FCS 4206, COP 7. Details of risk management including
No. 1774) and failing him, Ms. Aparna Gadgil, foreign exchange risk, commodity price risk
Practising Company Secretary (M. No: ACS 14713, and hedging activities form a part of the
351
Annexure to
the Board Report
Management Discussion & Analysis. Please Website The Company’s corporate website
refer to pages 18 to 127 of this integrated www.larsentoubro.com provides
Annual Report. comprehensive information about its
portfolio of businesses. Section on
8. As required under the provisions of SEBI “Investors” serves to inform and service
LODR Regulations, a certificate confirming the Shareholders allowing them to
that none of the Directors on the Board access information at their convenience.
The quarterly shareholding pattern of
have been debarred or disqualified by the the Company is available on the website
Securities and Exchange Board of India or of the Company as well as the stock
Ministry of Corporate Affairs or any such exchanges. The entire Annual Report
statutory authority, obtained from M/s S. including Accounts of the Company
N. Ananthasubramanian & Co., Company and subsidiaries are available in
downloadable formats.
Secretaries, is a part of the Corporate
Governance report. Filing with Stock Information to Stock Exchanges is now
Exchanges being also filed online on NEAPS for
9. Details in relation to the Sexual Harassment of NSE, BSE Online for BSE and RNS for
London Stock Exchange.
Women at Workplace (Prevention, Prohibition
and Redressal) Act, 2013 form a part of the Annual Report and Annual Report is circulated to all the
Annual General members and all others like auditors,
Board Report. Please refer to pages 324 to
Meeting equity analysts, etc. To enable a larger
325 of this integrated Annual Report. participation of shareholders for the
Annual General Meeting, the Company
10. The Company has not provided any loans
has provided Webcast facility at its
or advances in the nature of loans to firms/ last three Annual General Meetings in
companies in which directors are interested. co-ordination with NSDL. This year, the
Company will be conducting the Annual
11. The are no agreements which impact the General Meeting through Audio Visual
management or control of the Company or Means, as permitted by Ministry of
impose any restriction or create any liability Corporate Affairs. The Annual Report
upon the Company as specified under is e-mailed to all members who have
registered their email IDs with the
Regulation 30A read with clause 5A to para Company and to those shareholders
A of part A of schedule III of SEBI (Listing who request for the same. The Annual
Obligations and Disclosure Requirements) Report would also be made available
Regulations, 2015. on the website of the Company. The
Chairman suitably responds to the
i) Means of communication: queries raised by the shareholders
during the AGM.
Financial Results Quarterly & Annual Results are
SEBI Complaints Investor complaints are processed
and other published in prominent daily
Redress System at SEBI in a centralized web-based
Communications newspapers viz. The Financial
(SCORES)/Online complaints redress system. The salient
Express, Hindu Business Line &
Dispute Resolution features of this system are centralised
Loksatta. The results are also
(ODR) Portal: database of all complaints, online
posted on the Company’s website:
upload of Action Taken Reports (ATRs)
www.larsentoubro.com.
by concerned companies and online
Advertisements relating to IEPF, viewing by investors of actions taken on
E-Voting, AGM related compliances, the complaints and their current status.
etc. are published in The Financial The Company submits ATR on timely
Express & Loksatta. basis with respect to the complaints
News Releases Official news releases that carry received from SCORES.
material information as per the
In case any investor is still not satisfied
Company’s policy for determination of
with the outcome of the resolution,
materiality of events or information,
they can initiate dispute resolution
are sent to stock exchanges as well as
through the ODR Portal.
displayed on the Company’s website:
www.larsentoubro.com. The ODR Portal has the necessary
features and facilities to, inter alia,
enrol the investor to file the complaint/
dispute. Your Company has done
necessary enrolment on the ODR Portal.
Management This forms a part of the Annual Report I. GENERAL SHAREHOLDERS’ INFORMATION
Discussion & which is mailed to the shareholders of a) Annual General Meeting:
Analysis the Company.
The Annual General Meeting of the Company
Presentations The schedule of analyst / institutional
made to investor meets and presentations
has been convened on Thursday, July 4, 2024 at
Institutional made to them on a quarterly basis 3:00 p.m. through Video Conferencing (“VC”)/
Investors and are informed to the Stock Exchanges Other Audio-Visual Means (“OAVM”) pursuant
Analysts and also displayed on the Company’s to the MCA Circular dated September 25,
website. The audio recordings and 2023. Members can attend the AGM virtually at
transcripts of these meetings are also
uploaded on the Company’s website
www.evoting.nsdl.com.
and weblink for the same is intimated b) Financial calendar:
to the Exchanges.
1. Annual Results of May 8, 2024
J. Investor FAQs FY 2023-24
FAQs regarding rights and benefits entitled to 2. Mailing of Annual Second week of June
Shareholders are available on the Company’s Reports 2024
website at https://investors.larsentoubro.com/ 3. First Quarter Results During the last week of
July 2024*
Investor-FAQ.aspx
4. Annual General July 4, 2024
H. Unclaimed Shares Meeting
5. Payment of Dividend July 9, 2024*
The Company does not have any unclaimed shares
6. Second Quarter During last week of
lying with it from any public issue. However results October 2024*
certain shares resulting out of the bonus shares 7. Third Quarter results During last week of
issued by the Company are unclaimed by the January 2025*
shareholders. As required under Regulation 39(4) * Tentative
of the SEBI LODR Regulations, the Company has
already sent reminders to the shareholders to c) Record Date:
claim these shares. These shares are regularly The Record date to determine the members
released on requests received from the eligible entitled to the final dividend for FY 2023-24 is
shareholders after due verification. Thursday, June 20, 2024.
In accordance with the provisions of the section d) Listing of equity shares / shares underlying
124(6) of the Companies Act, 2013 and Rule GDRs on Stock Exchanges:
6(3)(a) of the Investor Education and Protection
The shares of the Company are listed on BSE
Fund Authority (Accounting, Audit, Transfer and
Limited (BSE) and the National Stock Exchange of
Refund) Rules, 2016 (‘IEPF Rules’), the Company
India Limited (NSE).
has transferred to IEPF equity shares on which
dividend has remained unclaimed for a period of GDRs are listed on Luxembourg Stock Exchange
seven consecutive years upto the FY 2015-16. The and admitted for trading on London Stock
details are given in the Board Report. Please refer Exchange.
to page 324 of this integrated Annual Report.
e) Listing Fees to Stock Exchanges:
All corporate benefits on such shares viz.
The Company has paid the Listing Fees for
dividends, bonus shares, etc. shall be transferred
FY 2024-25 to BSE and NSE in April 2024. The
in accordance with the provisions of IEPF Rules
fees to London Stock Exchange has been paid in
read with Section 124(6) of the Companies Act,
March 2024 and to Luxembourg Stock Exchange
2013. The eligible shareholders are requested
has been paid in May 2024.
to note the same and make an application to
IEPF Authority in accordance with the procedure
f) Custodial Fees to Depositories:
available on www.iepf.gov.in and submit such
documents as prescribed under the IEPF Rules to The Company has paid the custodial fees to
claim these shares. Mr. Sivaram Nair A Company National Securities Depository Limited. The fees to
Secretary has been appointed as the Nodal officer Central Depository Services (India) Limited (CDSL)
of the Company. shall be paid on the receipt of their invoice.
353
Annexure to
the Board Report
December 3,559.75 3,125.05 3,527.05 72,484.34 67,149.07 72,240.26 3001 – 4000 3,789 0.24 1,31,21,326 0.95
4001 – 5000 2,391 0.15 1,07,74,130 0.79
2024
5001 - 10000 4,069 0.26 2,81,05,651 2.04
January 3,738.90 3,387.40 3,480.15 73,427.59 70,001.60 71,752.11
10001 and 3,529 0.23 1,14,26,12,956 83.12
February 3,511.95 3,264.00 3,481.60 73,413.93 70,809.84 72,500.30
above
March 3,812.00 3,481.00 3,774.10 74,245.17 71,674.42 73,651.35 TOTAL 15,64,085 100.00 1,37,46,68,619 100.00
Held in dematerialized form in NSDL 128,37,72,465 93.39 Further, S&P Global Ratings vide its letter dated
Held in dematerialized form in CDSL 7,90,73,962 5.75 May 8, 2024 has assigned ‘BBB+ with Stable
Outlook’ long term issuer credit rating to the
Physical 1,18,22,192 0.86
Company
Total 137,46,68,619 100.00
s) Plant Locations:
n) Outstanding GDRs / ADRs / Warrants or any The L&T Group’s facilities for design, engineering,
Convertible Instruments, conversion date and manufacture, modular fabrication and production
likely impact on equity: are based at multiple locations within India
The outstanding GDRs are backed up by including, Bengaluru, Chennai, Coimbatore,
underlying equity shares which are part of the Faridabad, Hazira (Surat), Kattupalli (near
existing paid-up capital. Chennai), Kancheepuram, Mumbai, Pithampur,
Puducherry, Rajpura, Kansbahal (Rourkela),
o) Listing of Debt Securities:
Talegaon, Vadodara and Visakhapatnam. L&T’s
The redeemable Non-Convertible Debentures
international manufacturing footprint covers
issued by the Company are listed on the
Oman, Saudi Arabia and USA. The L&T Group also
Wholesale Debt Market (WDM) of National Stock
has an extensive network of offices in India and
Exchange of India Limited and / or BSE Limited.
around the globe. See page 14 of this integrated
p) Listing of Commercial Paper: Annual Report.
The Commercial Papers issued by the Company t) Address for correspondence:
are listed on BSE Limited.
Larsen & Toubro Limited,
q) Debenture Trustees (for privately placed L&T House, Ballard Estate,
debentures): Mumbai 400 001.
IDBI Trusteeship Services Limited Tel. No. (022) 6752 5656,
Universal Insurance Building, Fax No. (022) 6752 5858
Ground Floor, Sir P. M. Road, Shareholder correspondence may be directed
Fort, Mumbai - 400001 to the Company’s Registrar and Share Transfer
r) Credit Rating: Agent, whose address is given below:
The Company has obtained rating from CRISIL 1. KFin Technologies Limited
Ratings Limited, ICRA Limited and India Ratings Unit: Larsen & Toubro Limited
and Research Private Limited during FY 2023-24. Selenium Tower B,
There has been no revision in credit ratings during Plot 31 & 32, Gachibowli,
FY 2023-24. The ratings given by these agencies Financial District,
are as follows: Nanakramguda,
Hyderabad,
Rating
Type of Instrument Rating Telengana - 500 032
Agency
Tel : (040) 6716 2222
CRISIL Non-Convertible ‘CRISIL AAA/Stable’ Toll free number: 1-800-3094-001
Limited Debentures Fax: (040) 2342 0814
Bank Loan Facilities ‘CRISIL AAA/Stable’ Email: [email protected]
Website: www.kfintech.com
Commercial Paper ‘CRISIL A1+’
355
Annexure to
the Board Report
undertaken by the Company in this regard are The Policy is also available on the Company’s
given below: website at https://www.larsentoubro.com/
corporate/about-lt-group/corporate-policies/.
z Mandatory signing of Code of Conduct as
apart of vendor onboarding process, laying aa) ISO 9001:2015 Certification:
down minimum requirements for ESG The Company’s Secretarial Department which
compliance. provides secretarial services and investor services
z Evaluation of key suppliers on ESG for the Company and its Subsidiaries and
parameters. Associate Companies is ISO 9001:2015 certified.
357
Annexure to
the Board Report
State Acts / Rules where the Company carries on Companies Act, 2013 and SEBI LODR Regulations.
business. The list of applicable laws are reviewed The Board Report and its annexures of these listed
by an External Consultant along with the Legal & companies contains various disclosures dealing
Finance & Accounts functions of each Business. with subsidiary companies.
Each Business head certifies compliance of all All these listed entities have one Executive
applicable laws on a quarterly basis. Based on Director of the Company and L&T Technology
these confirmations, the Company Secretary Services Limited and LTIMindtree Limited have
gives a compliance certificate to the Board of one Independent Director of the Company on
Directors. The Company verifies the compliances its Board. Any financial assistance to the above
through a random review of the process / system companies or purchase/sale by the Company of
/ documentation with the Business / Corporate their shares, is dealt with by the Company’s Board.
function.
These listed entities publish their Independent
To strengthen & make the compliance Auditor’s certificate on Corporate Governance,
monitoring process more robust, the Company Secretarial Audit Report of Practising Company
has implemented a web-based portal known Secretary and CEO/CFO’s certificate for internal
as “iCompliance portal”, which enables us to controls for financial reporting.
monitor the regulatory compliance performance,
The Company has entered into brand/trademark
remediation plans for non-conformities. This
licensing agreement with its equity listed
portal also helps us maintain updated list of
subsidiaries and fees are charged based on
applicable laws and compliance checklist(s) which
turnover/profits/assets.
are monitored & tracked through the portal.
Responsibility of the Company’s corporate team
The Company also engages external consultants
in the areas of statutory compliance (including
to prepare as well as review compliance checklists
corporate laws), Risk Management, Internal
for the new geographies and update the existing
Controls and Internal Audit, covers all unlisted
checklist(s) of compliances. Compliance tasks are
subsidiaries. The three listed entities have their
mapped in iCompliance portal to process owners
own teams to carry out these functions.
who update the status with supporting evidence.
Identified key stakeholders across functions ensure The ICs have separate internal teams to
and confirm compliance with the provisions of all oversee their legal and compliance functions.
applicable laws on a regular basis. All Subsidiary Companies associated with the
respective ICs are reviewed by their respective IC
ee) Group Governance Policy:
Boards.
Vide its circular dated May 10, 2018, SEBI has
introduced the concept of Group Governance The subsidiary companies also function
Unit. The circular expects listed companies to independently and have separate Boards which
monitor their governance through a Governance consists of representatives of the Company,
Committee and establishment of a strong and who are senior executives of the Company,
effective group governance policy. representatives of Joint Venture partners,
representative of the Company’s Board as well
“Corporate Governance” in the Company and its as Independent Directors as required by law. As
subsidiaries broadly includes strategic supervision per law, these companies, wherever required,
by the Board and its Committees, compliance of also have Audit Committee, Nomination &
Code of Conduct, Statutory Compliance including Remuneration Committee, CSR & Sustainability
compliance of Companies Act, 2013 / applicable Committee, Stakeholders’ Relationship Committee
SEBI Regulations, avoiding conflict of interest, Risk and Risk Management Committee.
Management, Internal Controls and Audit.
Major unlisted subsidiaries have some Executive
The Company has three listed entities within the Directors of the Company on their Board. The
group. Each of these entities have their own Board subsidiary companies’ performance is reviewed
and Board Committees in compliance with the by the Company’s Board periodically (included
Companies Act, 2013 and SEBI LODR Regulations. in quarterly results presented to the Company’s
The oversight of their subsidiaries is as per Board). F&A heads of some of the subsidiary
companies functionally report to select senior financials of the Company, through an appropriate
finance officers of the Company. forum.
Thus, the overall functioning of these Subsidiary The Secretarial Department of the Company has
companies is monitored by the Group directly or qualified Company Secretaries (CS) with vast
through their respective IC’s. experience in the field of compliance and law.
It consists of fulltime professionals dedicated to
A voluntary Secretarial Audit is conducted for all
performing corporate secretarial and subsidiary
subsidiary companies, including foreign companies
governance duties. Qualified CS in secretarial
and companies which are not covered under the
department monitor the compliance related to
purview of Companies Act, 2013. Thus, there is
subsidiaries under Companies Act / Rules. The
a complete audit of the compliance of applicable
Company’s Secretarial Department develops a
statutory provisions and adherence to good
broad Governance policy for the Company and its
corporate practices.
group of subsidiaries.
The Company’s Code of Conduct (Code) is
The Company’s Secretarial Department is involved
required to be adhered by all unlisted group
in all major corporate actions of subsidiaries
companies covering employees, directors, suppliers,
like IPO’s, raising of capital, restructuring, major
contractors, etc. In addition to this, the subsidiaries
financial assistance to subsidiaries etc.
also have their own vigil mechanism, if they meet
the thresholds given in the Companies Act, 2013. Appropriate disclosures related to subsidiaries
The Audit Committee/Board of these companies are made in Financial Statements / Directors’
monitor this mechanism. The Vigil Mechanism Report of the Company as well as its subsidiaries
Framework to report breach of code is a structured as per Companies Act, 2013 / applicable SEBI
process, which encourages and facilitates all Regulations and applicable Accounting Standards.
covered, to report without fear, wrongdoings or All companies are subject to Statutory Audit and
any unethical or improper practice which may applicable Secretarial Audit.
adversely impact the image, credibility and/or the
359
Annexure to
the Board Report
361
Annexure to
the Board Report
Director
Sr.
Name of Director Identification Date of Appointment Date of Cessation
No.
Number (DIN)
01 Mr. Anilkumar Manibhai Naik 00001514 23-11-1989 30-09-2023
02 Mr. Sekharipuram Narayanan Subrahmanyan 02255382 01-07-2011 –
03 Mr. Ramamurthi Shankar Raman 00019798 01-10-2011 –
04 Mr. Maddur Venkata Rao Satish 06393156 29-01-2016 07-04-2024
05 Mr. Subramanian Sarma 00554221 19-08-2015 –
06 Mr. Sudhindra Vasantrao Desai 07648203 11-07-2020 –
07 Mr. Tharayil Madhava Das 08586766 11-07-2020 –
08 Mr. Anil Vithal Parab 06913351 05-08-2022 –
09 Mr. Mukund Manohar Chitale 00101004 06-07-2004 31-03-2024
10 Mr. Meleveetil Damodaran 02106990 22-10-2012 31-03-2024
11 Mr. Vikram Singh Mehta 00041197 22-10-2012 31-03-2024
12 Mr. Adil Siraj Zainulbhai 06646490 30-05-2014 –
13 Mr. Sanjeev Aga 00022065 25-05-2016 –
14 Mr. Narayanan Kumar 00007848 27-05-2016 –
Director
Sr.
Name of Director Identification Date of Appointment Date of Cessation
No.
Number (DIN)
15 Mr. Hemant Bhargava 01922717 28-05-2018 –
16 Mrs. Preetha Reddy 00001871 01-03-2021 –
17 Mr. Pramit Jhaveri 00186137 01-04-2022 –
18 Mr Rajnish Kumar 05328267 10-05-2023 –
19 Mr. Jyoti Sagar 00060455 10-05-2023 –
20 Mr Ajay Tyagi 00187429 31-10-2023 –
21 Mr. P.R. Ramesh 01915274 31-10-2023 –
This Certificate is neither an assurance as to the future viability of the Company nor of the efficiency or effectiveness with
which the management has conducted the affairs of the Company.
This Certificate has been issued at the request of the Company to make disclosure in its Corporate Governance Report for the
Financial Year ended March 31, 2024.
For S. N. ANANTHASUBRAMANIAN & Co.
Company Secretaries
ICSI Unique Code P1991MH040400
Peer Review Cert. No. 5218/2023
S. N. Ananthasubramanian
Founding Partner
FCS: 4206 | COP No. : 1774
ICSI UDIN: F004206F000270450
Date : April 29, 2024
Place : Thane
363
Annexure to
the Board Report
Yours sincerely,
_____________________ _______________________
R. Shankar Raman S. N. Subrahmanyan
Whole-time Director & Chairman &
Chief Financial Officer Managing Director
DIN: 00019798 DIN: 02255382
Date: May 8, 2024
365
Annexure to
the Board Report
Mr. Ajay Tyagi (Independent Director) has been appointed as the Chairman of the Committee and Mr. Jyoti Sagar
(Independent Director) has been appointed as member of the Committee with effect from April 1, 2024.
Mr. Sivaram Nair A., Company Secretary & Compliance Officer of the Company, acts as the Secretary of the Committee.
3. Provide the web-link where Composition of CSR committee, CSR Policy and CSR Annual Action Plan for
FY 2023-24 approved by the Board are disclosed on the website of the Company.
The Composition of CSR Committee, CSR Policy Framework and CSR Annual Action Plan for FY 2023-24 approved by the
Board are available in the Corporate Governance section on the website of the Company. Please see the following links:
z Composition of CSR Committee - https://investors.larsentoubro.com/governance-architecture.aspx
z CSR Policy - https://www.larsentoubro.com/corporate/about-lt-group/corporate-policies/
z CSR Annual Action Plan for FY 2023-24 - https://investors.larsentoubro.com/listing-compliance-disclosuresunderstatutes.aspx
4. Provide the executive summary along with web-link(s) of Impact Assessment of CSR Projects carried out in
pursuance of sub-rule (3) of rule 8, if applicable.
25 CSR projects which were implemented in FY 2021-22, qualified for the 3rd party social impact assessment. Out
of these, 15 projects were assessed by 4th Wheel Social Impact and 10 projects were assessed by Thinkthrough
Consulting during FY 2023-24.
The Impact Assessment reports are made available on the website of the Company at https://investors.larsentoubro.com/
listing-compliance-agm.aspx. An executive summary of the same is provided below:
Key findings from Thinkthrough Consulting:
Thinkthrough Consulting utilized the Organization for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD) Development
Assistance Committee’s (DAC) framework to evaluate the relevance, effectiveness, impact, and sustainability of the
CSR programs. The study was done by using mixed methodology wherein both quantitative and qualitative data was
collected.
In terms of relevance, the analysis of both qualitative and quantitative data indicates that health programs and
integrated community development initiatives are in alignment with Section 135 and Schedule VII of Companies Act 2013
and several Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs) namely SDG 1: No poverty, SDG 3: Ensure healthy lives and promote
well-being for all at all ages, SDG 4: Quality education, SDG 6: Clean water and sanitation, and SDG 10: Reduced
inequalities. Furthermore, these programs resonate with state and national priorities and schemes, while also addressing
the specific needs of the communities where they have been implemented.
The projects have been found to be effective. Findings from the report reveal the meticulous planning, overall target
achievement within the planned timeline and capacity building of relevant stakeholders ensuring efficiency of the
programs and its implementation.
The projects have created impact on the lives of the project participants/beneficiaries. The projects have led to an
enhanced quality of life by fostering improved livelihood opportunities, increased income and savings, and better access
to essential services such as healthcare, education, and knowledge for sustainable living.
Regarding sustainability, the programs have been structured to actively involve local communities, empowering them to
champion positive practices for the future.
Overall, it can be concluded that together all these elements formed the backbone of successful programs, driving
positive change and societal development.
¢ Crore
5. (a) Average net profit of the company as per sub-section (5) of section 135. 7,548.78
(b) Two percent of average net profit of the company as per sub-section (5) of section 135. 150.98
(c) Surplus arising out of the CSR Projects or programmes or activities of the previous financial –
years.
(d) Amount required to be set-off for the financial year, if any. 8.81
(e) Total CSR obligation for the financial year [(b)+(c)-(d)]. 142.17
367
Annexure to
the Board Report
¢ Crore
6. a) Amount spent on CSR Projects (both Ongoing Project and other than Ongoing Project). 146.97
b) Amount spent in Administrative Overheads 7.37
c) Amount spent on Impact Assessment, if applicable 0.49
d) Total amount spent for the Financial Year [(a)+(b)+(c)]. 154.83
e) CSR amount spent or unspent for the Financial Year:
Amount Unspent (in ¢ crore)
Total Amount
Total Amount transferred to Unspent
Spent for the Amount transferred to any fund specified under Schedule
CSR Account as per sub-section (6) of
Financial Year VII as per second proviso to sub-section (5) of section 135
section 135
(in ¢ crore)
Amount Date of transfer Name of the Fund Amount Date of transfer
154.83 NIL NIL
@ this includes ¢ 8.81 crore excess CSR amount spent during FY 2022-23 and adjusted against the required CSR spend for FY 2023-24.
7. Details of Unspent Corporate Social Responsibility amount for the preceding three Financial Years:
Amount Balance Amount transferred to a
Fund as specified under Amount
transferred to Amount in
Amt. Spent Schedule VII as per second remaining to
Preceding Unspent CSR Unspent CSR
Sl. in the proviso to Sub- section (5) be spent in Deficiency,
Financial Account under Account under
No. Financial of Section 135, if any succeeding if any
Year(s) Sub- section (6) Sub- section (6)
Year (in ¢) Financial Years
of Section 135 of Section 135 Amount Date of (in ¢ crore)
(in ¢ crore) (in ¢ crore) (in ¢ crore) Transfer
1 FY-1
2 FY-2 NOT APPLICABLE
3 FY-3
8. Whether any capital assets have been created or acquired through Corporate Social Responsibility amount
spent in the Financial Year:
YES NO
If Yes, enter the number of capital assets created/ acquired: 1387
Furnish the details relating to such asset(s) so created or acquired through Corporate Social Responsibility
amount spent in the Financial Year:
Sl. Short particulars Pin code of Date of Amount of Details of entity / Authority / beneficiary of
of the property or the property creation CSR amount the registered owner
No. asset(s) [including or asset(s) spent
complete address
and location of the
property]
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6)
CSR Registration Name Registered
Number, if address
applicable
Details of capital assets created or acquired through Corporate Social Responsibility amount is available on the Company’s website
https://investors.larsentoubro.com/listing-compliance-agm.aspx.
9. Specify the reason(s), if the company has failed to spend two per cent of the average net profit as per sub-
section (5) of section 135.
NOT APPLICABLE
369
Annexure to
the Board Report
Mr. R. Shankar Raman President, Whole-time Director & 31.66 331.52 42.84%
CFO
Mr. Subramanian Sarma Whole-time Director & President 37.04 387.83 46.50%
(Energy)
Mr. T. Madhava Das Whole-Time Director & Senior 18.73 196.13 63.22%
Executive Vice President (Utilities)
Mr. Anil V Parab Whole-Time Director & Senior 12.52 131.11 132.15%+
Executive Vice President (Heavy
Engineering and Valves)
v crore
Mr. Sivaram Nair A Company Secretary & Compliance 1.72 17.98 7.91%
Officer
% Remuneration of Mr. A. M. Naik excludes ¢ 1.5 crore paid to him during the financial year towards pension. Mr. Naik ceased to be the
Non-executive Chairman with effect from September 30, 2023
%% Appointed as Chairman and re-designated as Chairman & Managing Director with effect from October 1, 2023.
$ Ceased to be a Whole-time Director with effect from April 7, 2024 on account of superannuation.
# Ceased to be Whole-time Director with effect from April 7, 2023 on account of superannuation.
^ Part of the remuneration has been paid to the financial institution he represents
@ Ceased to be Independent Directors with effect from March 31, 2024 on account of completion of tenure
+ Impact of full year remuneration of new director/KMP appointed during FY 2022-23
* Appointed as Independent Directors with effect from May 10, 2023
** Appointed as Independent Directors with effect from October 31, 2023
*** Ratio of remuneration of director to the median remuneration is calculated on pro-rata basis for those directors who served for only part of
FY 2023-24
~ Details not given as the Director was there for part of the year.
B. Percentage increase in the median remuneration the managerial remuneration and justification
of all employees in FY 2023-24: thereof and point out if there are any exceptional
The median remuneration of employees of the circumstances for increase in managerial
Company during the financial year was ¢ 9.55 lakh. In remuneration
the financial year, there was an increase of 1.32% in Average percentage increase made in the salaries of
the median remuneration of employees. employees other than the managerial personnel for the
FY 2023-24 was 1.74% whereas there is an increase
C. Number of permanent employees on the rolls of
in the managerial remuneration by 20.38%. Increase
the Company as on March 31, 2024:
in managerial remuneration is mainly on account of
There were 59,018 permanent employees on the rolls higher profits and increase in commission rates.
of the Company as on March 31, 2024.
E. Affirmation that the remuneration is as per the
D. Average percentile increase made in the salaries remuneration policy of the Company:
of the employees other than the managerial
It is hereby affirmed that the remuneration paid is
personnel in the last financial year and its
as per the Remuneration Policy for Directors, Key
comparison with the percentile increase in
Managerial Personnel and other Employees.
371
Annexure to
the Board Report
(ii) Listing Agreements entered into by the Company with z raised ¢ 450 crore by way of receipt of call money
BSE Limited and National Stock Exchange of India pursuant to Third Balance Payment (Final) notice of
Limited. ¢ 2,50,000 each towards 18,000 partly paid Non-
Convertible Debentures on April 24, 2023;
During the period under review the Company has complied
with the provisions of the Act, Rules, Regulations, z raised ¢ 7,000 crore by issue and allotment of
Guidelines, Standards, etc. 7,00,000 Non-Convertible Debentures of ¢ 1 Lac each
We further report that: aggregating to a) ¢ 3,500 Crore on June 8, 2023,
z The Board of Directors of the Company is duly b) ¢ 1,500 Crore on November 2, 2023 and c) ¢ 2,000
constituted with proper balance of Executive Directors, Crore on November 9, 2023;
Non-Executive Directors including Independent z completed Buy-back of 3,12,50,000 fully paid up
Directors and a Woman Director. The changes in the equity shares of the Company of face value of ¢ 2/-
composition of the Board of Directors which took (Rupees Two only) each at a price of ¢ 3,200/- (Rupees
place during the period under review were carried out Three Thousand Two Hundred Only) per equity share
in compliance with the provisions of the Act; aggregating ¢ 10,000 crore on a proportionate basis
z Adequate notice is given to all Directors of the from the Equity Shareholders of the Company, through
schedule of the Board and Committee Meetings and the tender offer process on September 30, 2023;
Agenda & detailed notes on agenda were sent at z The Board at its meeting held on January 30, 2024
least seven days in advance and there exists a system has approved Merger of L&T Energy Hydrocarbon
for seeking and obtaining further information and Engineering Limited and L&T Offshore Private Limited,
clarifications on the agenda items before the meeting wholly owned subsidiaries, with the Company. The
for meaningful participation at the meeting; Company has made application(s) with necessary
z All decisions of Board and Committee meetings were statutory and regulatory Authorities for the approval
carried unanimously. of Merger Scheme including to National Company Law
Tribunal (NCLT).
We further report that based on review of compliance
mechanism established by the Company and on the basis This Report is to be read with our letter of even date which
is annexed as Annexure A and forms an integral part of this
of the Compliance Certificate(s) issued by the Company
report.
Secretary and taken on record by the Board of Directors
at their meeting(s), we are of the opinion that there are
adequate systems and processes in place in the Company For S. N. ANANTHASUBRAMANIAN & Co.
which is commensurate with the size and operations of Company Secretaries
the Company to monitor and ensure compliance with ICSI Unique Code: P1991MH040400
applicable laws, rules, regulations and guidelines. Peer Review Cert. No.: 5218/2023
373
Annexure to
the Board Report
z Relationship of remuneration to performance is clear z Identify persons who are qualified to become
and meets appropriate performance benchmarks; Director and persons who may be appointed in
Key Managerial and Senior Management positions
z Remuneration to Directors, Key Managerial Personnel
in accordance with the criteria laid down in this
and senior management involves a balance between
policy.
fixed and incentive pay reflecting short and long-term
performance objectives appropriate to the working of z Recommend to the Board, appointment and
the Company and its goals; removal of Director, KMP and Senior Management
Personnel.
z Devising a policy on Board diversity;
3.2. Policy for appointment and removal of Director,
2. DEFINITIONS:
KMP and Senior Management
2.1. Act means the Companies Act, 2013 or Companies
Act, 1956 as may be applicable and Rules framed 3.2.1. Appointment criteria and qualifications
thereunder, as amended from time to time. a) The Committee shall identify and ascertain the
2.2. Board means Board of Directors of the Company. integrity, qualification, expertise and experience
375
Annexure to
the Board Report
of the person for appointment as Director and Company in any other capacity, either directly
recommend to the Board his / her appointment. or indirectly.
Appointment and Remuneration of KMP or Senior - At the time of appointment of Independent
Management Personnel is in accordance with Director it should be ensured that number of
the HR Policy of the Company. The Company’s Boards on which such Independent Director
policy is committed to acquire, develop and retain serves is restricted to seven listed companies
a pool of high calibre talent, establish systems as an Independent Director and three listed
and practises for maintaining transparency, companies as an Independent Director in
fairness and equity and provides for payment case such person is serving as a Whole-time
of competitive pay packages matching industry Director of a listed company or such other
standards. number as may be prescribed under the Act.
b) A person should possess adequate qualification, c) Maximum Number of Directorships:
expertise and experience for the position he / she - A person shall not be appointed as a
is considered for appointment. The Committee Director in case he is a Director in more than
has discretion to decide whether qualification, eight listed companies after April 1, 2019
expertise and experience possessed by a person is and seven listed companies after April 1,
sufficient / satisfactory for the concerned position. 2020. For the purpose of this clause listed
c) The Company shall not appoint or continue the companies would mean only those companies
employment of any person as Director who has whose equity shares are listed.
attained the retirement age fixed by the Board or 3.2.3. Evaluation
as approved by the Shareholders pursuant to the
The Committee shall by itself or through the Board or
requirement of the Act / LODR.
an independent external agency carry out evaluation
3.2.2. Term / Tenure of performance of the Board / Committee(s), Individual
a) Executive Directors: Directors and Chairman at regular interval (yearly) and
review implementation and compliance.
The Company shall appoint or re-appoint any
person as its Executive Director for a term not The Company may disclose in the Annual Report:
exceeding five years at a time. No re-appointment
a. Observation of the Board Evaluation for the year
shall be made earlier than one year before the
under review
expiry of term.
b. Previous years observations and actions taken
b) Independent Directors:
- An Independent Director shall hold office for c. Proposed actions based on current year’s
a term up to five consecutive years on the observations
Board of the Company and will be eligible 3.2.4. Removal
for re-appointment on passing of a special
Due to reasons for any disqualification mentioned
resolution by the Company and disclosure of
in the Act or under any other applicable Act, rules
such appointment in the Board’s report. The
and regulations thereunder, the Committee may
rationale for such re-appointment shall also
recommend, to the Board with reasons recorded
be provided in the Notice to Shareholders
in writing, removal of a Director, KMP or Senior
proposing such re-appointment.
Management Personnel subject to the provisions and
- No Independent Director shall hold office for compliance of the said Act, rules and regulations.
more than two consecutive terms, but such
3.2.5. Retirement
Independent Director shall be eligible for
appointment after expiry of three years of The Director, KMP and Senior Management Personnel
ceasing to become an Independent Director. shall retire as per the applicable provisions of the Act
Provided that an Independent Director shall or the prevailing policy of the Company, as applicable.
not, during the said period of three years, The Board / Committee will have the discretion
be appointed in or be associated with the to retain the Director, KMP, Senior Management
Personnel in the same position / remuneration or
otherwise even after attaining the retirement age, for contribution to P.F, pension scheme, medical
the benefit of the Company. expenses, club fees etc. shall be decided and
approved by the Board / the Person authorized
3.3. Policy relating to the Remuneration of Executive
by the Board on the recommendation of the
Director, KMP and Senior Management Personnel
Committee and approved by the shareholders and
3.3.1. General: Central Government, wherever required.
a) The remuneration / compensation / commission
b) Minimum Remuneration:
etc. to the Executive Directors will be determined
by the Committee and recommended to the Board If, in any financial year, the Company has no
for approval. The remuneration / compensation / profits or its profits are inadequate, the Company
commission etc. shall be subject to the approval shall pay remuneration to its Executive Directors
of the shareholders of the Company and Central in accordance with the provisions of Schedule V
Government, wherever required. of the Act and if it is not able to comply with
such provisions, with the previous approval of the
b) The remuneration and commission to be paid to Central Government.
the Executive Directors shall be in accordance with
the percentage / limits / conditions laid down in c) Provisions for excess remuneration:
the Articles of Association of the Company and as If any Chairman/Managing Director/Whole-time
per the provisions of the Act. Directors draws or receives, directly or indirectly by
way of remuneration any such sums in excess of
c) Increments to the existing remuneration/
the limits prescribed under the Act or without the
compensation structure may be recommended
prior sanction of the Central Government, where
by the Committee to the Board which should be
required, he / she shall refund such sums to the
within the limits approved by the Shareholders in
Company and until such sum is refunded, hold it
the case of Executive Directors.
in trust for the Company. The Company shall not
d) Where any insurance is taken by the Company waive recovery of such sum refundable to it unless
on behalf of its Executive Directors, Chief permitted by the Central Government.
Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer, the
d) Stock Options in Subsidiary Companies:
Company Secretary and any other employees
for indemnifying them against any liability, the Executive Directors may be granted stock options
premium paid on such insurance shall not be in subsidiary companies as per their Schemes
treated as part of the remuneration payable to and after taking necessary approvals. Perquisites
any such personnel. Provided that if such person may be added to the remuneration of concerned
is proved to be guilty, the premium paid on Directors and considered in the limits applicable to
such insurance shall be treated as part of the the Company.
remuneration. 3.3.3. Remuneration to Non- Executive / Independent
e) Remuneration of other KMP or Senior Director:
Management Personnel, in any form, shall be as a) Remuneration / Commission:
per the policy of the Company based on the grade The remuneration / commission shall be fixed as
structure in the Company. per the limits and conditions mentioned in the
3.3.2. Remuneration to Executive Directors/KMP and Articles of Association of the Company and the
Senior Management Personnel: Act.
a) Fixed pay: b) Sitting Fees:
The Executive Directors / KMP and Senior The Non- Executive / Independent Director may
Management Personnel shall be eligible for a receive remuneration by way of fees for attending
monthly remuneration as may be approved by the meetings of Board or Committee thereof. Provided
Board on the recommendation of the Committee that the amount of such fees shall not exceed
or policy of the Company. In case of remuneration R One Lac per meeting of the Board or Committee
to Directors, the breakup of the pay scale and or such amount as may be prescribed by the
quantum of perquisites including, employer’s Central Government from time to time.
377
Annexure to
the Board Report
termination of service of an Executive Director as an long term performance objectives appropriate to the
employee of the Company subject to the provision of working of the Company.
the law and their service contract;
11.3 To delegate any of its powers to one or more of its
10.7 Delegating any of its powers to one or more of its members or the Secretary of the Committee.
members or the Secretary of the Committee;
11.4 To consider any other matters as may be requested by
10.8 Recommend any necessary changes to the Board; and the Board.
10.9 Considering any other matters, as may be requested by 11.5 Professional indemnity and liability insurance for
the Board. Directors and senior management.
11. REMUNERATION DUTIES 12. M
INUTES OF NOMINATION AND REMUNERATION
The duties of the Committee in relation to remuneration COMMITTEE MEETING
matters include: Proceedings of all meetings must be minuted and signed
by the Chairman of the Committee at the subsequent
11.1 To consider and determine the Remuneration Policy,
meeting. Minutes of the Committee meetings will be
based on the performance and also bearing in mind
tabled at the subsequent Board and Committee meeting.
that the remuneration is reasonable and sufficient to
attract, retain and motivate members of the Board 13. REVIEW & AMENDMENT:
and such other factors as the Committee shall deem The Policy shall be reviewed as and when required
appropriate all elements of the remuneration of the to ensure that it meets the objectives of the relevant
members of the Board. legislation and remains effective. The Executive Committee
11.2 To ensure the remuneration maintains a balance has the right to change/amend the policy as may be
between fixed and incentive pay reflecting short and expedient taking into account the law for the time being in
force.
379
Standalone Financial Statements
Corporate Management Integrated Statutory Financial
Overview Discussion and Analysis Report Reports Statements
381
Independent
Auditor’s Report
Measurement of contract assets in respect of overdue milestones and receivables in respect of overdue invoices.
Key audit matter The Company, in its contract with customers, promises to transfer distinct services to its customers, which may
description be rendered in the form of engineering, procurement, and construction (“EPC”) services through design-build
contracts, and other forms of construction contracts. The recognition of revenue is based on contractual terms,
which could be based on agreed unit price or lump-sum revenue arrangements. At each reporting date, revenue
is accrued for costs incurred against work performed that may not have been invoiced. Identifying whether the
Company’s performance has resulted in a service that would be billable and collectable where the works carried out
have not been acknowledged by customers as of the reporting date, or in the case of certain Defence contracts,
where the evidence of work carried out and cost incurred are covered by confidentiality arrangements, involves a
significant judgement. Assessing the recoverability of contract assets related to overdue milestones and amounts
overdue against invoices raised which have remained unsettled for a significantly long period after the end of the
contractual credit period also involves a significant amount of judgment. Refer to Note Nos. [1](II)(e), [1](II)(m), 11
and 16 to the Standalone Financial Statements
Principal Audit Our audit procedures related to the (1) evaluation of evidence supporting the execution of work; (2) evaluation
Procedures of recoverability of the overdue amounts including the impact on the expected credit loss allowance; and (3)
assessment of adjusting events after the reporting date i.e. March 31, 2024 and the date when the financial
statements are approved by the Company’s Board of Directors included the following amongst others:
• We tested the design, implementation and operating effectiveness of internal controls relating to the (a)
gathering and evaluation of evidence supporting the execution of work; (b) evaluation of recoverability of
the overdue amounts including the impact on the expected credit loss allowance; and (c) assessment of
adjusting events after the reporting date i.e. March 31, 2024 and the date when the financial statements are
approved by the Board of Directors and the impact thereof on the carrying amount of the related contract
assets, measurement of contract assets in respect of overdue milestones and receivables in respect of overdue
invoices.
• We selected a sample of contracts assets with corresponding trade receivables that were overdue and
evaluated the basis for management’s conclusions regarding the (1) evidence supporting the execution of
work for which the contract assets were recognised; (2) reasons for the delays in recovery of invoices and the
basis on which recoverability of the contract assets was assessed; (3) impact on the allowance for expected
credit losses; and (4) adjusting events after the reporting date i.e. March 31, 2024 and the date when the
financial statements are approved by the Board of Directors and the impact thereof on the carrying amount of
the related contract assets.
• In respect of the sample contracts, we compared previous estimates relating to recoverability of contract assets
and compared it with actual collections during the year.
• Obtain an understanding of internal financial control relevant to the audit in order to design audit procedures that are appropriate in
the circumstances. Under section 143(3)(i) of the Act, we are also responsible for expressing our opinion on whether the Company has
adequate internal financial controls with reference to Standalone Financial Statements in place and the operating effectiveness of such
controls.
• Evaluate the appropriateness of accounting policies used and the reasonableness of accounting estimates and related disclosures made
by the management.
• Conclude on the appropriateness of management’s use of the going concern basis of accounting and, based on the audit evidence
obtained, whether a material uncertainty exists related to events or conditions that may cast significant doubt on the Company’s ability
to continue as a going concern. If we conclude that a material uncertainty exists, we are required to draw attention in our auditor’s
report to the related disclosures in the Standalone Financial Statements or, if such disclosures are inadequate, to modify our opinion. Our
conclusions are based on the audit evidence obtained up to the date of our auditor’s report. However, future events or conditions may
cause the Company to cease to continue as a going concern.
• Evaluate the overall presentation, structure and content of the Standalone Financial Statements, including the disclosures, and whether
the Standalone Financial Statements represent the underlying transactions and events in a manner that achieves fair presentation.
383
Independent
Auditor’s Report
• Obtain sufficient appropriate audit evidence regarding the financial information of the Company and its joint operations to express
an opinion on the Standalone Financial Statements. We are responsible for the direction, supervision and performance of the audit
of the financial statements of such entities or business activities included in the Standalone Financial Statements of which we are the
independent auditors. For the other entities or business activities included in the Standalone Financial Statements, which have been
audited by the other auditors, such other auditors remain responsible for the direction, supervision and performance of the audits carried
out by them. We remain solely responsible for our audit opinion.
Materiality is the magnitude of misstatements in the Standalone Financial Statements that, individually or in aggregate, makes it probable
that the economic decisions of a reasonably knowledgeable user of the Standalone Financial Statements may be influenced. We consider
quantitative materiality and qualitative factors in (i) planning the scope of our audit work and in evaluating the results of our work; and (ii) to
evaluate the effect of any identified misstatements in the Standalone Financial Statements.
We communicate with those charged with governance regarding, among other matters, the planned scope and timing of the audit and
significant audit findings, including any significant deficiencies in internal financial controls that we identify during our audit.
We also provide those charged with governance with a statement that we have complied with relevant ethical requirements regarding
independence, and to communicate with them all relationships and other matters that may reasonably be thought to bear on our
independence, and where applicable, related safeguards.
From the matters communicated with those charged with governance, we determine those matters that were of most significance in the
audit of the Standalone Financial Statements of the current period and are therefore the key audit matters. We describe these matters in our
auditor’s report unless law or regulation precludes public disclosure about the matter or when, in extremely rare circumstances, we determine
that a matter should not be communicated in our report because the adverse consequences of doing so would reasonably be expected to
outweigh the public interest benefits of such communication.
Other Matters
• We did not audit the financial information of 30 joint operations included in the Standalone Financial Statements of the company whose
financial information reflects total assets of ¢ 3509.61 crore as at March 31, 2024, total revenues of ¢ 4434.70 crore and net cash
flows of ¢ (377.92) crore for the year ended March 31, 2024, respectively, as considered in the Standalone Financial Statements. The
financial information of these joint operations has been audited by the other auditors whose reports have been furnished to us by the
Management of the Company, and our opinion in so far as it relates to the amounts and disclosures included in respect of these joint
operations and our report in terms of subsection (3) of Section 143 of the Act, in so far as it relates to the aforesaid joint operations, is
based solely on the reports of such other auditors and the procedures performed by us as stated under Auditor’s Responsibilities section
above.
Our opinion on the Standalone Financial Statements and our report on Other Legal and Regulatory Requirements below is not modified in
respect of the these matters.
Report on Other Legal and Regulatory Requirements
1. As required by Section 143(3) of the Act, based on our audit and based on the consideration of the reports of other auditors on the
separate financial information of the joint operations, referred to in Other Matters section above we report, to the extent applicable that:
a) We have sought and obtained all the information and explanations which to the best of our knowledge and belief were necessary
for the purposes of our audit.
b) In our opinion, proper books of account as required by law have been kept by the Company and its joint operation companies so
far as it appears from our examination of those books and the reports of the other auditors.
c) The Balance Sheet, the Statement of Profit and Loss including Other Comprehensive Income, the Statement of Cash Flows and
Statement of Changes in Equity dealt with by this Report are in agreement with the relevant books of account.
d) In our opinion, the aforesaid Standalone Financial Statements comply with the Ind AS specified under Section 133 of the Act.
e) On the basis of the written representations received from the directors as on March 31, 2024 taken on record by the Board of
Directors, none of the directors is disqualified as on March 31, 2024 from being appointed as a director in terms of Section 164(2)
of the Act.
f) With respect to the adequacy of the internal financial controls with reference to Standalone Financial Statements of the Company
and the operating effectiveness of such controls, refer to our separate Report in “Annexure A”. Our report expresses an unmodified
opinion on the adequacy and operating effectiveness of the Company’s internal financial controls with reference to Standalone
Financial Statements.
g) With respect to the other matters to be included in the Auditor’s Report in accordance with the requirements of section 197(16) of
the Act, as amended:
In our opinion and to the best of our information and according to the explanations given to us, the remuneration paid by the
Company to its directors during the year is in accordance with the provisions of section 197 of the Act.
h) With respect to the other matters to be included in the Auditor’s Report in accordance with Rule 11 of the Companies (Audit and
Auditors) Rules, 2014, as amended, in our opinion and to the best of our information and according to the explanations given to
us:
i. The Company has disclosed the impact of pending litigations on its financial position in its Standalone Financial Statements
(Refer Note No 29 to the Standalone Financial Statements);
ii. The Company has made provision, as required under the applicable law or accounting standards, for material foreseeable
losses, if any, on long-term contracts, including derivative contracts;
iii. There has been no delay in transferring amounts, required to be transferred, to the Investor Education and Protection Fund by
the Company;
iv. a. The Management has represented that, to the best of it’s knowledge and belief, no funds have been advanced or loaned
or invested (either from borrowed funds or share premium or any other sources or kind of funds) by the Company to or in
any other person(s) or entity(ies), including foreign entities (“Intermediaries”), with the understanding, whether recorded
in writing or otherwise, that the Intermediary shall, directly or indirectly lend or invest in other persons or entities
identified in any manner whatsoever by or on behalf of the Company (“Ultimate Beneficiaries”) or provide any guarantee,
security or the like on behalf of the Ultimate Beneficiaries;
b. The Management has represented, that, to the best of it’s knowledge and belief, no funds have been received by
the Company from any person(s) or entity(ies), including foreign entities (“Funding Parties”), with the understanding,
whether recorded in writing or otherwise, that the Company shall, directly or indirectly, lend or invest in other persons
or entities identified in any manner whatsoever by or on behalf of the Funding Party (“Ultimate Beneficiaries”) or provide
any guarantee, security or the like on behalf of the Ultimate Beneficiaries; and
c. Based on the audit procedures that has been considered reasonable and appropriate in the circumstances, nothing
has come to our notice that has caused us to believe that the representations under sub-clause (i) and (ii) of Rule 11(e)
contain any material mis-statement; and
v. The amount of dividend is in accordance with Section 123 of the Act.
a) The final dividend paid by the Company during the year in respect of the same declared for the previous year and the
interim dividend declared and paid by the Company during the year is in accordance with Section 123 of the Companies
Act 2013 to the extent it applies to payment of dividend.
b) As stated in note 17 to the financial statements, the Board of Directors of the Company have proposed final dividend
for the year which is subject to the approval of the members at the ensuing Annual General Meeting. The amount of
dividend declared is in accordance with section 123 of the Act to the extent it applies to declaration of dividend.
vi. Based on our examination which included test checks, the Company has used accounting software(s) for maintaining its books
of account for the financial year ended March 31, 2024, which have a feature of recording audit trail (edit log) facility and the
same has operated throughout the year for all relevant transactions recorded in the software(s). Further, during the course of
our audit, we did not come across any instance of audit trail feature being tampered with.
As proviso to Rule 3(1) of the Companies (Accounts) Rules, 2014 is applicable from April 1, 2023, reporting under Rule 11(g)
of Companies (Audit and Auditors) Rules, 2014 on preservation of audit trail as per the statutory requirements for record
retention is not applicable for the financial year ended March 31, 2024.
2. As required by the Companies (Auditor’s Report) Order, 2020 (“the Order”) issued by the Central Government in terms of Section
143(11) of the Act, we give in “Annexure B” a statement on the matters specified in paragraphs 3 and 4 of the Order.
385
Independent
Auditor’s Report
Report on the Internal Financial Controls with reference to Standalone Financial Statements under Clause (i) of Sub-section 3 of
Section 143 of the Companies Act, 2013 (the “Act”)
We have audited the internal financial controls with reference to Standalone Financial Statements of Larsen and Toubro Limited (the
“Company”) as of March 31, 2024 in conjunction with our audit of the standalone Ind AS financial statements of the Company for the year
ended on that date which includes internal financial controls with reference to Standalone Financial Statements of one of the Company’s 31
joint operations which is a company incorporated in India.
Auditor’s Responsibility
Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s internal financial controls with reference to Standalone Financial Statements of
the Company and its joint operations company incorporated in India, based on our audit. We conducted our audit in accordance with the
Guidance Note on Audit of Internal Financial Controls Over Financial Reporting (the “Guidance Note”) issued by the ICAI and the Standards
on Auditing (“SA”s) prescribed under Section 143(10) of the Companies Act, 2013 (the “Act”), to the extent applicable to an audit of
internal financial controls with reference to Standalone Financial Statements. Those Standards and the Guidance Note require that we comply
with ethical requirements and plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether adequate internal financial controls
with reference to Standalone Financial Statements was established and maintained and if such controls operated effectively in all material
respects.
Our audit involves performing procedures to obtain audit evidence about the adequacy of the internal financial controls with reference to
Standalone Financial Statements and their operating effectiveness. Our audit of internal financial controls with reference to Standalone
Financial Statements included obtaining an understanding of internal financial controls with reference to Standalone Financial Statements,
assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control
based on the assessed risk. The procedures selected depend on the auditor’s judgement, including the assessment of the risks of material
misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to fraud or error.
We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained, and the audit evidence obtained by the other auditor of the joint operation which is
a company incorporated in India, in terms of their reports referred to in the Other Matters paragraph below, is sufficient and appropriate to
provide a basis for our audit opinion on the Company’s internal financial controls with reference to Standalone Financial Statements.
Inherent Limitations of Internal Financial Controls with reference to Standalone Financial Statements
Because of the inherent limitations of internal financial controls with reference to Standalone Financial Statements, including the possibility of
collusion or improper management override of controls, material misstatements due to error or fraud may occur and not be detected. Also,
projections of any evaluation of the internal financial controls with reference to Standalone Financial Statements to future periods are subject
to the risk that the internal financial control with reference to Standalone Financial Statements may become inadequate because of changes
in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
Opinion
In our opinion, to the best of our information and according to the explanations given to us and based on the consideration of the reports
of the other auditors on internal financial controls with reference to Standalone Financial Statements of the joint operation referred to in
the Other Matters paragraph below, the Company has, in all material respects, an adequate internal financial controls with reference to
Standalone Financial Statements and such internal financial controls with reference to Standalone Financial Statements were operating
effectively as at March 31, 2024, based on the criteria for internal financial control with reference to Standalone Financial Statements
established by the respective Company considering the essential components of internal control stated in the Guidance Note on Audit of
Internal Financial Controls Over Financial Reporting issued by the Institute of Chartered Accountants of India.
Other Matters
Our aforesaid report under Section 143(3)(i) of the Act on the adequacy and operating effectiveness of the internal financial controls with
reference to Standalone Financial Statements insofar as it relates to one joint operation which is a company incorporated in India, is based on
the corresponding report of the other auditor of such company incorporated in India.
Rupen K. Bhatt
Partner
(Membership No. 046930)
UDIN: 24046930BKEZVP9659
Place: Mumbai
Date: May 08, 2024
387
Independent
Auditor’s Report
In terms of the information and explanations sought by us and given by the Company and the books of account and records examined by us
in the normal course of audit and to the best of our knowledge and belief, we state that:
(i) In respect of the Company’s property, plant and equipment and intangible assets:
(a) (A) The Company has maintained proper records showing full particulars, including quantitative details and situation of property,
plant and equipment, capital work-in progress, investment properties and relevant details of right-of-use assets.
(B) The Company has maintained proper records showing full particulars of intangible assets.
(b) The Company has a program of physical verification of its property, plant and equipment and investment properties so to cover
all the items in a phased manner over a period of 3 years which, in our opinion, is reasonable having regard to the size of the
Company and the nature of its assets. Pursuant to the program, certain assets were due for verification during the year and were
physically verified by the Management during the year. No material discrepancies were noticed on such verification.
(c) With respect to immovable properties (other than properties where the Company is the lessee and the lease agreements are duly
executed in favour of the Company) disclosed in the financial statements as a part of property, plant and equipment, capital
work-in progress and investment property and based on the examination of the registered sale deed / transfer deed / conveyance
deed provided to us, we report that, the title deeds of such immovable properties are held in the name of the Company as at the
balance sheet date, except for the following:
R crore
Carrying
Gross Whether Reason for not being
value in the Period held
carrying promoter, held in name of
financial – indicate
Description of value as director Company
statements Held in name of range,
property at March or their
as at March where Also indicate if in
31, 2024 relative or
31, 2024 appropriate dispute
(¢ crore) employee
(¢ crore)
Freehold Land – 1.01 1.01 1. Magan Kuber * No 12 years Land acquired from
Hazira West 2. Kashiben Patel (Since 2012) farmers through
3. Ishwar Prema Government Acquisition
Route. The formalities
are pending from the
authorities side.
* Irrevocable Power of Attorney given to L&T by the owners, possession is with L&T
(d) The Company has not revalued any of its property, plant and equipment (including Right of Use assets) and intangible assets during
the year.
(e) No proceedings have been initiated or is pending against the company as at March 31, 2024 for holding any benami property
under the Benami Transactions (Prohibition) Act, 1988 (45 of 1988) and rules made thereunder.
(a) The inventories except for goods in transit, were physically verified during the year by the Management at reasonable intervals. In
case of real estate inventory wherein, having regard to the nature of inventory, the physical verification by way of verification of title
deeds, site visits by the Management and certification to the extent of work completion by competent persons, are at reasonable
intervals. In our opinion, the coverage and procedure of such verification by the Management is appropriate having regard to the
size of the Company and the nature of its operations. In respect of goods in transit, the goods have been received subsequent
to the year end. No discrepancies of 10% or more in the aggregate for each class of inventories were noticed on such physical
verification of inventories when compared with books of account.
(b) The Company has been sanctioned working capital limits in excess of ¢ 5 crores, in aggregate, at points of time during the year,
from banks or financial institutions on the basis of security of current assets. In our opinion, the quarterly returns filed by the
Company with such banks or financial institutions are in agreement with the unaudited books of account of the Company of the
respective quarters and no material discrepancies have been observed.
(iii) The Company has made investments in, provided guarantee and granted loans, secured or unsecured, to companies or any other parties
during the year, in respect of which:
(a) The Company has provided loans during the year and details of which are given below:
R crore
Particulars Loans Guarantees Security
Aggregate amount granted / provided during the year:
Subsidiaries 1013.26 400.00 NIL
Joint Venture NIL NIL NIL
Associates NIL NIL NIL
Others NIL NIL NIL
Balance Outstanding as at balance sheet date in respect of
above cases*
Subsidiaries 623.89 NIL NIL
Joint Venture NIL NIL NIL
Associates NIL NIL NIL
Others NIL NIL NIL
*The amounts reported are at gross amounts (including interest accrued), without considering provisions made and includes investments
made in debt instruments issued by subsidiaries.
The Company has not provided any advances in the nature of loans to any other entity during the year.
(b) The investments made, guarantees provided and the terms and conditions of the grant of all the above-mentioned loans and
guarantees provided, during the year are, in our opinion, prima facie, not prejudicial to the Company’s interest.
(c) In respect of loans granted by the Company, the schedule of repayment of principal and payment of interest has been stipulated
and the repayments of principal amounts and receipts of interest are regular as per stipulation, except for the following:
Name of the entity Nature Amount Due Date Extent of Delay Remarks, if any
in ¢ crore
L&T Special Steel & Principal on Working 1730.38 June 30, 2022 641 days Principal on Working Capital
Heavy Forgings Pvt. Ltd. Capital and Project and Project Funding Loan
Funding Loan remains outstanding as on
March 31, 2024
L&T Special Steel & Interest on Working 168.05 June 30, 2022 641 days Interest on Working Capital
Heavy Forgings Pvt. Ltd. Capital and Project and Project Funding Loan
Funding Loan remains outstanding as on
March 31, 2024
Refer to Note No. 63(a)(ii) to the Standalone Financial Statements.
(d) In respect of following loans granted by the Company, which have been overdue for more than 90 days at the balance sheet date,
as explained to us, the Management has taken reasonable steps for recovery of the principal and interest.
R crore
389
Independent
Auditor’s Report
(e) During the year loans aggregating to ¢ 303.50 crore fell due has been renewed. The details of such loans that fell due and were
renewed during the year are stated below:
R crore
Aggregate amount of Percentage of the aggregate to the total
Name of the Party
existing loans renewed. loans or advances granted during the year
L&T Sapura Shipping Private Limited (Bridge Loan) 126.56 12.49%
due on September 30, 2023 extended upto March
31, 2024 (USD 15,240,000)*
L&T Sapura Shipping Private Limited (Shareholder’s 176.94 17.46%
Loan) due on December 31, 2023 extended upto
December 31, 2024 (USD 21,260,000)
*The same has been repaid before the due date.
Refer to Note No. 63(a)(i) to the Standalone Financial Statements.
(f) The Company has not granted any loans either repayable on demand or without specifying any terms or period of repayment
during the year. Hence, reporting under clause (iii)(f) is not applicable.
(iv) The Company has complied with the provisions of Sections 185 and 186 of the Act, to the extent applicable, in respect of grant of loans,
making investments and providing guarantees and securities during the year, as applicable.
(v) The Company has not accepted any deposit or amounts which are deemed to be deposits. Hence, reporting under clause (v) of the Order
is not applicable.
(vi) The maintenance of cost records has been specified by the Central Government under section 148(1) of the Act. We have broadly
reviewed the cost records maintained during the year by the Company pursuant to the Companies (Cost Records and Audit) Rules,
2014, as amended and prescribed by the Central Government under sub-section (1) of Section 148 of the Act, and are of the opinion
that, prima facie, the prescribed cost records have been made and maintained by the company. We have, however, not made a detailed
examination of the cost records with a view to determine whether they are accurate or complete.
(a) The Company has generally been regular in depositing undisputed statutory dues, including Provident Fund, Employees’ State
Insurance, Income-tax, Goods and Service Tax, Sales Tax, duty of Custom, duty of Excise, Value Added Tax, cess and other material
statutory dues applicable to it to the appropriate authorities.
(b) There were no undisputed amounts payable in respect of Provident Fund, Employees’ State Insurance, Income-tax, Goods and
Service Tax, Sales Tax, duty of Custom, duty of Excise, Value Added Tax, cess and other material statutory dues in arrears as at
March 31, 2024 for a period of more than six months from the date they became payable.
(c) Details of statutory dues referred to in sub-clause (a) above which have not been deposited as on March 31, 2024 on account of
disputes are given below:
R crore
Name of Statute Nature of Dues Forum where Dispute is Period to which Amount Amount
Pending amount relates Involved Unpaid
Goods and Services Dispute of questions of law, Classification Appellate authority 2017-18 to 2020-21, 40.98 31.31
Tax Act, 2017 dispute, Tax levied on goods-in-transit, 2022-24
labour charges & disallowance of input tax
credit on deemed export sales
Disallowance of input tax credits, credits Commissioner (Appeals) 2017-23 248.96 234.30
claimed in Tran-1, Mismatch of Return,
GST rate dispute and other matters
Disallowance of input tax credits, credits Assistant Joint Commissioner/ 2017-23 137.96 128.23
claimed in Tran-1, Mismatch of Return, Assistant Commissioner/
GST rate dispute and other matters Deputy Commissioner/ Joint
Commissioner
The Central Excise Dispute regarding question of law, Supreme Court of India 1999-00, 2011-12 to 10.89 –
Act, 1944, Service Tax Disallowance of CENVAT credit, short 2015-16
under Finance Act, payment of service tax, Valuation
1994 and Customs disputes, dispute regarding classification
Act, 1962 of services/goods, disallowances of excise
duty exemption, Non-Maintenance of
Separate Books of Accounts, Export rebate
disallowance, and other matters.
R crore
Name of Statute Nature of Dues Forum where Dispute is Period to which Amount Amount
Pending amount relates Involved Unpaid
The Central Excise Dispute regarding question of law, High Court 2008-09 to 2011-12, 50.01 11.00
Act, 1944, Service Tax Disallowance of CENVAT credit, short 2017-18
under Finance Act, payment of service tax, Valuation
1994 and Customs disputes, dispute regarding classification
Act, 1962 of services/goods, disallowances of excise
duty exemption, Non-Maintenance of
Separate Books of Accounts, Export rebate
disallowance, and other matters.
Dispute regarding question of law, CESTAT/ Department 2002-09, 2011-20 1485.01 1406.85
Disallowance of CENVAT credit, short
payment of service tax, Valuation
disputes, dispute regarding classification
of services/goods, disallowances of excise
duty exemption, Non-Maintenance of
Separate Books of Accounts, Export rebate
disallowance, Service tax demand import
of service for GDR, and other matters.
Dispute regarding question of law, Additional Commissioner 2006-10, 2013-18, 137.63 136.54
Disallowance of CENVAT credit, short Appeal, Appellate DC, 2021-22
payment of service tax, Valuation Commissioner Appeals, Deputy
disputes, dispute regarding classification Commissioner Appeals, Deputy
of services/goods, disallowances of excise Commissioner
duty exemption, Non-Maintenance of
Separate Books of Accounts, Export rebate
disallowance, and other matters.
Differential Custom Duty DGFT 2016-17, 2021-22 1.05 0.79
The Central Sales Tax Dispute regarding questions of law, Supreme Court of India 2006-18 720.74 699.74
Act, Entry tax, Local classification dispute, sales in transit, high
Sales Tax Act, Works sea sales, non-submission of C forms & E1
Contract Tax Act and forms, disallowance of ITC, valuation of
Goods & Services goods and other matters
Tax Act Dispute regarding questions of law, High Court 1986-99, 1999-01, 180.51 164.81
classification dispute, sales in transit, high 1999-2016, 2000-16
sea sales, non-submission of C forms &
E1 forms, disallowance of ITC, valuation
of goods,
Non submission of Forms, inter-state sale
turnover, Rate of tax of declared goods,
Labour & service charges disallowed,
Disallowance of exemptions claimed for
imports & Sales in transit, Road permit
issue and other matter
Dispute regarding questions of law, Appellate Board 2008-15 0.21 0.21
classification dispute, sales in transit, high
sea sales, non-submission of C forms & E1
forms, disallowance of ITC, valuation of
goods and other matters
Dispute regarding questions of law, sales Sales Tax/VAT Tribunal 1991-2018, 717.64 556.44
in transit, high sea sales, non-submission 1994-99, 2003-16
of C forms & E1 forms, disallowance of
ITC, valuation of goods, non submission
of Forms, classification disputes,
inter-state sale turnover, Rate of tax of
declared goods, Labour & service charges
disallowed, Disallowance of exemptions
claimed for imports & Sales in transit,
Road permit issue and other matter
391
Independent
Auditor’s Report
R crore
Name of Statute Nature of Dues Forum where Dispute is Period to which Amount Amount
Pending amount relates Involved Unpaid
The Central Sales TaxDispute regarding questions of law, sales Joint commissioner Appeals/ 1989-00, 2001-18 3316.95 3124.99
Act, Entry tax, Localin transit, high sea sales, non-submission Additional Commissioner
Sales Tax Act, Works of C forms & E1 forms, disallowance of Appeals/ Deputy Commissioner
Contract Tax Act and ITC, valuation of goods, non submission Appeals/Assistant Commissioner
Goods & Services of Forms, classification disputes, Appeals/ Commissioner Appeals
Tax Act inter-state sale turnover, Rate of tax of
declared goods, Labour & service charges
disallowed, Disallowance of exemptions
claimed for imports, Road permit issue and
other matter
Dispute regarding question of law, Assistant Commissioner/ 2006-09, 2010-17, 113.28 98.37
Disallowance of CENVAT credit, short Deputy Commissioner/ 2015-16
payment of service tax, Valuation Additional Commissioner/ Joint
disputes, dispute regarding classification Commissioner/ Commissioner/
of services/goods, disallowances of excise Assessing Officer
duty exemption, Non-Maintenance of
Separate Books of Accounts, Export rebate
disallowance, sales in transit, high sea
sales, non-submission of C forms & E1
forms, disallowance of ITC, valuation of
goods, and other matters
Dispute regarding questions of law, CAG 2015-16 1.10 1.10
classification dispute, sales in transit, high
sea sales, non-submission of C forms & E1
forms, disallowance of ITC, valuation of
goods and other matters
Dispute regarding questions of law, Special Objection Hearing 2012-13 0.05 0.05
classification dispute, sales in transit, high Authority
sea sales, non-submission of C forms & E1
forms, disallowance of ITC, valuation of
goods and other matters
Income Tax Act, 1961 Demands arising out of Regular Income Tax Appellate Tribunal 2009-10, 2011-12, 719.64 152.81
Assessment/ Reassessment (ITAT) 2012-13, 2019-20
Demands arising out of Regular CIT(A) 2011-12, 2014-15 to 3119.35 2409.78
Assessment/ Reassessment 2021-22
Demand arising out of order under section
201(1)/201(1A) of the Income Tax Act
(viii) There were no transactions relating to previously unrecorded income that were surrendered or disclosed as income in the tax assessments
under the Income Tax Act, 1961 (43 of 1961) during the year.
(ix) In respect of borrowings:
(a) In our opinion, during the year, the Company has not defaulted in the repayment of loans or other borrowings or in the payment of
interest thereon to any lender during the year.
(b) The Company has not been declared willful defaulter by any bank or financial institution or government or any government
authority.
(c) The Company has not taken any term loan during the year and there are no unutilized term loans at the beginning of the year and
hence, reporting under clause (ix)(c) of the Order is not applicable.
(d) On an overall examination of the financial statements of the Company, funds raised on short-term basis have, prima facie, not been
used during the year for long-term purposes by the Company.
(e) On an overall examination of the financial statements of the Company, the Company has not taken any funds from any entity or
person on account of or to meet the obligations of its subsidiaries or associates or joint ventures.
(f) The Company has not raised loans during the year on the pledge of securities held in its subsidiaries or joint ventures or associate
companies.
(a) The Company has not raised moneys by way of initial public offer or further public offer (including debt instruments) during the
year and hence reporting under clause (x)(a) of the Order is not applicable.
(b) During the year, the Company has not made any preferential allotment or private placement of shares or convertible debentures
(fully or partly or optionally) and hence, reporting under paragraph (x)(b) of the Order is not applicable to the Company.
(a) No fraud by the Company and no material fraud on the Company has been noticed or reported during the year.
(b) No report under sub-section (12) of section 143 of the Companies Act has been filed in Form ADT-4 as prescribed under rule 13 of
Companies (Audit and Auditors) Rules, 2014 with the Central Government, during the year and upto the date of this report.
(c) We have taken into consideration, the whistle blower complaints received by the company during the year and upto the date of this
report and provided to us, when performing our audit.
(xii) The Company is not a Nidhi Company. Therefore, reporting under clause 3(xii) of the Order is not applicable.
(xiii) In our opinion, the Company is in compliance with Section 177 and 188 of the Act, where applicable, for all transactions with the
related parties undertaken during the year and the details of such related party transactions have been disclosed in the Standalone
Financial Statements as required by the applicable accounting standards.
(a) In our opinion the Company has an adequate internal audit system commensurate with the size and the nature of its business.
(b) We have considered, the internal audit reports for the year under audit, issued to the Company during the year and till date, in
determining the nature, timing and extent of our audit procedures.
(xv) In our opinion, during the year the Company has not entered any non-cash transactions with its Directors or persons connected to its
Directors and hence provisions of section 192 of the Act are not applicable.
(xvi) (a) The Company is not required to be registered under section 45-IA of the Reserve Bank of India Act, 1934. Hence, reporting under
clause (xvi)(a), (b) and (c) of the Order is not applicable.
(b) The Group has more than one Core Investment Company (CIC) as part of the group. There are two CIC forming part of the group.
(xvii) The Company has not incurred cash losses during the financial year covered by our audit and the immediately preceding financial year.
(xviii) There has been no resignation of the statutory auditors of the Company during the year.
(xix) On the basis of the financial ratios, ageing and expected dates of realization of financial assets and payment of financial liabilities, other
information accompanying the financial statements and our knowledge of the Board of Directors and Management plans and based on
our examination of the evidence supporting the assumptions, nothing has come to our attention, which causes us to believe that any
material uncertainty exists as on the date of the audit report indicating that Company is not capable of meeting its liabilities existing at
the date of balance sheet as and when they fall due within a period of one year from the balance sheet date. We, however, state that
this is not an assurance as to the future viability of the Company. We further state that our reporting is based on the facts up to the date
of the audit report and we neither give any guarantee nor any assurance that all liabilities falling due within a period of one year from
the balance sheet date, will get discharged by the Company as and when they fall due.
(xx) The Company has fully spent the required amount towards Corporate Social Responsibility (CSR) and there are no unspent CSR amount
for the year requiring a transfer to a Fund specified in Schedule VII to the Companies Act or special account in compliance with the
provision of sub-section (6) of section 135 of the said Act. Accordingly, reporting under clause (xx) of the Order is not applicable for the
year.
393
Standalone
Balance Sheet
RUPEN K. BHATT
Partner R. SHANKAR RAMAN P. R. RAMESH
Membership No. 046930 Whole - time Director & Chief Financial Officer Independent Director
(DIN 00019798) (DIN 01915274)
SIVARAM NAIR A
Company Secretary & Compliance Officer
Membership No. FCS3939
Mumbai, May 8, 2024
395
Standalone Statement of
Profit and Loss
Standalone Statement of Profit and Loss for the year ended March 31, 2024
v crore
Particulars Note 2023-24 2022-23
INCOME:
Revenue from operations 31 126235.85 110500.98
Other income (net) 32 5340.60 4034.95
Total Income 131576.45 114535.93
EXPENSES:
Manufacturing ,construction and operating expenses 33
Cost of raw materials components consumed 11621.48 13163.05
Construction materials consumed 43031.68 38098.69
Purchase of stock-in-trade 1078.54 1076.29
Stores, spares and tools consumed 3613.78 4260.17
Sub-contracting charges 30750.87 24353.62
Changes in inventories of finished goods, stock-in-trade and work-in-progress 411.83 (2930.73)
Other manufacturing, construction and operating expenses 13724.86 12373.24
104233.04 90394.33
Employee benefits expense 34 8864.41 8298.22
Sales, administration and other expenses 35 3453.84 2513.81
Finance costs 36 2405.83 2125.23
Depreciation, amortisation, impairment and obsolescence 37 1751.01 1371.64
Total Expenses 120708.13 104703.23
Profit before exceptional items and tax 10868.32 9832.70
Exceptional items before tax (net) [gain/(loss)] 59 586.47 –
Tax expense on exceptional items:
Current tax 44(a) 20.83 –
Deferred tax 44(a) 117.65 –
Total tax expense on exceptional items 138.48 –
Exceptional items (net of tax) 447.99 –
Profit before tax 11316.31 9832.70
Tax expenses:
Current tax 44(a) 2205.00 2334.76
Deferred tax 44(a) (193.02) (351.03)
Total tax expenses 2011.98 1983.73
Net profit after tax 9304.33 7848.97
Other comprehensive income
A Items that will not be reclassified to Profit or Loss:
Gain /(loss) on remeasurement of the defined benefits plan 13.94 (33.90)
Income tax (expenses)/income on remeasurments of the defined benefits plan (3.51) 8.53
10.43 (25.37)
Carried forward - Other comprehensive income 10.43 (25.37)
Standalone Statement of Profit and Loss for the year ended March 31, 2024 (contd.)
v crore
Particulars Note 2023-24 2022-23
Brought forward - Other comprehensive income 10.43 (25.37)
B Items that will be reclassified to Profit and Loss:
Debt instruments through Other comprehensive income 171.92 (381.13)
Income tax (expenses)/income on debt instruments through Other
comprehensive income (39.34) 87.20
132.58 (293.93)
Exchange differences in translating the financial statements of foreign
operations (6.93) (14.12)
Income tax (expenses)/income on exchange differences in
translating the financial statements of foreign operations 1.74 3.55
(5.19) (10.57)
Effective portion of gains/(losses) on hedging instruments in a cash flow hedge (234.42) (132.89)
Income tax (expenses)/income on effective portion of
gains/(losses) on hedging instruments in a cash flow hedge 50.26 10.30
(184.16) (122.59)
Cost of hedging reserve 0.12 (0.06)
Income tax (expenses)/income on cost of hedging reserve (0.03) 0.02
0.09 (0.04)
Other comprehensive income for the year (net of tax) (46.25) (452.50)
Total comprehensive income for the year 9258.08 7396.47
Earnings per share (EPS) of ¢ 2 each:
Basic earnings per equity share (¢) 49 66.95 55.85
Diluted earnings per equity share (¢) 49 66.89 55.81
Face value per equity share (¢) 2.00 2.00
NOTES FORMING PART OF THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 1 to 64
RUPEN K. BHATT
Partner R. SHANKAR RAMAN P. R. RAMESH
Membership No. 046930 Whole - time Director & Chief Financial Officer Independent Director
(DIN 00019798) (DIN 01915274)
SIVARAM NAIR A
Company Secretary & Compliance Officer
Membership No. FCS3939
Mumbai, May 8, 2024
397
Standalone Statement of
changes in Equity
Standalone Statement of Changes in Equity for the year ended March 31, 2024
A. Equity share capital
2023-24 2022-23
Particulars Number of Number of
v crore v crore
shares shares
Issued, subscribed and fully paid up equity share outstanding at the beginning of the year 1,40,54,82,190 281.10 1,40,50,29,123 281.01
Add: Shares issued on exercise of employee stock options during the year 4,36,429 0.08 4,53,067 0.09
Less: Shares extinguished on buy-back 3,12,50,000 6.25 – –
Issued, subscribed and fully paid up equity shares outstanding at the end of the year 1,37,46,68,619 274.93 1,40,54,82,190 281.10
B. Other equity
v crore
Reserves and surplus Items of Other comprehensive income
Debt
Capital Capital Employee Debenture Foreign instruments Total other
Particulars Capital reserve on redemption Securities share General Retained currency Hedging through equity
reserve business reserve premium options redemption
reserve reserve earnings translation reserve Other
combination (net) reserve comprehen-
sive income
Balance as at 1-4-2022 10.84 (25.77) 260.00 8718.74 89.38 138.65 26079.43 31131.14 (10.90) 278.51 163.02 66833.04
Profit for the year (a) – – – – – – – 7848.97 – – – 7848.97
Other comprehensive income (b) – – – – – – – (25.37) (10.57) (122.63) (293.93) (452.50)
Total comprehensive income for the year (a+b) – – – – – – – 7823.60 (10.57) (122.63) (293.93) 7396.47
Issue of equity shares on exercise of employee share
options – – – 10.22 – – – – – – – 10.22
Transfer on account of exercise of employee share options – – – 41.23 (41.23) – – – – – – -
Transfer to non- financial assets/liability – – – – – – – – – 68.13 – 68.13
Transfer from/to general reserve/retained earnings during
the year – – – – (3.94) (118.23) 122.17 – – – – -
Employee share options (net) – – – – 30.41 – – – – – – 30.41
Dividend paid for previous year – – – – – – – (3091.42) – – – (3091.42)
Balance as at 31-3-2023 10.84 (25.77) 260.00 8770.19 74.62 20.42 26201.60 35863.32 (21.47) 224.01 (130.91) 71246.85
Standalone Statement of Changes in Equity for the year ended March 31, 2024 (contd.)
v crore
Reserves and Surplus Items of Other comprehensive income
Debt
Capital Capital Employee Debenture Foreign instruments Total other
Particulars Capital reserve on redemption Securities share General Retained currency Hedging through equity
reserve business reserve premium options redemption
reserve reserve earnings translation reserve Other
combination (net) reserve comprehen-
sive income
Balance as at 1-4-2023 10.84 (25.77) 260.00 8770.19 74.62 20.42 26201.60 35863.32 (21.47) 224.01 (130.91) 71246.85
Profit for the year (c) – – – – – – – 9304.33 – – – 9304.33
Other comprehensive income (d) – – – – – – – 10.43 (5.19) (184.07) 132.58 (46.25)
Total comprehensive income for the year (c+d) – – – – – – – 9314.76 (5.19) (184.07) 132.58 9258.08
Buyback of equity shares – – – (8770.19) – – (1223.56) – – – – (9993.75)
Tax on Buyback of equity shares – – – – – – (2253.33) – – – – (2253.33)
Expenses for Buyback of equity shares (net of tax) – – – – – – (26.55) – – – – (26.55)
Amount transferred to capital redemption reserve upon
Buyback – – 6.25 – – – (6.25) – – – – -
Issue of equity shares on exercise of employee share
options – – – 9.56 – – – – – – – 9.56
Transfer on account of exercise of employee share options – – – 41.00 (41.00) – – – – – – -
Transfer to non- financial assets/liability – – – – – – – – – 22.27 22.27
Transfer from/to general reserve/retained earnings during
the year – – – – (2.86) (20.42) 23.28 – – – – –
Employee share options (net) – – – – 94.93 – – – – – – 94.93
Special dividend paid during the year – – – – – – – (843.39) – – – (843.39)
Dividend paid for previous year – – – – – – – (3373.56) – – – (3373.56)
Balance as at 31-03-2024 10.84 (25.77) 266.25 50.56 125.69 – 22715.19 40961.13 (26.66) 62.21 1.67 64141.11
RUPEN K. BHATT
Partner R. SHANKAR RAMAN P. R. RAMESH
Membership No. 046930 Whole - time Director & Chief Financial Officer Independent Director
(DIN 00019798) (DIN 01915274)
SIVARAM NAIR A
Company Secretary & Compliance Officer
Membership No. FCS3939
Mumbai, May 8, 2024
399
Standalone Statement of
Cash Flows
Standalone Statement of Cash Flows for the year ended March 31, 2024
v crore
Particulars 2023-24 2022-23
A. Cash flow from operating activities:
Profit before tax (excluding exceptional items) 10868.32 9832.70
Adjustments for:
Dividend received (2655.67) (1713.39)
Depreciation, amortisation, impairment and obsolescence 1751.01 1371.64
Exchange difference on items grouped under financing/investing activities (43.23) (12.70)
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents (2.06) 7.92
Finance costs 2405.83 2125.23
Interest income (1648.20) (1612.25)
(Profit)/loss on sale of Property, plant and equipment, Investment property and Intangible assets (net) (58.67) (130.65)
(Profit)/loss on sale of investments (net) [including fair valuation] (284.78) (160.17)
Reversal of provision with respect to loans given to subsidiary companies (70.24) (891.86)
Loss on cancellation of equity shares on capital reduction by subsidiary – 602.95
Employee stock option-discount forming part of employee benefits expense 91.25 28.16
Other adjustments 0.42 –
Operating profit before working capital changes 10353.98 9447.58
Adjustments for:
(Increase)/decrease in trade and other receivables (5434.80) (143.75)
(Increase)/decrease in inventories (74.95) (290.99)
Increase/(decrease) in trade payables and customer advances 6078.46 581.62
Cash (used in)/generated from operations 10922.69 9594.46
Direct taxes paid [net] (2629.14) (2330.50)
Net cash (used in)/from operating activities 8293.55 7263.96
B. Cash flow from investing activities:
Purchase of Property, plant and equipment, Investment property and Intangible assets (2916.46) (2396.90)
Sale of Property, plant and equipment, Investment property and Intangible assets 94.55 161.18
Investment in subsidiaries, associates and joint venture companies (3719.66) (1447.02)
Divestment of stake/capital reduction in subsidiary companies 186.67 522.95
Purchase of non-current investments – (84.17)
Sale of non-current investments 34.23 46.36
Net proceeds from transfer of business undertaking 800.00 98.18
Net payments for transfer of discontinued operations (net of tax) – (113.19)
(Purchase)/sale of current investments (net) 4757.26 (2845.35)
Change in other bank balances and cash not availabe for immediate use (146.31) (21.01)
Long term deposits/Loans (given) - subsidiaries, associates, joint venture companies and third parties (110.21) (296.10)
Long term deposits/loans repaid - subsidiaries, associates, joint venture companies and third parties 2499.27 1573.03
Short term deposits/loans (given)/repaid (net) - subsidiaries, associates, joint venture companies and third 192.71 14.07
parties
Interest received 2034.17 1321.86
Dividend received from subsidiaries and joint venture companies 2649.30 1712.43
Dividend received from other investments 6.37 0.97
Net cash (used in)/from investing activities 6361.89 (1752.71)
Standalone Statement of Cash Flows for the year ended March 31, 2024 (contd.)
v crore
Particulars 2023-24 2022-23
C. Cash flow from financing activities:
Proceeds from fresh issue of share capital (including share application money)[net] 9.65 10.31
Proceeds from non-current borrowings 7450.00 2450.00
Repayment of non-current borrowings (4845.00) (5549.00)
(Repayments)/proceeds from other borrowings (net) 1676.96 1078.98
Settlement of derivative contracts related to borrowings 49.65 87.93
Interest paid on Lease Liability (17.56) (12.02)
Principal repayment on Lease Liability (98.70) (95.18)
Dividends paid (4216.95) (3091.42)
Buyback of equity shares (10000.00) –
Tax on buyback of equity shares (2253.33) –
Expenses for buyback of equity shares (net of tax) (26.55) –
Interest paid (including cash flows from interest rate swaps) (2250.23) (2320.99)
Net cash (used in)/from financing activities (14522.06) (7441.39)
Net (decrease)/increase in cash and cash equivalents (A + B + C) 133.38 (1930.14)
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of the year 3802.49 5718.23
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents 3.34 14.41
Cash and cash equivalents classified as asset held for sale – (0.01)
Cash and cash equivalents at end of the year 3939.21 3802.49
Notes:
1. Statement of Cash Flows has been prepared under the indirect method as set out in the Indian Accounting Standard (Ind AS) 7 “Statement of Cash
Flows” as specified in the Companies (Indian Accounting Standards) Rules, 2015.
2. Property, plant and equipment, Investment property and Intangible assets are adjusted for movement of (a) capital work-in-progress for Property,
plant and equipment and Investment property and (b) Intangible assets under development during the year.
3. Previous year’s figures have been regrouped/reclassified wherever applicable.
RUPEN K. BHATT
Partner R. SHANKAR RAMAN P. R. RAMESH
Membership No. 046930 Whole - time Director & Chief Financial Officer Independent Director
(DIN 00019798) (DIN 01915274)
SIVARAM NAIR A
Company Secretary & Compliance Officer
Membership No. FCS3939
Mumbai, May 8, 2024
401
Notes forming part of the
Standalone Financial Statements
The Company is engaged in core, high impact sectors of the economy and its integrated capabilities span the entire spectrum of ‘design to
delivery’. Every aspect of Company’s businesses is characterised by professionalism and high standards of corporate governance. Sustainability
is embedded into its long-term strategy for growth.
The Company’s manufacturing footprint extends across eight countries in addition to India. The Company has several international offices and
a supply chain that extends around the globe.
NOTE [1](ii)
Material Accounting Policy Information
(a) Statement of compliance
The Company’s financial statements have been prepared in accordance with the provisions of the Companies Act, 2013 and the Indian
Accounting Standards (“Ind AS”) notified under the Companies (Indian Accounting Standards) Rules, 2015 and amendments thereto
issued by Ministry of Corporate Affairs under section 133 of the Companies Act, 2013. In addition, the guidance notes/announcements
issued by the Institute of Chartered Accountants of India (ICAI) are also applied except where compliance with other statutory
promulgations require a different treatment. These financials statements have been approved for issue by the Board of Directors at its
meeting held on May 8, 2024.
Fair value measurements are categorised as below based on the degree to which the inputs to the fair value measurements are
observable and the significance of the inputs to the fair value measurement in its entirety:
• Level 1 inputs are quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets or liabilities that the Company can access at
measurement date;
• Level 2 inputs are inputs, other than quoted prices included in level 1, that are observable for the assets or liabilities, either directly
or indirectly; and
• Level 3 inputs are unobservable inputs for the valuation of assets or liabilities.
Above levels of fair value hierarchy are applied consistently and generally, there are no transfers between the levels of the fair value
hierarchy unless the circumstances change warranting such transfer.
Amounts in the financial statements are presented in Indian Rupee in crore [1 crore = 10 million] rounded off to two decimal places as
permitted by Schedule III to the Act. Per share data are presented in Indian Rupee to two decimals places.
The Company transfers control of a good or service over time and therefore satisfies a performance obligation and recognises revenue
over a period of time if one of the following criteria is met:
(a) the customer simultaneously consumes the benefit of the Company’s performance or
(b) the customer controls the asset as it is being created/ enhanced by the Company’s performance or
(c) there is no alternative use of the asset and the Company has either explicit or implicit right of payment considering legal
precedents,
The revenue is recognised to the extent of transaction price allocated to the performance obligation satisfied. Transaction price is the
amount of consideration to which the Company expects to be entitled in exchange for transferring goods or services to a customer
excluding amounts collected on behalf of a third party. The Company includes variable consideration as part of transaction price when
there is a basis to reasonably estimate the amount of the variable consideration and when it is probable that a significant reversal of
cumulative revenue recognised will not occur when the uncertainty associated with the variable consideration is resolved. Variable
consideration is estimated using the expected value method or most likely amount as appropriate in a given circumstance. Payment
terms agreed with a customer are as per business practice and the financing component, if significant, is separated from the transaction
price and accounted as interest income.
Costs to obtain a contract which are incurred regardless of whether the contract was obtained are charged-off in profit or loss
immediately in the period in which such costs are incurred. Incremental costs of obtaining a contract, if any, and costs incurred to fulfil
a contract are amortised over the period of execution of the contract in proportion to the progress measured in terms of a proportion of
actual cost incurred to-date, to the total estimated cost attributable to the performance obligation.
a. Determining the revenue to be recognised in case of performance obligation satisfied over a period of time; revenue recognition is
done by measuring the progress towards complete satisfaction of performance obligation.
b. Determining the expected losses, which are recognised in the period in which such losses become probable based on the expected
total contract cost as at the reporting date.
c. Determining the method to be applied to arrive at the variable consideration requiring an adjustment to the transaction price.
Revenue includes adjustments made towards liquidated damages and variation wherever applicable. Escalation and other claims,
which are not ascertainable/acknowledged by customers are not taken into account.
A. Revenue from sale of manufactured and traded goods including contracts for supply/commissioning of complex plant and
equipment is recognised as follows:
Revenue is recognised when the control of the same is transferred to the customer and it is probable that the Company will
collect the consideration to which it is entitled for the exchanged goods. Revenue from commissioning of complex plant and
equipment is recognised either ‘over time’ or ‘in time’ based on an assessment of the transfer of control as per the terms of
the contract.
• Cost plus contracts: Revenue from cost plus contracts is recognised over time and is determined with reference to the
extent performance obligations have been satisfied. The amount of transaction price allocated to the performance
obligations satisfied represents the recoverable costs incurred during the period plus the margin as agreed with the
customer.
• Fixed price contracts: Contract revenue is recognised over time to the extent of performance obligation satisfied and
control is transferred to the customer. Contract revenue is recognised at allocable transaction price which represents
403
Notes forming part of the
Standalone Financial Statements
For contracts where the aggregate of contract cost incurred to date plus recognised profits (or minus recognised losses as
the case may be) exceeds the progress billing, the surplus is shown as contract asset and termed as “Unbilled revenue”.
For contracts where progress billing exceeds the aggregate of contract costs incurred to-date plus recognised profits (or
minus recognised losses, as the case may be), the surplus is shown as contract liability and termed as “Excess of billing over
revenue”. Amounts received before the related work is performed are disclosed in the Balance Sheet as contract liability and
termed as “Advances from customer”. The amounts billed on customer for work performed and are unconditionally due for
payment i.e. only passage of time is required before payment falls due, are disclosed in the Balance Sheet as trade receivables.
The amount of retention money held by the customers pending completion of performance milestone is disclosed as part of
contract asset and is reclassified as trade receivables when it becomes due for payment.
Impairment loss (termed as provision for foreseeable losses in the financial statements) is recognised in profit or loss to the
extent the carrying amount of the contract asset exceeds the remaining amount of consideration that the Company expects
to receive towards remaining performance obligations (after deducting the costs that relate directly to fulfill such remaining
performance obligations). The Company recognises impairment loss (termed as provision for expected credit loss in the
financial statements) on account of credit risk in respect of a contract asset using expected credit loss model on similar basis as
applicable to trade receivables.
C. Revenue from property development activities is recognised when performance obligation is satisfied, customer obtains control
of the property transferred and a reasonable expectation of collection of the sale consideration from the customer exists.
D. Revenue from rendering of services is recognised over time as the customer receives the benefit of the Company’s performance
and the Company has an enforceable right to payment for services transferred.
E. Revenue from contracts for rendering of engineering design services and other services which are directly related to the
construction of an asset is recognised on the same basis as stated in (B) above.
G. Course fees/subscription income is recognised over time as per the course/subscription duration and agreed terms.
H. Other operational revenue represents income earned from the activities incidental to the business and is recognised when the
performance obligation is satisfied and right to receive the income is established as per the terms of the contract.
A. Interest income on investments and loans is accrued on a time basis by reference to the principal outstanding and the
effective interest rate including interest on investments classified as fair value through profit or loss or fair value through other
comprehensive income. Interest receivable on customer dues is recognised as income in the Statement of Profit and Loss on
accrual basis provided there is no uncertainty of realisation.
B. Dividend income is accounted in the period in which the right to receive the same is established.
C. Government grants, which are revenue in nature and are towards compensation for the qualifying costs incurred by the
Company, are recognised as other income/reduced from underlying expenses in profit or loss in the period in which such
costs are incurred. Government grants related to an asset are reduced from the cost of an asset until the asset is ready to use
and the grant post that is presented as deferred income. Subsequently the grant is recognised as income in profit or loss on a
systematic basis over the expected useful life of the related asset. Government grant receivable in the form of duty credit scrips
is recognised as other income in the Statement of Profit and Loss in the period in which the export is done or the application is
made to the government authorities and to the extent there is no uncertainty towards its receipt.
D. Other items of income are accounted as and when the right to receive such income arises and it is probable that the economic
benefits will flow to the Company and the amount of income can be measured reliably.
Own manufactured PPE is capitalised at cost including an appropriate share of overheads. Administrative and other general overhead
expenses that are specifically attributable to construction or acquisition of PPE or bringing the PPE to working condition are allocated and
capitalised as a part of the cost of the PPE.
Subsequent costs are included in the asset’s carrying amount or recognised as a separate asset, as appropriate, only when it is probable
that future economic benefits associated with the item will flow to the Company and the cost can be measured reliably.
PPE not ready for the intended use on the date of the Balance Sheet are disclosed as “capital work-in-progress”. (Also refer to the
policies on leases, borrowing costs, impairment of assets and foreign currency transactions below).
Depreciation is recognised using straight-line method so as to write off the cost of the assets (other than freehold land and capital
work-in-progress) less their residual values over their useful lives specified in Schedule II to the Companies Act, 2013, or in the case of
assets where the useful life was determined by technical evaluation, over the useful life so determined.
Depreciation charge for impaired assets is adjusted in future periods in such a manner that the revised carrying amount of the asset is
allocated over its remaining useful life.
Depreciation method is reviewed at each financial year end to reflect the expected pattern of consumption of the future economic
benefits embodied in the asset. The estimated useful life and residual values are also reviewed at each financial year end and the effect
of any change in the estimates of useful life/residual value is accounted on prospective basis.
Where cost of a part of the asset (“asset component”) is significant to total cost of the asset and useful life of that part is different from
the useful life of the remaining asset, useful life of that significant part is determined separately and such asset component is depreciated
over its separate useful life.
Depreciation on additions to/deductions from, owned assets is calculated pro-rata to the period of use.
PPE is derecognised upon disposal or when no future economic benefits are expected from its use or disposal. Any gain or loss arising on
derecognition is recognised in the Statement of Profit and Loss in the same period.
(i) Expenditure on research is expensed under respective heads of account in the period in which it is incurred.
(ii) Development expenditure on new products is capitalised as intangible asset, if all of the following can be demonstrated:
A. the technical feasibility of completing the intangible asset so that it will be available for use or sale;
B. the Company has intention to complete the intangible asset and use or sell it;
D. the manner in which the probable future economic benefits will be generated including the existence of a market for output
of the intangible asset or intangible asset itself or if it is to be used internally, the usefulness of intangible assets;
405
Notes forming part of the
Standalone Financial Statements
F. the Company has ability to reliably measure the expenditure attributable to the intangible asset during its development.
Development expenditure that does not meet the above criteria is expensed in the period in which it is incurred.
Intangible assets not ready for the intended use on the date of the Balance Sheet are disclosed as “Intangible assets under
development”.
Intangible assets are amortised on straight-line basis over the estimated useful life. The method of amortisation and useful life are
reviewed at the end of each financial year with the effect of any changes in the estimate being accounted for on a prospective
basis.
Amortisation on impaired assets is provided by adjusting the amortisation charge in the remaining periods so as to allocate the
asset’s revised carrying amount over its remaining useful life.
Impairment loss is recognised when the carrying amount of an asset exceeds its recoverable amount. Recoverable amount is determined:
(i) in the case of an individual asset, at the higher of the fair value less costs of disposal and the value-in-use; and
(ii) in the case of a cash generating unit (the smallest identifiable group of assets that generates independent cash flows), at the higher
of the cash generating unit’s fair value less costs of disposal and the value-in-use.
(The amount of value-in-use is determined as the present value of estimated future cash flows from the continuing use of an asset,
which may vary based on the future performance of the Company and from its disposal at the end of its useful life. For this purpose, the
discount rate (post-tax) is determined based on the weighted average cost of capital of the Company suitably adjusted for risks specified
to the estimated cash flows of the asset).
If recoverable amount of an asset (or cash generating unit) is estimated to be less than its carrying amount, such deficit is recognised
immediately in the Statement of Profit and Loss as impairment loss and the carrying amount of the asset (or cash generating unit) is
reduced to its recoverable amount.
When an impairment loss recognised earlier is subject to full or partial reversal, the carrying amount of the asset (or cash generating
unit), except impairment loss allocated to goodwill, is increased to the revised estimate of its recoverable amount, such that the
increased carrying amount does not exceed the carrying amount that would have been determined had no impairment loss is recognised
for the asset (or cash generating unit) in prior years. A reversal of an impairment loss (other than impairment loss allocated to goodwill)
is recognised immediately in the Statement of Profit and Loss.
Employee benefits such as salaries, wages, short-term compensated absences, bonus, ex-gratia and performance-linked rewards
falling due wholly within twelve months of rendering the service are classified as short-term employee benefits and are expensed in
the period in which the employee renders the service.
A. Defined contribution plans: The Company’s superannuation scheme, state governed provident fund scheme, employee state
insurance scheme and employee pension scheme are defined contribution plans. The contribution paid/payable under the
schemes is recognised during the period in which the employee renders the service.
B. Defined benefit plans: The employees’ gratuity fund schemes and employee provident fund schemes managed by board of
trustees established by the Company, the post-retirement medical care plan and the company pension plan represent defined
benefit plans. The present value of the obligation under defined benefit plans is determined based on actuarial valuation using
the Projected Unit Credit Method.
Re-measurement, comprising actuarial gains and losses, the return on plan assets (excluding amounts included in net interest
on the net defined benefit liability or asset) and any change in the effect of asset ceiling (if applicable) is recognised in other
comprehensive income and is reflected in retained earnings and the same is not eligible to be reclassified to profit or loss.
Defined benefit costs comprising current service cost, past service cost and gains or losses on settlements are recognised in the
Statement of Profit and Loss as employee benefits expense. Interest cost implicit in defined benefit employee cost is recognised in
the Statement of Profit and Loss under finance costs. Gains or losses on settlement of any defined benefit plan are recognised when
the settlement occurs. Past service cost is recognised as expense at the earlier of the plan amendment or curtailment and when the
Company recognises related restructuring costs or termination benefits.
In case of funded plans, the fair value of the plan assets is reduced from the gross obligation under the defined benefit plans to
recognise the obligation on a net basis.
The obligation recognised in respect of other long-term benefits is measured at present value of estimated future cash flows
expected to be made by the Company and is recognised in a similar manner as in the case of defined benefit plans vide (ii)(B)
above.
Long-term employee benefit costs comprising current service cost and gains or losses on curtailments and settlements,
re-measurements including actuarial gains and losses are recognised in the Statement of Profit and Loss as employee benefits
expenses. Interest cost implicit in long-term employee benefit cost is recognised in the Statement of Profit and Loss under finance
costs.
Termination benefits such as compensation under employee separation schemes are recognised as expense when the Company’s
offer of the termination benefit can no longer be withdrawn or when the Company recognises the related restructuring costs
whichever is earlier.
(l) Leases
Assets taken on lease are accounted as right-of-use assets and the corresponding lease liability is recognised at the lease commencement
date.
Initially the right-of-use asset is measured at cost which comprises the initial amount of the lease liability adjusted for any lease payments
made at or before the commencement date, plus any initial direct costs incurred and an estimate of costs to dismantle and remove the
underlying asset or to restore the underlying asset or the site on which it is located, as reduced by any lease incentives received.
The lease liability is initially measured at the present value of the lease payments, discounted using the Company’s incremental borrowing
rate. It is remeasured when there is a change in future lease payments arising from a change in an index or a rate, or a change in the
estimate of the guaranteed residual value, or a change in the assessment of purchase, extension or termination option. When the lease
liability is remeasured in this way, a corresponding adjustment is made to the carrying amount of the right-of-use asset or is recorded in
profit or loss if the carrying amount of the right-of-use asset has been reduced to zero.
The right-of-use asset is measured by applying cost model i.e. right-of-use asset at cost less accumulated depreciation and cumulative
impairment, if any. The right-of-use asset is depreciated using the straight-line method from the commencement date to the end of the
lease term or useful life of the underlying asset whichever is earlier. Carrying amount of lease liability is increased by interest on lease
liability and reduced by lease payments made.
Lease payments associated with following leases are recognised as expense on straight-line basis:
Assets given on lease are classified either as operating lease or as finance lease. A lease is classified as a finance lease if it transfers
substantially all the risks and rewards incidental to ownership of an underlying asset. Asset held under finance lease is initially recognised
in balance sheet and presented as a receivable at an amount equal to the net investment in the lease. Finance income is recognised over
407
Notes forming part of the
Standalone Financial Statements
The Company recognises lease payments in case of assets given on operating leases as income on a straight-line basis. The Company
presents underlying assets subject to operating lease in its balance sheet under the respective class of asset.
In case of sale and leaseback transactions, the Company first considers whether the initial transfer of the underlying asset to the buyer-
lessor is a sale by applying the requirements of Ind AS 115. If the transfer qualifies as a sale and the transaction is at market terms, the
Company effectively derecognises the asset, recognises a ROU asset (and lease liability) and recognises in Statement of Profit and Loss,
the gain or loss relating to the buyer-lessor’s rights in the underlying asset.(Also refer to policy on Property, Plant and Equipment vide 1(ii)
(g), above).
In case of funding to subsidiary companies in the form of interest free or concession loans and preference shares, the excess of the
actual amount of the funding over initially measured fair value is accounted as an equity investment.
A financial asset and a financial liability is offset and presented on net basis in the balance sheet when there is a current legally
enforceable right to set-off the recognised amounts and it is intended to either settle on net basis or to realise the asset and settle the
liability simultaneously.
A. All recognised financial assets are subsequently measured in their entirety either at amortised cost or at fair value as follows:
1. Investments in debt instruments that are designated as fair value through profit or loss (FVTPL) - at fair value. Debt
instruments at FVTPL is a residual category for debt instruments, if any, and all changes are recognised in profit or loss.
2. Investments in debt instruments that meet the following conditions are subsequently measured at amortised cost (unless
the same designated as fair value through profit or loss):
• The asset is held within a business model whose objective is to hold assets in order to collect contractual cash flows;
and
• The contractual terms of instrument give rise on specified dates to cash flows that are solely payments of principal
and interest on the principal amount outstanding.
3. Investment in debt instruments that meet the following conditions are subsequently measured at fair value through other
comprehensive income [FVTOCI] (unless the same are designated as fair value through profit or loss)
• The asset is held within a business model whose objective is achieved both by collecting contractual cash flows and
selling financial assets; and
• The contractual terms of instrument give rise on specified dates to cash flows that are solely payments of principal
and interest on the principal amount outstanding.
4. Investment in equity instruments issued by subsidiary, associate and joint venture companies are measured at cost less
impairment.
5. Investment in preference shares of the subsidiary companies are treated as equity instruments if the same are convertible
into equity shares or are redeemable out of the proceeds of equity instruments issued for the purpose of redemption of
such investments. Investment in preference shares not meeting the aforesaid conditions are classified as debt instruments
at FVTPL.
7. Trade receivables, security deposits, cash and cash equivalents, employee and other advances – at amortised cost.
B. For financial assets that are measured at FVTOCI, income by way of interest and dividend, provision for impairment and
exchange difference, if any, (on debt instrument) are recognised in profit or loss and changes in fair value (other than on
account of above income or expense) are recognised in other comprehensive income and accumulated in other equity. On
disposal of debt instruments at FVTOCI, the cumulative gain or loss previously accumulated in other equity is reclassified
to profit or loss. In case of equity instruments at FVTOCI, such cumulative gain or loss is not reclassified to profit or loss on
disposal of investments.
1. the right to receive cash flows from the asset has expired, or
2. the Company has transferred its rights to receive cash flows from the asset or has assumed an obligation to pay the
received cash flows in full without material delay to a third party under a pass-through arrangement; and (a) the
Company has transferred substantially all the risks and rewards of the asset, or (b) the Company has neither transferred
nor retained substantially all the risks and rewards of the asset, but has transferred control of the asset.
On derecognition of a financial asset in its entirety, the difference between the carrying amount at the date of derecognition
and the consideration received is recognised in profit or loss.
D. Impairment of financial assets: Impairment loss on trade receivables is recognised using expected credit loss model, which
involves use of a provision matrix constructed on the basis of historical credit loss experience as permitted under Ind AS 109
and is adjusted for forward looking information. Impairment loss on investments is recognised when the carrying amount
exceeds its recoverable amount. For all other financial assets, expected credit losses are recognised based on the difference
between the contractual cashflows and all the expected cash flows, discounted at the original effective interest rate. ECLs are
measured at an amount equal to 12-month expected credit losses or at an amount equal to lifetime expected credit losses if
the credit risk on the financial asset has increased significantly since initial recognition.
A. Financial liabilities, including derivatives and embedded derivatives, which are designated for measurement at FVTPL are
subsequently measured at fair value. Financial guarantee contracts are subsequently measured at the amount of impairment
loss allowance or the amount recognised at inception net of cumulative amortisation, whichever is higher. All other financial
liabilities including loans and borrowings are measured at amortised cost using Effective Interest Rate (EIR) method.
B. A financial liability is derecognised when the related obligation expires or is discharged or cancelled.
(iii) The Company designates certain hedging instruments, such as derivatives, embedded derivatives and in respect of foreign currency
risk, certain non-derivatives, as either fair value hedges, cash flow hedges or hedges of net investments in foreign operations.
Hedges of foreign exchange risk on firm commitments are accounted as cash flow hedges.
A. Fair value hedges: Changes in fair value of the designated portion of derivatives that qualify as fair value hedges are
recognised in profit or loss immediately, together with any changes in the fair value of the hedged asset or liability that are
attributable to the hedged risk.
Hedge accounting is discontinued when the hedging instrument expires or is sold, terminated, or exercised, or when it no
longer qualifies for hedge accounting. The fair value adjustment to the carrying amount of the hedged item arising from the
hedged risk is amortised to profit or loss from that date.
B. Cash flow hedges: In case of transaction related hedges, the effective portion of changes in the fair value of derivatives that
are designated and qualify as cash flow hedges is recognised in other comprehensive income and accumulated in equity as
‘hedging reserve’. The gain or loss relating to the ineffective portion is recognised immediately in profit or loss. Amounts
previously recognised in other comprehensive income and accumulated in equity relating to the effective portion, are
reclassified to profit or loss in the periods when the hedged item affects profit or loss, in the same head as the hedged item.
The effective portion of the hedge is determined at the lower of the cumulative gain or loss on the hedging instrument from
inception of the hedge and the cumulative change in the fair value of the hedged item from the inception of the hedge and
the remaining gain or loss on the hedging instrument is treated as ineffective portion.
409
Notes forming part of the
Standalone Financial Statements
Borrowing costs net of any investment income from the temporary investment of related borrowings that are attributable to the
acquisition, construction or production of a qualifying asset are capitalised/inventorised as part of cost of such asset till such time the
asset is ready for its intended use or sale. A qualifying asset is an asset that necessarily requires a substantial period of time to get ready
for its intended use or sale. All other borrowing costs are recognised in profit or loss in the period in which they are incurred.
(r) Share-based payment arrangements
The stock options granted to employees in terms of the Company’s Stock Options Schemes, are measured at the fair value of the options
at the grant date. The fair value of the options is treated as discount and accounted as employee compensation cost over the vesting
period on a straight-line basis. The amount recognised as expense in each year is arrived at based on the number of grants expected to
vest. If a grant lapses after the vesting period, the cumulative discount recognised as expense in respect of such grant is transferred to
the general reserve within equity.
The fair value of the stock options granted to employees of the Company by the Company’s subsidiaries is accounted as employee
compensation cost over the vesting period and where such fair value is not recovered by the subsidiaries, the same is treated as dividend
declared by them. The share- based payment equivalent to the fair value as on the date of grant of employee stock options granted to
key managerial personnel is disclosed as a related party transaction in the year of grant.
The dilutive effect of outstanding options is reflected as additional share dilution in the computation of diluted earnings per share.
(ii) Transactions in currencies other than the Company’s functional currency are recorded on initial recognition using the exchange
rate at the transaction date. At each Balance Sheet date, foreign currency monetary items are reported at the closing spot rate.
Non-monetary items that are measured in terms of historical cost in foreign currency are not translated. Exchange differences that
arise on settlement of monetary items or on reporting of monetary items at each Balance Sheet date at the closing spot rate are
recognised in the Statement of Profit and Loss in the period in which they arise except for:
A. exchange differences on foreign currency borrowings relating to assets under construction for future productive use, are
included in the cost of those assets when such exchange differences are regarded as an adjustment to finance costs on those
foreign currency borrowings; and
B. exchange differences on transactions entered into to hedge certain foreign currency risks.
(iii) exchange rate as of the date on which the non-monetary asset or non-monetary liability is recognised on payment or receipt of
advance consideration is used for initial recognition of related asset, expense or income.
(iv) Financial statements of foreign operations whose functional currency is different than Indian Rupees are translated into Indian
Rupees as follows:
A. assets and liabilities for each Balance Sheet presented are translated at the closing rate at the date of that Balance Sheet;
B. income and expenses for each income statement are translated at average exchange rate for the reporting period; and
C. all resulting exchange differences are recognised in other comprehensive income and accumulated in equity as foreign currency
translation reserve for subsequent reclassification to profit or loss on disposal of such foreign operations.
The reporting of segment information is the same as provided to the management for the purpose of the performance assessment and
resource allocation to the segments.
411
Notes forming part of the
Standalone Financial Statements
i) Segment revenue includes sales and other operational revenue directly identifiable with/allocable to the segment including inter-
segment revenue.
ii) Expenses that are directly identifiable with/allocable to segments are considered for determining the segment result.
iii) Most of the common costs are allocated to segments mainly on the basis of the respective segment revenue estimated at the
beginning of the reporting period.
iv) Income not allocable to segments is included in “Unallocable corporate income net of expenditure”.
v) Segment result represents profit before interest and tax and includes margins on inter-segment capital jobs, which are reduced in
arriving at the profit before tax of the Company.
vi) Segment result includes the finance costs incurred on interest bearing advances with corresponding credit included in “Unallocable
corporate income net of expenditure”.
vii) Segment results are not adjusted for any exceptional item.
viii) Segment assets and liabilities include those directly identifiable with the respective segments. Unallocable corporate assets and
liabilities represent the assets and liabilities that relate to the Company as a whole.
ix) Segment non-cash expenses forming part of segment expenses also includes the fair value of the employee stock options which is
accounted as employee compensation cost [Note 1(ii)(r) above] and is allocated to the segment.
x) Segment revenue resulting from transactions with other business segments is accounted on the basis of transfer price which are
either determined to yield a desired margin or agreed on a negotiated basis.
Deferred tax is recognised on temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities in the Company’s financial
statements and the corresponding tax bases used in computation of taxable profit and quantified using the tax rates as per laws enacted
or substantively enacted as on the Balance Sheet date.
Deferred tax liabilities are generally recognised for all taxable temporary differences including the temporary differences associated with
investments in subsidiaries and associates, and interests in joint ventures, except where the Company is able to control the reversal of
the temporary difference and it is probable that the temporary difference will not reverse in the foreseeable future.
Deferred tax assets are generally recognised for all taxable temporary differences to the extent that is probable that taxable profits will be
available against which those deductible temporary differences can be utilised. The carrying amount of deferred tax assets is reviewed at
the end of each reporting period and reduced to the extent that it is no longer probable that sufficient taxable profits will be available to
allow all or part of the asset to be recovered.
Transaction or event which is recognised outside profit or loss, either in other comprehensive income or in equity, is recorded along with
the tax as applicable.
Interests in joint operations are included in the segments to which they relate.
(i) the Company has a present obligation (legal or constructive) as a result of a past event; and
(ii) it is probable that an outflow of resources embodying economic benefits will be required to settle the obligation; and
Provision is measured using the cash flows estimated to settle the present obligation and when the effect of time value of money
is material, the carrying amount of the provision is the present value of those cash flows. Reimbursement expected in respect of
expenditure required to settle a provision is recognised only when it is virtually certain that the reimbursement will be received.
Contingent liability is disclosed in case of:
(i) a possible obligation arising from past events and whose existence will be confirmed only by the occurrence or non-occurrence of
one or more uncertain future events not wholly within the control of the entity; or
• it is not probable that an outflow of resources embodying economic benefits will be required to settle the obligation; or
Provisions, contingent liabilities and contingent assets are reviewed at each Balance Sheet date.
Where the unavoidable costs of meeting the obligations under the contract exceed the economic benefits expected to be received under
such contract, the present obligation under the contract is recognised and measured as a provision.
(x) Commitments
Commitments are future liabilities for contractual expenditure, classified and disclosed as follows:
(i) estimated amount of contracts remaining to be executed on capital account and not provided for;
(iii) funding related commitment to subsidiary, associate and joint venture companies; and
(iv) other non-cancellable commitments, if any, to the extent they are considered material and relevant in the opinion of management.
Other commitments related to sales/procurements made in the normal course of business are not disclosed to avoid excessive
details.
Non-current assets and disposal groups are classified as held for sale if their carrying amount is intended to be recovered principally
through a sale (rather than through continuing use) when the asset (or disposal group) is available for immediate sale in its present
condition subject only to terms that are usual and customary for sale of such asset (or disposal group) and the sale is highly probable and
is expected to qualify for recognition as a completed sale within one year from the date of classification.
Non-current assets and disposal groups classified as held for sale are measured at lower of their carrying amount and fair value less costs
to sell.
413
Notes forming part of the
Standalone Financial Statements
(i) changes during the period in inventories and operating receivables and payables;
(ii) non-cash items such as depreciation, provisions, unrealised foreign currency gains and losses; and
(iii) all other items for which the cash effects are investing or financing cash flows.
Cash and cash equivalents (including bank balances) shown in the Statement of Cash Flows exclude items which are not available for
general use as at the date of Balance Sheet.
Diluted earnings per share is computed using the net profit or loss after tax and weighted average number of equity and potential equity
shares outstanding during the year, except where the result would be anti-dilutive.
Computers 595.30 87.13 – 0.03 23.59 658.87 458.99 63.86 – 0.03 22.65 500.23 – 158.64
Office equipment 309.12 30.29 – 0.15 8.04 331.52 239.44 31.81 – 0.15 7.62 263.78 – 67.74
Furniture and fixtures 160.73 10.36 – 0.02 4.22 166.89 114.54 13.15 – 0.02 2.99 124.72 0.06 42.11
Vehicles 259.46 31.28 – 0.12 24.19 266.67 155.87 27.37 – 0.12 19.46 163.90 – 102.77
Other assets
Ships 286.37 37.14 – – – 323.51 92.12 21.31 – – – 113.43 – 210.08
Management
10600.21
Integrated
415
Statements
Notes forming part of the Standalone Financial Statements (contd.)
416
NOTE [2]
Property, Plant and Equipment & Capital work-in-progress (contd.)
v crore
Cost/Valuation Depreciation Impairment Book value
Foreign Foreign
Class of assets As at Classified as As at Up to For the Classified as Up to As at As at
Additions Transfer * currency Deductions Transfer * currency Deductions
1-4-2022 held for sale 31-3-2023 31-3-2022 year held for sale 31-3-2023 31-3-2023 31-3-2023
fluctuation fluctuation
Land
Freehold 557.48 0.06 – – – 1.43 556.11 – – – – – – – – 556.11
Leasehold 144.01 – (0.06) – – – 143.95 11.16 1.70 – – – – 12.86 – 131.09
Sub-total 701.49 0.06 (0.06) – – 1.43 700.06 11.16 1.70 – – – – 12.86 – 687.20
Buildings 3261.43 63.42 22.16 1.23 1.79 10.89 3335.56 657.02 106.67 2.86 1.23 0.04 5.49 762.25 87.35 2485.96
Plant and equipment
Owned 7703.76 1643.30 (4.08) 6.14 2.40 152.36 9194.36 4292.34 890.18 (1.65) 6.12 0.56 145.82 5040.61 15.02 4138.73
Leased out 162.72 – – – – – 162.72 160.68 1.87 – – – – 162.55 – 0.17
Sub-total 7866.48 1643.30 (4.08) 6.14 2.40 152.36 9357.08 4453.02 892.05 (1.65) 6.12 0.56 145.82 5203.16 15.02 4138.90
Computers 541.79 79.68 (0.08) 0.18 6.38 19.89 595.30 417.57 63.09 (0.08) 0.18 2.61 19.16 458.99 – 136.31
Office equipment 289.47 23.65 (0.02) 0.66 2.37 2.27 309.12 210.26 31.00 (0.02) 0.64 1.22 1.22 239.44 0.01 69.67
Furniture and fixtures 153.08 10.45 (0.30) 0.04 0.64 1.90 160.73 103.18 13.36 (0.28) 0.03 0.10 1.65 114.54 0.24 45.95
Vehicles 257.61 37.30 – 0.79 – 36.24 259.46 156.81 27.53 – 0.79 – 29.26 155.87 – 103.59
Other assets
Ships 264.24 22.13 – – – – 286.37 71.02 21.10 – – – – 92.12 – 194.25
Dredged Channel 679.69 – – – – – 679.69 265.82 30.55 – – – – 296.37 383.32
Breakwater Structures 226.00 – – – – – 226.00 36.45 5.01 – – – – 41.46 – 184.54
Aircraft 195.22 – – – – – 195.22 47.86 10.48 – – – – 58.34 136.88
Leasehold
Improvements 4.75 – – – – – 4.75 0.09 0.53 – – – – 0.62 – 4.13
Sub-total 1369.90 22.13 – – – – 1392.03 421.24 67.67 – – – – 488.91 – 903.12
Total 14441.25 1879.99 17.62 9.04 13.58 224.98 16109.34 6430.26 1203.07 0.83 8.99 4.53 202.60 7436.02 102.62 8570.70
Add: Capital work-in-progress [refer Note 2(g)] 1938.38
10509.08
b) The rate used to determine the amount of borrowing costs eligible for capitalisation is 7.29% (previous year: 6.68%).
c) Owned assets given on operating lease have been presented separately under respective class of assets as “Leased out” pursuant to Ind
AS 116 “Leases”.
d) Out of its leasehold land at Hazira, the Company has given certain portion of land for the use to its joint venture company and the lease
deed is under execution.
e) Depreciation is provided based on useful life supported by the technical evaluation considering business specific usage, the consumption
pattern of the assets and the past performance of similar assets.
a. Estimated useful life of the following assets is in line with useful life prescribed in schedule II of the Companies Act, 2013:
b. Estimated useful life of following assets is different than useful life as prescribed in schedule II of the Companies Act, 2013.
417
Notes forming part of the
Standalone Financial Statements
* Represents licence period as per agreement executed with the Tamil Nadu Maritime Board, renewable on expiry.
C. Assets used in Precision Engineering System (a part of Hi-Tech Manufacturing segment):
1. Plant and equipment which are project specific and deployed at project sites, with useful life of 15 years as per Schedule
II, are depreciated over the project duration of 2-4 years.
2. Any asset purchased for project site with acquisition value less than ¢ 50000 for above 5 categories of asset, full cost is
depreciated in the same financial year.
419
Notes forming part of the
Standalone Financial Statements
ii) P&M & Office Equipment at project sites costing below ¢ 50000 will be depreciated fully in the financial year of
acquisition.
f) Carrying value of Property, plant and equipment hypothecated as collateral for certain borrowings and / or commitments as at March 31,
2024: Nil (as at March 31, 2023 -Nil )
As at 31-3-2024 As at 31-3-2023
Particulars Less than More than Less than More than
1-2 years 2-3 years Total 1-2 years 2-3 years Total
1 year 3 years 1 year 3 years
Projects in progress 854.54 467.43 66.05 9.02 1397.04 1781 .17 113.79 30.84 12.58 1938.38
As on the date of the balance sheet, there are no capital work-in-progress projects whose completion is overdue or has exceeded the
cost, based on approved plan.
* Irrevocable Power of Attorney given to L&T by the owners, possession is with the Company.
Sr. No Class of assets Minimum useful life (in years) Maximum useful life (in years)
1. Buildings 3 60
(i) Amount recognised in the Statement of Profit and Loss for investment property:
v crore
421
Notes forming part of the
Standalone Financial Statements
As at 31-3-2024 As at 31-3-2023
Particulars Less than More than Less than More than
1-2 years 2-3 years Total 1-2 years 2-3 years Total
1 year 3 years 1 year 3 years
Projects in progress 356.91 170.82 32.83 32.77 593.33 – – – – –
As on the date of the balance sheet, there are no capital work-in-progress projects whose completion is overdue or has exceeded
the cost, based on approved plan.
NOTE [4]
Other Intangible assets & Intangible assets under development
v crore
Cost Amortisation Book Value
Class of assets As at As at Up to Up to As at
Additions Deductions For the year Deductions
1-4-2023 31-3-2024 31-3-2023 31-3-2024 31-3-2024
Intangible assets
Specialised software 282.38 21.37 – 303.75 236.99 17.33 – 254.32 49.43
Technical know-how 99.85 35.68 – 135.53 88.04 20.68 – 108.72 26.81
New Product Design and Development 6.26 – – 6.26 6.26 – – 6.26 –
Platforms and Courses 116.86 17.54 – 134.40 27.25 31.06 – 58.31 76.09
Sub-total 505.35 74.59 – 579.94 358.54 69.07 – 427.61 152.33
Add: Intangible assets under development [refer Note 4(c)] 26.63
178.96
v crore
Cost Amortisation Book Value
Class of assets As at As at Up to Up to As at
Additions Deductions For the year Deductions
1-4-2022 31-3-2023 31-3-2022 31-3-2023 31-3-2023
Intangible assets
Specialised software 267.25 17.02 1.89 282.38 223.13 15.46 1.60 236.99 45.39
Technical know-how 99.85 – – 99.85 81.45 6.59 – 88.04 11.81
New Product Design and Development 6.26 – – 6.26 6.26 – – 6.26 –
Platforms and Courses 88.39 28.47 – 116.86 3.62 23.63 – 27.25 89.61
Sub-total 461.75 45.49 1.89 505.35 314.46 45.68 1.60 358.54 146.81
Add: Intangible assets under development [refer Note 4(c)] 16.39
163.20
FY 2023-24 FY 2022-23
Class of assets Internal Acquired Internal Acquired
Total Total
development - external development - external
Specialised software – 21.37 21.37 – 17.02 17.02
Technical know-how – 35.68 35.68 – – –
Platforms and courses 16.22 1.32 17.54 28.47 – 28.47
Total 16.22 58.37 74.59 28.47 17.02 45.49
(b) Depreciation is provided based on useful life supported by the technical evaluation considering business specific usage, the consumption
pattern of the assets and the past performance of similar assets:
Sr. No Class of assets Minimum useful life (in years) Maximum useful life (in years)
1. Specialised software 2 8
2. Technical know-how 5 8
3. Platforms and courses 3 4
As at 31-3-2024 As at 31-3-2023
Particulars Less than More than Less than More than
1-2 years 2-3 years Total 1-2 years 2-3 years Total
1 year 3 years 1 year 3 years
Projects in progress 21.66 4.97 – – 26.63 15.27 1.12 – – 16.39
As on the date of the balance sheet, there are no capital work-in-progress projects whose completion is overdue or has exceeded the
cost, based on approved plan.
423
Notes forming part of the
Standalone Financial Statements
425
Notes forming part of the
Standalone Financial Statements
NOTE [7]
Non current Assets: Financial Assets - Others
v crore
Particulars As at 31-3-2024 As at 31-3-2023
Unsecured security deposits, considered good: 211.58 190.67
Less: Allowance for expected credit loss 33.10 41.68
178.48 148.99
Fixed deposits with banks (maturity more than 12 months) 17.38 -
Cash and bank balances not available for immediate use [refer Note 7(a)] 194.87 128.78
Forward contract receivables 168.83 51.97
Embedded derivative receivables 11.94 27.40
Premium receivable on financial guarantee contracts 24.90 50.03
Other receivables 0.44 0.05
596.84 407.22
Note 7(a)
Particulars of cash and bank balances not available for immediate use
v crore
Sr. As at As at
Particulars
No. 31-3-2024 31-3-2023
1 Amount received (including interest accrued thereon) from customers of property development business –
to be handed over to housing society on its formation. 30.17 28.59
2 Contingency deposit (including interest accrued thereon) received from customers of property
development business towards their sales tax liability - to be refunded/adjusted depending on the
outcome of the legal case. 17.76 16.97
3 Other bank balances (including interest accrued thereon) not available for immediate use being security
offered for bids submitted, loans availed, acquisition etc. 563.84 423.06
Total 611.77 468.62
Less: Amount reflected under current assets [refer Note 13] 416.90 339.84
Amount reflected under other financial assets - non-current [refer Note 7] 194.87 128.78
427
Notes forming part of the
Standalone Financial Statements
NOTE [9]
Current Assets: Inventories
v crore
Particulars As at 31-3-2024 As at 31-3-2023
Raw materials [includes goods-in-transit ¢ 10.04 crore (previous year: ¢ 3.82 crore)] 402.09 337.25
Components [includes goods-in-transit ¢ 6.50 crore (previous year: ¢ 8.81 crore)] 220.86 178.98
Construction materials [includes goods-in-transit ¢ 119.58 crore (previous year: ¢ 275.00 crore)] 148.37 310.55
Manufacturing work-in-progress 279.33 267.73
Finished goods [includes goods-in-transit ¢ 0.59 crore (previous year: 0.12)] 0.87 16.77
Stock-in-trade [includes goods-in-transit ¢ 53.45 crore (previous year: ¢ 39.62 crore)] 228.30 364.92
Stores and spares [includes goods-in-transit ¢ 2.56 crore (previous year: ¢ 3.17 crore)] 145.98 164.81
Loose tools 4.70 4.10
Property development related work-in-progress 2032.37 1753.16
Property development project - completed property 58.10 30.29
3520.97 3428.56
Note : During the year ¢ 18.56 crore (previous year: ¢ 2.28 crore) was recognised as expense towards write-down of inventories (net).
NOTE [10]
Current Assets: Financial Assets - investments
v crore
Particulars As at 31-3-2024 As at 31-3-2023
(A) Government and trust securities 4393.72 4115.10
(B) Debentures and bonds
(i) Subsidiary companies 758.90 2038.24
(ii) Joint venture companies 736.26 742.39
(iii) Other debentures & bonds 5307.70 5450.41
6802.86 8231.04
(C) Mutual funds 1499.59 2224.35
(D) Collateral borrowing and lending obligation (CBLO) 199.96 899.67
(E) Commercial paper 195.79 1871.46
(F) Certificate of deposits 1026.85 2080.59
(G) InvITs 2694.57 802.08
16813.34 20224.29
Number of
units
Particulars Face
As at As at As at
value per
31-3-2024 31-3-2024 31-3-2023
unit
v v crore v crore
Debentures and Bonds (quoted):
(i) Subsidiary companies:
9.00% L&T Finance Limited NCD April 15, 2024 1,000 153,800 16.72 16.87
7.75% L&T Finance Limited NCD July 10, 2025 10,00,000 1,450 152.70 152.47
7.95% L&T Finance Limited NCD July 28, 2025 10,00,000 1,300 137.30 137.30
7.15% L&T Finance Limited NCD September 16, 2024 10,00,000 – – 102.47
6.75% L&T Finance Limited NCD November 3, 2028 10,00,000 – – 193.10
7.85% L&T Finance Limited NCD July 9, 2025 10,00,000 150 15.82 94.90
6.55% L&T Finance Limited NCD November 3, 2028 10,00,000 – – 262.80
9.81% L&T Metro Rail (Hyderabad) Limited NCD June 18, 2035 10,00,000 – – 189.03
9.81% L&T Metro Rail (Hyderabad) Limited NCD November 2, 2035 10,00,000 – – 290.47
9.85% L&T Metro Rail (Hyderabad) Limited NCD January 28, 2036 10,00,000 – – 166.47
6.68% L&T Metro Rail (Hyderabad) Limited SR C 30 NCD April 30, 2027 10,00,000 4,220 436.36 432.35
Total- (i) 758.90 2038.24
(ii) Joint Venture companies:
8.80% Kudgi Transmission Limited NCD April 25, 2023 10,00,000 – – 16.24
8.80% Kudgi Transmission Limited NCD April 25, 2024 10,00,000 170 18.41 18.57
8.80% Kudgi Transmission Limited NCD April 25, 2025 10,00,000 180 19.66 19.82
8.80% Kudgi Transmission Limited NCD April 25, 2026 10,00,000 200 22.03 22.18
8.80% Kudgi Transmission Limited NCD April 25, 2027 10,00,000 210 23.33 23.46
9.14% Kudgi Transmission Limited SR-K NCD April 25, 2028 10,00,000 230 26.13 26.29
9.14% Kudgi Transmission Limited SR-L NCD April 25, 2029 10,00,000 240 27.57 27.58
9.14% Kudgi Transmission Limited SR-M NCD April 25, 2030 10,00,000 270 31.29 31.23
9.14% Kudgi Transmission Limited SR-N NCD April 25, 2031 10,00,000 280 32.74 32.56
9.14% Kudgi Transmission Limited SR-O NCD April 25, 2032 10,00,000 290 34.18 33.90
9.50% Kudgi Transmission Limited SR-P NCD April 25, 2033 10,00,000 310 37.65 37.22
9.50% Kudgi Transmission Limited SR-T NCD April 25, 2034 10,00,000 330 40.39 39.52
9.50% Kudgi Transmission Limited SR-R NCD April 25, 2035 10,00,000 360 43.97 42.95
9.50% Kudgi Transmission Limited SR-S NCD April 25, 2036 10,00,000 390 47.47 46.29
9.50% Kudgi Transmission Limited SR-T NCD April 25, 2037 10,00,000 410 49.66 48.36
9.50% Kudgi Transmission Limited SR-U NCD April 25, 2038 10,00,000 350 42.14 41.02
9.50% Kudgi Transmission Limited SR-V NCD April 25, 2039 10,00,000 960 114.86 112.77
9.50% Kudgi Transmission Limited SR-W NCD April 25, 2040 10,00,000 1,040 124.78 122.43
Total- (ii) 736.26 742.39
429
Notes forming part of the
Standalone Financial Statements
NOTE [11]
Current Assets: Financial Assets - Trade receivables
v crore
Particulars As at 31-3-2024 As at 31-3-2023
Unsecured, considered good 40895.57 36788.26
Less: Allowance for expected credit loss 3942.46 3643.00
36953.11 33145.26
Credit Impaired 214.76 333.10
Less: Allowance for expected credit loss 206.32 325.78
8.44 7.32
36961.55 33152.58
NOTE [12]
Current Assets: Financials Assets - Cash and cash equivalents
v crore
Particulars As at 31-3-2024 As at 31-3-2023
Balance with banks 3026.17 3437.56
Cheques and draft on hand 409.56 361.39
Cash on hand 3.42 3.54
Fixed deposits with banks (maturity less than 3 months) 500.06 –
3939.21 3802.49
NOTE [13]
Current Assets: Financials Assets - Other bank balances
v crore
Particulars As at 31-3-2024 As at 31-3-2023
Fixed deposits with banks 282.43 297.50
Earmarked balances with banks-unclaimed dividend 129.90 129.10
Earmarked balances with banks-Section4(2)(1)(D) of RERA [1]
0.75 0.71
Cash and bank balances not available for immediate use [refer Note 7(a)] 416.90 339.84
829.98 767.15
[1]
Real Estate (Regulation and Development) Act, 2016
431
Notes forming part of the
Standalone Financial Statements
NOTE [15]
Current Assets: Financial Assets - Others
v crore
Particulars As at 31-3-2024 As at 31-3-2023
Unsecured security deposits, considered good 497.72 449.12
Less: Allowance for expected credit loss 0.76 0.45
496.96 448.67
Receivable from related parties:
Subsidiary companies 1047.69 762.90
Less: Allowance for expected credit loss 6.50 5.28
1041.19 757.62
Joint venture companies 107.90 158.31
Less: Allowance for expected credit loss 0.87 6.05
107.03 152.26
Other recoverable 2200.17 1588.91
Premium receivable on financial guarantee contracts 25.13 26.85
Forward contract receivable 238.14 325.19
Embedded derivative receivable 158.39 228.40
Doubtful advances:
Deferred credit sale of ships 27.11 27.11
Other loans and advances 182.98 316.56
210.09 343.67
Less: Allowance for expected credit loss 210.09 343.67
– –
4267.01 3527.90
NOTE [17]
Equity share capital
(a) Share capital authorised, issued, subscribed and paid up:
As at 31-3-2024 As at 31-3-2023
Particulars Number of Number of
v crore v crore
shares shares
Authorised:
Equity shares of ¢ 2 each 40,18,50,00,000 8037.00 40,18,50,00,000 8037.00
As at 31-03-2024 As at 31-3-2023
Particulars Number of Number of
v crore v crore
shares shares
Issued, subscribed and fully paid up equity share outstanding at the
beginning of the year 1,40,54,82,190 281.10 1,40,50,29,123 281.01
Add: Shares issued on exercise of employee stock options during the year 4,36,429 0.08 4,53,067 0.09
Less: Shares extinguished on buy-back 3,12,50,000 6.25 – –
Issued, subscribed and fully paid up equity shares outstanding at the end
of the year 1,37,46,68,619 274.93 1,40,54,82,190 281.10
433
Notes forming part of the
Standalone Financial Statements
As at 31-3-2024 As at 31-3-2023
Name of the shareholders Number of Shareholding Number of Shareholding
shares % shares %
L&T Employees Trust 19,48,87,516 14.18 19,25,58,158 13.70
Life Insurance Corporation of India 15,17,12,116 11.04 16,04,73,308 11.42
(e) Shares reserved for issue under options outstanding on un-issued share capital:
As at 31-3-2024 As at 31-3-2023
Number of Number of
Particulars R crore R crore
equity shares equity shares
(at face (at face
to be issued to be issued
value) value)
as fully paid as fully paid
Employee stock options granted and outstanding [1] 16,29,198 0.33[2] 11,74,574 0.23[2]
[1]
Note 17 (h) below for terms of employee stock option schemes
[2]
The equity shares will be issued at a premium of ¢ 27.41 crore (previous year: ¢ 25.57 crore)
(f) The aggregate number of equity shares allotted as fully paid up by way of bonus shares in immediately preceding five years ended March
31, 2024 are NIL (previous period of five years ended March 31, 2023: 46,67,64,755 shares)
(g) The aggregate number of equity shares issued pursuant to contract, without payment being received in cash in immediately preceding
last five years ended on March 31, 2024 – NIL (previous period of five years ended March 31, 2023: NIL)
B. Options can be exercised anytime within a period of 7 years from the date of grant and would be settled by way of issue of
equity shares. Management has discretion to modify the exercise period.
ii. The details of the grants under the aforesaid schemes are summarised below:
435
Notes forming part of the
Standalone Financial Statements
19(a) (i) Unsecured redeemable non-convertible fixed rate debentures (privately placed):
Face Interest
As at As at
Sr. value per Date of for the Terms of repayment for debentures outstanding as on
31-3-2024 31-3-2023
No. debenture allotment year 31-3-2024
R crore R crore
(R) 2023-24
1. 2,50,000 April 25, 483.93 483.83 8.00% p.a. Redeemable at face value at the end of 8th year from the date of
2022 payable allotment.
annually
2. 2,50,000 April 23, 483.93 – 8.00% p.a. Redeemable at face value at the end of 7th year from the date of
2023 payable allotment.
annually
3. 2,50,000 April 23, 483.73 483.63 8.00% p.a. Redeemable at face value at the end of 9th year from the date of
2021 payable allotment.
annually
4. 2,50,000 April 23, 483.69 483.58 8.00% p.a. Redeemable at face value at the end of 10th year from the date
2020 payable of allotment.
annually
5. 1,00,000 March 28, 2142.15 1999.71 7.725% Redeemable at face value at the end of 5th year from the date of
2023 p.a. allotment.
payable
annually
6. 1,00,000 November 9, 2059.23 – 7.66% p.a. Redeemable at face value at the end of 2nd year from the date of
2023 payable allotment.
annually
7. 1,00,000 November 2, 1546.39 – 7.58% p.a. Redeemable at face value at the end of 1st year from the date of
2023 payable allotment.
annually
8. 10,00,000 April 28, 2673.77 2669.51 7.70% p.a. Redeemable at face value at the end of 5th year from the date of
2020 payable allotment.
annually
9. 1,00,000 June 8, 2023 1534.27 – 7.33% p.a. Redeemable at face value at the end of 1st year from the date of
payable allotment.
annually
10. 1,00,000 June 8, 2023 1040.80 – 7.335% Redeemable at face value at the end of 1st year from the date of
p.a. allotment.
payable
annually
11. 1,00,000 June 8, 2023 1058.67 – 7.38% p.a. Redeemable at face value at the end of 1st year from the date of
payable allotment.
annually
437
Notes forming part of the
Standalone Financial Statements
Face As at As at
Date of Interest for the Terms of repayment for debentures
value per 31-3-2024 31-3-2023
allotment year 2023-24 outstanding as on 31-3-2024
debenture (R) R crore R crore
– –
(1)
The principal amount has been calculated as [{Average Ref WPI as at reporting period/Average Ref WPI (as at 23/5/2013)} x Face Value]
As at As at
Sr. Terms of repayment of term loan outstanding as on
31-3-2024 31-3-2023 Rate of Interest for the year 2023-24
No. 31-3-2024
R crore R crore
1 892.07 878.18 USD SOFR + Spread [1]
Repayable on November 30, 2025
2 1248.34 1226.91 USD SOFR + Spread [1]
Repayable on April 14, 2025
3 – 29.44 9.00% p.a. payable monthly
4 – 15.90 8.40% p.a. payable monthly
Total 2140.41 2150.43
Less: 1.49 46.38 Current maturity of long-term borrowings [refer Note 24]
2138.92 2104.05 Non-current borrowings [refer Note 19]
[1]
Represents unsecured term loans obtained in foreign currency.
NOTE [21]
Non-current liabilities: Provisions
v crore
Particulars As at 31-3-2024 As at 31-3-2023
Employee pension scheme 351.87 346.44
Post-retirement medical benefits plan 345.86 290.53
697.73 636.97
NOTE [22]
Other non-current liabilities
v crore
Particulars As at 31-3-2024 As at 31-3-2023
Other Payables (Deferred income on day one fair valuation of financial instrument) 22.67 7.05
22.67 7.05
NOTE [23]
Current liabilities: Financial Liabilities - Borrowings
v crore
As at 31-3-2024 As at 31-3-2023
Particulars
Secured Unsecured Total Secured Unsecured Total
Loans repayable on demand from banks – 0.29 0.29 0.36 0.54 0.90
Short term loan and advances from banks – 813.75 813.75 – 1743.91 1743.91
Commercial paper – 2668.53 2668.53 – 1231.28 1231.28
Loans from related parties:
Subsidiary companies – 1149.41 1149.41 – 1.23 1.23
Joint venture companies – 207.67 207.67 – 202.04 202.04
Collateralized borrowing and lending obligation 25.00 – 25.00 – – –
25.00 4839.65 4864.65 0.36 3179.00 3179.36
23(b) The Company has fund based and non-fund based facilities (viz. bank guarantees, letter of credits and derivatives) from banks. These
facilities are secured by hypothecation of inventories and trade receivables. Amount of inventories and trade receivables that are pledged
as collateral to the extent of: ¢ 6932.00 crore as at March 31, 2024 (March 31,2023: ¢ 6932.00 crore)
23(c) The Company has been sanctioned working capital limits in excess of ¢ 5 crore, in aggregate, at points of time during the year, from
banks or financial institutions on the basis of security of current assets. The quarterly returns filed by the Company with such banks or
financial institutions are in agreement with the Books of Account of the Company of the respective quarters.
439
Notes forming part of the
Standalone Financial Statements
v crore
Particulars As at 31-3-2024 As at 31-3-2023
Unsecured:
Redeemable non-convertible fixed rate debentures [refer Note 19(a)(i)] 5743.19 5390.99
Term loans from banks [refer Note 19(b)] 1.49 46.38
Redeemable non-convertible floating rate debentures [refer Note 19(a)(ii)] – 143.51
5744.68 5580.88
NOTE [25]
Current liabilities: Financial liabilities - Other trade payables
v crore
Particulars As at 31-3-2024 As at 31-3-2023
Acceptances 93.89 175.47
Due to related parties:
Subsidiary companies 1307.52 848.57
Associate companies 5.61 6.00
Joint venture companies 1262.66 1455.48
2575.79 2310.05
Due to others 37305.43 38543.14
39975.11 41028.66
NOTE [26]
Current liabilities - Other financial liabilities
v crore
Particulars As at 31-3-2024 As at 31-3-2023
Unclaimed dividend 129.90 129.10
Forward contract payable 270.74 163.69
Embedded derivative payable 41.64 43.78
Financial guarantee contracts 25.46 27.53
Due to others [1][2]
3603.76 3753.82
4071.50 4117.92
[1]
Due to others include due to directors ¢ 123.61 crore (previous year ¢ 92.20 crore)
[2]
Mainly includes liability towards employee benefits and capital goods
NOTE [27]
Other current Liabilities
v crore
Particulars As at 31-3-2024 As at 31-3-2023
Contract liabilities [refer Note 41(d)]
Excess of billing over revenue 14487.32 13513.76
Advances from customers 22133.60 16926.77
36620.92 30440.53
Other payables [1]
2762.89 1836.84
39383.81 32277.37
[1]
Mainly includes liabilities towards joint operations, statutory dues and employee benefits
441
Notes forming part of the
Standalone Financial Statements
NOTE [29]
Contingent liabilities
v crore
Particulars As at 31-3-2024 As at 31-3-2023
(a) Claims against the Company not acknowledged as debts 4569.64 4276.96
(b) Sales tax/GST liability that may arise in respect of matters in appeal 1169.36 561.64
(c) Excise duty/service tax/customs duty liability that may arise in respect of matters in appeal/
challenged by the Company in WRIT 426.36 384.30
(d) Income tax liability that may arise in respect of which the Company is in appeal 3380.37 2652.73
(e) Corporate guarantees given for financial obligations of Subsidiary companies/joint venture
companies 8826.56 8892.58
(f) Corporate and bank guarantees for performance obligations of Subsidiary companies/joint
venture companies 120947.97 68828.25
(g) Contingent liabilities incurred in relation to interests in joint operations 3006.66 2976.71
(h) Share in contingent liabilities of joint operations for which the Company is contingently liable 123.84 87.48
(i) Contingent liabilities in respect of liabilities of other joint operators of joint operations 4364.24 4407.38
(j) Indemnities for performance given on behalf of third parties 56.79 96.41
Notes :
1. The Company does not expect any reimbursements in respect of the above contingent liabilities except in respect of matters at (j)
2. It is not practicable to estimate the timing of cash outflows, if any, in respect of matters at (a) to (d) above pending resolution of the
arbitration/appellate proceedings. Further, the liability mentioned in (a) to (d) above includes interest except in cases where the Company
has determined that the possibility of such levy is remote.
3. In respect of matters at (e), the cash outflows, if any, could generally occur up to three years, being the period over which the validity
of the guarantees extends except in a few cases where the cash outflows, if any, could occur any time during the subsistence of the
borrowing to which the guarantees relate.
4. In respect of matters at (f), the cash outflows, if any, could generally occur up to six years, being the period over which the validity of the
guarantees extends.
5. In respect of matters at (g) to (i), the cash outflows, if any, could generally occur up to completion of projects undertaken by the
respective joint operations.
6. In respect of matters at (j), the cash outflows, if any, is fully reimbursable by the third parties under an agreement entered in to with
them.
NOTE [31]
Revenue from operations
v crore
Particulars 2023-24 2022-23
Sales and service:
Construction and project related activity 118835.90 103509.82
Manufacturing and trading activity 3852.08 3582.80
Property development activity 509.35 444.67
Engineering and service fees 115.34 108.28
Servicing 1614.03 1421.59
Commission 141.81 136.87
125068.51 109204.03
Other operational income:
Net gain/(loss) on sale of investment properties – 82.62
Lease rentals 102.96 56.16
Income from services to Group companies 104.95 92.12
Premium earned (net) on related forward exchange contracts 27.82 64.91
Miscellaneous Income 931.61 1001.14
1167.34 1296.95
126235.85 110500.98
443
Notes forming part of the
Standalone Financial Statements
445
Notes forming part of the
Standalone Financial Statements
NOTE [35]
Sales, administration and other expenses
v crore
Particulars 2023-24 2022-23
Power and fuel 81.59 80.34
Packing and forwarding 57.58 62.31
Professional fees 644.55 503.14
Audit fees 8.70 8.03
Insurance 68.97 62.06
Rent & hire charges 114.26 143.97
Rates and taxes 74.94 43.66
Travelling and conveyance 282.41 246.89
Repairs to buildings 20.31 21.19
General repairs and maintenance 335.78 279.55
Directors' fees 1.06 0.99
Telephone, postage and telegrams 115.35 121.92
Advertising and publicity 79.67 73.46
Stationery and printing 45.29 45.44
Commission 19.62 24.56
Bank charges 81.53 76.01
Miscellaneous expenses 606.46 577.75
Bad debts and advances written off (net of written back) 592.33 158.20
Less: Allowance for expected credit loss written back 546.44 135.24
45.89 22.96
Corporate social responsibility 150.98 137.19
Allowance for expected credit loss (net) 969.03 729.13
Exchange (gain)/loss (net) (99.93) (417.25)
Provision/(reversal of provision) on loans given to/investments in subsidiary (70.24) (891.86)
Loss on cancellation of equity shares on capital reduction by subsidiary – 602.95
Other provisions/(reversal of provisions) (116.87) 34.29
Recoveries from subsidiary and associates (63.09) (74.87)
3453.84 2513.81
NOTE [38]
Aggregation of expenses disclosed vide Note 33 - Manufacturing, construction and operating expenses, Note 34 - Employee benefits expense
and Note 35 - Sales, administration and other expenses.
v crore
Sr. 2023-24 2022-23
Nature of expenses
No. Note 33 Note 34 Note 35 Total Note 33 Note 34 Note 35 Total
1 Power and fuel 2440.76 – 81.59 2522.35 2568.18 – 80.34 2648.52
2 Packing and forwarding 713.65 – 57.58 771.23 864.08 – 62.31 926.39
3 Insurance 707.37 130.32 68.97 906.66 587.09 121.89 62.06 771.04
4 Rent hire charges 3975.24 – 114.26 4089.50 3399.96 – 143.97 3543.93
5 Rates and taxes 767.35 – 74.94 842.29 798.46 – 43.66 842.12
6 Travelling and conveyance 973.31 – 282.41 1255.72 935.34 – 246.89 1182.23
7 Repairs to buildings 16.69 – 20.31 37.00 24.58 – 21.19 45.77
8 General repairs and maintenance 692.53 – 335.78 1028.31 633.03 – 279.55 912.58
9 Miscellaneous expenses 434.07 – 606.46 1040.53 385.15 – 577.75 962.90
NOTE [39]
Disclosure pursuant to Ind AS 105 “Non-current assets held for sale and discontinued operations”:
Assets held for sale as at March 31, 2024 includes:
(a) Investment of ¢ 1005.36 crore in L&T Infrastructure Development Projects Limited (L&T IDPL), a joint venture, primarily engaged in the
development and operation of toll roads and power transmission assets. The stake sale is concluded on April 10, 2024.
(b) Land of ¢ 172.55 crore situated at Mumbai, Maharashtra. The asset forms part of Realty business which is reported under “Others”
segment (refer Note 40).
Assets and liabilities held for sale as at March 31, 2023 includes:
(a) Assets of ¢ 1280.31 crore and liabilities of ¢ 998.48 crore of Carved-out Business of Smart World and Communication (SWC) Business
unit of the Company. The transfer of Carved-out Business to L&T Technology Services Limited (LTTS), a listed subsidiary is completed on
April 1, 2023 for cash consideration of ¢ 800.00 crore.
(b) Investment of ¢ 1032.35 crore in L&T Infrastructure Development Projects Limited and its subsidiaries, primarily engaged in the
development and operation of toll roads and power transmission assets, consequent to the Company entering into a Share Purchase
Agreement to sell its entire shareholding, subject to regulatory approvals on December 16, 2022.
(c) Land of ¢ 28.35 crore situated at Mumbai, Maharashtra. The asset forms part of Realty business which is reported under “Others”
segment (refer Note 40).
447
Notes forming part of the
Standalone Financial Statements
v crore
For the year ended 31-3-2024 For the year ended 31-3-2023
Particulars Inter- Inter-
External Total External Total
segment segment
Revenue
Infrastructure Projects 94441.58 1144.04 95585.62 79097.18 726.67 79823.85
Energy Projects 19357.05 26.34 19383.39 19997.59 36.81 20034.40
Hi-Tech Manufacturing 8195.99 569.32 8765.31 6534.91 625.97 7160.88
Others 4241.23 22.48 4263.71 4871.30 24.14 4895.44
Sub-total 126235.85 1762.18 127998.03 110500.98 1413.59 111914.57
Inter-segment revenue 1762.18 1762.18 1413.59 1413.59
Total 126235.85 – 126235.85 110500.98 – 110500.98
Segment result [Profit/(loss) before interest and tax]
Infrastructure Projects 4456.02 4821.69
Energy Projects 2240.67 1589.25
Hi-Tech Manufacturing 1169.50 995.25
Others 511.64 695.46
Total 8377.83 8101.65
Inter-segment margins on capital jobs (108.53) (41.81)
Unallocable corporate income net of expenditure 5004.85 3898.09
Finance costs (2405.83) (2125.23)
Exceptional items (net of tax) [Note 59] 447.99 –
Profit before tax 11316.31 9832.70
Current tax (2205.00) (2334.76)
Deferred tax 193.02 351.03
Net profit after tax 9304.33 7848.97
v crore
Segment Assets Segment Liabilities
Particulars As at As at As at As at
31-3-2024 31-3-2023 31-3-2024 31-3-2023
Infrastructure Projects 83848.63 78431.66 62203.70 55913.06
Energy Projects 16265.77 17845.43 11482.13 14355.46
Hi-Tech Manufacturing 10071.97 9159.89 8,865.36 6612.24
Others 8331.41 8449.64 3959.41 4420.84
Total 118517.78 113886.62 86510.60 81301.60
Unallocable corporate assets/liabilities 57980.63 59756.60 25571.77 20813.67
Inter-segment assets/liabilities (1215.72) (1218.73) (1215.72) (1218.73)
Total assets/liabilities 175282.69 172424.49 110866.65 100896.54
v crore
Revenue by location of project
Non-current Assets
Particulars As at As at
31-3-2024 31-3-2023
India (i) 16919.86 15223.62
Foreign countries (ii) 201.79 370.14
Total (i+ii) 17121.65 15593.76
(c) Revenue contributed by any single customer in any of the operating segments, whether reportable or otherwise, does not exceed ten
percent of the Company’s total revenue.
(d) The identification of operating segments is consistent with performance assessment and resource allocation by the management.
449
Notes forming part of the
Standalone Financial Statements
The Company has four reportable segments as described under “segment composition” below. The nature of products and services
offered by these businesses are different and are managed separately given the different sets of technology and competency
requirements.
• Energy Projects segment comprises EPC/ turnkey solutions in (a) Hydrocarbon business covering Oil & Gas industry from
front-end design through detailed engineering, modular fabrication, procurement, project management, construction,
installation and commissioning and (b) Power business covering Coal-based and Gas-based thermal power plants including
power generation equipment with associated systems and/or balance-of-plant packages and (c) EPC solutions in Green Energy
space.
• Hi-Tech Manufacturing segment comprises design, manufacture / construct, supply, revamp/retrofit of (a) custom designed,
engineered critical equipment & systems to the process plant, nuclear energy and green hydrogen sectors (b) marine and land
platforms including related equipment & systems; aerospace products & systems; precision and electronic products & systems
for the defence, security, space and industrial sectors.
• Others segment includes (a) realty, (b) smart world & communication projects, (c) marketing and servicing of construction
equipment & mining machinery and parts thereof, (d) manufacture and sale of rubber processing machinery and (e)
E-commerce/digital platforms & data centres.
(b) Out of the total revenue recognised under Ind AS 115 during the year, ¢ 119642.27 crore (previous year: ¢ 103907.68 crore) is
recognised over a period of time and ¢ 5782.99 crore (previous year: ¢ 5995.49 crore) is recognised at a point in time.
451
Notes forming part of the
Standalone Financial Statements
(g) Outstanding performance and Time for its expected conversion into Revenue:
v crore
Time for expected conversion to Revenue
Outstanding
Total Beyond 5
performance Upto 1 Year 1 to 2 years 2 to 3 years 3 to 4 years 4 to 5 years
years
As at March 31, 2024 370413.01 153657.53 114940.41 45337.64 25327.68 12100.11 19049.65
As at March 31, 2023 330213.96 120551.05 113676.90 56487.65 17752.19 9679.15 12067.01
a. Current assets expected to be recovered within twelve months and after twelve months from the reporting date:
v crore
As at 31-3-2024 As at 31-3-2023
Within After Within After
Particulars Note
twelve twelve Total twelve twelve Total
months months months months
Inventories 9 1795.69 1725.28 3520.97 2161.58 1266.98 3428.56
Trade receivables 11 35589.28 1372.27 36961.55 32184.55 968.03 33152.58
Loans 14 63.04 – 63.04 168.29 – 168.29
Other financial assets 15 4124.87 142.13 4267.01 3487.12 40.78 3527.90
Other current assets 16 42103.67 14992.58 57096.24 49241.23 7887.08 57128.31
Total 83676.55 18232.26 101908.80 87242.77 10162.87 97405.64
b. Current liabilities expected to be settled within twelve months and after twelve months from the reporting date:
v crore
As at 31-3-2024 As at 31-3-2023
Within After Within After
Particulars Note
twelve twelve Total twelve twelve Total
months months months months
Trade payables:
Due to micro enterprises and small 858.97 12.25 871.22 662.48 89.23 751.71
enterprises
Due to others 25 39438.32 536.80 39975.11 38286.03 2742.63 41028.66
Lease liability 124.83 34.06 158.89 85.84 51.48 137.32
Other financial liabilities 26 4049.31 22.19 4071.50 4094.01 23.91 4117.92
Other current liabilities 27 30517.65 8866.16 39383.81 26985.85 5291.52 32277.37
Provisions 28 1428.87 222.71 1651.57 1555.21 277.16 1832.37
Total 76417.94 9694.16 86112.10 71669.42 8475.93 80145.35
NOTE [43]
Disclosure with regard to changes in liabilities arising from financing activities as required by Ind AS 7 “Statement of Cash Flows”:
v crore
Current
Non-current Current maturities
Sr
Particulars borrowings borrowings of long term Lease Liability Total
No.
(Note 19) (Note 23) borrowings
(Note 24)
1 Balance as at April 01, 2022 12968.41 2097.39 5232.49 178.42 20476.71
2 Additions to lease liability – – – 105.33 105.33
3 Changes from financing cash flows 1119.00 1078.98 (4218.00) (95.18) (2115.20)
4 Changes on lease termination/lease
concessions – – – (1.13) (1.13)
5 The effect of changes in foreign exchange
rates 157.85 – (0.08) – 157.77
6 Interest accrued (net of interest paid) 726.47 2.99 (1014.41) – (284.95)
7 Other changes (transfer within categories) (5580.88) – 5580.88 – –
8 Balance as at March 31, 2023 9390.85 3179.36 5580.88 187.44 18338.53
9 Additions to lease liability – – – 185.21 185.21
10 Changes from financing cash flows 7450.00 1676.97 (4845.00) (98.70) 4183.27
11 Changes on lease termination/lease
concessions – – – (2.86) (2.86)
12 The effect of changes in foreign exchange
rates 34.15 – – 0.04 34.19
13 Interest accrued (net of interest paid) 800.82 8.32 (735.88) – 73.26
14 Other changes (transfer within categories) (5744.68) – 5744.68 – –
15 Balance as at March 31, 2024 11931.14 4864.65 5744.68 271.14 22811.61
453
Notes forming part of the
Standalone Financial Statements
NOTE [44]
Disclosure pursuant to Ind AS 12 "Income Taxes"
As at 31-3-2024 As at 31-3-2023
Particulars Base Amount Deferred Tax Base Amount Deferred Tax
Expiry date Expiry date
(v crore) (v crore) (v crore) (v crore)
Capital loss 936.25 214.21 FY 2030-31 1388.43 317.67 FY 2030-31
(ii) Unrecognised deductible temporary differences for which no deferred tax asset (DTA) is recognised in Balance Sheet
v crore
455
Notes forming part of the
Standalone Financial Statements
i Defined contribution plans: [Note [1](k)(ii)(A)]: Amount of ¢ 134.95 crore (previous year: ¢ 108.57 crore) is recognized as an expenses.
457
Notes forming part of the
Standalone Financial Statements
The Company expects to fund ¢ 47.56 crore (previous year: ¢ 133.64 crore) towards its gratuity plan and ¢ 132.84 crore (previous
year: ¢ 117.90 crore) towards its trust-managed provident fund plan during the year 2023-24.
v crore
Trust-managed provident fund plan
Particulars As at 31-3-2024 As at 31-3-2023
Quoted Unquoted Total Quoted Unquoted Total
Cash and cash equivalents – 9.68 9.68 – 14.49 14.49
Equity instruments 216.31 – 216.31 134.26 – 134.26
Debt instruments - Corporate Bonds 1,451.74 – 1,451.74 1,284.87 – 1,284.87
Debt instruments - Central Government Bonds 461.94 – 461.94 497.76 – 497.76
Debt instruments - State Government Bonds 1,497.43 – 1,497.43 1,320.13 – 1,320.13
Debt instruments - PSU Bonds 144.70 – 144.70 257.22 – 257.22
Mutual funds - Equity 88.09 284.10 372.19 82.72 249.36 332.08
Mutual funds - Debt – 4.70 4.70 – – –
Special Deposit Scheme – 123.86 123.86 – 146.99 146.99
Invit Instruments 74.14 – 74.14 27.41 – 27.41
Other (Payables)/Receivables 1.15 1.57 2.72 – (0.47) (0.47)
Closing balance of the plan assets 3935.50 423.91 4359.42 3604.37 410.37 4014.74
f) The average duration (in number of years) of the defined benefit plan obligations at the Balance Sheet date is as follows:
459
Notes forming part of the
Standalone Financial Statements
1 Gratuity plan:
The Company operates gratuity plan through a trust wherein every employee is entitled to the benefit equivalent to fifteen
days last salary drawn for each completed year of service. The same is payable on termination of service or retirement
whichever is earlier. The benefit vests after five years of continuous service. The Company’s scheme is more favorable as
compared to the obligation under Payment of Gratuity Act, 1972.
The defined benefit plan for gratuity of the Company is administered by separate gratuity funds that are legally separate
from the Company. The trustees nominated by the Company are responsible for the administration of the plan. There are no
minimum funding requirements of these plans. The funding of these plans are based on gratuity fund’s actuarial measurement
framework set out in the funding policies of the plan. These actuarial measurements are similar compared to the assumptions
set out in (g) above. Employees do not contribute to any of these plans.
Unfunded gratuity represents a small part of gratuity plan which is not material. Further, the unfunded portion includes
amounts payable in respect of the Company’s foreign operations which result in gratuity payable to employees engaged as per
local laws of country of operation.
The Post-retirement medical benefit plan provides for reimbursement of health care costs to certain categories of employees
post their retirement. The reimbursement is subject to an overall ceiling sanctioned based on cadre of the employee at the
time of retirement. The plan is unfunded. Employees do not contribute to the plan.
In addition to contribution to state-managed pension plan (EPS scheme), the Company operates a post retirement pension
scheme, which is discretionary in nature for certain cadres of employees. The quantum of pension depends on the cadre of the
employee at the time of retirement. The plan is unfunded. Employees do not contribute to the plan.
The Company manages provident fund plan through a provident fund trust for its employees which is permitted under the
Employees' Provident Fund and Miscellaneous Provisions Act, 1952. The plan mandates contribution by employer at a fixed
percentage of employee’s salary. Employees also contribute to the plan at a fixed percentage of their salary as a minimum
contribution and additional sums at their discretion. The plan guarantees interest at the rate notified by Employees' Provident
Fund Organisation. The contribution by employer and employee together with interest are payable at the time of separation
from service or retirement whichever is earlier. The benefit under this plan vests immediately on rendering of service.
The interest payment obligation of trust-managed provident fund is assumed to be adequately covered by the interest
income on long term investments of the fund. Any shortfall in the interest income over the interest obligation is recognized
immediately in the Statement of Profit and Loss as actuarial loss. Any loss/gain arising out of the investment risk and actuarial
risk associated with the plan is also recognized as expense or income in the period in which such loss/gain occurs.
All the above defined benefit plans expose the Company to general actuarial risks such as interest rate risk and market
(investment) risk.
NOTE [46]
Disclosure pursuant to Ind AS 20 “Accounting for Government Grants and Disclosure of Government Assistance”
(i) The Company’s exports qualify for various export benefits offered in the form of duty credit scrips under foreign trade policy framed by
Department General of Foreign Trade India (DGFT). Income accounted towards such export incentives and duty drawback amounts to
¢ 72.50 crore (previous year ¢ 86.06 crore).
(ii) The Company’s manufacturing facility is eligible for certain incentives under the Investment Promotion Scheme 2014. Income accounted
towards such incentives amounts to ¢ 1.38 crore (Previous year Nil).
461
Notes forming part of the
Standalone Financial Statements
(a) List of related parties over which control exist and status of transactions entered during the year:
Transaction entered
Sr
Name of the Subsidiary Company Nature of relationship during the year
No.
(Yes/No)
1 L&T Construction Equipment Limited Wholly Owned Subsidiary [WOS] Yes
2 Bhilai Power Supply Company Limited Subsidiary Yes
3 Kesun Iron and Steel Company Private Limited[1] Subsidiary Yes
4 L&T Aviation Services Private Limited WOS Yes
5 L&T Capital Company Limited WOS Yes
6 Larsen & Toubro International FZE WOS of L&T Global Holdings Limited Yes
7 L&T Global Holdings Limited WOS Yes
8 Larsen & Toubro Heavy Engineering LLC Subsidiary Yes
9 L&T Modular Fabrication Yard LLC Subsidiary Yes
10 PT Larsen & Toubro Hydrocarbon Engineering Indonesia[2] Subsidiary No
11 Larsen & Toubro Kuwait Construction General Contracting Subsidiary Yes
Company W.L.L.
12 Larsen Toubro Arabia LLC Subsidiary Yes
13 L&T Hydrocarbon Saudi Company WOS Yes
14 Larsen & Toubro Electromech LLC Subsidiary Yes
15 L&T Geostructure Private Limited Subsidiary Yes
16 L&T Geo – L&T JV for Maharatangarh project WOS of L&T Geostructure Private Limited No
17 L&T Geo – L&T UJV CMRL CS WOS of L&T Geostructure Private Limited No
18 L&T Infrastructure Engineering Limited[3] WOS Yes
19 Larsen & Toubro (Oman) LLC Subsidiary of Larsen & Toubro International FZE Yes
20 Larsen & Toubro Qatar LLC[4] WOS of Larsen & Toubro International FZE No
21 Larsen & Toubro Saudi Arabia LLC Subsidiary Yes
22 Larsen & Toubro T&D SA Proprietary Limited Subsidiary of Larsen & Toubro International FZE No
23 Larsen & Toubro (East Asia) SDN.BHD. WOS of Larsen & Toubro International FZE Yes
24 Hi-Tech Rock Products and Aggregates Limited WOS Yes
25 L&T Realty Developers Limited WOS Yes
26 L&T Innovation Campus (Chennai) Limited[5] WOS Yes
27 L&T Seawoods Limited WOS Yes
28 Elevated Avenue Realty LLP[6] WOS of L&T Seawoods Limited Yes
29 L&T Parel Project Private Limited WOS of L&T Seawoods Limited Yes
30 Chennai Vision Developers Private Limited WOS of L&T Realty Developers Limited No
31 L&T Westend Project LLP Subsidiary of L&T Realty Developers Limited No
32 Think Tower Developers Private Limited [7] Subsidiary of L&T Realty Developers Limited No
33 L&T Valves Limited WOS Yes
34 L&T Valves Arabia Manufacturing LLC WOS of L&T Valves Limited Yes
35 L&T Valves USA LLC WOS of L&T Valves Limited No
36 L&T Finance Holdings Limited [8] Subsidiary Yes
37 L&T Finance Limited [9] Subsidiary Yes
38 L&T Mutual Fund Trustee Limited [9] WOS of L&T Finance Limited Yes
39 L&T Infra Credit Limited [9] WOS of L&T Finance Limited Yes
40 L&T Infra Investment Partners Advisory Private Limited WOS of L&T Finance Limited Yes
41 L&T Infra Investment Partners Trustee Private Limited WOS of L&T Finance Limited Yes
42 L&T Financial Consultants Limited WOS of L&T Finance Limited Yes
43 Mudit Cement Private Limited [10] WOS of L&T Financial Consultants Limited Yes
44 L&T Infra Investment Partners Subsidiary of L&T Finance Limited No
45 LTIMindtree Limited Subsidiary Yes
463
Notes forming part of the
Standalone Financial Statements
(iii) Name of post-employment benefit plans with whom transactions were carried out during the year
Sr. No Sr. No
1 Mr. S. N. Subrahmanyan (Chairman & Managing 2 Mr. R. Shankar Raman (Whole‐time Director & Chief
Director) [1] Financial Officer)
3 Mr. Subramanian Sarma (Whole-time Director) 4 Mr. D. K. Sen (Whole‐time Director) [2]
[1]
Designated as Chairman w.e.f. October 1, 2023 [2]
Ceased to be Whole-time Director w.e.f. April 7, 2023
[3]
Ceased to be Whole-time Director w.e.f. April 7, 2024 [4]
Appointed w.e.f. August 5, 2022
465
Notes forming part of the
Standalone Financial Statements
467
Notes forming part of the
Standalone Financial Statements
469
Notes forming part of the
Standalone Financial Statements
471
Notes forming part of the
Standalone Financial Statements
v crore
2023-24 2022-23
473
Notes forming part of the
Standalone Financial Statements
[1]
Includes commission due to non-executive directors ¢ 4.10 crore (previous year: ¢ 3.47 crore).
475
Notes forming part of the
Standalone Financial Statements
Notes:
1. All the related party contracts / arrangements have been entered on arms’ length basis.
2. The amount of outstanding balances as shown above are unsecured and will be settled/recovered in cash.
3. The interest rate charged on loans given to related parties are as per market rates.
477
Notes forming part of the
Standalone Financial Statements
Subsidiaries:
As at 31-3-2024 As at 31-3-2023
Proportion Proportion
Principal place of Proportion of of effective Proportion of of effective
Sr. Name of the subsidiary
business direct ownership direct ownership
No. ownership (%) interest /voting ownership (%) interest /voting
power(%) power(%)
Indian subsidiaries
1 Bhilai Power Supply Company Limited India 99.90 99.90 99.90 99.90
2 L&T Innovation Campus (Chennai) Limited [1] India – – 100.00 100.00
3 Hi-Tech Rock Products & Aggregates Limited India 100.00 100.00 100.00 100.00
4 L&T Seawoods Limited India 100.00 100.00 100.00 100.00
5 Kesun Iron & Steel Company Private Limited [2] India – – 95.00 95.00
6 L&T Geostructure Private Limited India 99.00 100.00 99.00 100.00
7 L&T Valves Limited India 100.00 100.00 100.00 100.00
8 L&T Energy Green Tech Limited India 100.00 100.00 99.99 99.99
9 L&T Aviation Services Private Limited India 100.00 100.00 100.00 100.00
10 LTIMindtree Limited India 68.64 68.64 68.68 68.68
11 L&T Finance Limited India 65.86 65.86 66.11 66.11
12 L&T Capital Company Limited India 100.00 100.00 100.00 100.00
13 L&T Power Development Limited India 100.00 100.00 100.00 100.00
14 L&T Metro Rail (Hyderabad) Limited [3] India 99.99 99.99 99.99 99.99
15 L&T Technology Services Limited India 73.74 73.74 73.85 73.85
16 L&T Construction Equipment Limited India 100.00 100.00 100.00 100.00
17 L&T Infrastructure Engineering Limited [4] India – – 100.00 100.00
18 L&T Realty Developers Limited India 100.00 100.00 100.00 100.00
19 L&T Energy Hydrocarbon Engineering Ltd India 100.00 100.00 100.00 100.00
20 L&T Network Services Private Limited India 100.00 100.00 100.00 100.00
21 Corporate Park (Powai) Private Limited [5]
India 100.00 100.00 – –
22 Business Park (Powai) Private Limited [6] India 100.00 100.00 – –
23 L&T Semiconductor Technologies Limited [7] India 100.00 100.00 – –
24 L&T Offshore Private Limited [8]
India 100.00 100.00 – –
[1]
Merged with L&T Seawoods Limited on April 1, 2023
[2]
Struck off from register of companies w.e.f August 08, 2023
[3]
One equity share (the Golden Share) is held by the Government of Telangana in pursuance of the Shareholders’ Agreement.
[4]
Divested w.e.f January 3, 2024
[5]
Incorporated on May 01, 2023
[6]
Incorporated on April 20, 2023
[7]
Incorporated on November 29, 2023
[8]
Reclassified as subsidiary w.e.f December 27, 2023 and formerly known as L&T Sapura Offshore Private Limited
As at 31-3-2024 As at 31-3-2023
Proportion Proportion
Principal place of Proportion of of effective Proportion of of effective
Sr. Name of the subsidiary
business direct ownership ownership direct ownership ownership
No. (%) interest /voting (%) interest /voting
power(%) power(%)
1 Larsen & Toubro Saudi Arabia LLC Kindgom of Saudi 4.35 100.00 4.35 100.00
Arabia
2 L&T Global Holdings Limited UAE 100.00 100.00 100.00 100.00
3 Larsen & Toubro Arabia LLC Kindgom of Saudi 75.00 75.00 75.00 75.00
Arabia
4 L&T Hydrocarbon Saudi Company LLC Kindgom of Saudi 100.00 100.00 100.00 100.00
Arabia
5 L&T Modular Fabrication Yard LLC Sultanate of 70.00 70.00 70.00 70.00
Oman
6 Larsen & Toubro Electromech LLC Sultanate of 70.00 70.00 70.00 70.00
Oman
7 Larsen & Toubro Kuwait Construction General Contracting Kuwait 49.00 49.00 49.00 49.00
Company W.L.L.
8 Larsen & Toubro Heavy Engineering LLC Sultanate of 70.00 70.00 70.00 70.00
Oman
9 PT Larsen and Toubro Indonesia 100.00 100.00 100.00 100.00
Associate Companies :
As at 31-3-2024 As at 31-3-2023
Proportion Proportion
Principal place of Proportion of of effective Proportion of of effective
Sr. Name of associate
business direct ownership ownership direct ownership ownership
No. (%) interest /voting (%) interest /voting
power(%) power(%)
1 Gujarat Leather Industries Limited [1] India 50.00 50.00 50.00 50.00
2 Magtorq Private Limited India 42.85 42.85 42.85 42.85
[1]
Under liquidation
479
Notes forming part of the
Standalone Financial Statements
As at 31-3-2024 As at 31-3-2023
Proportion Proportion Proportion Proportion
Principal place of
Sr. Name of the joint venture of direct of effective of direct of effective
business
No. ownership ownership ownership ownership
(%) interest (%) (%) interest (%)
1 L&T Chennai–Tada Tollway Limited [2] India [1]
51.00 [1]
51.00
2 L&T Rajkot-Vadinar Tollway Limited [2]
India [1]
51.00 [1]
51.00
3 L&T Samakhiali Gandhidham Tollway Limited [2] India 0.02 51.00 0.02 51.01
4 L&T Infrastructure Development Projects Limited [2] India 51.00 51.00 51.00 51.00
5 L&T Transportation Infrastructure Limited [2]
India 26.24 51.00 26.24 63.86
6 Ahmedabad - Maliya Tollway Limited [2] India [1]
51.00 [1]
51.00
7 L&T Howden Private Limited India 50.10 50.10 50.10 50.10
8 L&T-MHI Power Boilers Private Limited India 51.00 51.00 51.00 51.00
9 L&T-MHI Power Turbine Generators Private Limited India 51.00 51.00 51.00 51.00
10 Raykal Aluminium Company Private Limited India 75.50 75.50 75.50 75.50
11 L&T Special Steels and Heavy Forgings Private Limited India 74.00 74.00 74.00 74.00
12 PNG Tollway Limited India – 37.74 – 37.74
13 L&T MBDA Missile Systems Limited India 51.00 51.00 51.00 51.00
14 L&T Hydrocarbon Caspian LLC [3]
Baku, Azerbaijan – – 50.00 50.00
15 L&T Sapura Shipping Private Limited India 60.00 60.00 60.00 60.00
16 L&T Sapura Offshore Private Limited [4] India – – 60.00 60.00
17 L&T-Sargent & Lundy Limited India 50.00 50.00 50.00 50.00
18 GH4India Private Limited [5] India 33.33 33.33 – –
[1]
Proportion of direct ownership is less than 0.01%.
[2]
Divested w.e.f. April 10, 2024
[3]
Liquidated w.e.f September 25, 2023
[4]
Reclassified as subsidiary w.e.f December 27, 2023 and post-reclassification renamed as L&T Offshore Private Limited
[5]
Incorporated on August 25, 2023
a) Movement in provisions:
v crore
Class of provisions
Contractual
Expected tax
Sr Litigation rectification
Particulars Product liability in
no related cost- Others Total
warranties respect of
obligation construction
indirect taxes
contracts
1 Balance as at April 1, 2023 10.35 394.79 74.04 479.84 54.90 1013.92
2 Additional Provision during the year 0.54 30.23 – 389.45 – 420.22
3 Provision used during the year (0.55) (42.42) – (55.55) – (98.52)
4 Provision reversed during the year (1.12) (63.71) (41.00) (317.09) – (422.92)
5 Balance as at March 31, 2024 (5=1+2+3+4) 9.22 318.89 33.04 496.65 54.90 912.70
b) Nature of provisions:
i. Product warranties: The Company gives warranties on certain products and services, undertaking to repair or replace the items
that fail to perform satisfactorily during the warranty period. Provision made as at March 31, 2024 represents the amount of the
expected cost of meeting such obligations of rectification/replacement. The timing of the outflows is expected to be within a period
of 1 to 3 years from the date of Balance Sheet.
ii. Expected tax liability in respect of indirect taxes represents mainly the differential sales tax liability on account of non-collection of
declaration forms.
iii. Provision for litigation related obligations represents liabilities that are expected to materialise in respect of matters in appeal.
iv. Contractual rectification cost represents the estimated cost the Company is likely to incur during defect liability period as per the
contract obligations in respect of completed construction contracts accounted under Ind AS 115 “Revenue from Contracts with
customers”.
c) Disclosure in respect of contingent liabilities is given as part of Note 29 to the Balance Sheet.
481
Notes forming part of the
Standalone Financial Statements
The Company may enter foreign currency forward and option contracts with financial institutions to protect against foreign
exchange risks associated with existing assets and liabilities, firm commitments, forecasted future cash flows and net investments in
foreign subsidiaries. In addition, the Company has entered, and may enter in future, into non-designated foreign currency contracts
to partially offset the foreign currency exchange gains and losses on its foreign-denominated debt issuances. The Company’s
practice is to hedge a portion of its material net foreign exchange exposures with tenors in line with the project/business life cycle.
The Company may also choose not to hedge certain foreign exchange exposures.
v crore
As at 31-3-2024
US Dollars
Particulars including Japanese Kuwaiti Algerian British
EURO
pegged Yen Dinar Dinar Pound
currencies
Net exposure to foreign currency risk in respect of recognised
financial assets/(recognised financial liabilities) (3504.52) (616.54) (198.48) 135.55 (48.16) (26.92)
Derivatives including embedded derivatives for hedging
receivable/(payable) exposure with respect to non-financial
assets/(liabilities) 208.69 (331.95) (11.01) – – –
Derivatives including embedded derivatives for hedging
receivable/ (payable) exposure with respect to firm
commitments and highly probable transactions 2539.63 (14100.96) 1442.30 490.23 – (108.56)
Receivable/(payable) exposure with respect to forward
contracts and embedded derivatives not designated as cash
flow hedge 1221.52 (424.23) 10.27 – – 2.36
v crore
As at 31-3-2023
US Dollars
Particulars including Japanese Kuwaiti Algerian British
EURO
pegged Yen Dinar Dinar Pound
currencies
Net exposure to foreign currency risk in respect of recognised
financial assets/(recognised financial liabilities) (3537.74) (1693.77) (419.58) (212.09) (349.30) (55.09)
Derivatives including embedded derivatives for hedging
receivable/(payable) exposure with respect to non-financial
assets/(liabilities) 552.81 (677.01) – – – –
Derivatives including embedded derivatives for hedging
receivable/ (payable) exposure with respect to firm
commitments and highly probable transactions 4639.53 (1822.53) 164.96 507.44 – (305.13)
Receivable/(payable) exposure with respect to forward
contracts and embedded derivatives not designated as cash
flow hedge 2501.89 (43.19) 7.89 – – (485.62)
To provide a meaningful assessment of the foreign currency risk associated with the Company’s foreign currency derivative positions
against off-balance sheet exposures and unhedged portion of on-balance sheet financial assets and liabilities, the Company uses
a multi-currency correlated value-at-risk (“VAR”) model. The VAR model uses a Monte Carlo simulation to generate thousands of
random market price paths for foreign currencies against Indian rupee taking into account the correlations between them. The
VAR is the expected loss in value of the exposure due to overnight movement in spot exchange rates, at 95% confidence interval.
The VAR model is not intended to represent actual losses but is used as a risk estimation tool. The model assumes normal market
conditions and is a historical best fit model. Because the Company uses foreign currency instruments for hedging purposes, the
loss in fair value incurred on those instruments is generally offset by increases in the fair value of the underlying exposures for
on-balance sheet exposures. The overnight VAR for the Company at 95% confidence level is ¢ 89.03 crore as at March 31, 2024
and ¢ 31.93 crore as at March 31, 2023.
Actual future gains and losses associated with the Company’s investment portfolio and derivative positions may differ materially
from the sensitivity analysis performed as at March 31, 2024 due to the inherent limitations associated with predicting the timing
and amount of changes in foreign currency exchanges rates and the Company’s actual exposures and position.
483
Notes forming part of the
Standalone Financial Statements
The Company has completed transition of its LIBOR linked loans to SOFR linked loans.
The exposure of the Company’s borrowing to interest rate changes at the end of the reporting period are as follows:
v crore
Particulars As at 31-3-2024 As at 31-3-2023
Floating rate borrowings 2711.93 3664.96
A hypothetical 50 basis point shift in respective currency LIBORs and other benchmarks, holding all other variables constant, on the
unhedged loans would result in a corresponding increase/decrease in interest cost for the Company on a yearly basis as follows:
v crore
Impact on Profit and Loss after tax Impact on Equity
Particulars
2023-24 2022-23 At at 31-3-2024 At at 31-3-2023
Indian Rupee
Interest rates -increase by 0.5% in INR interest rate 0.03 (1.05) 0.03 (1.05)
Interest rates -decrease by 0.5% in INR interest rate (0.03) 1.05 (0.03) 1.05
US Dollar
Interest rates -increase by 0.5% in USD interest rate (10.18) (12.66) (10.18) (12.66)
Interest rates -decrease by 0.5% in USD interest rate 10.18 12.66 10.18 12.66
(b) Liquidity Risk Management:
The Company manages liquidity risk by maintaining sufficient cash and marketable securities and by having access to funding through
adequate committed credit lines. Given the need to fund diverse businesses, the Company maintains flexibility by need based drawing
from committed credit lines. Management regularly monitors the position of cash and cash equivalents. The maturity profiles of financial
assets and financial liabilities including debt financing plans and liquidity ratios are considered while reviewing the liquidity position.
The Company’s investment policy and strategy are focused on preservation of capital and supporting the Company’s liquidity
requirements. The Company uses a combination of internal and external management to execute its investment strategy and achieve its
investment objectives. The Company typically invests in money market funds, large debt funds, Government of India securities, equity
funds and other highly-rated securities under a exposure limit framework. The investment policy focuses on minimising the potential risk
of principal loss. To provide a meaningful assessment of the price risk associated with the Company’s investment portfolio, the Company
performed a sensitivity analysis to determine the impact of change in prices of the securities on the value of the investment portfolio
assuming a 0.5% movement in the fair market value of debt funds and debt securities and a 5% movement in the NAV of the equity
funds as below:
v crore
Increase/(decrease) in investment value
Particulars
As at 31-3-2024 As at 31-3-2023
Debt funds and debt securities – increase by 0.50% in fair market value 44.89 53.32
Debt funds and debt securities – decrease by 0.50% in fair market value (44.89) (53.32)
Equity funds – increase by 5% in NAV 5.21 1.49
Equity funds – decrease by 5% in NAV (5.21) (1.49)
(i) The Company is making provisions on trade receivables based on Expected Credit Loss (ECL) model. The reconciliation of ECL is as
follows:
v crore
Particulars 2023-24 2022-23
Balance as at April 1 3968.78 3481.74
Changes in loss allowance for expected credit loss:
Provision/(reversal) of allowance for expected credit loss 323.78 324.57
Additional provision (net) towards credit impaired receivables 402.66 293.66
Write off as bad debts (546.44) (130.62)
Less: Balance reported under held for sale – 0.57
Balance as at March 31 [refer Note 11] 4148.78 3968.78
(ii) Trade receivable written off during the year but still enforceable for recovery amounts to Nil (previous year: Nil)
The table given in the Risk Management section of Management Discussion and Analysis lists out the commodity exposure for the year
(only for projects that been awarded and are under execution).
485
Notes forming part of the
Standalone Financial Statements
v crore
Sr. As at As at
Particulars Note
No. 31-3-2024 31-3-2023
I. Measured at fair value through Profit or Loss (FVTPL):
(i) Investment in equity instruments 5 96.82 102.48
(ii) Investment in mutual funds 10 1499.59 2224.35
(iii) Investment in bonds 10 347.73 760.81
(iv) Investment in InvITs 10 2694.57 802.08
(v) Derivative instruments not designated as cash flow hedges 7,15 18.31 39.97
(vi) Embedded derivatives not designated as cash flow hedges 7,15 113.47 168.39
Sub-total (I) 4770.49 4098.08
II. Measured at amortised cost:
(i) Loans 6,14 642.10 3475.10
(ii) Investment in CBLO, Commercial Paper and Certificate of Deposit 10 1422.60 4851.72
(iii) Trade receivables 11 36961.55 33152.58
(iv) Other recoverable 15 2200.17 1588.91
(v) Cash and cash equivalents and bank balances 7,12,13 4981.44 4698.42
(vi) Other receivables 1874.13 1584.47
Sub-total (II) 48081.99 49351.20
III. Measured at fair value through Other comprehensive income (FVTOCI):
(i) Investment in government securities, bonds and debentures 10 10848.85 11585.33
(ii) Derivative financial instruments designated as cash flow hedges 7,15 388.66 337.19
(iii) Embedded Derivatives designated as cash flow hedges 7,15 56.86 87.41
Sub-total (III) 11294.37 12009.93
Total (I+II+III) 64146.85 65459.21
(b) Category-wise classification for applicable financial liabilities:
v crore
Sr. As at As at
Particulars Note
No. 31-3-2024 31-3-2023
I. Measured at fair value through Profit or Loss (FVTPL):
(i) Derivative instruments not designated as cash flow hedges 20,26 25.39 33.16
(ii) Embedded derivatives not designated as cash flow hedges 20,26 20.55 17.14
Sub-total (I) 45.94 50.30
II. Measured at amortised cost:
(i) Borrowings 19,23,24 22540.47 18151.09
(ii) Trade payables
Due to micro enterprises and small enterprises 871.22 751.71
Due to others 25 39975.11 41028.66
(iii) Others 4045.45 4107.48
Sub-total (II) 67432.25 64038.94
III. Measured at Fair Value through Other Comprehensive Income (FVTOCI):
(i) Derivative instruments designated as cash flow hedges 20,26 255.57 146.55
(ii) Embedded derivatives designated as cash flow hedges 20,26 21.09 31.53
Sub-total (III) 276.66 178.08
IV. Financial guarantee contracts 20,26 50.40 77.91
Total (I+II+III+IV) 67805.25 64345.23
487
Notes forming part of the
Standalone Financial Statements
[1] Valuation technique L2: Future cash flows discounted using market rates.
489
Notes forming part of the
Standalone Financial Statements
Fair value as at
31-3-2024 31-3-2023 Significant unobservable
Particulars Sensitivity
inputs
v crore
Equity 86.58 78.69 31-3-2024 and 31-3-2023: 31-3-2024 and 31-3-2023 :
Investment 1. Net realization per month 1% change in net realization would result in +/- ¢ 0.31 crore (post tax- ¢ 0.23
¢ 35 per sqft. (PY: ¢ 31.827 crore) [PY: +/- ¢ 0.28 crore (post tax- ¢ 0.21 crore)]
per sqft) 25 bps change in capitalization rate would result in +/- ¢ 0.66 crore (post
2. Capitalisation rate 11.50% tax- ¢ 0.50 crore) [PY: +/- ¢ 0.60 crore (post tax- ¢ 0.45 crore)]
(g) Maturity Profile of Financial Liabilities (undiscounted values):
v crore
As at 31-3-2024 As at 31-3-2023
Within After Within After
Particulars Note
twelve twelve Total twelve twelve Total
months months months months
A. Non derivative liabilities:
Borrowings 19, 23, 24 11022.78 14849.90 25872.68 8808.49 11467.55 20276.04
Trade payables: 25
Due to micro enterprises and small enterprises 858.97 12.25 871.22 662.48 89.23 751.71
Due to others 39438.31 536.80 39975.11 38286.03 2742.63 41028.66
Other financial liabilities 20, 26 3720.45 104.25 3824.70 3886.55 111.41 3997.96
Lease liabilities 128.95 154.08 283.03 92.87 108.63 201.50
Total 55169.46 15657.28 70826.74 51736.42 14519.45 66255.87
B. Derivative liabilities:
Forward contracts 20, 26 272.94 11.11 284.05 166.76 17.59 184.35
Embedded derivatives 20, 26 41.64 – 41.64 43.81 5.42 49.23
Total 314.58 11.11 325.69 210.57 23.01 233.58
(h) Details of outstanding hedge instruments for which hedge accounting is followed:
(i) Outstanding currency exchange rate hedge instruments
A. Forward covers taken to hedge exchange rate risk and accounted as cash flow hedge:
As at 31-3-2024 As at 31-3-2023
Within After Within After
Nominal Average Nominal Average
Particulars twelve twelve twelve twelve
amount rate amount rate
months months months months
(v crore) (v) (v crore) (v)
(v crore) (v crore) (v crore) (v crore)
(a) Receivable hedges
US Dollar 13390.81 84.48 11634.39 1756.41 12782.32 83.70 10347.59 2434.73
Qatari Riyal 1816.12 22.89 1777.63 38.50 1626.45 22.61 1496.29 130.16
Japanese Yen 2674.33 0.56 1411.98 1262.35 1245.81 0.65 906.40 339.41
Arab Emirates Dirham 705.19 22.68 605.11 100.08 1018.03 22.66 1018.03 –
Kuwaiti Dinar 795.30 275.25 790.64 4.66 862.35 269.82 862.35 –
EURO 768.41 93.84 607.89 160.53 560.20 92.53 492.76 67.44
Saudi Riyal – – – – 192.21 22.02 192.21 –
Omani Riyal 10.91 219.16 10.91 – 93.84 214.40 93.84 –
Malaysian Ringgit 190.06 18.03 190.06 – 57.30 19.26 57.30 –
Thai Baht 22.93 2.43 22.93 – 2.97 2.41 2.97 –
As at 31-3-2024 As at 31-3-2023
Within After Within After
Nominal Average Nominal Average
Particulars twelve twelve twelve twelve
amount rate amount rate
months months months months
(v crore) (v) (v crore) (v)
(v crore) (v crore) (v crore) (v crore)
Receivable:
Arab Emirates Dirham 32.57 22.82 32.57 – 152.19 22.32 152.19 –
Saudi Riyal 194.58 22.28 194.58 – – – – –
C. Options contract:
As at 31-3-2024 As at 31-3-2023
Within After Within After
Nominal Average Nominal Average
Particulars twelve twelve twelve twelve
amount rate amount rate
months months months months
(v crore) (v) (v crore) (v)
(v crore) (v crore) (v crore) (v crore)
Receivable hedges:
US Dollars 446.07 [1]
– 446.07 476.79 [1]
– 476.79
[1] The options contracts include a combination of calls and puts with different maturities and strike prices.
(ii) Outstanding commodity price hedge instruments
As at 31-3-2024 As at 31-3-2023
Within After Within After
Nominal Average Nominal Average
Particulars twelve twelve twelve twelve
amount rate amount rate
months months months months
(v crore) (v) (v crore) (v)
(v crore) (v crore) (v crore) (v crore)
Copper(Tn) 625.48 710211.45 625.48 – 178.67 722240.47 178.67 –
Aluminium(Tn)[1] 659.90 192407.39 649.97 9.93 372.45 200711.94 378.05 (5.60)
Iron Ore(Tn) 14.29 7309.80 6.95 7.34 22.84 7465.00 8.25 14.59
Coking Coal(Tn) – – – – 7.08 23586.00 7.08 –
Nickel(Tn) 130.21 1778778.54 130.21 – 39.76 1893321.70 39.76 –
Lead(Tn) 55.58 173424.85 55.58 – 7.55 171565.00 7.55 –
[1] Negative nominal amount represents sell position.
491
Notes forming part of the
Standalone Financial Statements
As at 31-3-2024 As at 31-3-2023
Within After Within After
Nominal Average Nominal Average
Particulars twelve twelve twelve twelve
amount rate amount rate
months months months months
(v crore) (v) (v crore) (v)
(v crore) (v crore) (v crore) (v crore)
Aluminium (Tn) 112.48 [1]
112.48 – 283.04 [1]
283.04 –
Copper (Tn) 301.25 [1]
301.25 – 123.01 – 123.01 –
[1] The options contracts include a combination of calls and puts with different maturities and strike prices.
(i) Carrying amounts of hedge instruments for which hedge accounting is followed:
v crore
As at 31-3-2024 As at 31-3-2023
v crore
Hedging reserve/Cost of
Particulars hedging reserve
2023-24 2022-23
Future cash flows are no longer expected to occur:
Sales, administration and other expenses 0.64 3.89
Hedged expected future cash flows affecting Profit or Loss:
Progress billing 5.78 (207.80)
Revenue from operation (2.71) 20.13
Manufacturing ,construction and operating expenses (42.77) 229.56
Finance costs – (185.03)
Sales, administration and other expenses 118.16 181.79
(l) Movement of hedging reserve & cost of hedging reserve
v crore
2023-24 2022-23
Hedging reserve
Gross Tax Net of Tax Gross Tax Net of Tax
Opening balance 319.93 (91.16) 228.77 384.69 (101.46) 283.23
Changes in the spot element of the forward contracts
which is designated as hedging instrument for time
period related hedges 56.01 (13.27) 42.74 149.84 (23.83) 126.01
Changes in fair value of forward contracts designated
as hedging instruments (190.37) 45.12 (145.25) 32.98 (5.24) 27.74
Changes in intrinsic value of option contracts – – – (50.95) 8.10 (42.85)
Changes in fair value of swaps – – – 18.03 (2.87) 15.16
Amount reclassified to Profit or Loss (76.52) 18.13 (58.39) (437.02) 69.50 (367.52)
Amount included in non-financial asset/liability 4.48 (1.06) 3.42 14.56 (2.32) 12.24
Amount included in Progress Billing in balance sheet (5.78) 1.37 (4.41) 207.80 (33.04) 174.76
Closing balance 107.76 (40.88) 66.88 319.93 (91.16) 228.77
v crore
2023-24 2022-23
Cost of hedging reserve
Gross Tax Net of Tax Gross Tax Net of Tax
Opening balance (6.37) 1.60 (4.77) (6.30) 1.58 (4.72)
Changes in the forward element of the forward
contracts where changes in spot element of forward
contract is designated as hedging instrument for time
period related hedges (3.09) 0.78 (2.31) (185.90) 46.79 (139.11)
Amount reclassified to Profit or Loss 3.21 (0.81) 2.40 185.83 (46.77) 139.06
Closing balance (6.25) 1.57 (4.68) (6.37) 1.60 (4.77)
493
Notes forming part of the
Standalone Financial Statements
Operating leases: The Company has given land,buildings and plant & equipment under operating lease. The lease income received
during the year is 161.02 crore (previous year: 152.18 crore). Leases are renewed only on mutual consent and at a prevalent market price
and sub-lease is generally restricted.
v crore
Particulars Upto 1 year 1-2 years 2-3 years 3-4 years 4-5 years Beyond 5 years Total
As at 31-3-2024 122.01 102.55 83.32 80.61 49.53 384.95 822.97
As at 31-3-2023 88.52 53.46 49.10 51.46 48.47 429.16 720.17
The Company has taken various assets on lease such as, plant and equipment,land,buildings, office premises, vehicles and computer
equipment. Generally, leases are renewed only on mutual consent and at a prevalent market price and sub-lease is restricted.
v crore
Depreciation for the year Additions during the year Carrying amount
Class of asset 2023-24 2022-23 2023-24 2022-23 As at As at
31-3-2024 31-3-2023
Land 4.45 4.15 0.56 3.36 257.95 261.85
Buildings 90.64 70.15 157.75 80.00 201.02 132.03
Plant & equipment 18.73 27.03 1.06 22.13 10.71 28.37
Vehicles 0.14 0.06 6.08 – 5.93 –
Computer 0.34 0.59 – – – 0.34
Total 114.30 101.98 165.45 105.49 475.61 422.59
i. Interest expense on lease liabilities amounts to ¢ 17.64 crore (previous year: ¢ 12.02 crore).
ii. The expense relating to payments not included in the measurement of lease liability and recognized as expense in the Statement of
Profit and Loss during the year are as follows:
iii. Total cash out flow for leases amounts to ¢ 3067.64 crore during the year (previous year: ¢ 3413.55 crore) including cash outflow of
short-term and low value leases.
iv. Gain arising from sale and lease back transaction ¢ 23.47 crore (Previous year Nil)
NOTE [57]
Disclosure pursuant to regulation 34 (3) of Securities and Exchange Board of India (Listing Obligation and Disclosure Requirements)
Regulation, 2015 and Section 186 of the Companies Act, 2013.
Sr. Nature of the transaction Purpose for which the loan Rate of Interest Balance as at Maximum outstanding during
No. (loans given) is proposed to be utilised for loan 31-3-2024 31-3-2023 2023-2024 2022-2023
by the recipient outstanding as
at 31-3-2024
(a) L&T Special Steels & Heavy Working Capital and Project 7.00% 1730.38 1730.38 1730.38 1730.38
Forgings Private Limited [1] funding
(b) Nabha Power Limited Working capital and project 10.50% 383.75 273.53 383.75 2586.21
funding
(c) L&T Metro Rail (Hyderabad) Working capital and project – – 2835.84 3399.84 3894.70
Limited funding
(d) Hi-Tech Rock Products & Investments in subsidiaries – – – – 26.31
Aggregates Limited
(e) L&T Geostructure Private Project funding 7.00% 17.77 22.00 23.04 27.23
Limited
(f) Larsen & Toubro Arabia LLC Working Capital – – – – 86.98
(g) L&T Sapura Shipping Pvt Ltd Working Capital and Support 5.50% 204.05 342.82 347.47 342.82
for refinancing of loan taken
for vessel
(h) L&T Hydrocarbon Saudi Working Capital – – – – 223.19
Company
(i) L&T Modular Fabrication Yard Working Capital – – – – 0.28
LLC
(j) L&T Heavy Engineering LLC [2] Working Capital – – 81.50 82.37 81.50
(k) L&T Energy Green Tech Limited Working Capital 8.25% 18.16 – 18.16 –
(l) Business Park (Powai) Pvt Ltd Working Capital 12.00% 17.92 – 17.92 –
Total 2372.03 5286.07
[1]
Excluding impairment of ¢ 1730.38 crore (previous year: ¢ 1730.38 crore)
[2]
Excluding impairment of ¢ Nil (previous year: ¢ 81.50 crore).
495
Notes forming part of the
Standalone Financial Statements
Sr. Nature of the transaction (investment made/ Purpose for which the loan/guarantee/security is proposed Balance as at
No. guarantee given/security provided) to be utilised by the recipient 31-3-2024 31-3-2023
(A) Guarantees given to Subsidiary & Joint venture Companies:
(i) L&T - MHI Power Turbine Generators Private Limited Corporate Guarantee given for subsidiary’s financial obligations 210.56 276.58
(ii) L&T Metro Rail (Hyderabad) Ltd Corporate Guarantee given for subsidiary’s financial obligations 8616.00 8616.00
(iii) Larsen & Toubro Arabia LLC Corporate Guarantee given for subsidiary’s performance obligations 18587.34 11071.24
(iv) L&T Technology Services Limited Corporate Guarantee given for subsidiary’s performance obligations 491.09 488.30
(v) L&T Technology Services LLC Corporate Guarantee given for subsidiary’s performance obligations 166.81 164.34
(vi) Larsen & Toubro (Saudi Arabia) LLC Corporate Guarantee given for subsidiary’s performance 18946.29 14557.21
obligations
(vii) LTIMindtree Limited Corporate Guarantee given for subsidiary’s performance obligations 539.27 536.66
(viii) L&T Hydrocarbon Saudi Company LLC Corporate Guarantee given for subsidiary’s performance obligations 60762.23 20909.89
(ix) L&T - MHI Power Boilers Private Limited Guarantees issued by bank out of the Company’s sanctioned limits 19.39 19.44
for subsidiary’s performance obligations
(x) Nabha Power Limited Guarantees issued by bank out of the Company’s sanctioned 216.00 216.00
limitsor subsidiary’s performance obligations
(xi) L&T Special Steel & Heavy Forgings Private Limited Guarantees issued by bank out of the Company’s sanctioned limits 13.27 15.89
for performance obligations
(xii) L&T Seawoods Limited Guarantees issued by bank out of the Company’s sanctioned limits 3.75 3.75
for CTO and CTE compliances to Maharashtra Pollution Control
Board and for performance obligations
(xiii) L&T Geostructure Private Limited Guarantees issued by bank out of the Company’s sanctioned limits – 4.70
for performance obligations
(xiv) Larsen & Toubro International FZE Corporate guarantees issued by bank out of the Company's 21154.05 20840.82
sanctioned limits for performance obligation
(xv) LTH Milcom Private Limited Corporate Guarantee given for subsidiary’s performance obligations 4.09 –
(xvi) L&T Electrolysers Limited Guarantees issued by bank to-Solar Energy Corporation of India 44.40 –
Limited, New Delhi-SIGHT scheme (PLI)
Total 129774.54 77720.82
(B) Investments in fully paid equity instruments and Current Investments [Note 5 and Note 10]
v crore
Ratio Numerator Denominator As at As at Variance % Reason of Variance [If
31-3-2024 31-3-2023 change is more than 25%]
Current Ratio Current Assets Current Liabilities 1.26 1.36 -7.5%
(times)
Debt Equity Ratio Total debt Shareholder's 0.35 0.25 37.9% Higher borrowings during
(times) Equity current year
Debt Service Earnings available Debt Service [2]
1.83 1.56 17.5%
Coverage Ratio for debt service [1]
(times)
Return on Equity Profit for the year Average 13.69% 11.32% 20.9%
Ratio (%) after tax Shareholders
Equity
Inventory Cost of goods Average Inventory NA[7] NA[7] NA
Turnover Ratio sold
Trade Receivables Revenue from Average Gross 3.23 2.87 12.5%
Turnover Ratio operations Trade Receivables
Trade Payables Purchases [3]
Average Trade 2.52 2.07 21.6%
Turnover Ratio Payables
Net Capital Revenue from Average Working 4.36 3.30 32.0% Higher revenue and lower
Turnover Ratio operations Capital working capital in current
year
Net Profit Ratio Profit for the year Revenue from 7.37% 7.10% 3.8%
(%) after tax Operations
Return on Capital Profit after tax + Average Capital 12.23% 10.41% 17.5%
Employed (%) Finance Cost (net Employed [4]
off tax on Finance
Cost)
Return on Treasury Average 9.23% 5.96% 54.8% Improved yields on current
Investment (%) Income [5] investment [6]
investments during current
year
[1]
Profit before interest, tax and exceptional items
[2]
Finance cost + Principal repayments (net of refinancing) made during the year for long term borrowings
[3]
Includes Manufacturing ,construction and operating expenses
[4]
Includes average equity and average loan funds (including interest bearing advances)
[5]
Includes profit/loss on sale and fair valuation of current investments, dividend on current investment and interest income
[6]
Includes current investment, Inter corporate deposits, Fixed deposits and Collaterised Borrowing and Lending Obligation
[7]
Not material considering the size and the nature of operations of the Company
497
Notes forming part of the
Standalone Financial Statements
(i) Gain of ¢ 397.97 crore on transfer of Carved-out Business of Smart World and Communication (SWC) Business unit of the Company to
L&T Technology Services Limited (LTTS), a listed subsidiary with effect from April 1, 2023.
(ii) Gain on divestment of stake in L&T Transportation Infrastructure Limited, a subsidiary of L&T IDPL: ¢ 97.05 crore.
(iii) Reduction in the carrying value of investment in L&T IDPL to its net realisable value after considering customary closing adjustments:
¢ 47.03 crore.
NOTE [60]
Disclosure related to Corporate Social Responsibility (CSR):
v crore
Sr. No. Particulars 2023-24 2022-23
(i) Required to be spent 150.98 137.70
(ii) Excess spend of previous year utilised 8.80 6.14
(iii)= (i)-(ii) Spend obligation 142.18 131.56
(iv) Actual spent 154.84 140.36
Of which amount recognised in:
(a) Balance sheet 12.66 8.80
(b) Statement of Profit and Loss 142.18 131.56
(v) Excess spend shown as asset in previous year charged to Statement of Profit and Loss on its
utilisation 8.80 5.63
(ivb)+(v) Total amount shown in Statement of Profit and Loss 150.98 137.19
i. Refer Annexure C to the Board Report for the nature of CSR activities of the Company.
NOTE [61]
Auditors' remuneration (excluding GST):
v crore
Sr. No. Particulars 2023-24 2022-23
a) Paid as Auditor
(i) Statutory audit fees 3.60 3.25
(ii) Limited review of standalone and consolidated financial statements on a quarterly basis 2.60 2.49
b) For Taxation matters 0.80 0.76
c) For other services including certification work 1.46 1.33
d) For reimbursement of expenses 0.24 0.20
NOTE [62]
Recent pronouncements:
There are no standards of accounting or any addendum thereto, prescribed by Ministry of Corporate Affairs under section 133 of the
Companies Act, 2013, which are issued and not effective as at March 31, 2024.
(i) During the year, the Company renewed both shareholder & bridge loans of ¢ 303.50 crore to L&T Sapura Shipping Private Limited
(LTSSPL), a subsidiary[1] due to delay in generation of sufficient cash from operations. However, LTSSPL subsequently fully repaid the
bridge loan of ¢ 126.56 crore with a delay.
(ii) L&T Special Steels and Heavy Forgings Private Limited (LTSSHF), a subsidiary[1], has not repaid the loan and net interest thereon
aggregating to ¢ 2071.53 crore to the Company due to insufficient funds. LTSSHF is in discussion with its promoters viz. the
Company and Nuclear Power Corporation of India Limited, for exploring options to restructure its balance sheet.
Limited
8 Acrp Infracon Private Limited Accounts Payables NA – [1]
– [1]
Limited
15 Akashdeep Infratech Private Limited Accounts Payables NA 0.01 0.01
16 Akonn Infra Tech (India) Private Limited Accounts Payables NA 0.03 0.03
17 Alakshya Infracon Private Limited Accounts Payables NA – [1]
– [1]
Limited
20 Alpana Buildtech Private Limited Accounts Payables NA – [1]
– [1]
499
Notes forming part of the
Standalone Financial Statements
Limited
29 AT & LS Private Limited. Accounts Payables NA 0.02 0.02
30 Atlantic Works Private Limited Accounts Payables NA – [1]
– [1]
Limited
37 Bennett Coleman And Company Accounts Payables NA 0.02 –
Limited
38 Bindra Evolutiion Enterprises Private Accounts Payables NA – [1]
– [1]
Limited
39 Blueman Construction Projects Private Accounts Payables NA – [1]
– [1]
Limited
40 Brahmaputra Engitech Private Limited Accounts Payables NA 0.01 0.01
41 Bramhands Infrastructure Private Accounts Payables NA 0.01 0.01
Limited
42 Brightom Hospitality & Events Private Accounts Payables NA – [1]
– [1]
Limited
43 Brjs Contractors Private Limited Accounts Payables NA 0.24 0.27
44 Bulsar Construction And Consulting Accounts Payables NA 0.07 0.02
Opc Private Limited
45 Calorifique Renewable Energie India Accounts Payables NA – [1]
– [1]
Private Limited
46 Care Infra Engineers Limited Accounts Payables NA – [1]
– [1]
Private Limited
48 Cheyuta Infrasturcture Private Limited Accounts Payables NA 0.03 0.03
49 Cmi Limited Accounts Payables NA – [1]
0.12
50 Creo Projects Private Limited Accounts Payables NA – [1]
– [1]
Limited
62 Dne Infra Private Limited Accounts Payables NA – [1]
– [1]
Limited
66 Edgecon Engineering Projects Private Accounts Payables NA 0.13 0.13
Limited
67 Elena Management & Services Private Accounts Payables NA – [1]
– [1]
Limited
68 Energie Shine Engineering Solution Accounts Payables NA – [1]
– [1]
Private Limited
69 Er Infra Innovative Private Limited Accounts Payables NA 0.01 0.01
70 Escalador Geo-Systems And Accounts Payables NA 0.01 0.01
Engineering Survey Private Limited
71 Essa Infrabuild Private Limited Accounts Payables NA – [1]
– [1]
Limited
76 Filtm Online Services Private Limited Accounts Payables NA – [1]
– [1]
Limited
85 Goldentree Facility Management Accounts Payables NA – –
Private Limited
86 Gulba Topographical Surveyors Private Accounts Payables NA – [1]
– [1]
Limited
87 H M Brothers Limited Accounts Payables NA 0.03 0.03
88 Ham Constructions & Engineering Accounts Payables NA – [1]
– [1]
Private Limited
90 Honeyed Engineering Private Limited Accounts Payables NA 0.04 0.04
OPC
501
Notes forming part of the
Standalone Financial Statements
Limited
95 Imperium Infratech Private Limited Accounts Payables NA – [1]
– [1]
Limited
97 Infisoft India Technology Private Accounts Payables NA – [1]
– [1]
Limited
98 Infra American India Private Limited Accounts Payables NA – [1]
– [1]
Private Limited
101 Inox India Private Limited Accounts Payables NA – [1]
– [1]
102 Isha Heights And Silos Private Limited Accounts Payables NA – [1]
– [1]
Private Limited
104 Jatra Services India Private Limited Accounts Payables NA – [1]
– [1]
109 Kazmi And Sons Builders Private Accounts Payables NA 0.07 0.07
Limited
110 Kegan Constructions Private Limited Accounts Payables NA 0.03 0.03
111 Kishley Constructions Private Limited Accounts Payables NA – [1]
– [1]
Private Limited
116 Ktek Level Engg Private Limited Accounts Payables NA – [1]
– [1]
Limited
118 Lanster Developer Private Limited Accounts Payables NA – [1]
– [1]
Kanpurnagar Dvvnl
121 Ganga Mechanical Works Private Accounts Payables NA – [1]
– [1]
Limited
122 Mangalam Consultancy Private Limited Accounts Payables NA – [1]
– [1]
Privte Limited
127 Mass Ventures Limited Accounts Payables NA – [1]
– [1]
Limited
131 Mecavo (R&D) Private Limited Accounts Payables NA – –0.04
132 Mecvil Infracon Private Limited Accounts Payables NA – [1]
– [1]
PrivateLimited
139 New Proponent Security Services Accounts Payables NA – [1]
– [1]
Private Limited
140 Nexgen Transcom Private Limited Accounts Payables NA 0.04 0.04
141 Nirmal Aircon Private Limited Accounts Payables NA 0.03 0.04
142 Nirmal Sai Construction Private Limited Accounts Payables NA – [1]
– [1]
Private Limited
149 Orsang Infotech Private Limited Accounts Payables NA – [1]
– [1]
Limited
152 Paramshiv Infra Private Limited Accounts Payables NA – [1]
– [1]
Private Limited
157 Pinak Security & Management Private Accounts Payables NA – [1]
– [1]
Limited
503
Notes forming part of the
Standalone Financial Statements
Private Limited
159 Posorbis Infrastucture Private Limited Accounts Payables NA 0.02 0.03
160 Priyanka Managment Solution (India) Accounts Payables NA 0.50 0.50
Private Limited
161 Probus Infratech Private Limited Accounts Payables NA – [1]
– [1]
Private Limited
174 Rk Build Solutions Private Limited Accounts Payables NA – [1]
– [1]
Limited
176 Rockhard Infrastructure Private Limited Accounts Payables NA – [1]
– [1]
Limited
180 S K Modern Construction & Accounts Payables NA 0.10 0.10
Engineering Private Limited
181 S S D N Infratech Private Limited Accounts Payables NA – [1]
– [1]
Limited
191 Scotnix Solution Private Limited Accounts Payables NA – [1]
– [1]
Limited
196 Shravani Environment Technology Accounts Payables NA 0.03 0.03
Private Limited
197 Shree Kranti Infracon Private Limited Accounts Payables NA 0.23 0.26
198 Shreeji Home Infra Private Limited Accounts Payables NA 0.03 0.03
199 Shreya Infra Venture Private Limited Accounts Payables NA – [1]
– [1]
200 Shri Vedika Engineering Private Limited Accounts Payables NA 0.09 0.02
201 Sieat Consultancy Private Limited Accounts Payables NA 0.04 0.04
202 Sikar Trading And Contracting Private Accounts Payables NA 0.04 0.04
Limited
203 Silk Route Infrastructure Private Limited Accounts Payables NA 0.05 0.05
204 Soul And Mind Concrete System Accounts Payables NA 0.07 0.07
Private Limited
205 Sri Abs Lakshn Projects Private Limited Accounts Payables NA 0.03 0.10
206 Star Wire (India) Limited Accounts Payables NA 0.02 0.03
207 Stellent Engineering Solutions Private Accounts Payables NA – [1]
– [1]
Limited
208 Sublime Contractors Private Limited Accounts Payables NA – [1]
– [1]
209 Sudha Rehabs And Hospitality Private Accounts Payables NA 0.01 0.01
Limited
210 Suhashini Infra Engineering Private Accounts Payables NA – [1]
– [1]
Limited
211 Sukita Security And Services Private Accounts Payables NA – [1]
– [1]
Limited
212 Sumera Builders & Developers Private Accounts Payables NA – [1]
– [1]
Limited
213 Supreme Housekeeping Services Accounts Payables NA 0.06 0.06
Private Limited
214 Sv Engineering And Contracting Accounts Payables NA 0.03 0.03
Services Private Limited
215 Swadesh Energy Private Limited Accounts Payables NA – [1]
– [1]
Limited
220 Tej Infrapromoters Private Limited Accounts Payables NA – – [1]
505
Notes forming part of the
Standalone Financial Statements
Limited
226 Threess Innovative Tech India Private Accounts Payables NA – [1]
– [1]
Limited
227 Timely Developers Consultants Private Accounts Payables NA 0.02 0.02
Limited
228 TMM Industries Private Limited Accounts Payables NA – [1]
– [1]
Private Limited
232 Tumbi Office Systems Private Limited Accounts Payables NA – [1]
– [1]
PrivateLimited
235 Umansh Infracon Private Limited Accounts Payables NA – [1]
– [1]
236 Unique Fabricators & Erectors Private Accounts Payables NA 0.03 0.03
Limited
237 Utech Infracon Private Limited Accounts Payables NA – [1]
– [1]
243 Vee Gee Yem Engineers India Privite Accounts Payables NA – [1]
– [1]
Limited
244 Veekay Engineering India Private Accounts Payables NA – [1]
– [1]
Limited
245 Vertex Realtech Infra Private Limited Accounts Payables NA 0.50 0.50
246 Victory Engineering India Private Accounts Payables NA 0.10 0.10
Limited
247 Victra Constructions Private Limited Accounts Payables NA – [1]
– [1]
Limited
249 Vishwa Infratech & Projects Private Accounts Payables NA – [1]
– [1]
Limited
250 Vissa Engineering Private Limited Accounts Payables NA 0.02 0.02
251 Vk Management Services Accounts Payables NA – [1]
0.17
PrivateLimited
252 Walls Infra Solution Private Limited Accounts Payables NA – [1]
– [1]
Private Limited
258 Zaaharveer Projects Private Limited Accounts Payables NA 0.02 0.02
259 Zafcon Engineering Private Limited Accounts Payables NA 0.03 0.03
260 Zain Thermal Solutions Private Limited Accounts Payables NA – [1]
– [1]
Private Limited
Total Payables (A) 14.17 15.18
1 NCR Aggregate Solutions Private Advance given to NA 1.79 1.79
Limited
Total advances given (B) 1.79 1.79
1 Pranavam Constructions Private Accounts Receivables NA – [1]
– [1]
Limited
2 The Rubber Products Limited Accounts Receivables NA – [1]
– [1]
Limited
11 Safna Consultancy Private Limited L&T's shareholder NA – [1]
– [1]
Limited
15 VMS Consultants Private Limited L&T's shareholder NA – [1]
– [1]
507
Notes forming part of the
Standalone Financial Statements
Limited
2 Amersey Brothers Private Limited Dividend payable NA – [1]
–
3 Omni Market Research Services Private Dividend payable NA – [1]
–
Limited
4 Safna Consultancy Private Limited Dividend payable NA – [1]
– [1]
(c) i. The Company has not received any fund from any person(s) or entity(ies), including foreign entities (Funding Party) with the
understanding (whether recorded in writing or otherwise) that the Company shall:
A. directly or indirectly lend or invest in other persons or entities identified in any manner whatsoever by or on behalf of the
Funding Party (Ultimate Beneficiaries) or
B. provide any guarantee, security or the like on behalf of the ultimate beneficiaries.
ii. The Company has not advanced or loaned or invested funds to any other person(s) or entity(ies), including foreign entities
(Intermediaries) with the understanding (whether recorded in writing or otherwise) that the Intermediary shall:
A. directly or indirectly lend or invest in other persons or entities identified in any manner whatsoever by or on behalf of the
Company (Ultimate Beneficiaries) or
B. provide any guarantee, security or the like to or on behalf of the ultimate beneficiaries.
NOTE [64]
Figures for the previous year have been regrouped/reclassified to conform to the figures of the current year.
511
Auditor’s Report on Consolidated
Financial Statements
513
Auditor’s Report on Consolidated
Financial Statements
Revenue recognition- Fixed price contracts in respect of technology services segment – L&T Technology Services Limited (“the
Company”)
Key audit matter The Company engages in fixed price contracts with its customers wherein revenue from such contracts are
description recognized over time. The Company uses input method to recognise revenue, as it represents efforts expended
towards satisfying a performance obligation relative to the total expected efforts or inputs to satisfy the
performance obligation.
This involves computation of actual cost incurred and estimation of total cost on each contract to measure progress
towards completion.
Amount of revenue recognition in respect of fixed price contracts has been identified as a Key Audit Matter
considering that:
• these contracts involve identification of actual cost incurred on each contract;
• these contracts require estimation of future cost for completion of each contract; and
• at the period end a significant amount of contract assets (unbilled revenue) or contract liabilities (unearned
revenue) related to each contract is to be identified.
Refer to Note [1](II)(i) and 34 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.
Principal Audit The component’s auditors (being other firms of chartered accountants) have performed the following audit
Procedures procedures:
• Obtained an understanding of the systems, processes and controls implemented by the Company with respect
to recognition of actual cost incurred on each contract, estimation of future cost to completion, measurement
of unbilled revenue, unearned revenue and the total contract revenue on its completion;
• Involved Information technology (‘IT’) specialists to assess the design and operating effectiveness of the key IT
controls relating to revenue recognition and in particular;
i. Assessed the IT environment in which the business systems operate and tested system controls over
computation of revenue recognised;
ii. Tested the IT controls over appropriateness of cost and revenue reports generated by the system;
iii. Assessed the appropriateness of actual cost incurred on contracts including the testing of the IT general
controls and specific IT application controls over information systems used for capturing these costs; and
iv. Tested the controls pertaining to allocation of resources and budgeting systems which prevent the
unauthorized recording/changes to costs incurred on sample basis.
• Verified on test check basis that the revenue recognized is in accordance with the applicable Indian
Accounting Standard, including:
i. Verification of the underlying agreements and other forms of supporting documentation to ensure that
each party’s rights and obligations regarding the goods or services to be transferred and payment terms
are identified and contracts have commercial substance;
ii. Inspection of the underlying agreements and other forms of supporting documentation to ensure that
various performance obligations within a contract have been properly identified by Management;
iii. Inspection of the underlying agreements and other forms of supporting documentation to ensure that
transaction price has been properly determined and allocated to relevant performance obligations on an
appropriate basis; and
iv. Verification of the Company’s computation of revenue to be recognized over a period of time on a
sample basis, where the component’s auditors have performed the following;
a) Verified Management’s process relating to the estimation of contract costs required to complete
the respective projects and assessed that the estimates of costs to complete were reviewed and
approved by appropriate designated Management personnel and are appropriate;
b) Verified the reasonableness of Management’s estimation of cost projections by comparing actual
cost incurred with Management initial/updated estimation of total cost for that project;
c) Recomputed the amount of revenue recognised on these contracts and compared the same with the
actual revenue recorded;
Revenue recognition- Fixed price contracts in respect of technology services segment – L&T Technology Services Limited (“the
Company”)
d) Assessed the appropriateness of work in progress (contract assets and contract liabilities) as at
the balance sheet date by evaluating the underlying documentation to identify possible delays
in achieving milestones which require changes in estimated costs to complete the remaining
performance obligations; and
• Assessed the adequacy and appropriateness of disclosures made in the financial statements in compliance with
applicable Indian Accounting Standards and applicable financial reporting framework.
Allowance for Expected Credit Loss on Retail Loan Assets in respect of Financial Services segment – L&T Finance Limited (“the
Company”)
Key audit matter Significant judgement is used in classifying these loan assets and applying appropriate measurement principles. ECL
description on such loans carried at amortised cost is a critical estimate involving greater level of management judgement.
As part of their risk assessment, the component auditors (being other firm of Chartered Accountants) determined
that the ECL on such loan assets has a high degree of estimation uncertainty, with a potential range of reasonable
outcomes for the standalone financial statements. The significant assumptions that they focused in their audit
included those with greater levels of management judgement and for which variations had the most significant
impact on ECL.
The key areas where they identified greater levels of management judgement and therefore increased levels of
audit focus in the Company’s estimation of ECLs are: Each borrower is classified into Stage 1, 2, 3 based on the
objective criteria of Day Past Due (DPD) status as of the reporting date and other loss indicators, as applicable. Such
classification by borrower is done across all facilities provided to the borrower, i.e., maximum of the DPDs from
among the different facilities [“Max DPD”] provided to that borrower.
Inherently, significant judgment is involved in the use of models to estimate ECL which includes determining
Exposures at Default (“EAD”), Probabilities of Default (“PD”) and Loss Given Default (“LGD”). The PD and the LGD
are the key drivers of estimation complexity and as a result are considered the most significant judgments in the
Company’s modelling approach.
The modelling methodologies used to estimate ECL are developed using historical experience. The impact of the
prevailing macroeconomic conditions has also resulted in certain limitations in the reliability of these methodologies
to forecast the extent and timing of future customer defaults or potential credit risks and therefore in estimates
of ECL. In addition, modelling methodologies do not necessarily incorporate all factors that are relevant to
estimating ECL, such as differentiating the impact on industry sectors and economic conditions. These limitations
are attempted to be addressed with management overlay, the measurement of which is inherently judgemental and
subject to a high level of estimation uncertainty.
Accordingly, the Allowance for Expected Credit Loss on Retail Loan Assets has been determined as Key Audit
Matter because it requires a high degree of judgement and estimation uncertainty, with a potential range of
reasonable outcomes for the financial statements.
Refer to Note [1](II)(r)(i)(D) to the Consolidated Financial Statements.
Principal Audit The component’s auditors (being other firm of chartered accountants) have performed the following audit
Procedures procedures:
• Reviewed the Board Approved Policy and procedures & associates design/controls and expected credit loss
memo concerning the assessment of credit and other risks.
• Obtained an understanding of the modelling techniques adopted by the Company including the key inputs
and assumptions.
• Assessing the design, implementation and operating effectiveness of key internal financial controls including
monitoring process of overdue loans (including those which became overdue after the reporting date),
measurement of provision, stage-wise classification of loans, identification of NPA accounts, assessing the
reliability of management information.
• Evaluated the appropriateness of the Company’s determination of Significant Increase in Credit Risk (“SICR”)
in accordance with the applicable accounting standard and the basis for classification of various exposures into
various stages.
515
Auditor’s Report on Consolidated
Financial Statements
Allowance for Expected Credit Loss on Retail Loan Assets in respect of Financial Services segment – L&T Finance Limited (“the
Company”)
• Testing key controls relating to selection and implementation of material macro-economic variables and the
controls over the scenario selection and application of probability weights and computation of probability of
default and loss given default percentages.
• Reviewed the critical assumptions and input data used in the estimation of expected credit loss for specific
key credit risk parameters, such as the movement between stages, Exposure at default, (EAD), probability of
default (PD) or loss given default (LGD).
• Involved Information system resource to obtain comfort over data integrity and process of report generation
through interface of various information systems.
• Tested controls placed over key inputs, data and assumptions impacting ECL calculations to assess the
completeness, accuracy and relevance of data and reasonableness of economic forecasts, weights, and model
assumptions applied as detailed below:
i. verified the completeness and accuracy of the Exposure at Default (“EAD”) and the classification thereof
into stages consistent with the definitions applied in accordance with the policy approved by the Board of
Directors.
ii. checked the appropriateness of information used in the estimation of the Probability of Default (“PD”)
and Loss given Default (“LGD”) for the different stages depending on the nature of the portfolio
reconciled the total retail considered for ECL assessment with the books of accounts to ensure the
completeness.
iii. performed test of details over model calculations testing through re-performance, where possible.
iv. tested appropriateness of staging of borrowers based on DPD and other loss indicators.
v. tested the factual accuracy of information such as period of default and other related information used in
estimating the PD.
vi. evaluated the reasonableness of applicable assumptions included in LGD computation.
vii. evaluated the methodology used to determine macroeconomic overlays and adjustments to the output of
the ECL model.
• Assessed whether the disclosures on key judgements, assumptions and quantitative data with respect to
impairment of loans (including restructuring related disclosures) in the Financial Statements are appropriate
and sufficient.
• Verified the manner of preparation of information w.r.t. to provisions and disclosures in the Financial
Statements.
• Obtained written representations from management and those charged with governance on whether they
believe significant assumptions used in calculation of expected credit losses are reasonable.
Information Technology (“IT”) Systems and Controls in respect of Financial Services segment – L&T Finance Limited (“the Company”)
Key audit matter The Company has a complex IT architecture to support its day-to-day business operations. High volume of
description transactions are processed and recorded on single or multiple applications. The reliability and security of IT systems
plays a key role in the business operations of the Company. Since large volume of transactions are processed daily,
IT controls are required to ensure that applications process data as expected and that changes are made in an
appropriate manner.
Appropriate IT general controls and application controls are required to ensure that such IT systems are able to
process the data, as required, completely, accurately and consistently for reliable financial reporting.
Component auditor identified ‘IT systems and controls’ as a key audit matter because of the high-level automation,
significant number of systems being used by the Management and the complexity of the IT architecture and its
impact on the financial reporting system.
Principal Audit The component’s auditors (being other firms of chartered accountants) have performed the following audit
Procedures procedures:
• Involved IT specialists as part of the audit for the purpose of testing the IT general controls and application
controls (automated and semi-automated controls) to determine the accuracy of the information produced by
the Company’s IT systems;
• With respect to the “In-scope IT systems” identified as relevant to the audit of the financial statements and
financial reporting process of the Company, evaluated and tested relevant IT general controls;
Information Technology (“IT”) Systems and Controls in respect of Financial Services segment – L&T Finance Limited (“the Company”)
• On such “In-scope IT systems” performed the following procedures:
i. Obtained an understanding of IT applications landscape implemented by the Company, including an
understanding of the process, mapping of applications and understanding financial risks posed by
people-process and technology;
ii. Tested design and operating effectiveness of key controls over user access Management (including user
access provisioning, de-provisioning, user access review, password configuration review and privilege
access), change Management (including compliance of change release in production environment to
the defined procedures), program development (including review of data migration activity), computer
operations (including testing of key controls pertaining to, backup, batch processing, incident
Management and data centre security. Also tested entity level controls pertaining to IT policy and
procedure and business continuity plan assessment; and
iii. Tested the design and operating effectiveness of certain automated controls that were considered as key
internal controls over the financial reporting system.
Information Other than the Financial Statements and Auditor’s Report Thereon
The Parent’s Board of Directors is responsible for the other information. The other information comprises the information included in the
Management Discussion and Analysis, Board’s Report including Annexures to Board’s Report, Business Responsibility and Sustainability Report,
Corporate Governance and Shareholder’s Information, but does not include the Consolidated Financial Statements, standalone financial
statements and our auditor’s report thereon.
Our opinion on the Consolidated Financial Statements does not cover the other information and we do not express any form of assurance
conclusion thereon.
In connection with our audit of the Consolidated Financial Statements, our responsibility is to read the other information, compare with the
financial statements of the joint operations, subsidiaries, joint ventures and associates audited by the other auditors, to the extent it relates
to these entities and, in doing so, place reliance on the work of the other auditors and consider whether the other information is materially
inconsistent with the Consolidated Financial Statements or our knowledge obtained during the course of our audit or otherwise appears to
be materially misstated. Other information so far as it relates to the joint operations, subsidiaries, joint ventures and associates, is traced from
their financial statements audited by the other auditors.
If based on the work we have performed, we conclude that there is a material misstatement of this other information, we are required to
report that fact. We have nothing to report in this regard.
Responsibilities of Management and Those Charged with Governance for the Consolidated Financial Statements
The Parent’s Board of Directors is responsible for the matters stated in section 134(5) of the Act with respect to the preparation of these
Consolidated Financial Statements that give a true and fair view of the consolidated financial position, consolidated financial performance
including other comprehensive income, consolidated cash flows and consolidated changes in equity of the Group including its associates and
joint ventures in accordance with the accounting principles generally accepted in India, including Ind AS specified under section 133 of the
Act.
The respective Boards of Directors of the companies included in the Group and of its associates and joint ventures are responsible for
maintenance of adequate accounting records in accordance with the provisions of the Act for safeguarding the assets of the Group and its
associates and its joint ventures and for preventing and detecting frauds and other irregularities; selection and application of appropriate
accounting policies; making judgments and estimates that are reasonable and prudent; and design, implementation and maintenance
of adequate internal financial controls, that were operating effectively for ensuring the accuracy and completeness of the accounting
records, relevant to the preparation and presentation of the financial statements that give a true and fair view and are free from material
misstatement, whether due to fraud or error, which have been used for the purpose of preparation of the Consolidated Financial Statements
by the Directors of the Parent, as aforesaid.
In preparing the Consolidated Financial Statements, the respective Management and Board of Directors of the companies included in the
Group and of its associates and joint ventures are responsible for assessing the ability of the respective entities to continue as a going
concern, disclosing, as applicable, matters related to going concern and using the going concern basis of accounting unless the respective
Boards of Directors either intends to liquidate their respective entities or to cease operations, or has no realistic alternative but to do so.
The respective Boards of Directors of the companies included in the Group and of its associates and joint ventures are also responsible for
overseeing the financial reporting process of the Group and of its associates and joint ventures.
517
Auditor’s Report on Consolidated
Financial Statements
As part of an audit in accordance with SAs, we exercise professional judgment and maintain professional skepticism throughout the audit. We
also:
• Identify and assess the risks of material misstatement of the Consolidated Financial Statements, whether due to fraud or error, design
and perform audit procedures responsive to those risks, and obtain audit evidence that is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for
our opinion. The risk of not detecting a material misstatement resulting from fraud is higher than for one resulting from error, as fraud
may involve collusion, forgery, intentional omissions, misrepresentations, or the override of internal control.
• Obtain an understanding of internal financial control relevant to the audit in order to design audit procedures that are appropriate in
the circumstances. Under section 143(3)(i) of the Act, we are also responsible for expressing our opinion on whether the Parent has
adequate internal financial controls with reference to Consolidated Financial Statements in place and the operating effectiveness of such
controls.
• Evaluate the appropriateness of accounting policies used and the reasonableness of accounting estimates and related disclosures made
by the Management.
• Conclude on the appropriateness of Management’s use of the going concern basis of accounting and, based on the audit evidence
obtained, whether a material uncertainty exists related to events or conditions that may cast significant doubt on the ability of the Group
and its associates and joint ventures to continue as a going concern. If we conclude that a material uncertainty exists, we are required
to draw attention in our auditor’s report to the related disclosures in the Consolidated Financial Statements or, if such disclosures are
inadequate, to modify our opinion. Our conclusions are based on the audit evidence obtained up to the date of our auditor’s report.
However, future events or conditions may cause the Group and its associates and joint ventures to cease to continue as a going concern.
• Evaluate the overall presentation, structure and content of the Consolidated Financial Statements, including the disclosures, and whether
the Consolidated Financial Statements represent the underlying transactions and events in a manner that achieves fair presentation.
• Obtain sufficient appropriate audit evidence regarding the financial information of the entities or business activities within the Group and
its associates and joint ventures to express an opinion on the Consolidated Financial Statements. We are responsible for the direction,
supervision and performance of the audit of the financial statements of such entities or business activities included in the Consolidated
Financial Statements of which we are the independent auditors. For the other entities included in the Consolidated Financial Statements,
which have been audited by the other auditors, such other auditors remain responsible for the direction, supervision and performance of
the audits carried out by them. We remain solely responsible for our audit opinion.
Materiality is the magnitude of misstatements in the Consolidated Financial Statements that, individually or in aggregate, makes it probable
that the economic decisions of a reasonably knowledgeable user of the Consolidated Financial Statements may be influenced. We consider
quantitative materiality and qualitative factors in (i) planning the scope of our audit work and in evaluating the results of our work; and (ii) to
evaluate the effect of any identified misstatements in the Consolidated Financial Statements.
We communicate with those charged with governance of the Parent and such other entities included in the Consolidated Financial
Statements of which we are the independent auditors regarding, among other matters, the planned scope and timing of the audit and
significant audit findings, including any significant deficiencies in internal financial controls that we identify during our audit.
We also provide those charged with governance with a statement that we have complied with relevant ethical requirements regarding
independence, and to communicate with them all relationships and other matters that may reasonably be thought to bear on our
independence, and where applicable, related safeguards.
From the matters communicated with those charged with governance, we determine those matters that were of most significance in the
audit of the Consolidated Financial Statements of the current financial year and are therefore the key audit matters. We describe these
matters in our auditor’s report unless law or regulation precludes public disclosure about the matter or when, in extremely rare circumstances,
we determine that a matter should not be communicated in our report because the adverse consequences of doing so would reasonably be
expected to outweigh the public interest benefits of such communication.
Other Matters
• We did not audit the financial information of 32 joint operations included in the standalone financial statements of the entities included
in the Group, whose financial information reflects total assets of ¢ 3,579.32 crore as at March 31, 2024, total revenues of ¢ 4,469.64
crore and net cash flows amounting to ¢ (471.70) crore for the year ended March 31, 2024, as considered in the respective standalone
financial statements of the entities included in the Group. The financial information of these joint operations has been audited by other
auditors whose reports have been furnished to us by the Parent’s management, and our opinion in so far as it relates to the amounts and
disclosures included in respect of these joint operations and our report in terms of subsection (3) of Section 143 of the Act, in so far as it
relates to the aforesaid joint operations, is based solely on the report of such other auditors.
• We did not audit the financial information of 63 subsidiaries, whose financial information reflects total assets of ¢ 1,74,770.36 crore as
at March 31, 2024, total revenues of ¢ 66,961.37 crore and net cash flows amounting to ¢ 4,600.27 crore for the year ended March
31, 2024, as considered in the Consolidated Financial Statements. The Consolidated Financial Statements also include the Group’s share
of total net loss after tax of ¢ 28.76 crore for the year ended March 31, 2024 and total comprehensive loss (net) of ¢ 24.07 crore for
the year ended March 31, 2024, as considered in the Consolidated Financial Statements, in respect of 2 associates and 8 joint ventures,
whose financial information has not been audited by us. This financial information has been audited by other auditors whose reports
have been furnished to us by the Parent’s management and our opinion on the Consolidated Financial Statements, in so far as it relates
to the amounts and disclosures included in respect of these subsidiaries, joint ventures and associates, and our report in terms of
subsection (3) of Section 143 of the Act, in so far as it relates to the aforesaid subsidiaries, joint ventures and associates is based solely
on the reports of other auditors.
• We did not audit the financial information of 2 joint operations included in the standalone financial statements of the entities included
in the Group, whose financial information reflects total assets of ¢ 1.67 crore as at March 31, 2024, total revenues of ¢ NIL and net cash
flows of ¢ 0.00 crore for the year ended March 31, 2024, respectively, as considered in the respective standalone financial statements
of the entities included in the Group. This financial information of these joint operations have not been audited by the auditor whose
financial information has been furnished to us by the Parent’s Management, and our opinion in so far as it relates to the amounts and
disclosures included in respect of these joint operations, is based solely on such financial information. According to the information and
explanations given to us by the Parent’s Management, the financial information of this entity are not material to the Group.
• We did not audit the financial information of 31 subsidiaries, whose financial information reflects total assets of ¢ 838.29 crore as at
March 31, 2024, total revenues of ¢ 909.77 crore and net cash flows amounting to ¢ (63.58) crore for the year March 31, 2024, as
considered in the Consolidated Financial Statements. The Consolidated Financial Statements also include the Group’s share of total net
loss after tax of ¢ 0.60 crore and total comprehensive loss (net) of ¢ 1.00 crore for the year ended March 31, 2024, as considered in the
Consolidated Financial Statements, in respect of 3 associates and 4 joint ventures, whose financial information has not been audited
by their respective auditors. This financial information is unaudited and has been furnished to us by the Parent’s Management and our
opinion on the Consolidated Financial Statements, in so far as it relates to the amounts and disclosures included in respect of these
subsidiaries, joint ventures and associates, is based solely on such unaudited financial information. In our opinion and according to the
information and explanations given to us by the Management, these financial information are not material to the Group.
Our opinion on the Consolidated Financial Statements above and our report on Other Legal and Regulatory Requirements below, is not
modified in respect of the above matters with respect to our reliance on the work done and the reports of the other auditors and the financial
information certified by the Management.
a) We have sought and obtained all the information and explanations which to the best of our knowledge and belief were necessary
for the purposes of our audit of the aforesaid Consolidated Financial Statements.
b) In our opinion, proper books of account as required by law relating to preparation of the aforesaid Consolidated Financial
Statements have been kept so far as it appears from our examination of those books and the reports of the other auditors.
c) The Consolidated Balance Sheet, the Consolidated Statement of Profit and Loss including Other Comprehensive Income, the
Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows and the Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity dealt with by this Report are in
agreement with the relevant books of account maintained for the purpose of preparation of the Consolidated Financial Statements.
d) In our opinion, the aforesaid Consolidated Financial Statements comply with the Ind AS specified under Section 133 of the Act.
e) On the basis of the written representations received from the directors of the Parent as on March 31, 2024 taken on record by the
Board of Directors of the Parent Company and the reports of the statutory auditors of its joint operation companies, subsidiary
companies, associate companies and joint venture companies incorporated in India, none of the directors of the Group companies,
its associate companies and joint venture companies incorporated in India is disqualified as on March 31, 2024 from being
appointed as a director in terms of Section 164 (2) of the Act.
f) With respect to the adequacy of the internal financial controls with reference to Consolidated Financial Statements and the
operating effectiveness of such controls, refer to our separate Report in “Annexure A” which is based on the auditors’ reports of
the Parent, subsidiary companies, associate companies and joint venture companies incorporated in India. Our report expresses
an unmodified opinion on the adequacy and operating effectiveness of internal financial controls with reference to Consolidated
Financial Statements of those companies.
g) With respect to the other matters to be included in the Auditor’s Report in accordance with the requirements of section 197(16)
of the Act, as amended, in our opinion and to the best of our information and according to the explanations given to us and
based on the auditor’s reports of subsidiary companies, associate companies and joint venture companies incorporated in India,
the remuneration paid by the Parent and such subsidiary companies, associate companies and joint venture companies to their
respective directors during the year is in accordance with the provisions of section 197 of the Act.
519
Auditor’s Report on Consolidated
Financial Statements
h) With respect to the other matters to be included in the Auditor’s Report in accordance with Rule 11 of the Companies (Audit and
Auditors) Rules, 2014, as amended in our opinion and to the best of our information and according to the explanations given to us:
i. The Consolidated Financial Statements disclose the impact of pending litigations on the consolidated financial position of the
Group, its associates and joint ventures (Refer Note No 32 to the Consolidated Financial Statements);
ii. Provision has been made in the Consolidated Financial Statements, as required under the applicable law or accounting
standards, for material foreseeable losses, if any, on long-term contracts including derivative contracts;
iii. There has been no delay in transferring amounts, required to be transferred, to the Investor Education and Protection Fund by
the Parent and its subsidiary companies, associate companies and joint venture companies incorporated in India;
iv. a. The respective Managements of the Parent and its subsidiaries, associates and joint ventures which are companies
incorporated in India, whose financial statements have been audited under the Act, have represented to us and to the
other auditors of such subsidiaries, associates and joint ventures respectively that, to the best of their knowledge and
belief, no funds (which are material either individually or in aggregate) have been advanced or loaned or invested (either
from borrowed funds or share premium or any other sources or kind of funds) by the Parent or any of such subsidiaries,
associates and joint ventures to or in any other person(s) or entity(ies), including foreign entities (“Intermediaries”),
with the understanding, whether recorded in writing or otherwise, that the Intermediary shall, directly or indirectly lend
or invest in other persons or entities identified in any manner whatsoever by or on behalf of the Parent or any of such
subsidiaries, associates and joint ventures (“Ultimate Beneficiaries”) or provide any guarantee, security or the like on
behalf of the Ultimate Beneficiaries;
b. The respective Managements of the Parent and its subsidiaries, associates and joint ventures which are companies
incorporated in India whose financial statements have been audited under the Act, have represented to us and to the
other auditors of such subsidiaries, associates and joint ventures respectively that, to the best of their knowledge and
belief, no funds have been received by the Parent or any of such subsidiaries, associates and joint ventures from any
person(s) or entity(ies), including foreign entities (“Funding Parties”), with the understanding, whether recorded in
writing or otherwise, that the Parent or any of such subsidiaries, associates and joint ventures shall, directly or indirectly,
lend or invest in other persons or entities identified in any manner whatsoever by or on behalf of the Funding Party
(“Ultimate Beneficiaries”) or provide any guarantee, security or the like on behalf of the Ultimate Beneficiaries;
c. Based on the audit procedures performed that have been considered reasonable and appropriate in the circumstances
performed by us and that performed by the auditors of the subsidiaries, associates and joint ventures which are
companies incorporated in India whose financial statements have been audited under the Act, nothing has come to our
or other auditor’s notice that has caused us or the other auditors to believe that the representations under sub-clause (i)
and (ii) of Rule 11(e), as provided under (a) and (b) above contain any material misstatement.
a. The final dividend proposed in the previous year, declared and paid by the Parent and its subsidiaries, associates and joint
ventures which are companies incorporated in India, whose financial statements have been audited under the Act, where
applicable, during the year is in accordance with section 123 of the Act, as applicable.
b. The interim dividend declared and paid by the subsidiaries and joint ventures of the Parent which are companies
incorporated in India, whose financial statements have been audited under the Act, where applicable, during the year
and until the date of this report is in compliance with section 123 of the Act.
c. As stated in note no. 20 to the Consolidated Financial Statements, the Board of Directors of the Parent and its
subsidiaries, associates and joint ventures which are companies incorporated in India, whose financial statements
have been audited under the Act, where applicable, have proposed final dividend for the year which is subject to the
approval of the members of the Parent and such subsidiaries and joint ventures at the ensuing respective Annual General
Meetings. Such dividend proposed is in accordance with section 123 of the Act, as applicable.
vi. Based on our examination which included test checks and based on the other auditor’s reports of its subsidiary companies,
associate companies and joint venture companies incorporated in India whose financial statements have been audited under
the Act, the Parent Company, its subsidiary companies, associate companies and joint venture companies incorporated in
India have used accounting software(s) for maintaining their respective books of account for the financial year ended March
31, 2024, which has a feature of recording audit trail (edit log) facility and the same has operated throughout the year for all
relevant transactions recorded in the software(s).
Further, during the course of audit, we and respective other auditors, whose reports have been furnished to us by the Management of
the Parent Company, have not come across any instance of audit trail feature being tampered with.
As proviso to Rule 3(1) of the Companies (Accounts) Rules, 2014 is applicable from April 1, 2023, reporting under Rule 11(g) of
Companies (Audit and Auditors) Rules, 2014 on preservation of audit trail as per the statutory requirements for record retention is not
applicable for the financial year ended March 31, 2024.
2. With respect to the matters specified in clause (xxi) of paragraph 3 and paragraph 4 of the Companies (Auditor’s Report) Order,
2020 (“CARO”/ “the Order”) issued by the Central Government in terms of Section 143(11) of the Act, according to the information
and explanations given to us, and based on the CARO reports issued by us and the auditors of respective companies included in the
Consolidated Financial Statements to which reporting under CARO is applicable, as provided to us by the Management of the Parent, we
report that in respect of those companies where audits have been completed under section 143 of the Act, there are no qualifications or
adverse remarks by the respective auditors in the CARO reports of the said companies included in the Consolidated Financial Statements
except for the following:
Name of the company CIN Nature of relationship Clause number of the CARO report
which is qualified or adverse*
Larsen and Toubro Limited L99999MH1946PLC004768 Parent Clause –iii (c), iii (e)
L&T Seawoods Limited U45203MH2008PLC180029 Subsidiary Clause –iii (c) and ix (a)
L&T Realty Developers Limited U29119MH1997PLC109700 Subsidary Clause iii (c)
L&T Special Steels and Heavy U27109MH2009PTC193699 Joint Venture Clause – ix (a) and xix
Forgings Private Limited
Rupen K. Bhatt
(Partner)
(Membership No. 046930)
UDIN: 24046930BKEZVQ4819
Place: Mumbai
Date: May 08, 2024
521
Auditor’s Report on Consolidated
Financial Statements
Auditor’s Responsibility
Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the internal financial controls with reference to Consolidated Financial Statements of the Parent,
its subsidiary companies, its associate companies and its joint ventures, which are companies incorporated in India, based on our audit. We
conducted our audit in accordance with the Guidance Note on Audit of Internal Financial Controls Over Financial Reporting (the “Guidance
Note”) issued by the Institute of Chartered Accountants of India and the Standards on Auditing (“SA”), prescribed under Section 143(10)
of the Act, to the extent applicable to an audit of internal financial controls with reference to Consolidated Financial Statements. Those
Standards and the Guidance Note require that we comply with ethical requirements and plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable
assurance about whether adequate internal financial controls with reference to Consolidated Financial Statements was established and
maintained and if such controls operated effectively in all material respects.
Our audit involves performing procedures to obtain audit evidence about the adequacy of the internal financial controls with reference to
Consolidated Financial Statements and their operating effectiveness. Our audit of internal financial controls with reference to Consolidated
Financial Statements included obtaining an understanding of internal financial controls with reference to Consolidated Financial Statements,
assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control
based on the assessed risk. The procedures selected depend on the auditor’s judgement, including the assessment of the risks of material
misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to fraud or error.
We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained and the audit evidence obtained by other auditors of the subsidiary companies, joint
operation, associate companies and joint ventures, which are companies incorporated in India, in terms of their reports referred to in the
Other Matters paragraph below, is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our audit opinion on the internal financial controls with
reference to Consolidated Financial Statements of the Parent, its subsidiary companies, its joint operation, its associate companies and its joint
ventures, which are companies incorporated in India.
Inherent Limitations of Internal Financial Controls with reference to Consolidated Financial Statements
Because of the inherent limitations of internal financial controls with reference to Consolidated Financial Statements, including the possibility
of collusion or improper Management override of controls, material misstatements due to error or fraud may occur and not be detected.
Also, projections of any evaluation of the internal financial controls with reference to Consolidated Financial Statements to future periods are
subject to the risk that the internal financial control with reference to Consolidated Financial Statements may become inadequate because of
changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
Opinion
In our opinion to the best of our information and according to the explanations given to us and based on the consideration of the reports
of the other auditors referred to in the Other Matters paragraph below, the Parent, its subsidiary companies, its joint operation, its associate
companies and joint ventures, which are companies incorporated in India, have, in all material respects, an adequate internal financial
controls system with reference to Consolidated Financial Statements and such internal financial controls with reference to Consolidated
Financial Statements were operating effectively as at March 31, 2024, based on the criteria for internal financial controls with reference to
Consolidated Financial Statements established by the respective companies considering the essential components of internal control stated in
the Guidance Note on Audit of Internal Financial Controls Over Financial Reporting issued by the Institute of Chartered Accountants of India.
Other Matters
Our aforesaid report under Section 143(3)(i) of the Act on the adequacy and operating effectiveness of the internal financial controls with
reference to Consolidated Financial Statements in so far as it relates to 36 subsidiary companies, 1 joint operation company, 8 joint ventures
and 2 associates, which are companies incorporated in India, is based solely on the corresponding reports of the auditors of such companies
incorporated in India.
Our aforesaid report under Section 143(3)(i) of the Act on the adequacy and operating effectiveness of the internal financial controls
with reference to Consolidated Financial Statements in so far as it relates to 2 subsidiary companies and 1 associate company, which are
companies incorporated in India, whose financial information is unaudited and whose efficacy of internal financial controls with reference
to Consolidated Financial Statements is based solely on the Management’s certification provided to us and our opinion on the adequacy and
operating effectiveness of the internal financial controls with reference to Consolidated Financial Statements of the Group is not affected as
the financial information of such entities is not material to the Group.
Rupen K. Bhatt
(Partner)
(Membership No. 046930)
UDIN: 24046930BKEZVQ4819
Place: Mumbai
Date: May 08, 2024
523
Consolidated
Balance Sheet
RUPEN K. BHATT
Partner R. SHANKAR RAMAN P. R. RAMESH
Membership No. 046930 Whole - time Director & Chief Financial Officer Independent Director
(DIN 00019798) (DIN 01915274)
SIVARAM NAIR A
Company Secretary & Compliance Officer
Membership No. FCS3939
Mumbai, May 8, 2024
525
Consolidated Statement of
Profit and Loss
Consolidated Statement of Profit and Loss for the year ended March 31, 2024
v crore
Particulars Note 2023-24 2022-23
INCOME:
Revenue from operations 34 221112.91 183340.70
Other income (net) 35 4158.03 2929.17
Total Income 225270.94 186269.87
EXPENSES:
Manufacturing, construction and operating expenses: 36
Cost of raw materials, components consumed 19442.25 18995.11
Construction materials consumed 54813.97 43237.35
Purchase of stock-in-trade 1063.77 1052.86
Stores, spares and tools consumed 4432.02 4814.89
Sub-contracting charges 35054.35 25624.45
Changes in inventories of finished goods, work-in-progress, stock-in-trade
and property development 1021.07 (3156.64)
Other manufacturing, construction and operating expenses 24486.49 20020.81
Finance cost of financial services business and finance lease activity 5714.90 6026.44
146028.82 116615.27
Employee benefits expense 37 41171.02 37214.11
Sales, administration and other expenses 38 10419.42 8758.04
Finance costs 39 3545.85 3207.16
Depreciation, amortisation, impairment and obsolescence 40 3682.33 3502.25
Total Expenses 204847.44 169296.83
Profit before exceptional items and tax 20423.50 16973.04
Exceptional items before tax (net) [gain/(loss)] 114.44 (91.97)
Tax expense on exceptional items: 51(a)
Current tax 20.83 448.35
Deferred tax – (676.31)
20.83 (227.96)
Exceptional items (net of tax) 48 93.61 135.99
Profit before tax 20517.11 17109.03
Tax expense: 51(a)
Current tax 5127.70 5055.17
Deferred tax (180.31) (571.01)
4947.39 4484.16
Profit after tax 15569.72 12624.87
Share in profit/(loss) after tax of joint ventures/associates (net) 43(f) (22.62) (94.25)
Profit for the year 15547.10 12530.62
Other comprehensive income
A Items that will not be reclassified to profit or loss:
Gain/(loss) on remeasurements of the net defined benefit plans 28.82 (23.60)
Income tax (expenses)/income on remeasurements of the net defined
benefit plans (8.61) 6.79
20.21 (16.81)
Share in Other comprehensive income of joint ventures/associates (net) 0.27 15.58
B Items that will be reclassified to profit or loss:
Debt instruments through Other comprehensive income 126.80 (246.80)
Income tax (expenses)/income on debt instruments through Other
comprehensive income (26.97) 53.21
99.83 (193.59)
Carried forward - Other comprehensive income 120.31 (194.82)
Consolidated Statement of Profit and Loss for the year ended March 31, 2024 (contd.)
v crore
Particulars Note 2023-24 2022-23
Brought forward - Other comprehensive income 120.31 (194.82)
Exchange differences in translating the financial statements of foreign
operations 13.81 101.83
Income tax (expenses)/income on exchange differences in translating the
financial statements of foreign operations 1.74 3.55
15.55 105.38
Effective portion of gains/(losses) on hedging instruments in a cash flow
hedge 388.41 (1216.61)
Income tax (expenses)/income on effective portion of gains/(losses) on
hedging instruments in a cash flow hedge (121.36) 321.95
267.05 (894.66)
Cost of hedging reserve 0.12 (0.06)
Income tax (expenses)/income on cost of hedging reserve (0.03) 0.02
0.09 (0.04)
Share in Other comprehensive income of joint ventures/associates (net) 4.41 25.60
Other comprehensive income for the year (net of tax) 407.41 (958.54)
Total comprehensive income for the year 15954.51 11572.08
Profit for the year attributable to:
Owners of the Company 13059.11 10470.72
Non-controlling interests 2487.99 2059.90
15547.10 12530.62
Other comprehensive income for the year attributable to:
Owners of the Company 235.70 (754.74)
Non-controlling interests 171.71 (203.80)
407.41 (958.54)
Total comprehensive income for the year attributable to:
Owners of the Company 13294.81 9715.98
Non-controlling interests 2659.70 1856.10
15954.51 11572.08
Earnings per share (EPS) of ¢ 2 each
Basic earnings per equity share (¢) 55 93.96 74.51
Diluted earnings per equity share (¢) 55 93.88 74.45
Face value per equity share (¢) 2.00 2.00
NOTES FORMING PART OF THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 1 to 65
RUPEN K. BHATT
Partner R. SHANKAR RAMAN P. R. RAMESH
Membership No. 046930 Whole - time Director & Chief Financial Officer Independent Director
(DIN 00019798) (DIN 01915274)
SIVARAM NAIR A
Company Secretary & Compliance Officer
Membership No. FCS3939
Mumbai, May 8, 2024
527
Consolidated Statement of
changes in Equity
Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity for the year ended March 31, 2024
A. Equity share capital
2023-24 2022-23
Particulars Number of v crore Number of v crore
shares shares
Issued, subscribed and fully paid up equity shares outstanding at the beginning of the year 1,40,54,82,190 281.10 1,40,50,29,123 281.01
Add: Shares issued on exercise of employee stock options during the year 4,36,429 0.08 4,53,067 0.09
Less: Shares extinguished on buy-back 3,12,50,000 6.25 – –
Issued, subscribed and fully paid up equity shares outstanding at the end of the year 1,37,46,68,619 274.93 1,40,54,82,190 281.10
B. Other equity
v crore
Reserves and surplus Items of Other comprehensive income
Debt Equity
Foreign instruments instruments Total other Non-
Particulars Capital Securities Employee
Capital redemption share Statutory Retained currency Hedging through through equity controlling
interests
Total
reserve reserve premium options reserves earnings translation reserve Other Other
(net) reserve comprehen- comprehen-
sive income sive income
Balance as at 1-4-2022 282.44 335.10 8718.74 371.65 3710.47 67139.90 696.00 718.53 98.20 55.62 82126.65 12966.07 95092.72
Profit for the year (a) – – – – – 10470.72 – – – – 10470.72 2059.90 12530.62
Other comprehensive income for the year (b) – – – – – (19.06) 81.53 (644.88) (188.02) 15.66 (754.77) (203.80) (958.57)
Total comprehensive income for the year (a+b) – – – – – 10451.66 81.53 (644.88) (188.02) 15.66 9715.95 1856.10 11572.05
Issue of equity shares on exercise of employee share
options – – 10.22 – – – – – – – 10.22 – 10.22
Transfer on account of exercise of employee share
options – – 41.23 (41.23) – – – – – – – – –
Transfer to non-financial assets/liabilities – – – – – – – 68.11 – – 68.11 – 68.11
Transfer from/(to) retained earnings – (6.24) – (19.21) 65.11 (39.66) – – – – – – –
Employee share options (net) – – – 155.88 – – – – – – 155.88 66.75 222.63
Dividend paid – – – – – (3091.42) – – – – (3091.42) (613.59) (3705.01)
Net gain/loss on transactions with non-controlling
interests – – – – – 60.16 – – – – 60.16 (60.16) –
Decrease in non-controlling interests due to dilution/
divestment/acquisition – – – – – (0.70) – – – – (0.70) 26.10 25.40
Balance as at 31-3-2023 282.44 328.86 8770.19 467.09 3775.58 74519.94 777.53 141.76 (89.82) 71.28 89044.85 14241.27 103286.12
Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity for the year ended March 31, 2024 (contd.)
v crore
Reserves and surplus Items of Other comprehensive income
Debt Equity
Foreign instruments instruments Non-
Particulars Capital Securities Employee
Capital redemption share Statutory Retained currency Hedging through through Total other controlling Total
Other Other equity interests
reserve reserve premium options reserves earnings translation reserve compre- compre-
(net) reserve hensive hensive
income income
Balance as at 1-4-2023 282.44 328.86 8770.19 467.09 3775.58 74519.94 777.53 141.76 (89.82) 71.28 89044.85 14241.27 103286.12
Profit for the year (c) – – – – – 13059.11 – – – – 13059.11 2487.99 15547.10
Other comprehensive income for the year (d) – – – – – 14.28 13.14 110.34 97.94 – 235.70 171.71 407.41
Total comprehensive income for the year (c+d) – – – – – 13073.39 13.14 110.34 97.94 – 13294.81 2659.70 15954.51
Buyback of equity shares – – (8770.19) – – (1223.56) – – – – (9993.75) – (9993.75)
Tax on buyback of equity shares – – – – – (2253.33) – – – – (2253.33) – (2253.33)
Expenses for buyback of equity shares (net of tax) – – – – – (26.55) – – – – (26.55) – (26.55)
Amount transferred to capital redemption reserve
upon buyback – 6.25 – – – (6.25) – – – – – – –
Issue of equity shares on exercise of employee share
options – – 9.56 – – – – – – – 9.56 – 9.56
Transfer on account of exercise of employee share
options 41.00 (41.00) – – – – – – – – –
Transfer to non-financial assets/liabilities – – – – – – – 22.24 – – 22.24 – 22.24
Transfer from/(to) retained earning – – – (12.17) 455.98 (443.81) – – – – – – –
Employee share options (net) – – – 136.62 – – – – – – 136.62 137.15 273.77
Dividend paid (including special dividend) – – – – – (4216.95) – – – – (4216.95) (855.16) (5072.11)
Increase in non-controlling interest due to dilution/
divestment/acquisition – – – – – 66.81 – – – – 66.81 7.46 74.27
Balance as at 31-3-2024 282.44 335.11 50.56 550.54 4231.56 79489.69 790.67 274.34 8.12 71.28 86084.31 16190.42 102274.73
RUPEN K. BHATT
Partner R. SHANKAR RAMAN P. R. RAMESH
Membership No. 046930 Whole - time Director & Chief Financial Officer Independent Director
(DIN 00019798) (DIN 01915274)
SIVARAM NAIR A
Company Secretary & Compliance Officer
Membership No. FCS3939
Mumbai, May 8, 2024
529
Consolidated Statement of
Cash Flows
Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows for the year ended March 31, 2024
v crore
Particulars 2023-24 2022-23
A. Cash flow from operating activities:
Profit before exceptional items and tax 20423.50 16973.04
Adjustments for:
Dividend received (208.49) (6.28)
Depreciation, amortisation, impairment and obsolescence 3682.33 3502.25
Exchange difference on items grouped under financing/investing activities (20.53) (1.83)
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents (2.37) (66.92)
Finance costs 3545.85 3207.16
Interest income (2447.07) (1817.47)
(Profit)/loss on sale of property, plant and equipment, investment property and intangible assets (net) (95.44) (167.65)
(Profit)/loss on sale/fair valuation of investments (net) (734.20) (52.87)
Employee stock option-discount 297.63 249.51
(Gain)/loss on disposal of subsidiary (2.65) –
Impairment of investment in financial instruments 1055.47 716.20
(Profit)/loss on transfer of business undertaking in Development Projects business (511.73) –
(Gain)/loss on de-recognition of lease liability/right-of-use assets (52.27) (10.16)
Capital subsidy from Government 1.38 –
Operating profit before working capital changes 24931.41 22524.98
Adjustments for :
(Increase)/decrease in trade and other receivables (10548.40) (4495.26)
(Increase)/decrease in inventories 244.68 (475.75)
Increase/(decrease) in trade and other payables 14506.53 5412.71
Cash generated from operations before financing activities 29134.22 22966.68
(Increase)/decrease in loans and advances towards financing activities (5587.89) 4937.44
Cash generated from operations 23546.33 27904.12
Direct taxes refund/(paid) [net] (5280.05) (5127.16)
Net cash generated from operating activities 18266.28 22776.96
B. Cash flow from investing activities:
Purchase of property, plant and equipment, investment property and intangible assets (4516.53) (4143.79)
Sale of property, plant and equipment, investment property and intangible assets 306.06 350.37
Purchase of non-current investments (4889.46) (3036.34)
Sale of non-current investments 2127.87 827.15
(Purchase)/sale of current investments (net) 2803.49 (6083.66)
Change in other bank balance and cash not available for immediate use 2697.75 (661.77)
Deposits/loans repaid by associates, joint ventures and third parties 151.72 19.05
Interest received 2408.16 1608.99
Dividend received from joint ventures/associates 129.83 151.14
Dividend received from other investments 96.25 6.28
Consideration received on disposal of subsidiaries/joint venture 214.67 2887.30
Consideration received on transfer of business undertaking in Development Projects business 651.33 –
Net payments for transfer of discontinued operations – (96.99)
Consideration paid on acquisition of subsidiaries (including contingent consideration) (13.14) (131.22)
Cash and cash equivalents acquired pursuant to acquisition of subsidiaries 0.01 6.66
Cash and cash equivalents of subsidiaries discharged pursuant to divestment/classification to held for sale (4.97) (14.87)
Net cash generated from/(used in) investing activities 2163.04 (8311.70)
Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows for the year ended March 31, 2024 (contd.)
v crore
Particulars 2023-24 2022-23
C. Cash flow from financing activities:
Proceeds from issue of share capital (including share application money) [net] 9.65 10.31
Buyback of equity shares (10000.00) –
Tax on buy-back of equity shares (2253.33) –
Expenses on buy-back of equity shares (26.55) –
Proceeds from non-current borrowings [Note 50] 23125.43 27940.93
Repayment of non-current borrowings [Note 50] (24356.65) (32794.99)
Proceeds from/ (repayment of) other borrowings (net) [Note 50] (2871.15) 357.40
Payment (to)/from non-controlling interest (net) (808.09) (612.58)
Settlement of derivative contracts related to borrowings 49.65 87.93
Dividends paid (4216.95) (3091.42)
Repayment of lease liability [Note 50] (459.89) (423.34)
Interest paid on lease liability (167.21) (158.10)
Interest paid (including cash flows on account of interest rate swaps) (3438.27) (2888.63)
Net cash used in financing activities (25413.36) (11572.49)
Net (decrease)/increase in cash and cash equivalents (A + B + C) (4984.04) 2892.77
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of the year [Note 14] 16926.69 13770.24
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents 15.85 263.68
Cash and cash equivalents at end of the year [Note 14] 11958.50 16926.69
Notes:
1. Statement of Cash Flows has been prepared under the indirect method as set out in the Indian Accounting Standard (Ind AS) 7 “Statement of Cash
Flows” as specified in the Companies (Indian Accounting Standards) Rules, 2015.
2. Property, plant and equipment, investment property and intangible assets adjusted for movement of (a) capital work-in-progress for property, plant
and equipment and investment property and (b) Intangible assets under development during the year.
3. Previous year’s figures have been regrouped/reclassified wherever applicable.
RUPEN K. BHATT
Partner R. SHANKAR RAMAN P. R. RAMESH
Membership No. 046930 Whole - time Director & Chief Financial Officer Independent Director
(DIN 00019798) (DIN 01915274)
SIVARAM NAIR A
Company Secretary & Compliance Officer
Membership No. FCS3939
Mumbai, May 8, 2024
531
Notes forming part of the
Consolidated Financial Statements
The Group is an Indian multinational engaged in EPC Projects, Hi-Tech Manufacturing and Services, operating across multiple geographies.
Further details of the business operations of the Group are mentioned in Note [46] Segment Information.
NOTE [1](II)
Material Accounting Policy Information
(a) Statement of compliance
The Group’s financial statements have been prepared in accordance with the provisions of the Companies Act, 2013 and the Indian
Accounting Standards (Ind AS) notified under the Companies (Indian Accounting Standards) Rules, 2015 and amendments thereto issued
by the Ministry of Corporate Affairs under section 133 of the Companies Act, 2013. In addition, the guidance notes/announcements
issued by the Institute of Chartered Accountants of India (ICAI) are also applied except where compliance with other statutory
promulgations require a different treatment. These financials statements have been approved for issue by the Board of Directors at its
meeting held on May 8, 2024.
Fair value measurements are categorised as below based on the degree to which the inputs to the fair value measurements are
observable and the significance of the inputs to the fair value measurement in its entirety:
(i) Level 1 inputs are quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets or liabilities that the Group can access at
measurement date;
(ii) Level 2 inputs are inputs, other than quoted prices included in level 1, that are observable for the assets or liabilities, either directly
or indirectly; and
(iii) Level 3 inputs are unobservable inputs for the valuation of assets or liabilities.
Above levels of fair value hierarchy are applied consistently and generally, there are no transfers between the levels of the fair value
hierarchy unless the circumstances change warranting such transfer.
Amounts in the financial statements are presented in Indian Rupees in crore [1 crore = 10 million] rounded off to two decimal places as
permitted by Schedule III to the Act. Per share data are presented in Indian Rupees to two decimal places.
(ii) Consolidation of a subsidiary begins when the Parent Company, directly or indirectly, obtains control over the subsidiary and ceases
when the Parent Company, directly or indirectly, loses control of the subsidiary. Income and expenses of a subsidiary acquired are
included in the Consolidated Statement of Profit and Loss from the date the Parent Company, directly or indirectly, gains control
until the date when the Parent Company, directly or indirectly, ceases to control the subsidiary.
(iii) The consolidated financial statements of the Group combine financial statements of the Parent Company and its subsidiaries
line-by-line by adding together the like items of assets, liabilities, income and expenses. All intra-group assets, liabilities, income,
expenses and unrealised profits/losses on intra-group transactions are eliminated on consolidation. The accounting policies of
Profit or loss and other comprehensive income are attributed to the owners of the Parent Company and to the non-controlling
interests, shown separately in the financial statements.
(iv) Non-controlling interests represent that part of the total comprehensive income and net assets of subsidiaries attributable to the
interest which is not owned, directly or indirectly, by the Parent Company.
(v) The gains/losses in respect of part divestment/dilution of stake in subsidiary companies not resulting in ceding of control, are
recognised directly in other equity attributable to the owners of the Parent Company in the Consolidated Financial Statements of
the Group.
(vi) The gains/losses in respect of divestment of stake resulting in ceding of control in subsidiary companies are recognised in the
Statement of Profit and Loss. The investment representing the interest retained in a former subsidiary, if any, is initially recognised
at its fair value with the corresponding effect recognised in the Statement of Profit and Loss as on the date the control is ceded.
Such retained interest is subsequently accounted as investment in an associate or a joint venture or as a financial asset.
The results, assets and liabilities of joint ventures and associates are incorporated in the consolidated financial statements using equity
method of accounting after making necessary adjustments to achieve uniformity in application of accounting policies, wherever required.
An investment in joint venture or associate is initially recognised at cost and adjusted thereafter to recognise the Group’s share of profit
or loss and other comprehensive income of the joint venture or associate. Gain or loss in respect of changes in Other Equity of joint
ventures or associates resulting from divestment or dilution of stake in the joint ventures and associates is recognised in the Statement
of Profit and Loss. On acquisition of investment in a joint venture or associate, any excess of cost of investment over the fair value of the
assets and liabilities of the joint venture and associate, is recognised as goodwill and is included in the carrying value of the investment
in the joint venture and associate. The excess of fair value of assets and liabilities over the investment is recognised directly in equity as
capital reserve.
The unrealised profits/losses on transactions with joint ventures and associates are eliminated by reducing the carrying amount of
investment.
The carrying amount of investment in joint ventures and associates is reduced to recognise impairment, if any, when there is evidence of
impairment.
When the Group’s share of losses of a joint venture or an associate exceeds the Group’s interest in that joint venture or the associate
(which includes any long-term interests that, in substance, form part of the Group’s net investment in the joint venture or the associate),
the Group discontinues recognising its share of further losses. Additional losses are recognised only to the extent that the Group has
incurred legal or constructive obligations or made payments on behalf of the joint venture or the associate.
Upon classification of investment in joint ventures and/or associates as held for sale, equity accounting is discontinued in respect of that
interest.
533
Notes forming part of the
Consolidated Financial Statements
Goodwill arising on consolidation, of acquisitions represents the excess of (a) consideration paid for acquiring control and (b) acquisition
date fair value of previously held ownership interest, if any, in a subsidiary over the Group’s share in the fair value of the net assets
(including identifiable intangibles) of the subsidiary as on the date of acquisition of control. Where the fair value of the identifiable assets
and liabilities exceed the cost of acquisition, the excess is recognised as Capital Reserve.
Goodwill on consolidation is allocated to cash generating units or group of cash generating units that are expected to benefit from the
acquisition.
After initial recognition, goodwill arising on consolidation is tested for impairment annually and measured at cost less accumulated
impairment losses, if any. In the event of cessation of operations of a subsidiary, the unimpaired goodwill is written off fully.
Business combinations arising from transfers of interests in entities that are under common control are accounted using pooling of
interest method. The difference between consideration given and the aggregate historical carrying amounts of assets and liabilities of the
acquired entity are recorded in equity.
For performance obligation satisfied over time, the revenue recognition is done using input method by measuring the progress towards
complete satisfaction of performance obligation. The progress is measured in terms of a proportion of actual cost incurred to date, to
the total estimated cost attributable to the performance obligation as it best depicts the transfer of control that occurs as costs are
incurred.
The Group transfers control of a good or service over time and therefore satisfies a performance obligation and recognises revenue over
a period of time if one of the following criteria is met:
(a) the customer simultaneously consumes the benefit of the company’s performance or
(b) the customer controls the asset as it is being created/enhanced by the company’s performance or
(c) there is no alternative use of the asset and the company has either explicit or implicit right of payment considering legal precedents.
The revenue is recognised to the extent of transaction price allocated to the performance obligation satisfied. Transaction price is the
amount of consideration to which the Group expects it to be entitled in exchange for transferring goods or services to a customer
excluding amounts collected on behalf of a third party. The Group includes variable consideration as part of transaction price when
there is a basis to reasonably estimate the amount of the variable consideration and when it is probable that a significant reversal of
cumulative revenue recognised will not occur when the uncertainty associated with the variable consideration is resolved.
Variable consideration is estimated using the expected value method or most likely amount as appropriate in a given circumstance.
Payment terms agreed with a customer are as per business practice and the financing component, if significant, is separated from the
transaction price and accounted as interest income.
Costs to obtain a contract which are incurred regardless of whether the contract was obtained are charged off in profit & loss
immediately in the period in which such costs are incurred. Incremental costs of obtaining a contract, if any, and costs incurred to fulfill
a contract are amortised over the period of execution of the contract in proportion to the progress measured in terms of a proportion of
actual cost incurred to date, to the total estimated cost attributable to the performance obligation.
a. Determining the revenue to be recognised in case of performance obligation satisfied over a period of time. Revenue recognition is
done by measuring the progress towards complete satisfaction of performance obligation.
535
Notes forming part of the
Consolidated Financial Statements
Depreciation is recognised using straight-line method so as to write off the cost of the assets (other than freehold land and capital
work-in-progress) less their residual values over their useful life specified in Schedule II to the Act, or in case of assets where the useful
life was determined by technical evaluation, over the useful life so determined. Depreciation method is reviewed at each financial year
end to reflect the expected pattern of consumption of the future economic benefits embodied in the asset. The estimated useful life and
residual values are also reviewed at each financial year end with the effect of any change in the estimates of useful life/residual value is
accounted on prospective basis.
Depreciation charge for impaired assets is adjusted in future periods in such a manner that the revised carrying amount of the asset is
allocated over its remaining useful life.
Where cost of a part of the asset (“asset component”) is significant to total cost of the asset and useful life of that part is different from
the useful life of the remaining asset, useful life of that significant part is determined separately and such asset component is depreciated
over its separate useful life.
Depreciation on additions to owned assets is calculated pro rata from the date it is ready for use.
PPE is derecognised upon disposal or when no future economic benefits are expected from its use. Any gain or loss arising on
derecognition is recognised in the Statement of Profit and Loss in the same period.
(i) Expenditure on research is expensed under respective heads of account in the period in which it is incurred
(ii) Development expenditure on new products is capitalised as intangible asset, if all of the following can be demonstrated:
A. the technical feasibility of completing the intangible asset so that it will be available for use or sale;
B. the Group has intention to complete the intangible asset and use or sell it;
D. the manner in which the probable future economic benefits will be generated including the existence of a market for output
of the intangible asset or intangible asset itself or if it is to be used internally, the usefulness of intangible assets;
E. the availability of adequate technical, financial and other resources to complete the development and to use or sell the
intangible asset; and
F. the Group has ability to reliably measure the expenditure attributable to the intangible asset during its development.
Development expenditure that does not meet the above criteria is expensed in the period in which it is incurred.
Fare collection rights obtained in consideration for rendering construction services represent the right to collect fare during the
concession period in respect of Build-Operate-Transfer (BOT) projects undertaken by the Group. Fare collection rights are capitalised as
intangible asset upon completion of the project at the cumulative construction costs including related margins.
Intangible assets not ready for the intended use on the date of the Balance Sheet are disclosed as “intangible assets under
development”.
537
Notes forming part of the
Consolidated Financial Statements
(iii) New product design and development: over a period of five years;
(iv) Customer contracts and relationship: over a period of the contract which generally is over three to ten years;
(viii) Fare collection rights are amortised using the straight-line method over the period of concession; and
(ix) Amortisation on impaired assets is provided by adjusting the amortisation charge in the remaining periods so as to allocate the
asset’s revised carrying amount over its remaining useful life.
Impairment loss is recognised when the carrying amount of an asset exceeds its recoverable amount. Recoverable amount is determined:
(i) in the case of an individual asset, at the higher of fair value less costs of disposal and the value-in-use; and
(ii) in the case of a cash generating unit (the smallest identifiable group of assets that generates independent cash flows), at the higher
of the cash generating unit’s fair value less costs of disposal and the value-in-use.
(The amount of value-in-use is determined as the present value of estimated future cash flows from the continuing use of an asset,
which may vary based on the future performance of the entity and from its disposal at the end of its useful life. For this purpose, the
discount rate (post-tax) is determined based on the weighted average cost of capital of the company suitably adjusted for risks specified
to the estimated cash flows of the asset).
If recoverable amount of an asset (or cash generating unit) is estimated to be less than its carrying amount, such deficit is recognised
immediately in the Statement of Profit and Loss as impairment loss and the carrying amount of the asset (or cash generating unit) is
reduced to its recoverable amount. For this purpose, the impairment loss recognised in respect of a cash generating unit is allocated first
to reduce the carrying amount of any goodwill allocated to such cash generating unit and then to reduce the carrying amount of the
other assets of the cash generating unit on a pro-rata basis.
When an impairment loss recognised earlier is subject to full or partial reversal, the carrying amount of the asset (or cash generating
unit), except impairment loss allocated to goodwill, is increased to the revised estimate of its recoverable amount, so that the increased
carrying amount does not exceed the carrying amount that would have been determined had no impairment loss is recognised for
the asset (or cash generating unit) in prior years. A reversal of an impairment loss (other than impairment loss allocated to goodwill) is
recognised immediately in the Statement of Profit and Loss.
A. Defined contribution plans: The Group’s superannuation scheme, state governed provident fund scheme, employee state
insurance scheme social security contributions and employee pension scheme are defined contribution plans. The contribution
paid/payable under the schemes is recognised during the period in which the employee renders the service.
B. Defined benefit plans: The employees’ gratuity fund schemes and employee provident fund schemes managed by board of
trustees established by the Group, the post-retirement medical care plan and the Parent Company pension plan represent
defined benefit plans. The present value of the obligation under defined benefit plans is determined based on actuarial
valuation using the Projected Unit Credit Method.
The obligation towards defined benefit plans is measured at the present value of the estimated future cash flows using a discount
rate based on the market yield on government securities of a maturity period equivalent to the weighted average maturity profile of
the defined benefit obligations at the Balance Sheet date.
Re-measurement, comprising actuarial gains and losses, the return on plan assets (excluding amounts included in net interest
on the net defined benefit liability or asset) and any change in the effect of asset ceiling (if applicable) is recognised in other
comprehensive income and is reflected in retained earnings and the same is not eligible to be reclassified to profit or loss.
Defined benefit costs comprising current service cost, past service cost and gains or losses on settlements are recognised in the
Statement of Profit and Loss as employee benefits expense. Interest cost implicit in defined benefit employee cost is recognised in
the Statement of Profit and Loss under finance costs. Gains or losses on settlement of any defined benefit plan are recognised when
the settlement occurs. Past service cost is recognised as expense at the earlier of the plan amendment or curtailment and when the
Group recognises related restructuring costs or termination benefits.
In case of funded plans, the fair value of the plan assets is reduced from the gross obligation under the defined benefit plans to
recognise the obligation on a net basis.
Long term employee benefit costs comprising current service cost and gains or losses on curtailments and settlements,
re-measurements including actuarial gains and losses are recognised in the Statement of Profit and Loss as employee benefits
expenses. Interest cost implicit in long term employee benefit cost is recognised in the Statement of Profit and Loss under finance
cost.
(q) Leases
Assets taken on lease are accounted as right-of-use assets and the corresponding lease liability is recognised at the lease commencement
date.
Initially the right-of-use asset is measured at cost which comprises the initial amount of the lease liability adjusted for any lease payments
made at or before the commencement date, plus any initial direct costs incurred and an estimate of costs to dismantle and remove the
underlying asset or to restore the underlying asset or the site on which it is located, as reduced by any lease incentives received.
The lease liability is initially measured at the present value of the lease payments, discounted using the Group’s incremental borrowing
rate. It is remeasured when there is a change in future lease payments arising from a change in an index or a rate, or a change in the
estimate of the guaranteed residual value, or a change in the assessment of purchase, extension or termination option. When the lease
liability is remeasured in this way, a corresponding adjustment is made to the carrying amount of the right-of-use asset, or is recorded in
profit or loss if the carrying amount of the right-of-use asset has been reduced to zero.
The right-of-use asset is measured by applying cost model i.e. right-of-use asset at cost less accumulated depreciation and impairment
losses, if any. The right-of-use asset is depreciated using the straight-line method from the commencement date to the end of the lease
term or useful life of the underlying asset whichever is earlier. Carrying amount of lease liability is increased by interest on lease liability
and reduced by lease payments made.
539
Notes forming part of the
Consolidated Financial Statements
Assets given on lease are classified either as operating lease or as finance lease. A lease is classified as a finance lease if it transfers
substantially all the risks and rewards incidental to ownership of an underlying asset. Asset held under finance lease is initially recognised
in balance sheet and presented as a receivable at an amount equal to the net investment in the lease. Finance income is recognised over
the lease term, based on a pattern reflecting a constant periodic rate of return on Groups’ net investment in the lease. A lease which is
not classified as a finance lease is an operating lease.
The Group recognises lease payments in case of assets given on operating leases as income on a straight-line basis. The Group presents
underlying assets subject to operating lease in its balance sheet under the respective class of asset.
When the Group is an intermediate lessor, it accounts for its interests in the head lease and the sublease separately. The sublease is
classified as a finance or operating lease by reference to the right-of-use asset arising from the head lease.
In case of sale and leaseback transactions, the Group first considers whether the initial transfer of the underlying asset to the buyer-
lessor is a sale by applying the requirements of Ind AS 115. If the transfer qualifies as a sale and the transaction is at market terms, the
Group effectively derecognises the asset, recognises a ROU asset (and lease liability) and recognises in Statement of Profit and Loss, the
gain or loss relating to the buyer-lessor’s rights in the underlying asset.
A financial asset and a financial liability is offset and presented on net basis in the balance sheet when there is a current legally
enforceable right to set-off the recognised amounts and it is intended to either settle on net basis or to realise the asset and settle the
liability simultaneously.
A. All recognised financial assets are subsequently measured in their entirety at either amortised cost or fair value, as follows:
1. Investments in debt instruments that are designated as fair value through profit or loss (FVTPL) - at fair value
2. Other investments in debt instruments – at amortised cost (unless the same are designated as fair value through profit or
loss), subject to following conditions:
• The asset is held within a business model whose objective is to hold assets in order to collect contractual cash flows;
and
• The contractual terms of instrument give rise on specified dates to cash flows that are solely payments of principal
and interest on the principal amount outstanding.
3. Debt instruments that meet the following conditions are subsequently measured at fair value through other
comprehensive income [FVTOCI] (unless the same are designated as fair value through profit or loss)
• The asset is held within a business model whose objective is achieved both by collecting contractual cash flows and
selling financial assets; and
• The contractual terms of instrument give rise on specified dates to cash flows that are solely payments of principal
and interest on the principal amount outstanding.
4. Debt instruments at FVTPL is a residual category for debt instruments, if any, and all changes are recognised in profit or
loss.
6. Trade receivables, security deposits, cash and cash equivalents, employee and other advances – at amortised cost.
7. The Group has elected to measure the investments in associates and joint ventures held through unit trusts at FVTPL.
B. For financial assets that are measured at FVTOCI, income by way of interest and dividend, provision for impairment and
exchange difference, if any, (on debt instrument) are recognised in profit or loss and changes in fair value (other than on
account of above income or expense) are recognised in other comprehensive income and accumulated in other equity. On
disposal of debt instruments at FVTOCI, the cumulative gain or loss previously accumulated in other equity is reclassified
to profit or loss. In case of equity instruments at FVTOCI, such cumulative gain or loss is not reclassified to profit or loss on
disposal of investments.
2. the group has transferred its rights to receive cash flows from the asset or has assumed an obligation to pay the
received cash flows in full without material delay to a third party under a pass-through arrangement; and a) the group
has transferred substantially all the risks and rewards of the asset, or b) the group has neither transferred nor retained
substantially all the risks and rewards of the asset, but has transferred control of the asset.
On derecognition of a financial asset in its entirety, the difference between the carrying amount at the date of derecognition
and the consideration received is recognised in profit or loss.
D. Impairment of financial assets: The Group recognises impairment loss on trade receivables using expected credit loss model
which involves use of a provision matrix constructed on the basis of historical credit loss experience as permitted under Ind AS
109 and is adjusted for forward looking information.
For all other financial assets, expected credit losses (ECL) are recognised based on the difference between the contractual
cashflows and all the expected cash flows, discounted at the original effective interest rate. ECLs are measured at an amount
equal to 12-month expected credit losses or at an amount equal to lifetime expected credit losses if the credit risk on the
financial asset has increased significantly since initial recognition.
In respect of financial services business, the Group applies a separate model of the expected credit loss for recognising
impairment loss on financial assets measured at amortised cost, debt instruments at FVTOCI, lease receivables, trade
receivables and other contractual rights to receive cash or other financial asset and financial guarantees not designated as at
FVTPL as follows:
• Expected credit losses are the weighted average of credit losses with the respective risks of default occurring as the
weights. Credit loss is the difference between all contractual cash flows that are due to the Group in accordance with
the contract and all the cash flows that the Group expects to receive (i.e. all cash shortfalls), discounted at the original
effective interest rate (or credit-adjusted effective interest rate for purchased or originated credit-impaired financial
assets). The Group estimates cash flows by considering all contractual terms of the financial instrument (for e.g.
prepayment, extension, call and similar options) through the expected life of that financial instrument.
• The loss allowance for a financial instrument is measured at an amount equal to the lifetime expected credit losses if the
credit risk on that financial instrument has increased significantly since initial recognition. If the credit risk on a financial
instrument has not increased significantly since initial recognition, the loss allowance for that financial instrument is
measured at an amount equal to 12-month expected credit losses. 12-month expected credit losses are portion of the
lifetime expected credit losses and represent the lifetime cash shortfalls that will result if default occurs within the 12
months weighted by the probability of default after the reporting date and thus, are not cash shortfalls that are predicted
over the next 12 months.
• When making the assessment of whether there has been a significant increase in credit risk since initial recognition, the
change in the risk of a default occurring over the expected life of the financial instrument is used instead of the change in
the amount of expected credit losses. To make that assessment, the risk of a default occurring on the financial instrument
as at the reporting date is compared with the risk of a default occurring on the financial instrument as at the date of
initial recognition using reasonable and supportable information, that is available without undue cost or effort.
541
Notes forming part of the
Consolidated Financial Statements
B. A financial liability is derecognised when the related obligation expires or is discharged or cancelled.
(iii) The Group designates certain hedging instruments such as derivatives, embedded derivatives and in respect of foreign currency risk,
certain non-derivatives as either fair value hedges, cash flow hedges, or hedges of net investments in foreign operations. Hedges of
foreign exchange risk on firm commitments are accounted as cash flow hedges.
A. Fair value hedges: Changes in fair value of the designated portion of derivatives that qualify as fair value hedges are
recognised in profit or loss immediately, together with any changes in the fair value of the hedged asset or liability that are
attributable to the hedged risk. Hedge accounting is discontinued when the hedging instrument expires or is sold, terminated,
or exercised, or when it no longer qualifies for hedge accounting. The fair value adjustment to the carrying amount of the
hedged item arising from the hedged risk is amortised to profit or loss from that date.
B. Cash flow hedges: In case of transaction related hedges, the effective portion of changes in the fair value of derivatives that
are designated and qualify as cash flow hedges is recognised in other comprehensive income and accumulated in equity as
‘hedging reserve’. The gain or loss relating to the ineffective portion is recognised immediately in profit or loss. Amounts
previously recognised in other comprehensive income and accumulated in equity relating to the effective portion are
reclassified to profit or loss in the periods when the hedged item affects profit or loss, in the same head as the hedged item.
The effective portion of the hedge is determined at the lower of the cumulative gain or loss on the hedging instrument from
inception of the hedge and the cumulative change in the fair value of the hedged item from the inception of the hedge and
the remaining gain or loss on the hedging instrument is treated as ineffective portion.
In case of time period related hedges, the premium element and the spot element of a forward contract is separated and only
the change in the value of the spot element of the forward contract is designated as the hedging instrument. Similarly, wherever
applicable, the foreign currency basis spread is separated from the financial instrument and is excluded from the designation of that
financial instrument as the hedging instrument in case of time period related hedges. The changes in the fair value of the premium
element of the forward contract or the foreign currency basis spread of the financial instrument is accumulated in a separate
component of equity as ‘cost of hedging reserve’. The changes in the fair value of such premium element or foreign currency
basis spread are reclassified to profit or loss as a reclassification adjustment on a straight-line basis over the period of the forward
contract or the financial instrument.
The cash flow hedges are allocated to the forecast transactions on gross exposure basis. Where the hedged forecast transaction
results in the recognition of a non-financial asset, such gains/losses are transferred from hedge reserve (but not as reclassification
adjustment) and included in the initial measurement cost of the non-financial asset.
Hedge accounting is discontinued when the hedging instrument expires or is sold, terminated, or exercised, or when it no longer
qualifies for hedge accounting. Any gain or loss recognised in other comprehensive income and accumulated in equity at that time
remains in equity and is recognised in profit or loss when the forecast transaction is ultimately recognised in profit or loss. When a
forecast transaction is no longer expected to occur, the gain or loss accumulated in equity is recognised in profit or loss.
(iv) Compound financial instruments issued by the Group which can be converted into fixed number of equity shares at the option
of the holders irrespective of changes in the fair value of the instrument are accounted by recognising the liability and the equity
components separately. The liability component is initially recognised at the fair value of a comparable liability that does not have
an equity conversion option. The equity component is initially recognised at the difference between the fair value of the compound
financial instrument as a whole and the fair value of the liability component. The directly attributable transaction costs are allocated
to the liability and the equity components in proportion to their initial carrying amounts.
Subsequent to initial recognition, the liability component of the compound financial instrument is measured at amortised cost using
the effective interest method. The equity component of a compound financial instrument is not remeasured subsequently.
(i) Raw materials, components, construction materials, stores, spares and loose tools at lower of weighted average cost or net
realisable value. However, these items are considered to be realisable at cost if the finished products in which they will be used, are
expected to be sold at or above cost.
(ii) Manufacturing work-in-progress at lower of weighted average cost including related overheads or net realisable value. In some
cases, manufacturing work-in-progress are valued at lower of specifically identifiable cost or net realisable value. In the case of
qualifying assets, cost also includes applicable borrowing costs vide policy relating to borrowing costs.
(iii) Finished goods and stock-in-trade (in respect of goods acquired for trading) at lower of weighted average cost or net realisable
value. Cost includes costs of purchases, costs of conversion and other costs incurred in bringing the inventories to their present
location. Taxes which are subsequently recoverable from taxation authorities are not included in the cost.
(iv) Completed property/work-in-progress (including land) in respect of property development activity at lower of specifically identifiable
cost or net realisable value.
Assessment of net realisable value is made at each reporting period end and when the circumstances that previously caused inventories
to be written-down below cost no longer exist or when there is clear evidence of an increase in net realisable value because of changed
economic circumstances, the write-down, if any, in the past period is reversed to the extent of the original amount written-down so that
the resultant carrying amount is the lower of the cost and the revised net realisable value.
A. The difference between the face value of the equity shares and the consideration received in respect of shares issued.
B. The fair value of the stock options which are treated as expense, if any, in respect of shares allotted pursuant to Stock Options
Scheme.
(ii) The issue expenses of securities which qualify as equity instruments are written off against securities premium.
Diluted earnings per share is computed using the net profit or loss after tax for the year attributable to the shareholders and weighted
average number of equity and potential equity shares outstanding during the year, except where the result would be anti-dilutive.
Borrowing costs net of any investment income from the temporary investment of related borrowings that are attributable to the
acquisition, construction or production of a qualifying asset are capitalised/inventorised as part of cost of such asset till such time the
asset is ready for its intended use or sale. A qualifying asset is an asset that necessarily requires a substantial period of time to get ready
for its intended use or sale. All other borrowing costs are recognised in profit or loss in the period in which they are incurred.
543
Notes forming part of the
Consolidated Financial Statements
The dilutive effect of outstanding options is reflected as additional share dilution in the computation of diluted earnings per share.
(ii) Transactions in currencies other than the Group’s functional currency are recorded on initial recognition using the exchange
rate at the transaction date. At each Balance Sheet date, foreign currency monetary items are reported at the closing spot rate.
Non- monetary items that are measured in terms of historical cost in foreign currency are not translated. Exchange differences that
arise on settlement of monetary items or on reporting of monetary items at each Balance Sheet date at the closing spot rate are
recognised in the Statement of Profit and Loss in the period in which they arise except for:
A. exchange differences on foreign currency borrowings relating to assets under construction for future productive use, are
included in the cost of those assets when such exchange differences are regarded as an adjustment to finance costs on those
foreign currency borrowings;
B. exchange differences on transactions entered into to hedge certain foreign currency risks; and
C. exchange differences on monetary items receivable from or payable to a foreign operation for which settlement is neither
planned nor likely to occur or included in the net investment in foreign operation and are recognised initially in other
comprehensive income and reclassified from equity to profit or loss on repayment of the monetary items.
(iii) Exchange rate as of the date on which the non-monetary asset or non-monetary liability is recognised on payment or receipt of
advance consideration is used for initial recognition of related asset, liability, expense or income.
(iv) Financial statements of foreign operations whose functional currency is different than Indian Rupee are translated into Indian Rupee
as follows:
A. assets and liabilities are translated at the closing rate at the date of that Balance Sheet;
B. income and expenses are translated at average exchange rate for the reporting period; and
C. all resulting exchange differences are recognised in other comprehensive income and accumulated in equity as foreign
currency translation reserve for subsequent reclassification to profit or loss on disposal of such foreign operations. The portion
of foreign currency translation reserve attributed to non-controlling interests is reflected as part of non-controlling interests.
Segment accounting policies are in line with the accounting policies of the Group. In addition, the following specific accounting policies
have been followed for segment reporting:
(i) Segment revenue includes sales and other operational revenue directly identifiable with/allocable to the segment including (a)
inter- segment revenue and (b) profit on sale of business undertaking/stake in the subsidiary and/or joint venture companies under
development projects segment and realty business grouped under “Others” segment.
(ii) Expenses that are directly identifiable with/allocable to segments are considered for determining the segment result. In respect of
(a) Financial Services segment and (b) Development Projects segment relating to power generation asset given on finance lease, the
finance costs on borrowings are accounted as segment expenses.
(iii) Most of the common costs are allocated to segments mainly on the basis of the respective segment revenue estimated at the
beginning of the reporting period.
(iv) Income not allocable to segments is included in “Unallocable corporate income net of expenditure”.
(vi) Segment assets and liabilities include those directly identifiable with the respective segments. In respect of (a) Financial Services
segment, and (b) Development Projects segment relating to power generation asset given on finance lease, segment liabilities
include borrowings as the finance costs on the borrowings are accounted as segment expenses. Investment in joint ventures and
associates identified with a particular segment are reported as part of the segment assets of those respective segments.
Unallocable corporate assets and liabilities represent the assets and liabilities that relate to the Group as a whole.
(vii) Segment non-cash expenses forming part of segment expenses also includes the fair value of the employee stock options which is
accounted as employee compensation cost [Note 1(x) above] and is allocated to the segment.
(viii) Segment revenue resulting from transactions with other business segments is accounted on the basis of transfer price which are
either determined to yield a desired margin or agreed on a negotiated basis
Deferred tax is recognised on temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities in the Group’s financial
statements and the corresponding tax bases used in computation of taxable profit and quantified using the tax rates and laws enacted or
substantively enacted as on the Balance Sheet date.
Deferred tax liabilities are generally recognised for all taxable temporary differences including the temporary differences associated with
investments in subsidiaries and associates, and interests in joint ventures, except where the Group is able to control the reversal of the
temporary difference and it is probable that the temporary difference will not reverse in the foreseeable future.
Deferred tax assets relating to unabsorbed depreciation/business losses/losses under the head “capital gains”/other temporary
differences are recognised and carried forward to the extent of available taxable temporary differences or where there is convincing
other evidence that sufficient future taxable income will be available against which such deferred tax assets can be realised. The carrying
amount of deferred tax assets is reviewed at the end of each reporting period and reduced to the extent that it is no longer probable
that sufficient taxable profits will be available to allow all or part of the asset to be recovered.
Deferred tax assets in respect of unutilised tax credits which mainly relate to minimum alternate tax are recognised, to the extent it is
probable that such unutilised tax credits will get realised, in the period in which such determination is made.
Transaction or event which is recognised outside profit or loss, either in Other comprehensive income or in equity or in case of business
combination, is recorded along with the tax as applicable.
(ab) Provisions, contingent liabilities and contingent assets
Provisions are recognised only when:
(i) the Group has a present obligation (legal or constructive) as a result of a past event; and
(ii) it is probable that an outflow of resources embodying economic benefits will be required to settle the obligation; and
Provision is measured using the cash flows estimated to settle the present obligation and when the effect of time value of money
is material, the carrying amount of the provision is the present value of those cash flows. Reimbursement expected in respect of
expenditure required to settle a provision is recognised only when it is virtually certain that the reimbursement will be received.
(i) a possible obligation arising from past events and whose existence will be confirmed only by the occurrence or non-occurrence of
one or more uncertain future events not wholly within the control of the entity; or
545
Notes forming part of the
Consolidated Financial Statements
• it is not probable that an outflow of resources embodying economic benefits will be required to settle the obligation; or
Provisions, contingent liabilities and contingent assets are reviewed at each Balance Sheet date.
Where the unavoidable costs of meeting the obligations under the contract exceed the economic benefits expected to be received under
such contract, the present obligation under the contract is recognised and measured as a provision.
(ac) Commitments
Commitments are future liabilities for contractual expenditure, classified and disclosed as follows:
a) estimated amount of contracts remaining to be executed on capital account and not provided for;
d) other non-cancellable commitments, if any, to the extent they are considered material and relevant in the opinion of management.
Other commitments related to sales/procurements made in the normal course of business are not disclosed to avoid excessive details.
Non-current assets and disposal groups are classified as held for sale if their carrying amount is intended to be recovered principally
through a sale (rather than through continuing use) when the asset (or disposal group) is available for immediate sale in its present
condition subject only to terms that are usual and customary for sale of such asset (or disposal group) and the sale is highly probable and
is expected to qualify for recognition as a completed sale within one year from the date of classification.
Non-current assets and disposal groups classified as held for sale are measured at lower of their carrying amount and fair value less costs
to sell.
i. changes during the period in inventories and operating receivables and payables, transactions of a non-cash nature;
ii. non-cash items such as depreciation, provisions, unrealised foreign currency gains and losses; and
iii. all other items for which the cash effects are investing or financing cash flows.
Cash and cash equivalents (including bank balances) shown in the Statement of Cash Flows exclude items which are not available for
general use as at the date of Balance Sheet.
NOTE [1](III)
Recent Pronouncement
There are no standards of accounting or any addendum thereto, prescribed by Ministry of Corporate Affairs under section 133 of the
Companies Act, 2013, which are issued and not effective as at March 31, 2024.
Office equipment
Owned 715.61 105.76 (18.61) 1.05 42.21 761.60 544.28 76.37 (9.22) 0.85 43.23 569.05 – 192.55
Leased out 0.02 – – – – 0.02 – – – – – – – 0.02
Sub-total 715.63 105.76 (18.61) 1.05 42.21 761.62 544.28 76.37 (9.22) 0.85 43.23 569.05 – 192.57
Furniture and fixtures
Owned 491.46 178.88 – 0.91 53.05 618.20 353.29 64.60 – 0.82 44.02 374.69 0.06 243.45
Leased out 14.36 – – – – 14.36 7.20 – – – – 7.20 – 7.16
Sub-total 505.82 178.88 – 0.91 53.05 632.56 360.49 64.60 – 0.82 44.02 381.89 0.06 250.61
Vehicles 402.54 72.74 – 1.27 69.00 407.55 244.30 45.11 – 1.06 59.42 231.05 – 176.50
Management
Other assets
Aircraft 249.83 0.09 – – – 249.92 85.54 14.80 – – – 100.34 – 149.58
Ships 286.39 37.12 – – – 323.51 92.12 21.31 – – – 113.43 – 210.08
Shiplift, marine structures
Discussion and Analysis
16194.68
* Transfer within property, plant and equipment and Transfer (to) / from investment property
Reports
Statutory
Financial
547
Statements
Notes forming part of the Consolidated Financial Statements (contd.)
548
NOTE [2] (contd.)
v crore
Cost Depreciation Impairment Book value
Foreign Foreign
Class of assets As at Business As at Up to Business For the Up to Up to As at
Additions Transfer* currency Deductions Transfer* currency Deductions
1-4-2022 combination 31-3-2023 31-3-2022 combination year 31-3-2023 31-3-2023 31-3-2023
fluctuation fluctuation
Land
Freehold 856.64 – 0.06 – – 1.43 855.27 – – – – – – – – 855.27
leasehold 145.69 – – (0.06) – – 145.63 12.82 – 1.70 – – – 14.52 – 131.11
Sub-total 1002.33 – 0.06 (0.06) – 1.43 1000.90 12.82 – 1.70 – – – 14.52 – 986.38
Buildings 4485.56 – 119.38 22.16 18.74 22.32 4623.52 1005.73 – 160.66 3.19 5.79 15.82 1159.55 215.34 3248.63
Plant & equipment
Owned 8941.57 0.02 1752.42 (4.23) 34.92 217.90 10506.80 4989.06 0.02 1014.14 (1.80) 29.58 197.64 5833.36 26.63 4646.81
Leased out 323.59 – 0.63 – – – 324.22 204.95 – 16.63 – – 221.58 – 102.64
Sub-total 9265.16 0.02 1753.05 (4.23) 34.92 217.90 10831.02 5194.01 0.02 1030.77 (1.80) 29.58 197.64 6054.94 26.63 4749.45
Computers
Owned 2066.11 20.29 448.69 (0.11) 4.13 91.83 2447.28 1340.77 18.14 340.65 (0.11) 2.61 87.77 1614.29 – 832.99
Leased out 6.27 – – – – – 6.27 6.27 – – – – – 6.27 – –
Sub-total 2072.38 20.29 448.69 (0.11) 4.13 91.83 2453.55 1347.04 18.14 340.65 (0.11) 2.61 87.77 1620.56 – 832.99
Office equipment
Owned 630.37 1.05 94.29 0.16 4.05 14.31 715.61 481.84 0.89 70.56 0.16 3.50 12.67 544.28 0.01 171.32
Leased out 0.02 – – – – – 0.02 – – – – – – – – 0.02
Sub-total 630.39 1.05 94.29 0.16 4.05 14.31 715.63 481.84 0.89 70.56 0.16 3.50 12.67 544.28 0.01 171.34
Furniture and fixtures
Owned 481.06 0.13 39.77 (0.30) 5.49 34.69 491.46 318.74 0.12 63.02 (0.28) 4.21 32.52 353.29 0.24 137.93
Leased out 14.36 – – – – – 14.36 7.20 – – – – – 7.20 – 7.16
Sub-total 495.42 0.13 39.77 (0.30) 5.49 34.69 505.82 325.94 0.12 63.02 (0.28) 4.21 32.52 360.49 0.24 145.09
Vehicles
Owned 404.64 0.36 64.60 – 7.45 74.51 402.54 256.84 0.32 43.48 – 6.69 63.03 244.30 – 158.24
Leased out 0.67 – – – – 0.67 – 0.49 – 0.02 – – 0.51 – – –
Sub-total 405.31 0.36 64.60 – 7.45 75.18 402.54 257.33 0.32 43.50 – 6.69 63.54 244.30 – 158.24
Other assets
Aircraft 244.45 – 5.38 – – – 249.83 71.70 – 13.84 – – – 85.54 – 164.29
Ships 264.26 – 22.13 – – – 286.39 71.02 – 21.10 – – – 92.12 – 194.27
Shiplift, marine structures and
related assets 683.07 – – – – – 683.07 269.17 – 30.55 – – – 299.72 – 383.35
Breakwater structures 233.43 – – – – – 233.43 44.37 – 5.01 – – – 49.38 – 184.05
Leasehold Improvements 419.05 – 51.41 – 0.99 1.93 469.52 305.72 – 46.94 – 0.58 1.92 351.32 – 118.20
Sub-total 1844.26 – 78.92 – 0.99 1.93 1922.24 761.98 – 117.44 – 0.58 1.92 878.08 – 1044.16
Total 20200.81 21.85 2598.76 17.62 75.77 459.59 22455.22 9386.69 19.49 1828.30 1.16 52.96 411.88 10876.72 242.22 11336.28
Add: Capital work-in-progress 2949.09
14285.37
* Transfer within property, plant and equipment and Transfer (to) / from investment property
Notes forming part of the
Consolidated Financial Statements
(b) Depreciation for the year includes impact of foreign currency fluctuation ¢ 0.64 crore (previous year: ¢ 1.54 crore) and depreciation
capitalised ¢ 0.16 crore (previous year: ¢ 0.06 crore)
(d) Owned assets given on operating lease have been presented separately under respective class of assets as “Leased out” in accordance
with Ind AS 116 “Leases”.
549
Notes forming part of the
Consolidated Financial Statements
Notes:
(a) Carrying value of Investment property pledged as collateral for liabilities and/or commitments and having restriction on title as at March
31, 2024: Nil (previous year: Nil)
(b) Useful life of building included in investment property: 3 to 60 years
(c) Amounts recognised in the Statement of Profit and Loss in respect of investment property: ¢ crore
Sr. no. Particulars 2023-24 2022-23
1 Rental income derived from investment property 144.64 131.46
2 Direct operating expenses arising from investment property that generated rental income 14.12 13.05
3 Direct operating expenses arising from investment property that did not generate rental – –
income
(d) Fair value of investment property as at March 31, 2024 ¢ 6024.49 crore (previous year: ¢ 8157.81 crore).
(e) The fair values of investment property have been determined by internal architectural department or independent valuer, as appropriate.
Fair value of property that are evaluated by registered independent valuers as defined under rule 2 of Companies (Registered Valuers and
Valuation) Rules, 2017, amounted to ¢ 2855.87 crore. (previous year ¢ 968.02 crore). Valuation is based on government rates, market
research, market trend and comparable values as considered appropriate.
(f) Impairment on capital work-in-progress recognised in the Statement of Profit and Loss during the year is ¢ Nil (previous year
¢ 112.69 crore).
(g) Ageing of Capital work-in-progress v crore
As at 31-3-2024 As at 31-3-2023
Particulars Less than More than Less than More than
1-2 years 2-3 years Total 1-2 years 2-3 years Total
1 year 3 years 1 year 3 years
Projects in progress 60.68 12.21 8.32 173.72 254.93 37.85 172.14 91.82 504.24 806.05
As on the date of balance sheet, there is no capital work-in-progress project(s) whose completion is overdue or has exceeded the cost,
based on the approved plan.
551
Notes forming part of the
Consolidated Financial Statements
Notes:
(a) Amortisation for the year includes impact of foreign currency fluctuation ¢ 0.10 crore (previous year: ¢ Nil) and depreciation capitalised
¢ 0.30 crore (previous year: ¢ 0.30 crore)
(b) Details of addition in other intangible assets:
R crore
2023-24 2022-23
Class of assets Internal Acquired Internal Acquired
Total Total
development - external development - external
Fare collection Rights – 12.55 12.55 – 16.17 16.17
Specialised Software 82.46 119.50 201.96 49.20 165.37 214.57
Technical Know-how – 53.66 53.66 – – –
New Product Design and Development – 0.73 0.73 – – –
Platforms and Courses 16.22 1.21 17.43 28.47 – 28.47
Total 98.68 187.65 286.33 77.67 181.54 259.21
(2) The average borrowing cost used for capitalisation is 7.29% (previous year : 6.68%).
NOTE [6]
Non-current assets: Financial assets - Other investments
v crore
Particulars As at 31-3-2024 As at 31-3-2023
Equity instruments 124.31 316.16
Preference shares 165.24 180.69
Government and trust securities 1761.71 373.46
Debentures and bonds 477.76 549.16
Security receipts 6769.51 6321.07
Units of fund 27.37 29.49
Other investments 100.04 150.00
9425.94 7920.03
NOTE [7]
Non-current assets: Financial assets - Loans towards financing activities
v crore
Particulars As at 31-3-2024 As at 31-3-2023
Considered good - secured 28259.85 21605.35
Less : Allowance for expected credit loss 46.82 51.03
28213.03 21554.32
Considered good - unsecured 24369.91 19617.46
Less : Allowance for expected credit loss 518.06 438.35
Less : Impairment 1932.39 1932.39
21919.46 17246.72
Having significant increase in credit risk 1870.76 1931.92
Less : Allowance for expected credit loss 327.40 266.21
1543.36 1665.71
Credit impaired 2270.91 2196.86
Less : Allowance for expected credit loss 1792.00 1742.69
478.91 454.17
52154.76 40920.92
553
Notes forming part of the
Consolidated Financial Statements
NOTE [9]
Non-current assets: Financial assets - Others
v crore
Particulars As at 31-3-2024 As at 31-3-2023
Security deposits
Considered good - unsecured 529.65 499.42
Less: Allowance for expected credit loss 41.66 41.82
487.99 457.60
Cash and bank balances not available for immediate use 194.91 128.82
Fixed deposits with banks (maturity more than 12 months) 478.52 1049.35
Forward contract receivables 757.59 300.43
Embedded derivative receivables 11.94 27.40
Other receivables [1]
21.13 2.18
1952.08 1965.78
[1]
Mainly includes deferred receivables, lease receivables and recoverable from banks.
NOTE [10]
Other non-current assets
v crore
Particulars As at 31-3-2024 As at 31-3-2023
Capital advances:
Secured 4.21 1.47
Unsecured 76.20 36.22
80.41 37.69
Advance recoverable other than in cash 2076.14 2339.69
2156.55 2377.38
Note: During the year ¢ 24.76 crore (previous year ¢ 10.74 crore) was recognised as expense towards write-down of inventories (net).
NOTE [12]
Current assets: Financial assets - Investments
v crore
Particulars As at 31-3-2024 As at 31-3-2023
Equity shares 16.14 40.31
Government and trust securities 6747.58 6210.69
Debentures and bonds 6713.72 7339.40
Mutual funds 11387.59 11608.92
Collateral borrowing and lending obligation (CBLO) 699.87 899.67
Commercial Paper 937.25 2515.31
InvITs 2694.57 802.08
Treasury bills and other investments 5760.91 6157.04
34957.63 35573.42
NOTE [13]
Current assets: Financial assets - Trade receivables
v crore
Particulars As at 31-3-2024 As at 31-3-2023
Considered good - secured 13.05 13.67
Considered good - unsecured 53103.21 48785.63
Less: Allowance for expected credit loss 4353.75 4075.09
48749.46 44710.54
Credit impaired 248.34 347.07
Less: Allowance for expected credit loss 239.90 339.75
8.44 7.32
48770.95 44731.53
555
Notes forming part of the
Consolidated Financial Statements
v crore
As at 31-3-2023
Outstanding for following periods from due date of payment
Particulars
Not due Less than 6 months - More than Total
1-2 years 2-3 years
6 months 1 year 3 years
Undisputed:
- Considered good 27634.95 10655.35 2949.83 2796.48 1104.20 2119.03 47259.84
- Credit impaired – 1.74 1.23 10.30 10.39 109.20 132.86
Disputed:
- Considered good 104.49 21.87 2.52 101.19 54.58 1254.81 1539.46
- Credit impaired – – – – – 214.21 214.21
Gross trade receivables 27739.44 10678.96 2953.58 2907.97 1169.17 3697.25 49146.37
Less: Allowance for expected credit loss 4414.84
44731.53
NOTE [14]
Current assets: Financial assets - Cash and cash equivalents
v crore
Particulars As at 31-3-2024 As at 31-3-2023
Balance with banks 8536.70 9990.60
Cheques and drafts on hand 520.18 451.03
Cash on hand 7.17 14.86
Fixed deposits with banks (maturity less than 3 months) 2894.45 6470.20
11958.50 16926.69
NOTE [16]
Current Assets: Financial Assets - Loans towards financing activities
v crore
Particulars As at 31-3-2024 As at 31-3-2023
Considered good - secured 15320.61 23860.34
Less : Allowance for expected credit loss 33.28 35.53
Less : Net fair value changes 330.42 1008.63
14956.91 22816.18
Considered good - unsecured 19225.57 14836.92
Less : Allowance for expected credit loss 726.08 652.41
Less : Impairment 56.25 56.25
18443.24 14128.26
Having significant increase in credit risk 1418.88 3425.70
Less : Allowance for expected credit loss 94.55 99.79
Less : Net fair value changes 91.83 532.58
1232.50 2793.33
Credit Impaired 427.07 1633.87
Less : Net fair value changes 245.13 911.09
181.94 722.78
34814.59 40460.55
NOTE [17]
Current assets: Financial assets - Other loans
v crore
Particulars As at 31-3-2024 As at 31-3-2023
Loans and advances to related parties
Considered good - unsecured 26.94 168.31
Others loans
Considered good - unsecured 79.60 82.84
106.54 251.15
557
Notes forming part of the
Consolidated Financial Statements
NOTE [19]
Other current assets
v crore
Particulars As at 31-3-2024 As at 31-3-2023
Contract assets [Note 47(d)(i)]
Unbilled revenue 45930.90 42169.63
Retention money 14194.43 13367.18
60125.33 55536.81
Advance recoverable other than in cash 10740.44 10355.98
Government grant receivable 12.12 14.61
Other loans and advances 0.99 0.67
Less: Allowance for expected credit loss 0.99 0.67
– –
Others 4.41 12.99
70882.30 65920.39
(d) Shareholders holding more than 5% of equity shares as at the end of the year:
As at 31-3-2024 As at 31-3-2023
Name of the shareholders Number of Shareholding Number of Shareholding
shares % shares %
L&T Employees Trust 19,48,87,516 14.18 19,25,58,158 13.70
Life Insurance Corporation of India 15,17,12,116 11.04 16,04,73,308 11.42
(e) Shares reserved for issue under options outstanding on un-issued share capital:
As at 31-3-2024 As at 31-3-2023
Number of Number of
Particulars R crore R crore
equity shares equity shares
(at face (at face
to be issued to be issued
value) value)
as fully paid as fully paid
Employee stock options granted and outstanding [1] 16,29,198 0.33 [2]
11,74,574 0.23[2]
[1]
Note 20(h) below for terms of employee stock option schemes
[2]
The equity shares will be issued at a premium of ¢ 27.41 crore (previous year: ¢ 25.57 crore)
(f) The aggregate number of equity shares allotted as fully paid up by way of bonus shares in immediately preceding five years ended March
31, 2024 are NIL (previous period of five years ended March 31, 2023: 46,67,64,755 shares).
(g) The aggregate number of equity shares issued pursuant to contract, without payment being received in cash in immediately preceding
five years ended on March 31, 2024 – NIL (previous period of five years ended March 31, 2023: NIL).
559
Notes forming part of the
Consolidated Financial Statements
Sr.
Particulars 2023-24 2022-23
No.
i. Weighted average risk-free interest rate 7.05% 6.77%
ii. Weighted average expected life of options 2.75 Years 2.83 years
iii. Weighted average expected volatility 18.64% 25.03%
iv. Weighted average expected dividends over the life of the options ¢ 65.90 per option ¢ 62.26 per option
v. Weighted average share price ¢ 2479.86 per option ¢ 1553.63 per option
vi. Weighted average exercise price ¢ 135.63 per option ¢ 7.80 per option
vii. Method used to determine expected volatility Expected volatility is based on the historical volatility
of the company’s share price applicable to the total
expected life of each option.
On November 30, 2023, the special resolution dated May 22, 2021 passed by erstwhile Mindtree Limited relating to grant of
loan to the ‘LTIMindtree Employee Welfare Trust’ (formerly known as Mindtree Employee Welfare Trust) (‘ESOP Trust’) with a
view to enable the ESOP Trust to subscribe equity shares of the Company for implementation and administration of ESOP 2021
plan, has been partially modified and the shareholders of the Company, through postal ballot, have approved the grant of loan
to the ESOP Trust to subscribe equity shares of the Company for administration of ESOP Scheme 2015 along with ESOP 2021
plan, the aggregate value of loan shall not exceed the statutory ceiling of five (5%) percent of the paid-up capital and free
reserves of the Company.
(i) The details of the grant under the aforesaid scheme is summarised below:
Sr. ESOS 2015
No. Particulars 2023-24 2022-23
i. Grant price ¢1 ¢1
ii. Grant dates 10-6-2016 onwards
iii. Vesting commences on 10-6-2017 onwards
iv. Options granted & outstanding at the beginning of the year 9,27,942 3,25,915
v. Options granted during the year 30,872 7,66,815
vi. Options exercised during the year 1,56,666 1,35,016
vii. Options lapsed/cancelled during the year 1,60,172 29,772
viii. Options granted & outstanding at the end of the year 6,41,976 9,27,942
ix. Options vested at the end of the year out of (viii) above 1,32,537 73,565
x. Options unvested at the end of the year out of (viii) above 5,09,439 8,54,377
xi. Weighted average remaining contractual life of options (in years) 5.3 6.0
(ii) Weighted average share price at the date of exercise for stock options exercised during the year is ¢ 5298 per share
(previous year: ¢ 4761 per share).
561
Notes forming part of the
Consolidated Financial Statements
(i) The details of the grant under the aforesaid scheme is summarised below:
The ESOP Trust shall subscribe to the equity shares of the company using the proceeds from loans obtained from the company,
other cash inflows from allotment of shares to employees under the ESOP Plan, to the extent of number of shares as is
necessary for transferring to the employees. The Nomination and Remuneration Committee shall determine the exercise price
which will not be less than the face value of the shares.
Options under this program are granted to employees at an exercise price periodically determined by the Nomination and
Remuneration Committee. All stock options have a four-year vesting term. The options vest and become fully exercisable at
Series B
Sr. No. Particulars
2023-24 2022-23
i. Weighted average grant price ¢ 3268 ¢ 3268
ii. Grant dates 9-8-2021 onwards
iii. Vesting commences on 9-8-2022 onwards
iv. Options granted & outstanding at the beginning of the year 1,01,141 1,24,100
v. Options granted during the year – –
vi. Options exercised during the year 5,014 3,256
vii. Options lapsed/cancelled during the year 9,168 19,703
viii. Options granted & outstanding at the end of the year 86,959 1,01,141
ix. Options vested at the end of the year out of (viii) above 41,128 26,564
x. Options unvested at the end of the year out of (viii) above 45,831 74,577
xi. Weighted average remaining contractual life of options (in years) 6.0 7.0
563
Notes forming part of the
Consolidated Financial Statements
(ii) The exercise period for the options granted under the ESOP Scheme, 2016 would be seven years from the date of grant
of options or six years from the date of first vesting or three years from the date of retirement/death, whichever is
earlier, subject to any change as may be approved by the Board. The exercise price may be decided by the Board, in such
manner, during such period, in one or more tranches and on such terms and conditions as it may deem fit, provided that
the exercise price per option shall not be less than the par value of the equity share of company and shall not be more
than the market price as defined in the SEBI (Share Based Employee Benefits) Regulations,2021 and shall be subject to
compliance with accounting policies under the said regulation. The number of shares to be allotted on exercise of options
should not exceed the total number of unexercised vested options that may be exercised by the employee. Details of
grant under ESOP Scheme, 2016 is summarised below:
Sr. ESOP Scheme, 2016
No. Particulars 2023-24 2022-23
i. Grant price ¢2 ¢2
ii. Grant dates 28-7-2016 onwards
iii. Vesting commences on 28-7-2017 onwards
iv. Options granted & outstanding at the beginning of the year 5,14,250 2,15,725
v. Options lapsed during the year 24,400 22,700
vi. Options granted during the year 16,400 3,97,200
vii. Options exercised during the year 1,45,700 75,975
viii. Options granted & outstanding at the end of the year 3,60,550 5,14,250
ix. Options vested at the end of the year out of (viii) above 47,150 50,350
x. Options unvested at the end of the year out of (viii) above 3,13,400 4,63,900
xi. Weighted average remaining contractual life of options (in years) 2.89 3.84
(B) Weighted average share price at the date of exercise for stock options exercised during the year is ¢ 4320.68 per share
(previous year: ¢ 3692.66 per share).
(C) In respect of stock options granted pursuant to the company’s stock options schemes, the fair value of the options is treated as
discount and accounted as employee compensation over the vesting period.
(D) There were 16,400 new options granted during the year ended March 31, 2024. The fair value at grant date of options
granted during the year: ¢ 3369.50. The fair value at grant date is determined using the Black-Scholes Option Pricing Model
which takes into account the exercise price, term of option, share price at grant date and expected price volatility of the
underlying share, the expected dividend yield and the risk-free interest rate for the term of the option. The model inputs for
options granted during the year included:
Sr. No. Particulars 2023-24 2022-23
i. Weighted average exercise price ¢2 ¢2
ii. Grant date 26-Apr-23 21-Apr-22
iii. Expiry date 25-Apr-30 20-Apr-29
iv. Weighted average share price at grant date ¢ 3447.00 per option ¢ 4244.30 per option
v. Weighted average expected price volatility of company’s share 39.00% 40.52%
vi. Weighted average expected dividend yield over life of option 2.65% 2.07%
vii. Weighted average risk-free interest 6.96% 5.86%
viii. Method used to determine expected volatility The expected price volatility is based on the
historic volatility (based on the remaining life of
the options), adjusted for any expected changes
to future volatility based on publicly available
information.
(B) Weighted average fair values of options granted during the year is ¢ 118.74 (Previous year: ¢ 69.48) per options.
(C) The fair value has been calculated using the Black-Scholes Option Pricing Model and the significant assumptions and inputs to
estimate the fair value of options granted during the year are as follows:
Sr. No. Particulars 2023-24 2022-23
i. Weighted average risk-free interest rate 7.20% 6.65%
ii. Weighted average expected life of options 2.77 years 2.75 years
iii. Weighted average expected volatility 36.53% 39.16%
iv. Weighted average expected dividends (¢) 5.54 per option 2.66 per option
v. Weighted average share price (¢) 131.38 per option 79.87 per option
vi. Weighted average exercise price (¢) 10.00 per option 10.00 per option
vii. Method used to determine expected volatility Expected volatility is based on the historical volatility of
the company’s shares price applicable to the expected
life of each option.
565
Notes forming part of the
Consolidated Financial Statements
(b) Non-convertible debentures and borrowings from banks and financial institutions are secured by charge on the specified movable and
immovable assets of the respective entities.
NOTE [23]
Non-current liabilities: Other financial liabilities
v crore
Particulars As at 31-3-2024 As at 31-3-2023
Forward contract payables 18.30 202.89
Embedded derivative payables – 4.89
Financial guarantee contracts 0.03 0.36
Due to others [1] 77.74 64.82
96.07 272.96
[1]
Mainly includes security deposits and liabilities towards capital goods
NOTE [24]
Non-current liabilities: Provisions
v crore
Particulars As at 31-3-2024 As at 31-3-2023
Employee pension scheme [Note 52(b)(i)] 351.87 346.44
Post-retirement medical benefits plan [Note 52(b)(i)] 375.92 337.66
Provision for other employee benefits 13.90 11.22
Other provisions [Note 56(a)] 245.69 174.67
987.38 869.99
NOTE [25]
Other non-current liabilities
v crore
Particulars As at 31-3-2024 As at 31-3-2023
Deferred Income in respect of Government Grants 585.00 64.64
Other payables 33.02 17.09
618.02 81.73
567
Notes forming part of the
Consolidated Financial Statements
Note: The secured portion of loans payable on demand and bank borrowings are secured by charge on the specified movable and immovable
assets of the respective entities.
NOTE [27]
Current liabilities: Financial liabilities - Current maturities of long term borrowings
v crore
As at 31-3-2024 As at 31-3-2023
Particulars
Secured Unsecured Total Secured Unsecured Total
Redeemable non-convertible fixed rate debentures 7845.26 6549.07 14394.33 8373.71 5768.69 14142.40
Redeemable non-convertible floating rate debentures – – – – 143.51 143.51
Term loans from banks 14797.67 42.20 14839.87 11339.29 169.45 11508.74
Loans from financial institutions 464.33 – 464.33 604.73 – 604.73
23107.26 6591.27 29698.53 20317.73 6081.65 26399.38
Notes:
(a) Loans guaranteed by directors: ¢ Nil (previous year: ¢ Nil)
(b) Non-convertible debentures and borrowings from banks and financial institutions are secured by charge on the specified movable and
immovable assets of the respective entities.
NOTE [28]
Current liabilities: Financial liabilities - Other trade payables
v crore
Particulars As at 31-3-2024 As at 31-3-2023
Acceptances 93.89 15.69
Due to related parties:
Associates 5.97 9.20
Joint ventures 1286.39 1458.16
1292.36 1467.36
Due to others 50887.92 47449.37
52274.17 48932.42
v crore
As at 31-3-2023
Outstanding for following periods from due date of payment
Particulars Unbilled
Not due Less than More than Total
Dues 1-2 years 2-3 years
1 year 3 years
Undisputed:
Micro and small enterprises 58.19 709.68 73.66 5.82 2.47 1.88 851.70
Others 13331.70 24110.32 9273.61 554.01 201.45 1453.19 48924.28
Disputed:
Micro and small enterprises – – – – – – –
Others – 7.48 – – – 0.66 8.14
13389.89 24827.48 9347.27 559.83 203.92 1455.73 49784.12
NOTE [29]
Current liabilities: Other financial liabilities
v crore
Particulars As at 31-3-2024 As at 31-3-2023
Unclaimed dividend 129.90 129.10
Unclaimed interest on debentures 166.34 181.20
Financial guarantee contracts 0.17 1.18
Forward contract payables 325.49 384.61
Embedded derivative payables 41.64 43.78
Due to others [1] [2] 6912.13 6702.07
7575.67 7441.94
[1]
Due to others include due to directors: ¢ 125.36 crore (previous year: ¢ 95.41 crore)
[2]
Mainly includes security deposits and liability towards employee benefits and capital goods
NOTE [30]
Other current liabilities
v crore
Particulars As at 31-3-2024 As at 31-3-2023
Contract liabilities [Note 47(d)(i)]
Excess of billing over revenue 20647.38 18371.09
Advances from customers 26874.76 20424.75
47522.14 38795.84
Deferred income in respect of Government Grants 1.06 –
Other payables [1] 4810.53 3370.71
52333.73 42166.55
[1]
Mainly includes statutory dues and liabilities towards joint operations, volume discount and employee benefits
569
Notes forming part of the
Consolidated Financial Statements
NOTE [32]
Contingent Liabilities
v crore
NOTE [34]
Revenue from operations
v crore
Particulars 2023-24 2022-23
Sales & service:
Construction and project related activity 147603.49 116096.12
Manufacturing and trading activity 4828.33 4572.86
Engineering service fees 8940.19 7982.07
Software development products and services 35119.11 32846.03
Income from financing activity/annuity based projects 14074.87 13375.96
Property development activity 2804.71 1316.14
Fare collection and related activity 602.98 458.20
Servicing fees 1868.83 1522.46
Commission 130.37 125.84
Charter hire income 2.48 0.65
Investment/portfolio management and trusteeship fees – 217.47
Fees for operation and maintenance of power plant 3140.33 3147.62
219115.69 181661.42
Other operational income:
Lease rentals 166.11 148.45
Property maintenance recoveries 86.44 57.56
Gain on sale of subsidiary/business undertaking 511.73 –
Premium earned (net) on related forward exchange contracts 28.83 65.14
Net gain/(loss) on sale of investment property 21.93 106.28
Miscellaneous income 1182.18 1301.85
1997.22 1679.28
221112.91 183340.70
571
Notes forming part of the
Consolidated Financial Statements
NOTE [36]
Manufacturing, construction and operating expenses
v crore
Particulars 2023-24 2022-23
Cost of raw materials, components consumed:
Raw materials and components 19625.81 19178.65
Less: Scrap sales 183.56 183.54
19442.25 18995.11
Construction materials consumed 54813.97 43237.35
Purchase of stock-in-trade 1063.77 1052.86
Stores, spares and tools consumed 4432.02 4814.89
Sub-contracting charges 35054.35 25624.45
Changes in inventories of finished goods, stock-in-trade, work-in-progress and property
development:
Closing stock:
Finished goods 82.09 94.95
Stock-in-trade 228.30 364.92
Work-in-progress 9470.98 10005.68
Cost of built-up space and property development land:
Work-in-progress 3710.77 3998.29
Completed property 222.13 271.50
13714.27 14735.34
Carried forward 13714.27 114806.36 14735.34 93724.66
v crore
Particulars 2023-24 2022-23
Brought forward 13714.27 114806.36 14735.34 93724.66
Less: Opening stock:
Finished goods 94.95 89.29
Stock-in-trade 364.92 319.61
Work-in-progress 10005.68 7171.57
Cost of built-up space and property development land:
Work-in-progress 3998.29 3277.96
Completed property 271.50 366.49
14735.34 11224.92
1021.07 (3510.42)
Inventorisation of investment property – 353.78
1021.07 (3156.64)
Other manufacturing, construction and operating expenses:
Power and fuel 2526.75 2655.76
Royalty and technical know-how fees 127.09 30.70
Packing and forwarding 749.95 901.27
Rent and hire charges 5724.39 3916.13
Bank guarantee charges 309.75 304.62
Engineering, professional, technical and consultancy fees 4226.57 2618.85
Insurance 821.43 616.65
Rates and taxes 955.76 857.25
Travelling and conveyance 1704.92 1602.08
Repairs to plant and equipment 155.23 135.31
Repairs to buildings 19.74 26.09
General repairs and maintenance 759.27 699.94
Provision/(reversal) for foreseeable losses on construction contracts 207.86 148.32
Other provisions/(reversal of provisions) 18.18 (125.90)
Expenses on construction job in realty business 994.82 707.80
Software development expenses 4130.13 3912.39
Miscellaneous expenses 1054.65 1013.55
24486.49 20020.81
Finance cost of financial services business and finance lease activity 5714.90 6026.44
146028.82 116615.27
573
Notes forming part of the
Consolidated Financial Statements
NOTE [38]
Sales, administration and other expenses
v crore
Particulars 2023-24 2022-23
Power and fuel 218.44 167.85
Packing and forwarding 80.20 88.04
Insurance 135.27 120.15
Rent and hire charges 333.89 323.06
Rates and taxes 478.86 359.22
Travelling and conveyance 711.54 565.22
Repairs to buildings 125.52 122.49
General repairs and maintenance 784.64 579.00
Professional fees 1550.32 1512.25
Directors’ fees 7.18 8.76
Telephone, postage and telegrams 193.76 233.93
Advertising and publicity 345.49 304.84
Stationery and printing 80.23 75.32
Commission:
Distributors and agents 34.86 37.39
Others 7.94 5.70
42.80 43.09
Bank charges 251.42 211.84
Impairment on lease receivables – 23.34
Corporate social responsibility expenses 271.29 257.97
Collection cost (Financial Services business) 520.30 419.61
Miscellaneous expenses 1108.90 849.74
Bad debts and advances written off (net of written back) 2129.70 2592.71
Less: Allowances for expected credit loss written back 1567.90 1706.00
561.80 886.71
Allowances for expected credit loss 2350.80 1908.53
Loss on fair valuation/sale of investments towards financing activities (net) 1106.66 716.20
Loss on fair valuation of loans towards financing activities (net) (675.20) (509.54)
Recoveries from joint ventures and associates (26.65) (32.20)
Exchange (gain)/loss [net] (145.20) (550.08)
Other provisions 7.16 72.70
10419.42 8758.04
39(a) Aggregation of expenses disclosed vide Note 36 - Manufacturing, construction and operating expenses, Note 37 - Employee benefits
expense, Note 38 - Sales, administration and other expenses and Note 39 - Finance costs
R crore
575
Notes forming part of the
Consolidated Financial Statements
As at 31-3-2024 As at 31-3-2023
Proportion Proportion
Sr. Principal place of effective of effective
Name of subsidiaries
No. of business ownership ownership
interest /voting interest /voting
power(%) power(%)
Indian subsidiaries
1 Hi-Tech Rock Products and Aggregates Limited India 100.00 100.00
2 L&T Geostructure Private Limited India 100.00 100.00
3 L&T Infrastructure Engineering Limited[a] India – 100.00
4 LTIMindtree Limited India 68.64 68.68
5 Lymbyc Solutions Private Limited[b] India – 68.68
6 Powerup Cloud Technologies Private Limited[b] India – 68.68
7 Cuelogic Technologies Private Limited[b] India – 68.68
8 L&T Technology Services Limited India 73.74 73.85
9 L&T Thales Technology Services Private Limited India 54.57 54.65
10 Graphene Semiconductor Services Private Limited [c] India – 73.85
11 Seastar Labs Private Limited[c] India – 73.85
12 Esencia Technologies India Private Limited [c] India – 73.85
13 L&T Network Services Private Limited India 100.00 100.00
14 L&T Semiconductor Technologies Limited [d] India 100.00 –
15 L&T Finance Limited (formerly known as L&T Finance Holdings Limited) India 65.86 66.11
16 L&T Finance Limited[e] India – 66.11
17 L&T Infra Credit Limited[e] India – 66.11
18 L&T Infra Investment Partners Advisory Private Limited India 65.86 66.11
19 L&T Infra Investment Partners Trustee Private Limited India 65.86 66.11
20 L&T Mutual Fund Trustee Limited[e] India – 66.11
21 L&T Financial Consultants Limited India 65.86 66.11
22 L&T Energy Hydrocarbon Engineering Limited India 100.00 100.00
23 L&T Offshore Private Limited (formerly known as L&T Sapura Offshore Private Limited) [f] India 100.00 –
24 Mudit Cement Private Limited[g] India – 66.11
25 L&T Infra Investment Partners India 36.17 36.31
26 L&T Metro Rail (Hyderabad) Limited[h] India 99.99 99.99
27 L&T Arunachal Hydropower Limited[i] India – 100.00
28 L&T Himachal Hydropower Limited India 100.00 100.00
29 L&T Power Development Limited India 100.00 100.00
30 Nabha Power Limited India 100.00 100.00
31 Chennai Vision Developers Private Limited India 100.00 100.00
32 Elevated Avenue Realty LLP (formerly known as L&T Avenue Realty LLP) India 100.00 100.00
33 L&T Parel Project Private Limited India 100.00 100.00
34 L&T Westend Project LLP India 100.00 100.00
35 Think Tower Developers Private Limited [j] India – 99.00
36 L&T Seawoods Limited India 100.00 100.00
37 L&T Innovation Campus (Chennai) Limited [k] India – 100.00
38 L&T Realty Developers Limited India 100.00 100.00
39 Prime Techpark (Chennai) Private Limited India 100.00 100.00
40 Avenue Techpark (Bangalore) Private Limited [l] India 100.00 –
41 Bangalore Spectrum Techpark Private Limited [m] India 100.00 –
42 Bangalore Galaxy Techpark Private Limited[n] India 100.00 –
43 Chennai Nova Techpark Private Limited[o] India 100.00 –
44 Business Park (Powai) Private Limited[p] India 100.00 –
45 Millennium Techpark (Chennai) Private Limited [q] India 100.00 –
46 Bangalore Fortune Techpark Private Limited[r] India 100.00 –
47 Corporate Park (Powai) Private Limited[r] India 100.00 –
48 LH Residential Housing Private Limited (formerly known as LH Residential Housing Limited) [s] India 100.00 –
49 LH Uttarayan Premium Realty Private Limited [t] India 100.00 –
As at 31-3-2024 As at 31-3-2023
Proportion Proportion
Sr. Principal place of effective of effective
Name of subsidiaries
No. of business ownership ownership
interest /voting interest /voting
power(%) power(%)
Indian subsidiaries
50 L&T Construction Equipment Limited India 100.00 100.00
51 L&T Valves Limited India 100.00 100.00
52 L&T Energy Green Tech Limited (formerly known as L&T Power Limited) [u] India 100.00 99.99
53 L&T Electrolysers Limited[v] India 100.00 –
54 Bhilai Power Supply Company Limited India 99.90 99.90
55 Kesun Iron and Steel Company Private Limited [w] India – 95.00
56 L&T Aviation Services Private Limited India 100.00 100.00
57 L&T Capital Company Limited India 100.00 100.00
[a]
Divested w.e.f January 3, 2024
[b]
Merged with LTIMindtree Limited w.e.f April 1, 2023
[c]
Merged with L&T Technology Services Limited w.e.f April 1, 2022
[d]
Incorporated on November 29, 2023
[e]
Merged with L&T Finance Holdings Limited w.e.f April 1, 2023 and post-merger the resultant entity is renamed as L&T Finance Limited
[f]
Reclassified as subsidiary w.e.f December 27, 2023 and post-reclassification the company is renamed as L&T Offshore Private Limited
[g]
Divested w.e.f September 26, 2023
[h]
One equity share (the Golden Share) is held by the Government of Telangana in pursuance of the Shareholders’ Agreement
[i]
Struck off from register of companies w.e.f July 21, 2023
[j]
Divested w.e.f April 17, 2023
[k]
Merged with L&T Seawoods Limited on April 1, 2023
[l]
Incorporated on April 10, 2023
[m]
Incorporated on April 12, 2023
[n]
Incorporated on April 13, 2023
[o]
Incorporated on April 17, 2023
[p]
Incorporated on April 20, 2023
[q]
Incorporated on April 30, 2023
[r]
Incorporated on May 01, 2023
[s]
Incorporated on July 31, 2023
[t]
Incorporated on February 17, 2024
[u]
During the year balance stake is purchased and entity became a wholly-owned subsidiary
[v]
Incorporated on June 27, 2023
[w]
Struck off from register of companies w.e.f August 08, 2023
As at 31-3-2024 As at 31-3-2023
Proportion Proportion
Sr. Principal place of of effective of effective
Name of subsidiaries
No. business ownership ownership
interest /voting interest /voting
power(%) power(%)
Foreign subsidiaries
1 Larsen & Toubro (Oman) LLC Sultanate of Oman 65.00 65.00
2 Larsen & Toubro Qatar LLC [a] Qatar 49.00 49.00
3 Larsen & Toubro Saudi Arabia LLC Kingdom of Saudi Arabia 100.00 100.00
4 Larsen and Toubro T&D SA Proprietary Limited South Africa 72.50 72.50
5 Larsen & Toubro Heavy Engineering LLC Sultanate of Oman 70.00 70.00
6 L&T Modular Fabrication Yard LLC Sultanate of Oman 70.00 70.00
7 Larsen Toubro Arabia LLC Kingdom of Saudi Arabia 75.00 75.00
8 L&T Hydrocarbon Saudi Company Kingdom of Saudi Arabia 100.00 100.00
9 Larsen & Toubro Kuwait Construction General Contracting Co. W.L.L. Kuwait 49.00 49.00
10 PT Larsen & Toubro Hydrocarbon Engineering Indonesia [b] Indonesia – 95.00
11 Larsen & Toubro Electromech LLC Sultanate of Oman 70.00 70.00
12 LTIMindtree Information Technology Services (Shanghai) Co, Ltd. (formerly known as China 68.64 68.68
L&T Information Technology Services (Shanghai) Co., Ltd.)
577
Notes forming part of the
Consolidated Financial Statements
As at 31-3-2024 As at 31-3-2023
Proportion Proportion
Sr. Principal place of effective of effective
Name of joint ventures
No. of business ownership ownership
interest /voting interest /voting
power(%) power(%)
1 L&T - MHI Power Boilers Private Limited India 51.00 51.00
2 L&T - MHI Power Turbine Generators Private Limited India 51.00 51.00
3 L&T Howden Private Limited India 50.10 50.10
4 L&T-Sargent & Lundy Limited India 50.00 50.00
5 L&T Special Steels and Heavy Forgings Private Limited India 74.00 74.00
6 L&T MBDA Missile Systems Limited India 51.00 51.00
7 L&T Sapura Offshore Private Limited[a] India – 60.00
8 L&T Sapura Shipping Private Limited India 60.00 60.00
9 L&T Hydrocarbon Caspian LLC[b] Azerbaijan – 50.00
10 L&T Infrastructure Development Projects Limited [c] India 51.00 51.00
11 Rewin Infrastructure Limited[c] India 51.00 51.00
12 L&T Chennai-Tada Tollway Limited[c] India 51.00 51.00
13 L&T Rajkot-Vadinar Tollway Limited[c] India 51.00 51.00
14 L&T Deccan Tollways Limited[c] India 51.00 52.89
15 L&T Samakhiali Gandhidham Tollway Limited[c] India 51.00 51.01
16 Kudgi Transmission Limited{c] India 51.00 51.00
17 L&T Sambalpur-Rourkela Tollway limited[c] India 51.00 51.00
18 Panipat Elevated Corridor Limited[c] India 51.00 51.00
19 Vadodara Bharuch Tollway Limited[c] India 51.00 51.00
20 L&T Transportation Infrastructure Limited[c] India 51.00 63.86
21 L&T Interstate Road Corridor Limited[c] India 51.00 51.00
22 Ahmedabad - Maliya Tollway Limited[c] India 51.00 51.00
23 PNG Tollway Limited[c] India 37.74 37.74
24 Watrak Infrastructure Private Limited[c] India 51.00 51.00
25 Raykal Aluminium Company Private Limited India 75.50 75.50
26 Indiran Engineering Projects and Systems Kish PJSC Iran 50.00 50.00
27 GH4India Private Limited[d] India 33.33 –
28 Hydrocarbon Arabia Limited Company[e] Kingdom of Saudi 60.00 –
Arabia
29 L&T Infrastructure Engineering Limited and LEA Associates South Asia Private Limited JV Maldives – 61.00
LLP[f]
[a]
Reclassified as subsidiary w.e.f December 27, 2023 and post-reclassification the company is renamed as L&T Offshore Private Limited
[b]
Liquidated w.e.f September 25, 2023
[c]
Divested w.e.f April 10, 2024
[d]
Incorporated on August 25, 2023
[e]
Incorporated on June 19, 2023
[f]
Divested w.e.f January 3, 2024
579
Notes forming part of the
Consolidated Financial Statements
As at 31-3-2024 As at 31-3-2023
Proportion Proportion
Sr. Principal place
Name of joint operations (with specific ownership interest in the arrangement) of effective of effective
No. of business
ownership ownership
interest (%) interest (%)
1 Desbuild L&T Joint Venture India 49.00 49.00
2 Larsen and Toubro Limited-Shapoorji Pallonji & Co. Ltd. Joint Venture India 50.00 50.00
3 Al Balagh Trading & Contracting Co W.L.L- L&T Joint Venture Qatar 80.00 80.00
4 L&T-AM Tapovan Joint Venture India 65.00 65.00
5 HCC-L&T Purulia Joint Venture India 43.00 43.00
6 International Metro Civil Contractors Joint Venture India 26.00 26.00
7 Metro Tunneling Group India 26.00 26.00
8 L&T-Hochtief Seabird Joint Venture India 90.00 90.00
9 Metro Tunneling Chennai-L&T Shanghai Urban Construction (Group) Corporation Joint India 75.00 75.00
Venture
10 Metro Tunneling Delhi-L&T Shanghai Urban Construction (Group) Corporation Joint Venture India 60.00 60.00
11 L&T-Shanghai Urban Construction (Group) Corporation Joint Venture CC27 Delhi India 68.00 68.00
12 Aktor-Larsen & Toubro-Yapi Merkezi-STFA-Al Jaber Engineering Joint Venture Qatar 22.00 22.00
13 Civil Works Joint Venture Kingdom of Saudi 29.00 29.00
Arabia
14 L&T-Shanghai Urban Construction (Group) Corporation Joint Venture India 51.00 51.00
15 DAEWOO and L&T Joint Venture India 50.00 50.00
16 L&T-STEC JV MUMBAI India 65.00 65.00
17 L&T-ISDPL (JV) India 100.00 100.00
18 L&T-IHI Consortium India 100.00 100.00
19 Larsen and Toubro Limited-Scomi Engineering BHD Consortium-Residual Joint Works Joint India 60.00 60.00
Venture
20 Larsen and Toubro Limited-Scomi Engineering BHD Consortium-O&M Joint Venture India 50.00 50.00
21 L&T- Inabensa Consortium India 100.00 100.00
22 L&T-Delma Mafraq Joint Venture UAE 100.00 100.00
23 L&T-AL-Sraiya LRDP 6 Joint Venture Qatar 75.00 75.00
24 Larsen & Toubro Limited & NCC Limited Joint Venture India 55.00 55.00
25 Besix - Larsen & Toubro Joint Venture UAE 50.00 50.00
26 Larsen & Toubro Ltd - Passavant Energy & Environment JV India 50.00 50.00
27 LNT-Shriram EPC Tanzania UJV Tanzania 90.00 90.00
28 LTH Milcom Private Limited India 56.67 56.67
29 L&T - Tecton JV India 60.00 60.00
30 L&T - Powerchina JV UAE 55.00 55.00
31 L&T - PCIPL JV India 99.00 99.00
32 Bauer- L&T Geo Joint Venture India 50.00 50.00
33 Larsen Toubro Arabia LLC - Subsea Seven Saudi Company Ltd. Kingdom of Saudi 50.00 50.00
Arabia
34 L&T Infrastructure Engineering - LEA Associates South Asia JV [a] India – 61.00
35 L&T Infra Engineering JV United Consultancy [a] Bhutan – 75.81
[a]
Divested w.e.f January 3, 2024
(b) The effect of divestment with ceding of control in subsidiaries during the year is as under:
v crore
Effect on consolidated Line item in Statement of
Sr. profit before non- Profit & Loss in which the gain
Name of company controlling interest is recognised
No.
2023-24 2022-23
1 Think Tower Developers Private Limited – [1]
– Revenue from Operations
2 Mudit Cement Private Limited 5.88 – Other income
3 L&T Infrastructure Engineering Limited (3.24) – Other income
4 L&T Investment Management Limited – 2595.20 Exceptional items before tax
Total 2.64 2595.20
[1]
Less than v 1 Lakh
581
Notes forming part of the
Consolidated Financial Statements
v crore
LTIMindtree Limited
Particulars
2023-24 2022-23
Revenue 34253.40 31975.50
Profit/(loss) for the year 4485.90 4248.20
Other comprehensive income 484.90 (683.40)
Total comprehensive income 4970.80 3564.80
Effective % of non-controlling interest 31.36% 31.32%
Profit/(loss) allocated to non-controlling interest (including consolidation adjustments) 1319.03 1291.25
Dividend to non-controlling interest 556.54 489.37
(ii) Summarised Balance Sheet
v crore
L&T Finance Limited
L&T Technology Services
(formerly known as L&T
Limited
Particulars Finance Holding Limited)
As at As at As at As at
31-3-2024 31-3-2023 31-3-2024 31-3-2023
Current assets (a) 45007.28 60191.08 5789.90 6015.10
Current liabilities (b) 46077.81 44043.59 2374.00 3161.40
Net current assets (c)=(a)-(b) (1070.53) 16147.49 3415.90 2853.70
Non-current assets (d) 57343.55 45836.01 2214.70 1756.60
Non-current liabilities (e) 33078.06 40664.66 579.50 406.00
Net non-current assets (f)=(d)-(e) 24265.49 5171.35 1635.20 1350.60
Net assets (h)=(c)+(f)+(g) 23194.96 21318.84 5051.10 4204.30
Accumulated non-controlling interest 7900.69 7005.45 1430.26 1219.22
v crore
LTIMindtree Limited
Particulars As at As at
31-3-2024 31-3-2023
Current assets (a) 18181.60 16526.40
Current liabilities (b) 5469.20 5104.90
Net current assets (c)=(a)-(b) 12712.40 11421.50
Non-current assets (d) 8276.10 5910.60
Non-current liabilities (e) 1690.00 1355.10
Net non-current assets (f)=(d)-(e) 6586.10 4555.50
Net assets (g)=(c)+(f) 19298.50 15977.00
Accumulated non-controlling interest 6230.41 5290.68
(iii) Summarised statement of cash flows
v crore
L&T Finance Limited
L&T Technology Services
(formerly known as L&T
Particulars Limited
Finance Holding Limited)
2023-24 2022-23 2023-24 2022-23
Cash flows from operating activities 637.44 6360.44 1341.30 1266.90
Cash flows from investing activities 858.79 (505.44) (231.40) (560.20)
Cash flows from financing activities (7040.50) (1659.27) (646.60) (434.20)
Net increase/(decrease) in cash and cash equivalents (5544.27) 4195.73 463.30 272.50
v crore
LTIMindtree Limited
Particulars
2023-24 2022-23
Cash flows from operating activities 5529.60 2886.50
Cash flows from investing activities (3832.50) (248.80)
Cash flows from financing activities (2162.60) (1980.20)
Net increase/(decrease) in cash and cash equivalents (465.50) 657.50
583
Notes forming part of the
Consolidated Financial Statements
NOTE [44]
Acquisitions during the year:
Acquisition of L&T Offshore Private Limited (formerly known as L&T Sapura Offshore Private Limited)
On December 27, 2023, the Parent Company acquired balance 40% stake in L&T Offshore Private Limited (LTOPL). Post this transaction, the
joint venture company has become a wholly owned subsidiary of the Group. It operates in the Energy Projects segment with the objective
of carrying out installation of offshore structure. The net assets acquired by the Parent Company is ¢ 0.04 crore. The assets and liabilities are
accounted for in accordance with the applicable Indian Accounting Standard.
NOTE [45]
Disclosure pursuant to Ind AS 105 “Non-current Assets Held for Sale and Discontinued Operations”:
(a) The Company entered into a Share Purchase Agreement dated December 16, 2022 to sell its stake in L&T Infrastructure Development
Projects Limited, a joint venture, primarily engaged in the development and operation of toll roads and power transmission assets. As on
March 31, 2024, the investment in the joint venture is classified as “Held for Sale”. Subsequently, the Company completed the sale on
April 10, 2024, consequent to completion of customary conditions precedent as per the Share Purchase Agreement.
(b) The Group has following non-current assets recognised as held for sale:
v crore
Particulars Reportable segment Amount
As at 31-3-2024
Investment in L&T Infrastructure Development Projects Limited Development projects 1005.36
As at 31-3-2023
Investment in L&T Infrastructure Development Projects Limited and its subsidiaries Development projects 988.80
585
Notes forming part of the
Consolidated Financial Statements
v crore
2023-24 2022-23
Particulars Inter- Inter-
External Total External Total
segment segment
Revenue
Infrastructure Projects 112550.76 1457.45 114008.21 86717.36 1105.79 87823.15
Energy Projects 29538.91 31.99 29570.90 24907.15 49.11 24956.26
Hi-Tech Manufacturing 8195.95 569.34 8765.29 6534.91 625.96 7160.87
IT & Technology Services 44472.68 443.63 44916.31 41538.17 251.08 41789.25
Financial Services 13108.62 – 13108.62 12574.92 – 12574.92
Development Projects 5620.29 7.72 5628.01 5024.36 4.41 5028.77
Others 7625.70 867.19 8492.89 6043.83 226.95 6270.78
Total 221112.91 3377.32 224490.23 183340.70 2263.30 185604.00
Inter-segment revenue – (3377.32) (3377.32) – (2263.30) (2263.30)
Total 221112.91 – 221112.91 183340.70 – 183340.70
Segment result [Profit/(loss) before interest and tax]
Infrastructure Projects 5720.93 5140.18
Energy Projects 2700.63 2066.69
Hi-Tech Manufacturing 1139.77 995.24
IT & Technology Services 7658.79 7215.08
Financial Services 3028.41 2258.78
Development Projects 1014.73 391.77
Others 1507.70 1103.02
Total 22770.96 19170.76
Inter-segment margins on capital jobs (248.61) (69.43)
Finance costs (3545.85) (3207.16)
Unallocated corporate income net of expenditure 1447.00 1078.87
Profit before exceptional items and tax 20423.50 16973.04
Exceptional items (net of tax) 93.61 135.99
Profit before tax 20517.11 17109.03
Tax expense:
Current tax (5127.70) (5055.17)
Deferred tax 180.31 571.01
Profit after tax 15569.72 12624.87
Share in profit/(loss) after tax of joint ventures/associates
(net) (22.62) (94.25)
Profit for the year 15547.10 12530.62
Non-controlling interest (2487.99) (2059.90)
Profit for the year attributable to Owners of the
Company 13059.11 10470.72
587
Notes forming part of the
Consolidated Financial Statements
v crore
Investment in associates and
Additions to non-current joint ventures accounted
assets applying equity method
Particulars
included in segment assets
As at As at
2023-24 2022-23
31-3-2024 31-3-2023
Infrastructure Projects 2914.42 3803.20 – 3.08
Energy Projects 1266.25 980.06 1161.72 1203.45
Hi-Tech manufacturing 558.96 161.25 102.90 98.33
IT & Technology Services 3845.40 2043.96 – –
Financial Services 145.99 188.96 – –
Developmental Projects 44.00 49.38 (0.37) –
Others 926.33 572.84 – –
Segment total 9701.35 7799.65 1264.25 1304.86
Unallocable 2228.96 149.64 – –
Inter-segment (1437.77) (82.26) – –
Consolidated total 10492.54 7867.03 1264.25 1304.86
v crore
Non-current assets
Particulars As at As at
31-3-2024 31-3-2023
India 50127.31 49291.03
Foreign countries 2283.85 2404.58
Total 52411.16 51695.61
(c) Revenue contributed by any single customer in any of the operating segments, whether reportable or otherwise, does not exceed 10%
of the Group’s total revenue.
(d) The identification of operating segments is consistent with performance assessment and resource allocation by the management.
(e) Segment reporting: basis of identifying operating segments, reportable segments and definition of each reportable segment:
(i) Basis of identifying operating segments:
Operating segments are identified as those components of the Group (a) that engage in business activities to earn revenues
and incur expenses (including transactions with any of the Group’s other components); (b) whose operating results are regularly
reviewed by the Group’s Corporate Executive Management to make decisions about resource allocation and performance
assessment; and (c) for which discrete financial information is available.
The Group has seven reportable segments [described under “segment composition”] which are the Group’s independent
businesses. The nature of products and services offered by these businesses are different and are managed separately given the
different sets of technology and competency requirements. In arriving at the reportable segment, the six operating segments have
been aggregated and reported as “infrastructure segment” as these operating segments have similar economic characteristics in
terms of long term average gross margins, nature of the products and services, type of customers, methods used to distribute the
products and services and the nature of regulatory environment applicable to them.
589
Notes forming part of the
Consolidated Financial Statements
(iv) Consequent to transfer of the Carved-out Business of Smart World and Communication (SWC) to L&T Technology Services Limited
(LTTS), a listed subsidiary w.e.f. April 1, 2023, the business which was hitherto a part of Others segment has now been included in
IT & Technology Services segment. Concurrently, the military communications business has been transferred from Others segment
to Hi-Tech Manufacturing segment.
• Infrastructure Projects segment comprises engineering and construction of (a) building and factories, (b) transportation
infrastructure, (c) heavy civil infrastructure, (d) power transmission & distribution, (e) water & effluent treatment and (f)
minerals and metals.
• Energy Projects segment comprises EPC/turnkey solutions in (a) Hydrocarbon business covering Oil & Gas industry from
front-end design through detailed engineering, modular fabrication, procurement, project management, construction,
installation and commissioning, (b) Power business covering Coal-based and Gas-based thermal power plants including power
generation equipment with associated systems and/or balance-of-plant packages and (c) EPC solutions in Green Energy space.
• Hi-Tech Manufacturing segment comprises design, manufacture/construct, supply and revamp/retrofit of (a) custom
designed, engineered critical equipment & systems to the process plants, nuclear energy & green hydrogen sectors. (b) marine
and land platforms including related equipment & systems; aerospace products & systems; precision and electronics products &
systems for defence, security, space and industrial sectors and (c) electrolysers.
• IT & Technology Services segment comprises (a) information technology and integrated engineering services (including
smart world and communication projects), (b) E-commerce/digital platforms & data centres and (c) semiconductor chip design.
• Financial Services segment comprises retail finance, wholesale finance and asset management (upto the date of
divestment).
• Development Projects segment comprises (a) development, operation and maintenance of infrastructure projects, toll and
fare collection and (b) power generation & development – (i) thermal power and (ii) green energy
• Others segment includes (a) realty, (b) manufacture and sale of industrial valves, (c) manufacture, marketing and servicing
of construction equipment and parts thereof, (d) marketing and servicing of mining machinery and parts thereof and (e)
manufacture and sale of rubber processing machinery. None of the businesses reported as part of others segment meet any of
the quantitative thresholds for determining reportable segments for the year ended March 31, 2024.
v crore
2023-24
Revenue as per Ind AS 115 Total as per
Statement
Segment
Other revenue of Profit and
Domestic Foreign Total
Loss/Segment
report
Infrastructure Projects 78375.15 33813.10 112188.25 362.51 112550.76
Energy Projects 12074.71 17130.31 29205.02 333.89 29538.91
Hi-Tech Manufacturing 5636.37 2530.94 8167.31 28.64 8195.95
IT & Technology Services 3654.62 40818.06 44472.68 – 44472.68
Financial Services 0.84 – 0.84 13107.78 13108.62
Development Projects 4037.64 – 4037.64 1582.65 5620.29
Others 6794.47 746.90 7541.37 84.33 7625.70
Total 110573.80 95039.31 205613.11 15499.80 221112.91
v crore
2022-23
Revenue as per Ind AS 115 Total as per
Statement
Segment
Other revenue of Profit and
Domestic Foreign Total
Loss/Segment
report
Infrastructure Projects 67200.02 19164.49 86364.51 352.85 86717.36
Energy Projects 15200.92 9665.65 24866.57 40.58 24907.15
Hi-Tech Manufacturing 4919.02 1551.84 6470.86 64.05 6534.91
IT & Technology Services 3706.90 37831.27 41538.17 – 41538.17
Financial Services 243.14 – 243.14 12331.78 12574.92
Development Projects 3912.39 – 3912.39 1111.97 5024.36
Others 5346.60 532.69 5879.29 164.54 6043.83
Total 100528.99 68745.94 169274.93 14065.77 183340.70
(b) Break up of revenue (as per Ind AS 115) into over a period of time and at a point in time:
v crore
Year Over a period of time At a point in time
2023-24 191680.32 13932.79
2022-23 156723.26 12551.67
591
Notes forming part of the
Consolidated Financial Statements
v crore
Provision on trade Provision on contract assets
Particulars receivables
2023-24 2022-23 2023-24 2022-23
Provision as at April 1 4414.84 3892.11 1602.44 1619.72
Changes in allowance for ECL:
Provision/(reversal) of allowance for ECL 332.45 410.65 427.52 27.76
Additional provision (net) 402.46 310.61 (4.48) (46.43)
Writen off as bad debts (561.45) (207.26) – –
Translation adjustment 5.35 8.73 (0.79) 1.39
Provision as at March 31 4593.65 4414.84 2024.69 1602.44
v crore
2023-24 2022-23
Note:
Decrease in net contract balances is primarily due to lower revenue recognition as compared to progress bills raised in both the
years.
(ii) Revenue recognised from opening balance of contract liabilities amounts to ¢ 11846.91 crore (previous year: ¢ 8316.01 crore).
(iii) Revenue recognised from the performance obligation satisfied (or partially satisfied) upto previous year (arising out of contract
modifications) amounts to ¢ 940.22 crore (previous year: ¢ 35.32 crore).
(i) Amortisation in Statement of Profit and Loss: ¢ 31.84 crore (previous year: ¢ 48.96 crore).
(ii) Recognised as contract assets as at March 31, 2024: ¢ 80.78 crore (as at March 31, 2023: ¢ 56.28 crore).
v crore
Particulars 2023-24 2022-23
Opening contracted price of orders on hand as at April 1 [1] 978212.48 849547.00
Add:
Fresh orders/change orders received (net) 278518.15 228776.72
Increase due to additional consideration recognised as per contractual 4015.43 5056.73
terms/(decrease) due to scope reduction (net)
Addition/(deletion) on account of business combination/divestment (306.26) –
Increase/(decrease) due to exchange rate movements (net) and others 3829.87 9041.90
Less:
Orders completed during the year 124283.14 114209.87
Closing contracted price of orders on hand as at March 31 [1] 1139986.52 978212.48
Total revenue recognised during the year 205613.11 169274.93
Less: Revenue out of orders completed during the year 29418.23 38063.73
Revenue out of orders under execution at the end of the year (i) 176194.88 131211.20
Revenue recognised upto previous year (from orders pending 459443.34 425947.50
completion at the end of the year) (ii)
Increase/(Decrease) due to exchange rate movements (net) (iii) (1339.81) (2413.84)
Balance revenue to be recognised in future viz. Order book (iv) 505688.11 423467.62
Closing contracted price of orders on hand as at March 31 [1] (i+ii+iii+iv) 1139986.52 978212.48
[1]
including full value of partially executed contracts
(g) Outstanding performance and time for its expected conversion into revenue:
v crore
Time for expected conversion in revenue
Outstanding performance Total Upto Beyond
1 to 2 years 2 to 3 years 3 to 4 years 4 to 5 years
1 Year 5 years
As at March 31, 2024 505688.11 219544.63 158114.25 67877.58 27805.89 12857.99 19487.78
As at March 31, 2023 423467.62 170444.59 145550.78 66675.00 18710.62 9978.95 12107.68
(h) The Group has undertaken a project for construction, operation and maintenance of the Metro Rail System on Design-Build-Finance-
Operate-Transfer (DBFOT) basis as per the concession agreement with the government authorities. The significant terms of the
arrangement are as under:
Period of the concession Initial period of 35 years and extendable by another 25 years at the option of the concessionaire
subject to fulfilment of certain conditions under concession agreement. Considered further extension
of initial concession period by 7 years in terms of Article 29 of Concession Agreement.
Remuneration Fare collection rights from the users of the Metro Rail System, license to use land provided by the
government for constructing depots and for transit oriented development and earn lease rental
income on such development and grant of viability gap fund.
Funding from grantor Viability Gap Funding of ¢ 1458 crore.
Infrastructure return at the Being DBFOT project, the project assets have to be transferred at the end of concession period.
end of the concession period
593
Notes forming part of the
Consolidated Financial Statements
Renewal and termination Further extension of 25 years will be granted at the option of the concessionaire upon satisfaction of
options Key Performance Indicators laid under the concession agreement. This option is to be exercised by the
concessionaire during the 33rd year of the initial concession period. Termination of the concession
agreement can either be due to (a) force majeure (b) non political event (c) Indirect political event
(d) political event. On occurrence of any of the above events, the obligations, dispute resolution,
termination payments etc are as detailed in the concession agreement.
Rights & Obligations Major obligations of the concessionaire are relating to:
(a) project agreements
(b) change in ownership
(c) issuance of Golden Share to the Government
(d) maintenance of aesthetic quality of the Rail System
(e) operation and maintenance of the rolling stock and equipment necessary and sufficient for
handling users equivalent to 110% of the Average PHPDT etc.
Major obligations of the Government are:
(a) providing required constructible right of way for construction of rail system and land required for
construction of depots and transit oriented development
(b) providing reasonable support and assistance in procuring applicable permits required for
construction
(c) providing reasonable assistance in obtaining access to all necessary infrastructure facilities and
utilities
(d) obligations relating to competing facilities
(e) obligations relating to supply of electricity etc.
Classification of service The service arrangement has been classified as a Service Concession Arrangement for a PPP project
arrangement as per Appendix C to Ind AS 115 - Revenue from contracts with customers. Accordingly, construction
revenues and expenses are accounted during construction phase and intangible asset is recognised
towards rights to charge the users of the system.
Construction revenue ¢ 8.50 crore (previous year: ¢ 20.67 crore) [included in Note 47(a) above]
recognised
NOTE [48]
(a) Exceptional Items (net of tax) for 2023-24 include:
(i) Gain on divestment of stake in L&T Transportation Infrastructure Limited, a subsidiary of L&T Infrastructure Development Projects
Limited (“L&T IDPL”): ¢ 60.56 crore.
(ii) Reversal of impairment of investment in L&T IDPL net off customary closing adjustments: ¢ 33.05 crore.
(b) Exceptional Items (net of tax) for 2022-23 include:
(i) Gain of ¢ 2146.85 crore (net of tax) on divestment of the Mutual Fund business of the Financial Services segment.
(ii) One-time charge of ¢ 2010.86 crore (net of tax) on remeasurement of the wholesale loan assets of Financial Services segment at
fair value instead of at amortised cost, pursuant to the strategic decision to reduce the said portfolio through accelerated sell down.
(a) Current assets expected to be recovered within twelve months and after twelve months from the reporting date:
v crore
As at 31-3-2024 As at 31-3-2023
Sr. Within After Within After
Particulars Note
No. twelve twelve Total twelve twelve Total
months months months months
1 Inventories 11 4255.68 2364.51 6620.19 4533.84 2294.94 6828.78
2 Trade receivables 13 47423.40 1347.55 48770.95 43565.31 1166.22 44731.53
3 Other loans 17 106.54 – 106.54 251.15 – 251.15
4 Other financial assets 18 5415.41 148.51 5563.92 4889.12 40.98 4930.10
5 Other current assets 19 54371.16 16511.14 70882.30 57065.76 8854.63 65920.39
(b) Current liabilities expected to be settled within twelve months and after twelve months from the reporting date:
v crore
As at 31-3-2024 As at 31-3-2023
Sr. Within After Within After
Particulars Note
No. twelve twelve Total twelve twelve Total
months months months months
1 Lease liability 513.61 34.06 547.67 439.27 51.48 490.75
2 Trade payables:
Due to micro enterprises and small
enterprises 995.75 22.96 1018.71 761.17 90.53 851.70
Due to others 28 51532.67 741.50 52274.17 45918.99 3013.43 48932.42
3 Other financial liabilities 29 7553.13 22.54 7575.67 7418.01 23.93 7441.94
4 Other current liabilities 30 42102.75 10230.98 52333.73 36433.89 5732.66 42166.55
5 Provisions 31 3195.44 262.07 3457.51 2838.61 654.86 3493.47
595
Notes forming part of the
Consolidated Financial Statements
v crore
Current
maturities Non-
Non-current Current Current
Sr. of long- current
Particulars borrowings borrowings lease Total
No. term lease
(Note 22) (Note 26) liability
borrowings liability
(Note 27)
i Balance as at 1-4-2022 61618.31 30476.96 31372.96 1633.31 406.54 125508.08
ii Additions to lease liability – – – 449.87 86.47 536.34
iii Changes from financing cash flows 23567.88 357.40 (28421.94) (225.62) (197.72) (4920.00)
iv Effect of changes in foreign exchange rates 157.82 71.50 0.11 9.17 26.33 264.93
v Interest accrued (net of interest paid) 844.05 (9.54) (1457.50) – – (622.99)
vi Other changes (transfer within categories) (24905.75) – 24905.75 (176.79) 176.79 –
vii De-recognition of lease liability – – – (46.55) (10.43) (56.98)
viii Addition on account of business combination – – – 2.92 2.77 5.69
ix Classified as deferred government grant (64.63) – – – – (64.63)
x Balance as at 31-3-2023 (x = i to ix) 61217.68 30896.32 26399.38 1646.31 490.75 120650.44
xi Additions to lease liability – – – 686.21 98.84 785.05
xii Changes from financing cash flows 22084.03 (2871.15) (23315.25) (275.10) (184.79) (4562.26)
xiii Effect of changes in foreign exchange rates 34.16 6.12 0.01 21.32 27.33 88.94
xiv Interest accrued (net of interest paid) 819.62 (195.29) (516.85) 0.18 (0.18) 107.48
xv Other changes (transfer within categories) (27131.24) – 27131.24 (116.43) 116.43 –
xvi De-recognition on termination/divestment – (1.73) – (227.71) (0.71) (230.15)
xvii Classified as deferred government grant (517.28) – – – – (517.28)
xviii Balance as at 31-3-2024 (xviii = x to xvii) 56506.97 27834.27 29698.53 1734.78 547.67 116322.22
Sr.
Particulars 2023-24 2022-23
No.
Consolidated Statement of Profit and Loss:
(a) Profit and Loss section:
(i) Current income tax:
Current income tax expense 5566.44 5697.07
Effect of previously unrecognised tax losses and tax offsets used during the year (311.90) (259.69)
Tax expense of earlier years (106.01) 66.14
5148.53 5503.52
(ii) Deferred tax:
Tax expense on origination and reversal of temporary differences (182.58) (1252.32)
Effect of previously unrecognised tax losses and tax offsets on which deferred tax benefit is
recognised 2.27 5.00
(180.31) (1247.32)
Income tax expense/(income) [(i)+(ii)] 4968.22 4256.20
(b) Other comprehensive income section:
(i) Items that will not be reclassified to profit or loss:
(A) Current tax expense/(income):
On remeasurement of net defined benefit plans 7.62 (7.48)
7.62 (7.48)
(B) Deferred tax expense/(income):
On remeasurement of net defined benefit plans 0.99 0.69
0.99 0.69
(ii) Items that will be reclassified to profit or loss:
(A) Current tax expense/(income):
On gain/(loss) on cash flow hedges other than mark to market (44.52) (66.96)
(44.52) (66.96)
(B) Deferred tax expense/(income):
On gain/(loss) on cost of hedging reserve 0.03 (0.02)
On mark to market gain/(loss) on cash flow hedges 165.88 (254.99)
On gain/(loss) on fair valuation of debt instruments 26.97 (53.21)
On exchange differences in translating the financial statements of foreign operations (1.74) (3.55)
191.14 (311.77)
Income tax expense/(income) [(i)+(ii)] 155.23 (385.52)
597
Notes forming part of the
Consolidated Financial Statements
Sr.
Particulars 2023-24 2022-23
No.
(a) Profit before tax (including exceptional items): 20537.94 16881.07
(b) Corporate tax rate as per Income Tax Act, 1961 25.17% 25.17%
(c) Tax on accounting profit [(c)=(a)*(b)] 5168.99 4248.63
(d) (i) Tax effect on Corporate Social Responsibility expenses, not tax deductible 69.03 65.76
(ii) Tax effect on impairment/(reversal) and fair valuation losses/(gains) recognised on which
deferred tax asset is not recognised (140.82) 170.39
(iii) Tax effect of losses of current year on which no deferred tax asset is recognised 248.08 413.97
(iv) Effect of previously unrecognised tax losses used to reduce tax expense (309.63) (254.70)
(v) Effect of deferred tax due to change in income tax rate – (206.41)
(vi) Effect of lower tax rate on capital gains (15.06) (207.23)
(vii) Tax expense of earlier years (106.01) 66.14
(viii) Tax effect on various other Items 53.64 (40.35)
Total effect of tax adjustments [(i) to (viii)] (200.77) 7.57
(e) Tax expense recognised during the year [(e)=(c)+(d)] 4968.22 4256.20
(f) Effective tax rate [(f)=(e)/(a)] 24.19% 25.21%
(c) (i) Unused tax losses for which no deferred tax asset is recognised in Balance Sheet:
As at 31-3-2024 As at 31-3-2023
Particulars
v crore Expiry year v crore Expiry year
Tax losses (Business loss and unabsorbed depreciation)
- Amount of losses having expiry 5155.05 FY 2024-25 to 4839.37 FY 2023-24 to
FY 2031-32 FY 2030-31
- Amount of losses having no expiry 4667.98 NA 5086.29 NA
Tax losses (Capital loss) 2629.33 FY 2024-25 to 2590.06 FY 2023-24 to
FY 2031-32 FY 2030-31
Total 12452.36 12515.72
(ii) Unrecognised deductible temporary differences for which no deferred tax asset is recognised in Balance Sheet:
v crore
Sr. As at As at
Particulars
No. 31-3-2024 31-3-2023
(a) Towards provision for diminution in value of investments/loans 1929.03 2316.05
(b) Arising out of upward revaluation of tax base of assets (on account of indexation
benefit) 4156.49 3734.53
(c) Other items giving rise to temporary differences 1371.25 1686.82
Total 7456.77 7737.40
v crore
- Other items giving rise to temporary differences 1215.25 (485.39) 8.32 (0.03) – – (6.00) 732.15
Deferred tax liabilities 4115.17 (39.84) 15.13 (255.03) (13.70) – (5.98) 3815.75
- Other items giving rise to temporary differences (660.28) (257.27) (3.69) (55.98) – 3.89 (2.62) (975.95)
Deferred tax (assets) (5915.94) (1207.48) (7.46) (56.05) – 19.44 (2.62) (7170.11)
Net deferred tax liability/(assets) (1800.77) (1247.32) 7.67 (311.08) (13.70) 19.44 (8.60) (3354.36)
599
Notes forming part of the
Consolidated Financial Statements
v crore
- Other items giving rise to temporary differences 732.15 70.96 – (0.19) – – 1.53 804.45
Deferred tax liabilities 3815.75 259.19 0.02 165.72 (4.48) – 1.62 4237.82
- Other items giving rise to temporary differences (975.95) (513.54) 2.49 26.41 – 3.89 (0.41) (1457.11)
Deferred tax (assets) (7170.11) (439.50) 6.81 26.41 – 9.15 (0.67) (7567.91)
Net deferred tax liability/(assets) (3354.36) (180.31) 6.83 192.13 (4.48) 9.15 0.95 (3330.09)
(a) Defined contribution plans: ¢ 1579.73 crore (previous year: ¢ 1424.68 crore) has been incurred and is included in “Employee benefits
expense” [Note 37].
v crore
Post-retirement Trust-managed
Gratuity plan Pension plan
Particulars medical benefit plan provident fund plan
2023-24 2022-23 2023-24 2022-23 2023-24 2022-23 2023-24 2022-23
1 Current service cost 280.73 246.76 22.37 25.64 3.14 3.26 534.16 [1] 373.99 [1]
2 Interest cost 100.83 83.89 25.72 24.36 26.92 25.28 641.14 489.91
3 Interest income on plan assets (80.13) (73.07) – – – – (641.14) (489.91)
4 Actuarial (gains)/losses - Difference
between actual return on plan assets and
interest income (48.31) 31.14 – – – – (243.28) 243.76
5 Actuarial (gains)/losses - Others 30.02 35.48 (15.23) (35.95) 4.72 (7.21) – –
6 Past service cost 5.13 14.47 27.18 0.12 – 8.23 – –
7 Actuarial gains/(losses) not recognised
in books – – – – – – 243.28 (243.76)
8 Translation adjustments (0.38) (0.77) – – – – – –
9 Amount capitalised out of the above – 0.04 – – – – – –
Total (1 to 9) 287.89 337.94 60.04 14.17 34.78 29.56 534.16 373.99
601
Notes forming part of the
Consolidated Financial Statements
v crore
Post-retirement Trust-managed
Gratuity plan Pension plan
Particulars medical benefit plan provident fund plan
2023-24 2022-23 2023-24 2022-23 2023-24 2022-23 2023-24 2022-23
I. Amount included in “Employee benefits
expense” 285.52 260.59 49.55 25.76 3.14 11.49 534.16 373.99
II. Amount included as part of
“Manufacturing, construction and
operating expenses” 0.80 0.49 – – – – – –
III. Amount included as part of “Finance
costs” 19.86 10.19 25.72 24.36 26.92 25.28 – –
IV. Amount included as part of “Other
comprehensive income” (18.29) 66.67 (15.23) (35.95) 4.72 (7.21) – –
Total (I+II+III+IV) 287.89 337.94 60.04 14.17 34.78 29.56 534.16 373.99
Actual return on plan assets 128.44 41.93 – – – – 884.42 246.15
(iii) The changes in the present value of defined benefit obligation representing reconciliation of opening and closing balances thereof
are as follows:
v crore
Post-retirement Trust-managed
Gratuity plan Pension plan
Particulars medical benefit plan provident fund plan
2023-24 2022-23 2023-24 2022-23 2023-24 2022-23 2023-24 2022-23
Opening balance of the present value of
defined benefit obligation 1623.58 1428.28 352.74 354.57 375.27 371.56 6992.32 5849.85
Add: Current service cost 280.73 246.76 22.37 25.64 3.14 3.26 534.16 [1] 373.99 [1]
Add: Interest cost 100.83 83.89 25.72 24.36 26.92 25.28 641.14 489.91
Add: Contribution by plan participants
- Employee – – – – – – 920.17 697.17
Add/(less): Actuarial (gains)/losses arising
from changes in -
i) Demographic assumptions (8.71) (2.87) (35.62) (6.45) – – – –
ii) Financial assumptions 35.51 (12.82) 9.83 (19.28) 7.58 (11.57) – –
iii) Experience adjustments 3.22 51.18 10.56 (10.22) (2.86) 4.36 – –
Less: Benefits paid (166.94) (203.62) (16.76) (16.00) (27.79) (25.85) (1081.79) (871.82)
Add: Past service cost 5.13 14.47 27.18 0.12 – 8.23 – –
Add: Liabilities assumed/(transferred) 0.29 – (0.26) – – – 1165.03 379.06
Add: Business combination/disposal (2.84) 1.58 – – – – – 74.11
Add: Adjustment for earlier years – – – – – – 1.75 –
Add/(less): Translation adjustments 3.08 16.73 – – – – 0.59 0.05
Closing balance of the present value of
defined benefit obligation 1873.88 1623.58 395.76 352.74 382.26 375.27 9173.37 6992.32
[1] Employer’s contribution to provident fund.
v crore
Trust-managed provident
Gratuity plan
Particulars fund plan
2023-24 2022-23 2023-24 2022-23
Opening balance of the fair value of the plan assets 1094.48 1090.95 7165.44 6301.96
Add: Interest income on plan assets [2] 80.13 73.07 641.14 489.91
Add/(Less): Actuarial gains/(losses) - Difference between
actual return on plan assets and interest income 48.31 (31.14) 243.28 (243.76)
Add: Contribution by the employer 273.85 102.24 528.76 351.27
Add: Contribution by plan participants – – 934.54 686.55
Add: Assets assumed/(transferred) (0.74) – 1165.03 379.09
Add: Business combination/disposal (net) (0.79) 1.07 – 72.63
Less: Benefits paid (119.88) (141.71) (1081.79) (871.82)
Add: Adjustment for earlier years – – 0.05 (0.39)
Closing balance of the plan assets 1375.36 1094.48 9596.45 7165.44
Notes: The fair value of the plan assets under the trust managed provident fund plan has been determined at amounts based on their value
at the time of redemption, assuming a constant rate of return to maturity.
[2] Basis used to determine interest income on plan assets:
The Trust formed by the Parent Company and a few subsidiaries manage the investments of provident funds and gratuity fund. Interest
income on plan assets is determined by multiplying the fair value of the plan assets by the discount rate stated in (vii) below both
determined at the start of the annual reporting period.
The Group expects to fund ¢ 193.49 crore (previous year: ¢ 265.02 crore) towards its gratuity plan and ¢ 282.75 crore (previous year:
¢ 239.56 crore) towards its trust-managed provident fund plan during the year 2024-25.
(v) The fair value of major categories of plan assets are as follows:
v crore
Gratuity plan
Particulars As at 31-3-2024 As at 31-3-2023
Quoted Unquoted Total Quoted Unquoted Total
Cash and cash equivalents – 4.35 4.35 – 6.09 6.09
Equity instruments 46.51 – 46.51 23.23 – 23.23
Debt instruments - Corporate bonds 252.62 – 252.62 220.74 – 220.74
Debt instruments - Central Government bonds 134.93 – 134.93 116.33 – 116.33
Debt instruments - State Government bonds 210.18 – 210.18 172.16 – 172.16
Debt instruments - Public Sector Unit bonds 19.16 – 19.16 20.10 – 20.10
Mutual funds - Equity 36.61 73.85 110.46 25.41 50.89 76.30
Mutual funds - Debt 2.25 4.01 6.26 1.10 – 1.10
Special deposit scheme – 1.48 1.48 – 1.48 1.48
Fixed deposits – 3.84 3.84 – 3.58 3.58
Insurer managed fund – 571.78 571.78 – 440.49 440.49
Others 0.58 13.21 13.79 5.83 7.05 12.88
Closing balance of the plan assets 702.84 672.52 1375.36 584.90 509.58 1094.48
603
Notes forming part of the
Consolidated Financial Statements
v crore
Trust-managed provident fund plan
Particulars As at 31-3-2024 As at 31-3-2023
Quoted Unquoted Total Quoted Unquoted Total
Cash and cash equivalents – 12.22 12.22 – 25.69 25.69
Equity instruments 485.07 – 485.07 135.58 – 135.58
Debt instruments - Corporate bonds 3175.01 – 3175.01 2291.32 – 2291.32
Debt instruments - Central Government bonds 963.00 – 963.00 851.78 – 851.78
Debt instruments - State Government bonds 3358.65 – 3358.65 2408.20 – 2408.20
Debt instruments - Public Sector Unit bonds 334.97 – 334.97 466.85 – 466.85
Mutual funds - Equity 193.57 611.72 805.29 265.79 436.72 702.51
Mutual funds - Debt 27.30 6.68 33.98 0.72 – 0.72
Mutual funds - Others 7.51 – 7.51 – – –
Special deposit scheme – 231.72 231.72 – 235.47 235.47
Fixed deposits – 1.36 1.36 – 1.56 1.56
InvIT instruments 165.43 – 165.43 43.09 – 43.09
Others 2.42 19.82 22.24 – 2.67 2.67
Closing balance of the plan assets 8712.93 883.52 9596.45 6463.33 702.11 7165.44
(vi) The average duration (in number of years) of the defined benefit obligation at the Balance Sheet date is as follows:
(a) For gratuity plan, the entity wise attrition rate varies from 1% to 48% (previous year: 1% to 46%).
(b) For post-retirement medical benefit plan, the entity wise attrition rate varies from 1% to 30% (previous year: 1% to 40%).
(c) For pension plan, the entity wise attrition rate varies from 0% to 2% (previous year: 0% to 2%).
(E) The estimates of future salary increases, considered in actuarial valuation, take into account inflation, seniority, promotion and
other relevant factors, such as supply and demand in the employment market.
(F) The interest payment obligation of trust-managed provident fund is expected to be adequately covered by the interest income
on long term investments of the fund. Any shortfall in the interest income over the interest obligation is recognised in the
Statement of Profit and Loss as actuarial losses.
(G) The obligation of the Group under the post-retirement medical benefit plan is limited to the overall ceiling limits.
v crore
Effect of 1% increase Effect of 1% decrease
Particulars As at As at As at As at
31-3-2024 31-3-2023 31-3-2024 31-3-2023
Gratuity
Impact of change in salary growth rate 101.44 99.41 (93.05) (89.37)
Impact of change in discount rate (92.23) (88.34) 102.29 100.21
Post-retirement medical benefit plan
Impact of change in health care cost 8.24 25.70 (9.10) (21.27)
Impact of change in discount rate (44.42) (43.63) 55.12 54.92
Pension plan
Impact of change in discount rate (25.84) (25.69) 29.46 29.35
(viii) Characteristics of defined benefit plans and associated risks:
(A) Gratuity plan:
The Parent Company operates gratuity plan through a trust whereby every employee is entitled to the benefit equivalent to
fifteen days salary last drawn for each completed year of service. The same is payable to vested employees at retirement, death
while in employment or on termination of employment. The benefit vests after five years of continuous service. The Company’s
scheme is more favourable as compared to the obligation under The Payment of Gratuity Act, 1972.
The defined benefit plans for gratuity of the Parent Company and material domestic subsidiary companies are administered by
separate gratuity funds that are legally separate from the Parent Company and the material domestic subsidiary companies.
The trustees nominated by the Group are responsible for the administration of the plans. There are no minimum funding
requirements of these plans. The funding of these plans is based on gratuity fund’s actuarial measurement framework set
out in the funding policies of the plan. These actuarial measurements are similar compared to the assumptions set out in (vii)
above. An insignificant portion of the gratuity plan of the Group attributable to subsidiary companies is administered by the
respective subsidiary companies and is funded through insurer managed funds. A part of the gratuity plan is unfunded and
managed within the Group. Further, the unfunded portion also includes amounts payable in respect of the Group’s foreign
operations which result in gratuity payable to employees engaged as per the local laws of country of operation. Employees do
not contribute to any of these plans.
Any loss/gain arising out of the investment risk and actuarial risk associated with the plan is also recognised as expense or
income in the period in which such loss/gain occurs.
All the above defined benefit plans expose the Group to general actuarial risks such as interest rate risk and market
(investment) risk.
605
Notes forming part of the
Consolidated Financial Statements
607
Notes forming part of the
Consolidated Financial Statements
v crore
2023-24 2022-23
Sr. Amounts Amounts
Nature of transaction/relationship/major parties
No. Amount for major Amount for major
parties parties
(xi) Rent received, overheads recovered and miscellaneous income
Joint ventures, including: 74.18 97.02
L&T - MHI Power Boilers Private Limited 28.83 37.62
L&T-Sargent & Lundy Limited 12.61 11.66
L&T - MHI Power Turbine Generators Private Limited 9.42 10.20
L&T Infrastructure Development Projects Limited 7.84 7.47
L&T Energy Hydrocarbon Engineering Limited – 13.66
Total 74.18 97.02
(xii) Charges recovered for deputation of employees to related parties
Joint ventures: 9.71 7.50
L&T Infrastructure Development Projects Limited 0.92 0.98
L&T Special Steels and Heavy Forgings Private Limited 1.03 0.93
L&T Sapura Shipping Private Limited 7.76 5.59
Total 9.71 7.50
(xiii) Dividend received from
Joint ventures, including: 132.57 144.34
L&T Infrastructure Development Projects Limited 112.24 4.92
L&T - MHI Power Boilers Private Limited – 119.39
Total 132.57 144.34
(xiv) Buyback of shares from
Key Management Personnel, including: 20.14 –
Mr. R. Shankar Raman 10.20 –
Mr. Subramanian Sarma 5.47 –
Mr. Anil Parab 3.20 –
Close member of KMP’s family, including: 2.62 –
Ms. Meena Subrahmanyan 2.61 –
Total 22.76 –
(xv) Dividend paid to
Key Management Personnel, including: 4.93 3.66
Mr. A.M Naik 1.88 1.38
Mr. R. Shankar Raman 0.99 0.72
Mr. S. N. Subrahmanyan 0.80 0.58
Mr. Subramanian Sarma 0.53 0.33
Close member of KMP’s family, including: 0.32 0.23
Ms. Meena Subrahmanyan 0.25 0.19
Total 5.25 3.89
(xvi) Guarantee charges recovered from
Joint venture: 0.67 0.79
L&T - MHI Power Turbine Generators Private Limited 0.67 0.79
Total 0.67 0.79
(xvii) Interest paid to
Joint ventures: 12.82 12.38
L&T MBDA Missile Systems Limited 11.64 10.02
L&T - MHI Power Turbine Generators Private Limited 1.18 2.36
Total 12.82 12.38
609
Notes forming part of the
Consolidated Financial Statements
611
Notes forming part of the
Consolidated Financial Statements
[a]
includes commission due to other Non-executive directors ¢ 4.63 crore (previous year: ¢ 3.94 crore)
613
Notes forming part of the
Consolidated Financial Statements
NOTE [55]
Basic and Diluted Earnings per share [EPS] computed in accordance with Ind AS 33 ”Earnings per Share”:
Particulars 2023-24 2022-23
Basic EPS
Profit after tax (¢ crore) A 13059.11 10470.72
Weighted average number of equity shares outstanding B 1,38,98,17,026 1,40,52,58,885
Basic EPS (¢) A/B 93.96 74.51
Diluted EPS
Profit after tax (¢ crore) A 13059.11 10470.72
Weighted average number of equity shares outstanding B 1,38,98,17,026 1,40,52,58,885
Add: W
eighted average number of potential equity shares on account of employee C
stock options 12,33,876 11,80,266
Weighted average number of equity shares outstanding for diluted EPS D=B+C 1,39,10,50,903 1,40,64,39,151
Diluted EPS (¢) A/D 93.88 74.45
Face value per share (¢) 2.00 2.00
Breakup of provisions:
v crore
Particulars Note 24 Note 31 Total
Balance as at 1-4-2023 174.67 1550.01 1724.68
Balance as at 31-3-2024 245.69 1506.65 1752.34
Provision made as at March 31, 2024 represents the amount of the expected cost of meeting such obligations of rectification/
replacement. The timing of the outflows is expected to be within a period of three years from the date of Balance Sheet.
(ii) Expected tax liability in respect of indirect taxes represents mainly the differential sales tax liability on account of non-collection of
declaration forms and liability for goods and services tax, customs duty and excise duty.
(iii) Provision for litigation-related obligations represents liabilities that are expected to materialise in respect of matters in appeal.
(iv) Contractual rectification cost represents the estimated cost the Group is likely to incur during defect liability period as per the
contract obligations and in respect of completed construction contracts accounted under Ind AS 115 “Revenue from contracts with
customers”.
615
Notes forming part of the
Consolidated Financial Statements
v crore
Sr.
Particulars 2023-24 2022-23
No.
(i) Recognised as expense in the Statement of Profit and Loss 187.43 207.29
(ii) Capital expenditure on:
(a) tangible assets 5.61 9.36
(b) intangible assets being expenditure on new product development 58.79 –
(c) other intangible assets 1.32 1.07
NOTE [58]
Disclosure pursuant to Ind AS 107 “Financial Instruments: Disclosures”: Market risk management
The Group may enter foreign currency forward and option contracts with financial institutions to protect against foreign exchange
risks associated with existing assets and liabilities, firmly committed transactions, forecasted future cash flows and net investments
in foreign subsidiaries. In addition, the Group has entered, and may enter in the future, into non-designated foreign currency
contracts to partially offset the foreign currency exchange gains and losses on its foreign-denominated debt issuances. The Group’s
practice is to hedge a portion of its material net foreign exchange exposures with tenors in line with the project/business life cycle.
The Group may also choose not to hedge certain foreign exchange exposures.
v crore
As at 31-3-2024
Particulars US Dollar including British Algerian Canadian Japanese Kuwaiti
EURO
pegged currencies Pound Dinar Dollar Yen Dinar
Net exposure to foreign currency risk in respect of recognised financial assets/
(recognised financial liabilities) 982.08 627.16 88.55 (48.16) (433.05) (134.53) 137.81
Derivatives including embedded derivatives for hedging receivable/(payable)
exposure with respect to non-financial assets/(non-financial liabilities) 208.69 (331.95) – – – (11.01) –
Derivatives including embedded derivatives for hedging receivable/(payable)
exposures with respect to firm commitments and highly probable forecast
transactions 43047.38 (15828.85) (55.54) – – 1442.30 490.23
Receivable/(payable) exposures with respect to forward contracts and embedded
derivatives not designated as cash flow hedge 1221.52 (424.23) 2.36 – – 10.27 –
v crore
As at 31-3-2023
Particulars US Dollar including Algerian Canadian
EURO British Pound Japanese Yen Kuwaiti Dinar
pegged currencies Dinar Dollar
Net exposure to foreign currency risk in respect of recognised financial assets/
(recognised financial liabilities) 274.34 (569.13) 260.77 (349.30) 75.06 (378.20) (209.37)
Derivatives including embedded derivatives for hedging receivable/(payable)
exposure with respect to non-financial assets/(non-financial liabilities) 863.58 (677.01) – – – – –
Derivatives including embedded derivatives for hedging receivable/(payable)
exposures with respect to firm commitments and highly probable forecast
transactions 42186.54 (2855.70) (175.71) – – 164.96 507.44
Receivable/(payable) exposures with respect to forward contracts and embedded
derivatives not designated as cash flow hedge 2501.89 (43.19) (485.62) – – 7.89 –
To provide a meaningful assessment of the foreign currency risk associated with the Group’s foreign currency derivative positions
against off-balance sheet exposures and unhedged portion of on-balance sheet financial assets and liabilities, the Group uses
a multi-currency correlated value-at-risk (“VAR”) model. The VAR model uses a Monte Carlo simulation to generate thousands
of random market price paths for foreign currencies against Indian Rupee taking into account the correlations between them.
The VAR is the expected loss in value of the exposure due to overnight movement in spot exchange rates, at 95% confidence
interval. The VAR model is not intended to represent actual losses but is used as a risk estimation tool. The model assumes normal
market conditions and is a historical best fit model. Because the Group uses foreign currency instruments for hedging purposes,
the loss in fair value incurred on those instruments is generally offset by increase in the fair value of the underlying exposures for
on-balance sheet exposures. The overnight VAR for the Group at 95% confidence level is ¢ 140.87 crore as at March 31, 2024 and
¢ 184.30 crore as at March 31, 2023.
Actual future gains and losses associated with the Group’s investment portfolio and derivative positions may differ materially from
the sensitivity analysis performed as at March 31, 2024 due to the inherent limitations associated with predicting the timing and
amount of changes in foreign currency exchange rates and the Group’s actual exposures and position.
The Group has completed transition of its LIBOR linked loans to SOFR linked loans.
The exposure of the Group’s borrowing to interest rate changes is ¢ 24652.62 crore (as at 31-3-2023 ¢ 28755.80 crore).
617
Notes forming part of the
Consolidated Financial Statements
The Group’s investment policy and strategy are focused on preservation of capital and supporting the Group’s liquidity requirements. The
Group uses a combination of internal and external tools to execute its investment strategy and achieve its investment objectives. The
Group typically invests in money market funds, large debt funds, Government of India securities, equity and equity marketable securities
and other highly rated securities under an exposure limit framework. The investment policy focusses on minimising the potential risk
of principal loss. To provide a meaningful assessment of the price risk associated with the Group’s investment portfolio, the Group
performed a sensitivity analysis to determine the impact of change in price of the securities on the value of the investment portfolio
assuming a 0.50% movement in the fair market value of debt funds and debt securities and a 5% movement in the NAV of the equity
and equity marketable securities as below:
v crore
Increase/(decrease) in investment value
Particulars
As at 31-3-2024 As at 31-3-2023
Debt funds and debt securities - increase by 0.50% in fair market value 101.58 104.02
Debt funds and debt securities - decrease by 0.50% in fair market value (101.58) (104.02)
Equity and equity marketable securities - increase by 5% in NAV 8.90 4.44
Equity and equity marketable securities - decrease by 5% in NAV (8.90) (4.44)
The investments in money market funds are for the purpose of liquidity management only and hence not subject to any material price
risk.
v crore
Particulars Stage 1 Stage 2 Stage 3 Total
Loss allowance as at 1-4-2022 1091.03 1101.47 1434.02 3626.52
New assets originated or purchased 1088.17 61.16 111.59 1260.92
Amount written off – – (1404.77) (1404.77)
Transfers to Stage 1 66.22 (46.71) (19.51) –
Transfers to Stage 2 (6.72) 16.21 (9.49) –
Transfers to Stage 3 (21.29) (315.79) 337.08 –
Impact on year end ECL of exposure transferred between stages during
the year (64.40) 67.57 1365.66 1368.83
Increase/ (Decrease) provision on existing financial assets (Net of recovery) (927.55) (260.19) 14.03 (1173.71)
Transfer to fair value through Profit or Loss on account of reclassification
from amortised cost (48.81) (257.68) (85.29) (391.78)
Loss allowance as at 31-3-2023 1176.65 366.04 1743.32 3286.01
New assets originated or purchased 993.25 68.54 177.98 1239.77
Amount written off – (13.37) (947.49) (960.86)
Transfers to Stage 1 25.53 (13.13) (12.40) –
Transfers to Stage 2 (6.24) 13.30 (7.06) –
Transfers to Stage 3 (15.28) (72.22) 87.50 –
Impact on year end ECL of exposure transferred between stages during
the year (25.17) 103.60 1008.72 1087.15
Increase/ (Decrease) in provision on existing financial assets (Net of
recovery) (824.44) (30.73) (258.71) (1113.88)
Loss allowance as at 31-3-2024 1324.30 422.03 1791.86 3538.19
(iv) Reconciliation of allowance for expected credit loss (“ECL”) on trade receivables (other than financial services business):
v crore
Particulars 2023-24 2022-23
Provision as at April 1 4414.84 3892.11
Changes in allowance for ECL:
Provision/(reversal) of allowance for ECL 332.45 410.65
Additional provision (net) 402.46 310.61
Write off as bad debts (561.45) (207.26)
Translation adjustment 5.35 8.73
Provision as at March 31 (Note 13) 4593.65 4414.84
(v) Amounts written off:
v crore
Particulars 2023-24 2022-23
Amount of financial assets written off during the year but still enforceable 947.78 1450.70
The Group is also exposed to contingent risk on account of commodity price movements that may not be fully offset by contractual
provisions in the projects that it has bid for but which are not awarded yet. Commodity prices have been volatile and have witnessed
substantial two-way movements during the financial year. This may impact the margin on projects where the Group has submitted bids
on a firm price basis. However, for projects where the Group is eligible for an adjustment, based on price variation clause, the actual
impact will depend on the exact project wins and the relative contractual provisions therein.
619
Notes forming part of the
Consolidated Financial Statements
621
Notes forming part of the
Consolidated Financial Statements
2. The carrying amounts of trade and other receivables, cash and cash equivalents, trade and other payables are considered to be the
same as their fair values due to their short term nature. The carrying amounts of loans given, borrowings taken for short term or
borrowings taken on floating rate of interest are considered to be close to the fair value. Accordingly, these items have not been
included in the above table.
(e) Disclosure pursuant to Ind AS 113 “Fair Value Measurement” - Fair value hierarchy of financial assets and financial liabilities measured at
amortised cost:
v crore
Valuation technique for
As at 31-3-2024 Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Total
level 3 items
Financial assets:
Loans – 5142.68 47012.57 52155.25 Discounted cash flow
Government securities, debentures and bonds 2773.26 – 148.96 2922.22
Total 2773.26 5142.68 47161.53 55077.47
Financial liabilities:
Borrowings – 24290.93 27770.69 52061.62 Discounted cash flow
Total – 24290.93 27770.69 52061.62
v crore
Valuation technique for
As at 31-3-2023 Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Total
level 3 items
Financial assets:
Loans – 5600.83 35320.59 40921.42 Discounted cash flow
Government securities, debentures and bonds 1853.41 105.67 137.89 2096.97
Total 1853.41 5706.50 35458.48 43018.39
Financial liabilities:
Borrowings – 21584.82 30081.09 51665.91 Discounted cash flow
Total – 21584.82 30081.09 51665.91
Valuation technique Level 2: Future cash flows discounted using market rates.
623
Notes forming part of the
Consolidated Financial Statements
Equity shares 86.57 78.69 31-3-2024 and 31-3-2023: Increase/(decrease) of 1% in net realisation would result in impact on profit or
1. Net realisation per month loss by ¢ 0.31 crore (previous year: ¢ 0.28 crore)
¢ 35 per sq/ft. Increase/(decrease) of 0.25% in capitalisation rate would result in impact on
2. Capitalisation rate 11.50% profit or loss by ¢ 0.66 crore (previous year: ¢ 0.60 crore)
66.77 82.21 Book value Increase/(decrease) of 5% in the book value would result in impact on profit or
Preference loss by ¢ 3.34 crore (previous year: ¢ 4.11 crore)
shares 98.47 98.48 Expected yield Increase/(decrease) in the fair value by 5% would result in impact on profit or loss
by ¢ 3.20 crore (previous year: ¢ 3.51 crore)
205.59 197.57 Expected yield Increase/(decrease) in fair value by 0.25% would result in impact on profit or loss
Debt instruments
by ¢ 0.31 crore (previous year: ¢ 0.37 crore)
4861.56 17056.78 Expected yield Increase/(decrease) in fair value by 0.25% would result in impact on profit or loss
Loans
by ¢ 7.91 crore (previous year: ¢ 24.06 crore)
Other 6796.88 6349.66 Net Assets Value (NAV) Increase/(decrease) in the NAV by 5% would result in impact on profit or loss by
Investments ¢ 221.09 crore (previous year: ¢ 237.59 crore)
625
Notes forming part of the
Consolidated Financial Statements
As at 31-3-2024 As at 31-3-2023
Within After Within After
Nominal Average Nominal Average
Particulars twelve twelve twelve twelve
amount rate amount rate
months months months months
(v crore) (v) (v crore) (v)
(v crore) (v crore) (v crore) (v crore)
(a) Receivable hedges:
US Dollar 56596.51 86.59 29715.54 26880.97 52149.61 84.54 27679.70 24469.91
EURO 1554.78 93.16 1090.98 463.80 1115.30 91.19 892.35 222.95
Malaysian Ringgit 190.06 18.03 190.06 – 57.30 19.26 57.30 –
Omani Riyal 10.91 219.16 10.91 – 93.84 214.40 93.84 –
Arab Emirates Dirham 705.19 22.68 605.11 100.08 1018.03 22.66 1018.03 –
Japanese Yen 2674.33 0.56 1411.98 1262.35 1245.81 0.65 906.40 339.41
Kuwaiti Dinar 795.30 275.25 790.64 4.66 862.35 269.82 862.35 –
Qatari Riyal 1816.12 22.89 1777.62 38.50 1626.45 22.61 1496.29 130.16
Saudi Riyal – – – – 192.21 22.02 192.21 –
Thai Baht 22.93 2.43 22.93 – 2.97 2.41 2.97 –
(b) Payable hedges:
US Dollar 16054.45 84.48 9582.47 6471.98 10956.64 81.25 9644.92 1311.72
EURO 19973.80 91.86 18515.09 1458.71 7288.29 89.53 6952.47 335.82
Qatari Riyal 120.39 22.87 120.39 – 183.24 22.54 183.24 –
Arab Emirates Dirham 562.70 22.85 562.70 – 219.97 22.43 219.97 –
British Pound 158.29 104.59 146.59 11.70 255.36 101.45 255.36 –
Japanese Yen 1152.07 0.56 1130.91 21.16 912.41 0.65 899.47 12.94
Kuwaiti Dinar 171.79 273.47 171.79 – 173.20 268.72 173.20 –
Swiss Franc 459.01 92.41 457.81 1.20 625.18 90.81 454.10 171.08
Chinese Yuan 17.86 11.75 17.86 – 78.95 12.09 78.95 –
Canadian Dollar 1.80 61.55 1.80 – 2.23 60.96 2.23 –
(B) Options taken to hedge exchange rate risk and accounted as cash flow hedge:
As at 31-3-2024 As at 31-3-2023
Within After Within After
Nominal Average Nominal Average
Particulars twelve twelve twelve twelve
amount rate amount rate
months months months months
(v crore) (v) (v crore) (v)
(v crore) (v crore) (v crore) (v crore)
(a) Receivable hedges:
US Dollar/Indian Rupees 848.63 [1]
402.56 446.07 1392.29 [1]
512.95 879.34
EURO/US Dollar 795.62 [1]
605.14 190.48 1244.45 [1]
666.05 578.40
US Dollar/EURO 169.08 [1]
169.08 – 623.02 [1]
449.33 173.69
US Dollar/British Pound 92.93 [1]
92.93 – 239.01 [1]
146.08 92.93
(b) Payable hedges:
US Dollar/EURO 169.08 [1]
169.08 – 623.02 [1]
449.33 173.69
EURO/US Dollar 73.29 [1]
73.29 – 276.58 [1]
199.59 76.99
British Pound/US Dollar 39.91 [1]
39.91 – 109.60 [1]
69.69 39.91
US Dollar/British Pound 92.93 [1]
92.93 – 239.01 [1]
146.08 92.93
[1] The options contracts include a combination of calls and puts with different maturities and strike prices.
627
Notes forming part of the
Consolidated Financial Statements
As at 31-3-2024 As at 31-3-2023
Within After Within After
Particulars Nominal Average Nominal Average
twelve twelve twelve twelve
amount rate amount rate
months months months months
(v crore) (v) (v crore) (v)
(v crore) (v crore) (v crore) (v crore)
Copper (Tn) 919.23 711972.13 919.23 – 538.65 713489.38 538.65 –
Aluminium (Tn) [1] 939.98 191859.90 930.05 9.93 790.08 281402.89 795.68 (5.60)
Iron Ore (Tn) 14.29 7309.80 6.95 7.34 22.84 7465.00 8.25 14.59
Coking Coal (Tn) – – – – 7.08 23586.00 7.08 –
Lead (Tn) 63.70 174699.52 63.70 – 7.55 171565.00 7.55 –
Nickel (Tn) 130.21 1778778.54 130.21 – 39.76 1893321.70 39.76 –
[1] Negative nominal amount represents sell position (net).
(l) Carrying amounts of hedge instruments for which hedge accounting is followed:
(A) Cash flow hedge:
v crore
As at 31-3-2024 As at 31-3-2023
Commodity Commodity
Particulars Currency Interest rate Currency Interest rate
price price
exposure exposure exposure exposure
exposure exposure
(i) Forward contracts
(a) Current:
Asset - Other financial assets 323.57 – 64.14 443.65 – 62.97
Liability - Other financial liabilities 278.93 – 36.86 333.49 – 15.40
(b) Non-current:
Asset - Other financial assets 750.61 6.47 – 298.87 1.29 –
Liability - Other financial liabilities 13.90 – – 201.61 – –
(ii) Option contracts
(a) Current:
Asset - Other financial assets 40.10 – 13.60 42.53 – 25.05
Liability - Other financial liabilities 1.95 – – 10.11 – 15.74
(b) Non-current:
Asset - Other financial assets 2.67 – – 27.67 – –
Liability - Other financial liabilities – – – 4.85 – –
(B) Fair value hedge:
v crore
As at 31-3-2024 As at 31-3-2023
Particulars Currency Interest rate Currency Interest rate
exposure exposure exposure exposure
Forward contracts
(a) Current:
Asset - Other financial assets 1.90 – 8.16 0.77
Liability - Other financial liabilities 4.28 – 1.67 –
(C) Net investment hedge:
v crore
As at 31-3-2024 As at 31-3-2023
Particulars Currency Currency
exposure exposure
Forward contracts
(a) Current:
Asset - Other financial assets 0.01 1.29
Liability - Other financial liabilities 0.38 1.87
(m) Breakup of cash flow hedging reserve and cost of hedging reserve:
v crore
As at 31-3-2024 As at 31-3-2023
Cash flow Cost of Cash flow Cost of
Particulars
hedging hedging hedging hedging
reserve reserve reserve reserve
Balance towards continuing hedges 197.17 (4.67) (0.73) (4.77)
Balance for which hedge accounting discontinued 81.84 – 147.26 –
Total 279.01 (4.67) 146.53 (4.77)
629
Notes forming part of the
Consolidated Financial Statements
v crore
Cost of hedging reserve 2023-24 2022-23
Opening balance (4.77) (4.72)
Changes in the forward element of the forward contracts where changes in spot element of forward
contract is designated as hedging instruments for time period related hedges (3.08) (185.91)
Amount reclassified to Profit or Loss 3.21 185.84
Taxes related to above (0.03) 0.02
Closing balance (4.67) (4.77)
NOTE [60]
Value of financial assets and inventories hypothecated as collateral for liabilities and/or commitments and/or contingent liabilities:
v crore
As at As at
Particulars
31-3-2024 31-3-2023
Current:
Investments 25.01 509.34
Inventories and trade receivables 9743.23 10467.21
Cash and cash equivalents 63.08 4423.91
Loans 30881.61 38288.80
Other assets 1510.36 680.45
Total inventories and current financial assets hypothecated as collateral 42223.29 54369.71
Non-current:
Investments 1147.50 1008.17
Loans 42268.67 34390.91
Total non-current financial assets hypothecated as collateral 43416.17 35399.08
A. Assets given under leases mainly include power plant where the Group has agreed to manufacture/construct an asset and
convey, in substance, a right to the beneficiary to use the asset over a major part of its economic life, for a pre-determined
consideration.
B. Finance lease income recognised in the Statement of Profit and Loss: ¢ 966.49 crore (previous year: ¢ 1019.45 crore). Out of
above, ¢ 895.71 crore (previous year: ¢ 945.83 crore) is on the net investment in finance lease and ¢ 70.78 crore (previous
year: ¢ 73.62 crore) is income relating to variable lease payments not included in the measurement of the net investment in
finance leases.
C. Sub-lease income recognised on finance leases: ¢ Nil (previous year: ¢ 0.02 crore).
D. The gross investment in these leases and the present value of minimum lease payments receivable are as under:
v crore
Present value of minimum
Minimum lease payments
Sr. lease payments
Particulars
No. As at As at As at As at
31-3-2024 31-3-2023 31-3-2024 31-3-2023
1 Receivable not later than 1 year 1291.51 1518.72 542.84 688.38
2 Receivable later than 1 year and not later than 2 years 1017.80 1291.51 244.98 477.36
3 Receivable later than 2 years and not later than 3 years 1008.68 1017.80 264.14 244.97
4 Receivable later than 3 years and not later than 4 years 1002.33 1008.68 288.43 264.14
5 Receivable later than 4 years and not later than 5 years 977.77 1002.33 296.39 288.43
6 Receivable later than 5 years 9470.75 10438.59 4973.20 5269.57
7 Unguaranteed residual value 990.36 990.36 990.36 990.36
8 Gross investment in leases (1+2+3+4+5+6+7) 15759.20 17267.99 7600.34 8223.21
9 Less: Unearned finance income 8158.86 9044.78
10 Present value of minimum lease payments receivable (8-9) 7600.34 8223.21
11 Less: Impairment [in Developmental Projects Segment]
Expected credit loss on lease receivables 1988.64 1988.64 1988.64 1988.64
Net lease receivables (10-11) 5611.70 6234.57 5611.70 6234.57
E. Reconciliation of carrying amount of net investment in finance lease receivables:
v crore
Sr. No. Particulars 2023-24 2022-23
1 Opening balance 6234.57 6558.43
2 Finance income/sub-lease income recognised during the year 895.71 945.85
3 Addition/(Deletion) to finance lease during the year 0.17 (28.40)
4 Lease rental received during the year (1518.75) (1241.73)
5 (Impairment)/(Expected credit loss)/reversal during the year – 0.42
6 Closing balance (1+2+3+4+5) 5611.70 6234.57
(ii) Operating leases:
A. The Group has given, on non-cancellable lease, certain assets such as buildings, plant & equipment, furniture & fixtures and
vehicles. Leases are renewed only on mutual consent and at a prevalent market price and sub-lease is generally restricted.
B. Operating lease income recognised in the Statement of Profit and Loss: ¢ 174.55 crore (previous year: ¢ 162.19 crore).
C. Sub-lease income recognised on operating leases: ¢ 1.90 crore (previous year: ¢ 5.03 crore).
631
Notes forming part of the
Consolidated Financial Statements
v crore
As at As at
Sr. No. Particulars
31-3-2024 31-3-2023
1 Receivable not later than 1 year 95.13 94.31
2 Receivable later than 1 year and not later than 2 years 79.58 60.73
3 Receivable later than 2 years and not later than 3 years 71.07 44.01
4 Receivable later than 3 years and not later than 4 years 64.67 45.31
5 Receivable later than 4 years and not later than 5 years 58.12 45.00
6 Receivable later than 5 years 384.95 423.70
Total (1+2+3+4+5+6) 753.52 713.06
(b) Where the Group is a lessee:
(i) The Group has taken on lease various assets such as plant & equipment, buildings, furniture & fixtures, vehicles and computers.
Generally, leases are renewed only on mutual consent and at a prevalent market price.
(ii) The Group during the year has leased out surplus capacity in leased assets and has accounted an income of ¢ 1.90 crore (previous
year: ¢ 5.05 crore) on such sub-leases.
v crore
Depreciation for the year Additions during the year Carrying amount
Class of asset
2023-24 2022-23 2023-24 2022-23 As at 31-3-2024 As at 31-3-2023
Land 23.68 21.51 13.72 106.16 426.33 435.39
Buildings 464.36 420.65 776.29 529.52 1846.44 1671.96
Plant & equipment 18.73 27.03 1.06 22.13 10.71 28.37
Furniture & fixtures 0.83 1.67 – – – 1.81
Vehicles 0.14 0.07 6.08 – 5.93 –
Computers 0.34 0.59 – – – 0.34
Total 508.08 471.52 797.15 657.81 2289.41 2137.87
(iv) Interest expense on lease liabilities amounts to ¢ 167.21 crore (previous year: ¢ 158.10 crore)
(v) Amounts not included in the measurement of the lease liability and recognised as expense in the Statement of Profit and Loss
during the year are as follows:
(vi) Total cash outflow for leases amounts to ¢ 5496.32 crore (previous year: ¢ 4454.14 crore) during the year including cash outflow of
short term and low value leases.
(vii) The Group has entered into certain lease agreements, which had not commenced by the year end and as a result, a lease liability
and right-of-use asset has not been recognised. The aggregate future cash flows to which the Group is exposed in respect of these
contracts are:
Fixed payments of ¢ 16.20 crore (previous year: ¢ 8.85 crore) per year, for a lease term of 5 years (previous year: 5.25 years)
Net Assets, i.e., total assets minus Share in Other comprehensive Share in Total comprehensive
Share in profit or (loss)
total liabilities income income
As % of As % of
Name of the entity As % of As % of consolidated consolidated
Amount Amount Amount Amount
consolidated consolidated Other Total
(R crore) (R crore) (R crore) (R crore)
net assets profit or loss comprehensive comprehensive
income income
Parent company
Larsen and Toubro Limited 74.59% 64416.04 71.25% 9304.33 (19.62%) (46.25) 69.64% 9258.08
Indian Subsidiaries
Infrastructure:
Hi-Tech Rock Products and
Aggregates Limited 0.03% 23.77 0.00% 0.34 – – 0.00% 0.34
L&T Geostructure Private Limited 0.51% 443.61 0.54% 70.18 0.14% 0.34 0.53% 70.52
L&T Infrastructure Engineering
Limited – – (0.04%) (5.16) – – (0.04%) (5.16)
Energy:
L&T Energy Hydrocarbon
Engineering Limited 0.12% 106.27 0.21% 27.00 (0.14%) (0.33) 0.20% 26.67
L&T Offshore Private Limited [a] 0.00% 0.00 (0.00%) (0.03) – – (0.00%) (0.03)
L&T Energy Green Tech Limited [b] 0.06% 52.44 0.00% 0.22 – – 0.00% 0.22
Hi-Tech Manufacturing:
L&T Electrolysers Limited 0.02% 21.14 (0.23%) (29.92) 0.00% 0.01 (0.22%) (29.91)
IT & Technology Services:
LTIMindtree Limited 22.35% 19298.47 34.35% 4485.86 205.75% 484.95 37.39% 4970.81
L&T Technology Services Limited 5.85% 5051.10 9.64% 1258.50 17.65% 41.60 9.78% 1300.10
L&T Thales Technology Services
Private Limited 0.09% 78.10 0.08% 9.95 0.11% 0.27 0.08% 10.22
L&T Network Services Private
Limited 0.01% 9.09 0.00% 0.23 – – 0.00% 0.23
L&T Semiconductor Technologies
Limited (0.02%) (13.77) (0.18%) (23.32) – – (0.18%) (23.32)
Financial Services:
L&T Finance Limited [c] 26.86% 23194.96 17.51% 2286.23 2.64% 6.22 17.24% 2292.45
L&T Infra Investment Partners
Advisory Private Limited 0.03% 28.82 0.03% 3.67 (0.00%) (0.01) 0.03% 3.66
L&T Infra Investment Partners
Trustee Private Limited 0.00% 0.10 0.00% 0.00 – – 0.00% 0.00
L&T Financial Consultants Limited 0.44% 379.85 0.19% 25.28 0.01% 0.02 0.19% 25.30
Mudit Cement Private Limited – – (0.00%) (0.27) – – (0.00%) (0.27)
L&T Infra Investment Partners
(The Fund) 0.23% 198.62 (0.06%) (7.42) – – (0.06%) (7.42)
Developmental Projects:
L&T Metro Rail (Hyderabad)
Limited 1.66% 1433.64 (4.25%) (555.04) 0.02% 0.05 (4.17%) (554.99)
L&T Himachal Hydropower Limited (0.00%) (1.78) (0.00%) (0.24) – – (0.00%) (0.24)
L&T Power Development Limited 3.11% 2689.98 (0.02%) (2.39) – – (0.02%) (2.39)
Nabha Power Limited 5.54% 4784.22 3.06% 399.53 0.25% 0.59 3.01% 400.12
Realty:
Chennai Vision Developers Private
Limited (0.00%) (0.04) (0.00%) (0.01) – – (0.00%) (0.01)
Elevated Avenue Realty LLP [d] 0.43% 372.94 (1.69%) (220.05) – – (1.66%) (220.05)
L&T Parel Project Private Limited 0.34% 297.53 0.27% 34.64 – – 0.26% 34.64
L&T Realty Developers Limited 1.26% 1090.49 1.83% 238.68 0.02% 0.05 1.80% 238.73
633
Notes forming part of the
Consolidated Financial Statements
635
Notes forming part of the
Consolidated Financial Statements
NOTE [63]
a) Notes with respect to remarks in CARO Report:
(i) During the year, the Parent Company renewed both shareholder and bridge loans of ¢ 303.50 crore to L&T Sapura Shipping Private
Limited (LTSSPL), a subsidiary[1], due to delay in generation of sufficient cash from operations. However, LTSSPL subsequently fully
repaid the bridge loan of ¢ 126.56 crore with a delay.
(ii) In respect of L&T Seawoods Limited:
a) The payment of interest of ¢ 1.53 crore on the loan given by L&T Seawoods Limited, a subsidiary, to Elevated Avenue Realty
LLP, a subsidiary, has been paid with a delay. There was no overdue as at March 31, 2024.
b) Erstwhile L&T Innovation Campus (Chennai) Limited (merged with L&T Seawoods Limited), a subsidiary, has not repaid the
loan given by L&T Realty Developers Limited (LTRDL), a subsidiary, of ¢ 55.11 crore and interest thereon of ¢ 1.53 crore on its
due date due to delay in generation of internal accruals and it remained unpaid as on March 31, 2024. Further, during the
year, interest of ¢ 4.84 crore has been paid with a delay.
(iii) During the year, the LTRDL renewed the loans aggregating to ¢ 73.51 crore given to erstwhile L&T Innovation Campus (Chennai)
Limited (merged with L&T Seawoods Limited) of ¢ 55.11 crore and LH Residential Housing Limited, a subsidiary of ¢ 18.40 crore due
to insufficient funds.
(iv) L&T Special Steels and Heavy Forgings Private Limited (LTSSHF), a subsidiary[1], has not repaid the loan and net interest thereon
aggregating to ¢ 2210.03 crore to its promoters, viz Larsen & Toubro Limited of ¢ 2071.53 crore and Nuclear Power Corporation of
India Limited of ¢ 138.50 due to insufficient funds. LTSSHF is in discussion with its promoters for exploring options to restructure its
balance sheet.
[1] Subsidiary classification is in accordance with the Companies Act, 2013
637
Notes forming part of the
Consolidated Financial Statements
Limited
8 Acrp Infracon Private Limited Accounts Payables NA – [1]
– [1]
9 Active Brain Infra Engg Private Limited Accounts Payables NA – [1]
– [1]
10 Adm Infracon India Private Limited Accounts Payables NA – [1]
– [1]
11 Advance Mep Solutions Private Limited Accounts Payables NA – [1]
– [1]
12 Aeroglobal Infrastructure Engineers Accounts Payables NA – 0.03
Private Limited
13 Aghasthya Infratech Mangalore Private Accounts Payables NA – 0.04
Limited
14 Aircon System Engineers Private Accounts Payables NA – [1]
– [1]
Limited
15 Akashdeep Infratech Private Limited Accounts Payables NA 0.01 0.01
16 Akonn Infra Tech (India) Private Limited Accounts Payables NA 0.03 0.03
17 Alakshya Infracon Private Limited Accounts Payables NA – [1] – [1]
18 Alert Infraprojects Private Limited Accounts Payables NA – 0.01
19 Alias Management Marketing Private Accounts Payables NA – [1] – [1]
Limited
20 Alpana Buildtech Private Limited Accounts Payables NA – [1] – [1]
21 Alufascia Private Limited Accounts Payables NA – [1] – [1]
22 Amaravati Rcc Pipes India Private Accounts Payables NA 0.02 0.01
Limited
23 Amritlaxmi Properties Private Limited Accounts Payables NA 0.02 0.02
24 Angelina Infratech Private Limited Accounts Payables NA – [1] – [1]
25 Antilia Facility Management Private Accounts Payables NA 0.15 0.15
Limited
26 Arj Infra Private Limited Accounts Payables NA – [1]
– [1]
Limited
29 AT & LS Private Limited. Accounts Payables NA 0.02 0.02
30 Atlantic Works Private Limited Accounts Payables NA – [1] – [1]
31 Aura Metlab Private Limited Accounts Payables NA – [1] – [1]
32 Auskini Infraqp Private Limited Accounts Payables NA 0.12 0.12
33 Avn Green Technologies Private Limited Accounts Payables NA – [1] – [1]
34 Ayurda Millennium Ventures Private Accounts Payables NA 0.04 0.04
Limited
v crore
Relationship Balance Balance
Sr.
Name of struck off company Nature of transaction with the struck outstanding as at outstanding as at
No.
off company March 31, 2024 March 31, 2023
35 B K Equipments Private Limited Accounts Payables NA – [1] – [1]
36 Baba Balaknathji Entertainment Private Accounts Payables NA – – [1]
Limited
37 Bennett Coleman And Company Accounts Payables NA 0.02 –
Limited
38 Bindra Evolutiion Enterprises Private Accounts Payables NA – [1]
– [1]
Limited
39 Blueman Construction Projects Private Accounts Payables NA – [1]
– [1]
Limited
40 Brahmaputra Engitech Private Limited Accounts Payables NA 0.01 0.01
41 Bramhands Infrastructure Private Accounts Payables NA 0.01 0.01
Limited
42 Brightom Hospitality & Events Private Accounts Payables NA – [1]
– [1]
Limited
43 Brjs Contractors Private Limited Accounts Payables NA 0.24 0.27
44 Bulsar Construction And Consulting Accounts Payables NA 0.07 0.02
Opc Private Limited
45 Calorifique Renewable Energie India Accounts Payables NA – [1]
– [1]
Private Limited
46 Care Infra Engineers Limited Accounts Payables NA – [1]
– [1]
Private Limited
48 Cheyuta Infrasturcture Private Limited Accounts Payables NA 0.03 0.03
49 Cmi Limited Accounts Payables NA – [1] 0.12
50 Creo Projects Private Limited Accounts Payables NA – [1] – [1]
51 Csk Engineering And Construction Accounts Payables NA 0.02 0.02
Private Limited
52 Csp Constructions Private Limited Accounts Payables NA – [1] – [1]
53 D.B.Constructions Private Limited Accounts Payables NA 0.28 0.28
54 Ddsabi Global Services Private Limited Accounts Payables NA – [1] – [1]
55 Deepak Singh Chouhan Construction Accounts Payables NA 0.01 0.01
Private Limited
56 Devine Devbuild Private Limited Accounts Payables NA – [1] – [1]
57 Dhanamjay Infra Private Limited Accounts Payables NA – [1] – [1]
58 Dhiren Construction India Private Accounts Payables NA 0.02 0.02
Limited
59 Dimensions India Private Limited Accounts Payables NA – [1] – [1]
60 Dipl Construction Private Limited Accounts Payables NA 0.10 0.10
61 Divaah Adya Facility Solutions Private Accounts Payables NA – [1] – [1]
Limited
62 Dne Infra Private Limited Accounts Payables NA – [1] – [1]
63 Dv Procon Private Limited Accounts Payables NA – [1] – [1]
64 Dwarkesh Buildcom Private Limited Accounts Payables NA 0.06 0.06
65 Dynastyraj Infrastructure Private Accounts Payables NA – [1] – [1]
Limited
66 Edgecon Engineering Projects Private Accounts Payables NA 0.13 0.13
Limited
639
Notes forming part of the
Consolidated Financial Statements
Private Limited
69 Er Infra Innovative Private Limited Accounts Payables NA 0.01 0.01
70 Escalador Geo-Systems And Accounts Payables NA 0.01 0.01
Engineering Survey Private Limited
71 Essa Infrabuild Private Limited Accounts Payables NA – [1]
– [1]
Limited
76 Filtm Online Services Private Limited Accounts Payables NA – [1] – [1]
77 Friends Civil Works Private Limited Accounts Payables NA – [1] – [1]
78 Fundamental Infratech Private Limited Accounts Payables NA 0.01 0.01
79 G-5 Construction Private Limited Accounts Payables NA 0.02 0.02
80 Genesis Infosolutions Private Limited Accounts Payables NA 0.03 0.03
81 Global Engineering & Marketing Accounts Payables NA 0.05 0.05
Services Private Limited
82 Gnxt Energy Private Limited Accounts Payables NA – [1]
– [1]
Limited
84 Goldentree Facility Management Accounts Payables NA – –
Private Limited
85 Gulba Topographical Surveyors Private Accounts Payables NA – [1]
– [1]
Limited
86 H M Brothers Limited Accounts Payables NA 0.03 0.03
87 Ham Constructions & Engineering Accounts Payables NA – [1] – [1]
Works Private Limited
88 Harhar Mahadev Infra Developer Accounts Payables NA – [1]
– [1]
Private Limited
89 Honeyed Engineering Private Limited Accounts Payables NA 0.04 0.04
OPC
90 Hsb Projects Private Limited Accounts Payables NA – [1] – [1]
91 Hudor Projects India Private Limited Accounts Payables NA 0.03 0.03
92 Ifensys Software Solutions Private Accounts Payables NA – [1] – [1]
Limited
93 Imperium Infratech Private Limited Accounts Payables NA – [1]
– [1]
Limited
95 Infisoft India Technology Private Accounts Payables NA – [1]
– [1]
Limited
96 Infra American India Private Limited Accounts Payables NA – [1]
– [1]
Limited
98 Innovations Events And Entertainment Accounts Payables NA – [1]
– [1]
Private Limited
Private Limited
114 Ktek Level Engg Private Limited Accounts Payables NA – [1]
– [1]
Limited
116 Lanster Developer Private Limited Accounts Payables NA – [1]
– [1]
Kanpurnagar Dvvnl
119 Ganga Mechanical Works Private Accounts Payables NA – [1]
– [1]
Limited
120 Mangalam Consultancy Private Limited Accounts Payables NA – [1]
– [1]
Private Limited
125 Mass Ventures Limited Accounts Payables NA – [1]
– [1]
Limited
129 Mecavo (R&D) Private Limited Accounts Payables NA – -0.04
130 Mecvil Infracon Private Limited Accounts Payables NA – [1] – [1]
131 Mei Engineers Private Limited Accounts Payables NA – [1] – [1]
132 MSP Develco Private Limited Accounts Payables NA 0.01 0.01
133 Muskan Techno Engineering Accounts Payables NA 0.07 0.07
Construction Private Limited
134 Nap Energy And Infratech Private Accounts Payables NA – [1]
–
Limited
641
Notes forming part of the
Consolidated Financial Statements
Private Limited
138 Nexgen Transcom Private Limited Accounts Payables NA 0.04 0.04
139 Nirmal Aircon Private Limited Accounts Payables NA 0.03 0.04
140 Nirmal Sai Construction Private Limited Accounts Payables NA – [1] – [1]
141 Normet India Private Limited Accounts Payables NA 7.02 7.47
142 Nstech International Private Limited Accounts Payables NA – – [1]
143 Om Pranav Infrastructure Engineering Accounts Payables NA 0.02 0.01
Private Limited
144 Om Sai Project Developers And Accounts Payables NA 0.05 0.05
Engineers Private Limited
145 Onella Visions Private Limited Accounts Payables NA 0.01 0.01
146 Opti Tech Infra Projects India Opc Accounts Payables NA – [1] – [1]
Private Limited
147 Orsang Infotech Private Limited Accounts Payables NA – [1] – [1]
148 PAF Infrastructure Private Limited Accounts Payables NA 0.03 0.03
149 Paradisegarden Infraproject Private Accounts Payables NA – [1] – [1]
Limited
150 Paramshiv Infra Private Limited Accounts Payables NA – [1]
– [1]
151 Parim Infocomm Private Limited Accounts Payables NA – [1]
– [1]
152 Peass Infra Private Limited Accounts Payables NA – [1]
0.01
153 Perfect Office Systems Private Limited Accounts Payables NA – [1]
–
154 Petrichor Emerging Technologies India Accounts Payables NA – – [1]
Private Limited
155 Pinak Security & Management Private Accounts Payables NA – [1]
– [1]
Limited
156 Pioneer Tech Engineering Services Accounts Payables NA – [1]
– [1]
Private Limited
157 Posorbis Infrastucture Private Limited Accounts Payables NA 0.02 0.03
158 Priyanka Managment Solution (India) Accounts Payables NA 0.50 0.50
Private Limited
159 Probus Infratech Private Limited Accounts Payables NA – [1] – [1]
160 Purma Plast Private Limited Accounts Payables NA – [1] – [1]
161 R B C Bearings Private Limited Accounts Payables NA – [1] – [1]
162 R Square E Service Private Limited Accounts Payables NA – [1] – [1]
163 Raas Infratech Private Limited Accounts Payables NA – [1] – [1]
164 Ramakrishna Power Tech Private Accounts Payables NA 0.33 0.33
Limited
165 Rani Aishwarya Infracon Private Accounts Payables NA 0.01 0.01
Limited
166 Rattiputra Construction Private Limited Accounts Payables NA 0.01 0.01
167 Real Construction Private Limited Accounts Payables NA – [1] – [1]
168 Real Tech Engineering And Accounts Payables NA – [1] – [1]
Construction Private Limited
Limited
174 Rockhard Infrastructure Private Limited Accounts Payables NA – [1]
– [1]
Limited
178 S K Modern Construction & Accounts Payables NA 0.10 0.10
Engineering Private Limited
179 S S D N Infratech Private Limited Accounts Payables NA – [1] – [1]
180 S V Infraproperties Private Limited Accounts Payables NA 0.04 0.04
181 Safety And Environment Education For Accounts Payables NA – [1] – [1]
Development Private Limited
182 Sahu Infrastructure Private Limited Accounts Payables NA – [1]
– [1]
183 Sai Ashray Infratech Private Limited Accounts Payables NA – [1]
– [1]
184 Sampada Infratech Private Limited Accounts Payables NA – [1]
– [1]
185 Samrat Fabrication And Construction Accounts Payables NA – [1]
0.02
Private Limited.
186 Savitri Infrastrcuture Private Limited Accounts Payables NA 0.02 0.02
187 Sbh Shoring Systems Private Limited Accounts Payables NA – [1] – [1]
188 Sce Global Steel And Facade Private Accounts Payables NA – [1] – [1]
Limited
189 Scotnix Solution Private Limited Accounts Payables NA – [1] – [1]
190 Set Sanayi Elektrik-Tesisat Taahhut Ve Accounts Payables NA 0.02 0.02
Ticaret India Private Limited
191 Shahid Engineers & Contractors Private Accounts Payables NA 0.02 0.02
Limited
192 Sharma Infrabuild Private Limited Accounts Payables NA 0.05 0.05
193 Sheoveena Construction Private Accounts Payables NA – [1] – [1]
Limited
194 Shravani Environment Technology Accounts Payables NA 0.03 0.03
Private Limited
195 Shree Kranti Infracon Private Limited Accounts Payables NA 0.23 0.26
196 Shreeji Home Infra Private Limited Accounts Payables NA 0.03 0.03
197 Shreya Infra Venture Private Limited Accounts Payables NA – [1] – [1]
198 Shri Vedika Engineering Private Limited Accounts Payables NA 0.09 0.02
199 Sieat Consultancy Private Limited Accounts Payables NA 0.04 0.04
200 Sikar Trading And Contracting Private Accounts Payables NA 0.04 0.04
Limited
201 Silk Route Infrastructure Private Limited Accounts Payables NA 0.05 0.05
643
Notes forming part of the
Consolidated Financial Statements
Limited
209 Sukita Security And Services Private Accounts Payables NA – [1]
– [1]
Limited
210 Sumera Builders & Developers Private Accounts Payables NA – [1]
– [1]
Limited
211 Supreme Housekeeping Services Accounts Payables NA 0.06 0.06
Private Limited
212 Sv Engineering And Contracting Accounts Payables NA 0.03 0.03
Services Private Limited
213 Swadesh Energy Private Limited Accounts Payables NA – [1] – [1]
214 Swadeshi Buildtrade Private Limited Accounts Payables NA – [1] – [1]
215 Swift Equipments Private Limited Accounts Payables NA 0.01 0.01
216 Techcon Chemicals Private Limited Accounts Payables NA 0.08 –
217 Techno Power Constructions Private Accounts Payables NA – – [1]
Limited
218 Tej Infrapromoters Private Limited Accounts Payables NA – – [1]
219 Telmax Construction Private Limited Accounts Payables NA 0.02 0.02
220 Terra Firma Promoters & Developers Accounts Payables NA 0.07 0.07
Private Limited
221 Texsa India Limited Accounts Payables NA – [1] – [1]
222 Thakurai Engineering Private Limited Accounts Payables NA 0.15 0.15
223 Thought Zone Consulting Private Accounts Payables NA – [1] – [1]
Limited
224 Threess Innovative Tech India Private Accounts Payables NA – [1]
– [1]
Limited
225 Timely Developers Consultants Private Accounts Payables NA 0.02 0.02
Limited
226 TMM Industries Private Limited Accounts Payables NA – [1]
– [1]
Limited
243 Vertex Realtech Infra Private Limited Accounts Payables NA 0.50 0.50
244 Victory Engineering India Private Accounts Payables NA 0.10 0.10
Limited
245 Victra Constructions Private Limited Accounts Payables NA – [1]
– [1]
Limited
247 Vishwa Infratech & Projects Private Accounts Payables NA – [1]
– [1]
Limited
248 Vissa Engineering Private Limited Accounts Payables NA 0.02 0.02
249 Vk Management Services Private Accounts Payables NA – [1] 0.17
Limited
250 Walls Infra Solution Private Limited Accounts Payables NA – [1] – [1]
251 White Vibes Private Limited Accounts Payables NA 0.19 0.19
252 Wipo Teleservices Private Limited Accounts Payables NA 0.03 0.03
253 Yashas Frp Manufacturing Private Accounts Payables NA 0.05 0.05
Limited
254 Ye Power Transmission Private Limited Accounts Payables NA – [1]
– [1]
Private Limited
256 Zaaharveer Projects Private Limited Accounts Payables NA 0.02 0.02
257 Zafcon Engineering Private Limited Accounts Payables NA 0.03 0.03
258 Zain Thermal Solutions Private Limited Accounts Payables NA – [1] – [1]
259 Zippy Facility Management & Services Accounts Payables NA – [1] – [1]
Private Limited
260 Genius Security Services Private Limited Accounts Payables NA – [1] – [1]
261 I S Earth Movers Private Limited Accounts Payables NA 0.10 0.05
262 Shukla Devcon Private Limited Accounts Payables NA – [1] – [1]
263 Sendur Industrial Services Private Accounts Payables NA – [1] – [1]
Limited
264 Santosh Infrastructure Private Limited Accounts Payables NA 0.01 –
265 Shiv Gauri Developers Private Limited Accounts Payables NA – [1] – [1]
Private Limited
Total payables (A) 14.62 15.27
645
Notes forming part of the
Consolidated Financial Statements
Company's equity
shares
3 Alley Fisheries Private Limited Holding Parent NA – [1]
– [1]
Company's equity
shares
4 Aloke Speciality Machines and Holding Parent NA – [1]
– [1]
Company's equity
shares
6 Avni Financial Advisors Private Limited Holding Parent NA – [1]
– [1]
Company's equity
shares
7 Demuric Holdings Private Limited Holding Parent NA – [1]
– [1]
Company's equity
shares
8 Fairtrade Securities Limited Holding Parent NA – [1]
– [1]
Company's equity
shares
9 Jabac Consultancies Private Limited Holding Parent NA – [1]
– [1]
Company's equity
shares
10 Omni Market Research Services Private Holding Parent NA – [1]
– [1]
Company's equity
shares
12 Satvik Financial Services Limited Holding Parent NA – [1]
– [1]
Company's equity
shares
13 Siddha Papers Private Limited Holding Parent NA – [1]
– [1]
Company's equity
shares
14 Upgrade Management Services Private Holding Parent NA – [1]
– [1]
Company's equity
shares
16 Yogesh Investment Private Limited Holding Parent NA – [1]
– [1]
Company's equity
shares
Total equity shares held (B) – [1]
– [1]
d) a. The Group has not received any fund from any person(s) or entity(ies), including foreign entities (Funding Party) (other than
subsidiaries) with the understanding (whether recorded in writing or otherwise) that the Group shall:
i. directly or indirectly lend or invest in other persons or entities identified in any manner whatsoever by or on behalf of the
Funding Party (Ultimate Beneficiaries) or
ii. provide any guarantee, security or the like on behalf of the ultimate beneficiaries.
b. The Group has not advanced or loaned or invested funds to any other person(s) or entity(ies), including foreign entities
(Intermediaries) (other than subsidiaries) with the understanding (whether recorded in writing or otherwise) that the Intermediary
shall:
i. Directly or indirectly lend or invest in other persons or entities identified in any manner whatsoever by or on behalf of the
Group (Ultimate Beneficiaries) or
ii. Provide any guarantee, security or the like to or on behalf of the ultimate beneficiaries.
NOTE [64]
There are no amounts due and outstanding to be credited to Investor Education & Protection Fund as at March 31, 2024.
NOTE [65]
Figures for the previous year have been regrouped/re-classified to conform to the figures of the current year.
647
Salient Features of the Financial Statements of
Subsidiaries/Associate Companies/Joint Ventures
Sr. No. 7 8 9 10 11 12
L&T Infra
L&T Infra
Sr. L&T Network Investment L&T Financial L&T Metro Rail
L&T Finance Investment
No. Particulars Services Private Partners Consultants (Hyderabad)
Limited [a] Partners Trustee
Limited Advisory Private Limited Limited
Private Limited
Limited
Financial year ending on 31-Mar-24 31-Mar-24 31-Mar-24 31-Mar-24 31-Mar-24 31-Mar-24
Currency INR INR INR INR INR INR
Exchange rate on the last day of
financial year – – – – – –
Date of incorporation 07-Dec-22 01-May-08 30-May-11 12-Aug-11 16-Jun-11 24-Aug-10
Date of Acquisition
1 Share capital (including share application
money pending allotment) 9.00 2488.94 5.00 0.10 27.75 7413.00
2 Other equity/Reserves and surplus (as
applicable) 0.09 20706.02 23.82 – 352.10 (5979.36)
3 Liabilities 0.35 79155.87 2.41 0.10 53.04 15088.51
4 Total equity and liabilities 9.44 102350.83 31.23 0.20 432.89 16522.15
5 Total assets 9.44 102350.83 31.23 0.20 432.89 16522.15
6 Investments – 12374.78 25.80 – 59.96 –
7 Turnover – 13574.43 5.67 0.03 53.56 1397.64
8 Profit before taxation 0.32 2986.64 4.90 0.01 35.54 (555.04)
9 Provision for taxation 0.08 700.41 1.23 – 10.26 –
10 Profit after taxation 0.23 2286.23 3.67 – 25.28 (555.04)
11 Interim dividend - equity – (496.61) – – – –
12 Interim dividend - preference – – – – – –
13 Proposed dividend - equity – (622.24) – – – –
14 Proposed dividend - preference – – – – – –
15 % of share holding 100.00 65.86 65.86 65.86 65.86 99.99
Sr. No. 19 20 21 22 23 24
Sr. Prime Techpark L&T Construction Bhilai Power L&T Energy
L&T Seawoods L&T Valves
No. Particulars (Chennai) Private Equipment Supply Company Green tech
Limited Limited
Limited Limited Limited Limited
Financial year ending on 31-Mar-24 31-Mar-24 31-Mar-24 31-Mar-24 31-Mar-24 31-Mar-24
Currency INR INR INR INR INR INR
Exchange rate on the last day of
financial year – – – – – –
Date of incorporation 13-Mar-08 24-Mar-23 18-Dec-18 23-Nov-61 11-Jul-95 09-Mar-06
Date of Acquisition
1 Share capital (including share application
money pending allotment) 1403.98 0.05 199.14 18.00 0.05 51.05
2 Other equity/Reserves and surplus (as
applicable) 1196.21 (0.03) 44.95 516.67 – 1.39
3 Liabilities 954.27 0.01 122.74 629.08 1.06 25.08
4 Total equity and liabilities 3554.45 0.03 366.83 1163.75 1.11 77.52
5 Total assets 3554.45 0.03 366.83 1163.75 1.11 77.52
6 Investments 1108.28 – – 24.75 – 51.05
7 Turnover 1639.43 – 489.61 1064.00 – 0.77
8 Profit before taxation 379.45 (0.03) 46.59 70.82 – 0.29
9 Provision for taxation 48.75 – 11.50 18.03 – 0.07
10 Profit after taxation 330.70 (0.03) 35.09 52.79 – 0.22
11 Interim dividend - equity (168.98) – – (6.00) – –
12 Interim dividend - preference (10.38) – – – – –
13 Proposed dividend - equity (112.32) – – (18.00) – –
14 Proposed dividend - preference (8.78) – – – – –
15 % of share holding 100.00 100.00 100.00 100.00 99.90 100.00
649
Salient Features of the Financial Statements of
Subsidiaries/Associate Companies/Joint Ventures
Sr. No. 31 32 33 34 35 36
Sr. Avenue Techpark Bangalore Business Park Corporate Park LH Residential
L&T Electrolysers
No. Particulars (Bangalore) Fortune Techpark (Powai) Private (Powai) Private Housing Private
Limited
Private Limited Private Limited Limited Limited Limited[b]
Financial year ending on 31-Mar-24 31-Mar-24 31-Mar-24 31-Mar-24 31-Mar-24 31-Mar-24
Currency INR INR INR INR INR INR
Exchange rate on the last day of
financial year – – – – – –
Date of incorporation 10-Apr-23 01-May-23 20-Apr-23 01-May-23 27-Jun-23 31-Jul-23
Date of Acquisition
1 Share capital (including share application
money pending allotment) 0.05 0.05 2.05 2.05 51.05 0.10
2 Other equity/Reserves and surplus (as
applicable) (0.02) (0.02) (0.16) – (29.91) (10.41)
3 Liabilities – – 21.08 – 28.40 179.34
4 Total equity and liabilities 0.03 0.03 22.97 2.05 49.54 169.03
5 Total assets 0.03 0.03 22.97 2.05 49.54 169.03
6 Investments – – – – – –
7 Turnover – – – – – –
8 Profit before taxation (0.02) (0.02) (0.16) (0.01) (29.92) (10.41)
9 Provision for taxation – – – – – –
10 Profit after taxation (0.02) (0.02) (0.16) (0.01) (29.92) (10.41)
11 Interim dividend - equity – – – – – –
12 Interim dividend - preference – – – – – –
13 Proposed dividend - equity – – – – – –
14 Proposed dividend - preference – – – – – –
15 % of share holding 100.00 100.00 100.00 100.00 100.00 100.00
Sr. No. 43 44 45 46 47 48
L&T Special Raykal L&T
Sr. L&T MBDA L&T Sapura
Steels and Heavy L&T Offshore Aluminium Infrastructure
No. Particulars Missile Systems Shipping Private
Forgings Private Private Limited[D] Company Private Development
Limited Limited
Limited Limited Projects Limited
Financial year ending on 31-Mar-24 31-Mar-24 31-Mar-24 31-Mar-24 31-Mar-24 31-Mar-24
Currency INR INR INR INR INR INR
Exchange rate on the last day of
financial year – – – – – –
Date of incorporation 01-Jul-09 05-Apr-17 02-Sep-10 02-Sep-10 23-Feb-99 26-Feb-01
Date of Acquisition
1 Share capital (including share application
money pending allotment) 566.60 1.00 0.01 158.85 0.05 629.52
2 Other equity/Reserves and surplus (as
applicable) (3208.13) 183.20 (0.01) 13.03 (0.92) 2531.01
3 Liabilities 3289.87 3.14 5.91 384.90 0.88 48.23
4 Total equity and liabilities 648.34 187.34 5.91 556.78 0.01 3208.76
5 Total assets 648.34 187.34 5.91 556.78 0.01 3208.76
6 Investments – – – – – 2166.72
7 Turnover 503.99 5.37 – 162.50 – 119.25
8 Profit before taxation (69.09) 7.08 (0.48) (40.68) (0.01) 37.49
9 Provision for taxation 0.02 1.15 – 0.05 – 11.60
10 Profit after taxation (69.11) 5.93 (0.48) (40.73) (0.01) 25.89
11 Interim dividend - equity – – – – – –
12 Interim dividend - preference – – – – – –
13 Proposed dividend - equity – – – – – –
14 Proposed dividend - preference – – – – – –
15 % of share holding 74.00 51.00 100.00 60.00 75.50 51.00
651
Salient Features of the Financial Statements of
Subsidiaries/Associate Companies/Joint Ventures
Sr. No. 54 55 56 57 58
Sr. L&T Samakhiali Kudgi L&T Sambalpur-
L&T Deccan PNG Tollway
No. Particulars Gandhidham Transmission Rourkela Tollway
Tollways Limited Limited
Tollway Limited Limited Limited
Financial year ending on 31-Mar-24 31-Mar-24 31-Mar-24 31-Mar-24 31-Mar-24
Currency INR INR INR INR INR
Exchange rate on the last day of financial year – – – – –
Date of incorporation 05-Feb-10 20-Dec-11 18-Oct-13 16-Feb-09
Date of Acquisition 30-Aug-13
1 Share capital (including share application money pending
allotment) 80.54 285.34 192.60 290.03 169.10
2 Other equity/Reserves and surplus (as
applicable) (850.06) (1191.76) 217.17 (70.77) (170.24)
3 Liabilities 2099.86 2526.85 1730.53 796.16 1.83
4 Total equity and liabilities 1330.34 1620.43 2140.30 1015.42 0.69
5 Total assets 1330.34 1620.43 2140.30 1015.42 0.69
6 Investments – – 161.20 – 0.36
7 Turnover 261.47 242.26 188.58 283.03 0.01
8 Profit before taxation (116.05) (297.69) 82.86 105.99 (1.91)
9 Provision for taxation – – – 18.49 –
10 Profit after taxation (116.05) (297.69) 82.86 87.50 (1.91)
11 Interim dividend - equity – – – – –
12 Interim dividend - preference – – – – –
13 Proposed dividend - equity – – – – –
14 Proposed dividend - preference – – – – –
15 % of share holding 51.00 51.00 51.00 51.00 37.74
Sr. No. 64 65 66 67 68 69
Larsen &
Sr. Larsen & Toubro
Larsen & Toubro Larsen & Toubro Larsen & Toubro Toubro T&D SA PT Larsen and
No. Particulars (East Asia) Sdn.
(Oman) LLC Qatar LLC Saudi Arabia LLC (Proprietary) Toubro
Bhd.
Limited
Financial year ending on 31-Dec-23 31-Dec-23 31-Dec-23 31-Mar-24 31-Mar-24 31-Mar-24
Currency OMR QAR SAR ZAR MYR IDR
Exchange rate on the last day of
financial year 216.14 22.83 22.19 4.37 17.62 0.01
Date of incorporation 21-Jan-94 31-Mar-04 22-Jun-99 06-Sep-10 13-Jun-96 17-Dec-21
Date of Acquisition
1 Share capital (including share application
money pending allotment) 31.49 0.46 22.23 3.28 1.32 15.78
2 Other equity/Reserves and surplus (as
applicable) 426.72 (2.19) 706.24 0.23 14.52 (4.40)
3 Liabilities 1170.32 1.88 6244.45 3.52 82.89 0.38
4 Total equity and liabilities 1628.53 0.15 6972.92 7.03 98.73 11.76
5 Total assets 1628.53 0.15 6972.92 7.03 98.73 11.76
6 Investments – 0.23 486.88 – – –
7 Turnover 1160.32 – 10011.99 0.40 297.91 0.33
8 Profit before taxation (84.59) (0.05) 246.24 0.35 10.95 (4.40)
9 Provision for taxation 8.57 – 50.27 0.09 – –
10 Profit after taxation (93.16) (0.05) 195.97 0.26 10.95 (4.40)
11 Interim dividend - equity – – – – – –
12 Interim dividend - preference – – – – – –
13 Proposed dividend - equity – – – – – –
14 Proposed dividend - preference – – – – – –
15 % of share holding 65.00 49.00 100.00 72.50 30.00 100.00
653
Salient Features of the Financial Statements of
Subsidiaries/Associate Companies/Joint Ventures
Sr. No. 76 77 78 79 80 81
LTIMindtree
Sr. Information LTIMindtree LTIMindtree
LTIMindtree
No. Particulars Technology Financial Services LTIMindtree LLC South Africa (PTY) LTIMindtree GmbH
Canada Limited
Services (Shanghai) Technologies Inc. Limited
Co., Ltd[c]
Financial year ending on 31-Dec-23 31-Mar-24 31-Mar-24 31-Mar-24 31-Mar-24 31-Mar-24
Currency CNY CAD CAD USD ZAR EURO
Exchange rate on the last day of
financial year 11.71 61.27 61.27 83.41 4.37 89.88
Date of incorporation 28-Jun-13 21-Jul-09 14-Jun-99
Date of Acquisition 01-Jan-11 25-Apr-00 25-Jul-12
1 Share capital (including share application
money pending allotment) 1.26 153.17 – – 0.16 0.90
2 Other equity/Reserves and surplus (as
applicable) 1.06 399.09 98.40 6.45 29.11 402.90
3 Liabilities 15.44 61.88 50.30 2.82 10.14 100.90
4 Total equity and liabilities 17.76 614.14 148.70 9.27 39.40 504.70
5 Total assets 17.76 614.14 148.70 9.27 39.40 504.70
6 Investments – – – – – 422.60
7 Turnover 45.95 442.90 735.00 6.38 58.92 196.77
8 Profit before taxation 2.12 172.97 36.81 (0.33) 11.31 4.80
9 Provision for taxation (0.60) 46.16 9.96 – 3.04 4.35
10 Profit after taxation 2.72 126.81 26.85 (0.33) 8.27 0.45
11 Interim dividend - equity – – – – – –
12 Interim dividend - preference – – – – – –
13 Proposed dividend - equity – – – – – –
14 Proposed dividend - preference – – – – – –
15 % of share holding 68.64 68.64 68.64 68.64 47.77 68.64
Sr. No. 88 89 90 91 92 93
Sr. Nielsen+Partner LTIMindtree LTIMindtree
LTIMindtree PSF Nielsen+Partner Nielsen&Partner
No. Particulars Unternehmensberater Switzerland (Thailand)
S.A. [f] Pte Ltd Pty Ltd
GmbH AG [g] Limited [h]
Financial year ending on 31-Dec-23 31-Jan-24 31-Dec-23 31-Dec-23 31-Dec-23 31-Dec-23
Currency EURO EURO CHF SGD THB AUD
Exchange rate on the last day of
financial year 91.95 90.00 99.02 63.00 2.42 56.62
Date of incorporation
Date of Acquisition 15-Dec-17 01-Mar-19 01-Mar-19 01-Mar-19 01-Mar-19 01-Mar-19
1 Share capital (including share application
money pending allotment) 3.68 1.85 0.99 0.63 0.24 0.00
2 Other equity/Reserves and surplus (as
applicable) 1.21 5.84 (20.02) (38.84) (2.56) (12.38)
3 Liabilities 161.00 10.53 80.07 70.90 9.60 13.97
4 Total equity and liabilities 165.89 18.22 61.04 32.69 7.28 1.59
5 Total assets 165.89 18.22 61.04 32.69 7.28 1.59
6 Investments – – – – – –
7 Turnover 176.75 8.65 44.82 25.33 11.48 2.14
8 Profit before taxation 2.60 (1.62) (25.39) (38.17) 0.54 (3.76)
9 Provision for taxation 0.17 0.00 0.01 – 0.04 –
10 Profit after taxation 2.43 (1.62) (25.40) (38.17) 0.50 (3.76)
11 Interim dividend - equity – – – – – –
12 Interim dividend - preference – – – – – –
13 Proposed dividend - equity – – – – – –
14 Proposed dividend - preference – – – – – –
15 % of share holding 68.64 68.64 68.64 68.64 68.64 68.64
655
Salient Features of the Financial Statements of
Subsidiaries/Associate Companies/Joint Ventures
657
Salient Features of the Financial Statements of
Subsidiaries/Associate Companies/Joint Ventures
S. N. SUBRAHMANYAN
Chairman & Managing Director
(DIN 02255382)
SIVARAM NAIR A
Company Secretary & Compliance Officer
Membership No. FCS3939
Mumbai, May 8, 2024
659
Fold here
We are privileged to have you as our shareholder. It has been our constant endeavour to improve the services to our Investors
and in this pursuit, we are once again sending you this Feedback Form, which is a self addressed prepaid Inland letter. We
Fold here
Fold here
request you to kindly spare some time and return the same to us duly completed. We look forward to your feedback/valuable
suggestions.
Thanking you,
Yours faithfully,
For LARSEN & TOUBRO LIMITED
Sivaram Nair A
Company Secretary & Compliance Officer
M. No. F3939
E-maii ID:
Signature
Fold here
Fold here
Mumbai - 400 001.
Second Fold
First Fold
* In case your response to any question overleaf is “Poor”, kindly share your experience and let us know the reason/
instances to enable us to investigate the matter.
Every year, L&T and its people receive a number of national and international awards that
acknowledge its varied accomplishments. Presented by the media, industry associations,
independent bodies and academia, they honour the Company’s contribution in various spheres
of business, technology, financial performance, growth and environmental protection.